Keeping Watch on the Cabal / Illuminati / New World Order / Khazarian / Zionists
Reading about the history of the Cabal / Illuminati / New World Order / Khazarian Zionists and their various factions is one thing. This section is a collection concerning the more recent exploits and implementations of various types of schemes in their 'great work'.
This might seem a bit dark and depressing at times but keep in mind that their plans will not come to fruition and are failing in real time. Articles within this section are not just about watching the opposition, there are also articles showing how the people are pushing back and taking the dark ones down.
Notification
Archival article sections accessible via the left hand navigation have not been updated for some time - simply due to resource constraints.
However, articles relating to these sections are still being published in the current events article stream.
Each new recent article covering subject matter on this topic will also link to most other articles on this site relating to said topic. (You can also navigate back in time through all articles published over the last ten years from the top and bottom of each page.)
When this website launched over a decade ago, things were comparatively quiet - in relation to the almost unmanageable daily avalanche of information coming in now.
Why Don’t People Revolt? October 6 2017 | From: Geopolitics
Our views about the world are moulded by those who cast and press the dies together.
There are no independent ideas unless the slave mind completely severs itself from the chains which keep pulling those synapses apart.
Poem by Agnes Török on the news of a new Conservative budget. Based on experiences of living in Britain under austerity as a young, queer, unemployed, female immigrant student – and not taking it any more. More info on: www.agnestorok.org
“What has to be explained is not the fact that the man who is hungry steals or the man who is exploited strikes, but why the majority of those who are hungry don’t steal and why the majority of those who are exploited don’t strike.”
- Wilhelm Reich “The Mass Psychology of Fascism”
Presuming that people are exploited and that it is in their interests to strike back, and we think they are and it is, what can we say about this?
Further reading: Marx and Engels “The German Ideology” / Steven Lukes “Power” / “In Defence of False Consciousness”
How Swedes and Norwegians Broke the Power of the ‘1 Percent’
While many of us work to create a better world, it’s worthwhile to consider other countries where masses of people succeeded in nonviolently bringing about a high degree of democracy and economic justice.
Sweden and Norway, for example, both experienced a major power shift in the 1930s after prolonged nonviolent struggle. They “fired” the top 1 percent of people who set the direction for society and created the basis for something different.
Both countries had a history of horrendous poverty. When the 1 percent was in charge, hundreds of thousands of people emigrated to avoid starvation. Under the leadership of the working class, however, both countries built robust and successful economies that nearly eliminated poverty, expanded free university education, abolished slums, provided excellent health care available to all as a matter of right and created a system of full employment.
Unlike the Norwegians, the Swedes didn’t find oil, but that didn’t stop them from building what the latest CIA World Factbook calls “an enviable standard of living.”
Neither country is a utopia, as readers of the crime novels by Stieg Larsson, Henning Mankell and Jo Nesbø will know. Critical left-wing authors such as these try to push Sweden and Norway to continue on the path toward more fully just societies.
However, as an American activist who first encountered Norway as a student in 1959 and learned some of its language and culture, the achievements I found amazed me. I remember, for example, bicycling for hours through a small industrial city, looking in vain for substandard housing.
Sometimes resisting the evidence of my eyes, I made up stories that “accounted for” the differences I saw: “small country,” “homogeneous,” “a value consensus.” I finally gave up imposing my frameworks on these countries and learned the real reason: their own histories.
Then I began to learn that the Swedes and Norwegians paid a price for their standards of living through nonviolent struggle. There was a time when Scandinavian workers didn’t expect that the electoral arena could deliver the change they believed in.
They realized that, with the 1 percent in charge, electoral “democracy” was stacked against them, so nonviolent direct action was needed to exert the power for change.
In both countries, the troops were called out to defend the 1 percent; people died. Award-winning Swedish filmmaker Bo Widerberg told the Swedish story vividly in Ådalen 31, which depicts the strikers killed in 1931 and the sparking of a nationwide general strike. (You can read more about this case in an entry by Max Rennebohm in the Global Nonviolent Action Database.)
The Norwegians had a harder time organizing a cohesive people’s movement because Norway’s small population - about three million - was spread out over a territory the size of Britain. People were divided by mountains and fjords, and they spoke regional dialects in isolated valleys.
In the nineteenth century, Norway was ruled by Denmark and then by Sweden; in the context of Europe Norwegians were the “country rubes,” of little consequence. Not until 1905 did Norway finally become independent.
When workers formed unions in the early 1900s, they generally turned to Marxism, organizing for revolution as well as immediate gains. They were overjoyed by the overthrow of the czar in Russia, and the Norwegian Labor Party joined the Communist International organized by Lenin.
Labor didn’t stay long, however. One way in which most Norwegians parted ways with Leninist strategy was on the role of violence: Norwegians wanted to win their revolution through collective nonviolent struggle, along with establishing co-ops and using the electoral arena.
In the 1920s strikes increased in intensity. The town of Hammerfest formed a commune in 1921, led by workers councils; the army intervened to crush it. The workers’ response verged toward a national general strike. The employers, backed by the state, beat back that strike, but workers erupted again in the ironworkers’ strike of 1923 - 24.
The Norwegian 1 percent decided not to rely simply on the army; in 1926 they formed a social movement called the Patriotic League, recruiting mainly from the middle class. By the 1930s, the League included as many as 100,000 people for armed protection of strike breakers - this in a country of only 3 million!
The Labor Party, in the meantime, opened its membership to anyone, whether or not in a unionized workplace. Middle-class Marxists and some reformers joined the party. Many rural farm workers joined the Labor Party, as well as some small landholders.
Labor leadership understood that in a protracted struggle, constant outreach and organizing was needed to a nonviolent campaign. In the midst of the growing polarization, Norway’s workers launched another wave of strikes and boycotts in 1928.
The Depression hit bottom in 1931. More people were jobless there than in any other Nordic country. Unlike in the U.S., the Norwegian union movement kept the people thrown out of work as members, even though they couldn’t pay dues.
This decision paid off in mass mobilizations. When the employers’ federation locked employees out of the factories to try to force a reduction of wages, the workers fought back with massive demonstrations.
Many people then found that their mortgages were in jeopardy. (Sound familiar?) The Depression continued, and farmers were unable to keep up payment on their debts. As turbulence hit the rural sector, crowds gathered nonviolently to prevent the eviction of families from their farms.
The Agrarian Party, which included larger farmers and had previously been allied with the Conservative Party, began to distance itself from the 1 percent; some could see that the ability of the few to rule the many was in doubt.
By 1935, Norway was on the brink. The Conservative-led government was losing legitimacy daily; the 1 percent became increasingly desperate as militancy grew among workers and farmers. A complete overthrow might be just a couple years away, radical workers thought.
However, the misery of the poor became more urgent daily, and the Labor Party felt increasing pressure from its members to alleviate their suffering, which it could do only if it took charge of the government in a compromise agreement with the other side.
This it did. In a compromise that allowed owners to retain the right to own and manage their firms, Labor in 1935 took the reins of government in coalition with the Agrarian Party. They expanded the economy and started public works projects to head toward a policy of full employment that became the keystone of Norwegian economic policy.
Labor’s success and the continued militancy of workers enabled steady inroads against the privileges of the 1 percent, to the point that majority ownership of all large firms was taken by the public interest. (There is an entry on this case as well at the Global Nonviolent Action Database.)
The 1 percent thereby lost its historic power to dominate the economy and society. Not until three decades later could the Conservatives return to a governing coalition, having by then accepted the new rules of the game, including a high degree of public ownership of the means of production, extremely progressive taxation, strong business regulation for the public good and the virtual abolition of poverty.
When Conservatives eventually tried a fling with neoliberal policies, the economy generated a bubble and headed for disaster. (Sound familiar?)
Labor stepped in, seized the three largest banks, fired the top management, left the stockholders without a dime and refused to bail out any of the smaller banks. The well-purged Norwegian financial sector was not one of those countries that lurched into crisis in 2008; carefully regulated and much of it publicly owned, the sector was solid.
Although Norwegians may not tell you about this the first time you meet them, the fact remains that their society’s high level of freedom and broadly-shared prosperity began when workers and farmers, along with middle-class allies, waged a nonviolent struggle that empowered the people to govern for the common good.
The US Military Is Quietly Building SkyNet October 4 2017 | From: Zerohedge
Maybe Elon Musk had a point… The US’s military leaders have agreed on a strategy to guarantee the US military retains its global dominance during the twenty-first century: Connect everything with everything, as DefenseOne describes it.
The result? An unimaginably large cephapoloidal nervous system armed with the world’s most advanced weaponry, and in control of all military equipment belonging to the world’s most powerful army.
A networked military – an extreme take on the “internet of things” - would connect everything from F-35 jets to the Navy’s destroyers to the armor of the tanks crawling over the land to the devices carried by soldiers – every weapon would be connected. Every weapon, vehicle, and device connected, sharing data, constantly aware of the presence and state of every other node in a truly global network.
Of course, the development of these “smart” weapons should unnerve Tesla CEO Elon Musk, who has repeatedly warned that AI and machine learning poses a greater threat to the future of the US than North Korea. If not properly regulated, Elon suggested that machines could turn against their human masters.
“Until people see robots going down the street killing people, they don’t know how to react because it seems so ethereal,” he said.
AI is a rare case where I think we need to be proactive in regulation instead of reactive. Because I think by the time we are reactive in AI regulation, it’s too late.”
The Joint Chiefs of Staff described their vision for a completely networked military in the newest iteration of their National Military Strategy, which lays out their plans for building the military's weapon of the future. Ironically, Air Force Chief of Staff Gen. David Goldfein said he had based the plan on a certain money-losing electric-car manufacturer.
Goldfein was particularly impressed by Tesla’s ability to remotely extend the battery life of vehicles as their owners fled Hurricane Irma earlier this month.
In recent months, the Joint Chiefs of Staff put together the newest version of their National Military Strategy. Unlike previous ones, it is classified. But executing a strategy requiring buy-in and collaboration across the services.
In recent months, at least two of the service chiefs talked openly about the strikingly similar direction that they are taking their forces. Standing before a sea of dark- blue uniforms at a September Air Force Association event in Maryland, Air Force Chief of Staff Gen. David Goldfein said he had “refined” his plans for the Air Force after discussions with the Joint Chiefs “as part of the creation of the classified military strategy.”
The future for the Air Force? The service needed to be more like a certain electric-car manufacturer.
“Every Tesla car is connected to every other Tesla car,” said Goldfein, referring to a presentation by Elon Musk about the ways his firm’s vehicles learn from their collective experience.
“If a Tesla is headed down the road and hits a pothole, every Tesla that’s behind it that’s self-driving, it will avoid the pothole, immediately. If you’re driving the car, it automatically adjusts your shocks in case you hit it, too.”
Goldfein waxed enthusiastically about how Tesla was able to remotely increase the battery capacity of cars in the U.S. Southeast to facilitate evacuation before the recent hurricanes.
“What would the world look like if we connected what we have in that way? If we looked at the world through a lens of a network as opposed to individual platforms, electronic jamming shared immediately, avoided automatically?
Every three minutes, a mobility aircraft takes off somewhere on the planet. Platforms are nodes in a network,” the Air Force chief said.
As DefenseOne explains, the idea of a networked military borrows from the “network centric warfare” concept that first emerged more than a decade ago. However, the concept that military leaders proposed in their latest review is less a strategy for increasing efficiency than a plan to connect all military equipment on a single network. The result would be better coordinated, faster, and more lethal operations in air, land, sea, space, and cyberspace.
The Air Force has begun making broad investments in data sharing. And its experiments with next-generation light tactical attack aircraft are as much about hardware as networks, he said.
“Not only what can I buy and what can they do, but more importantly, can they connect? Can they actually share? And can we tie it to a new network that’s based on sharable information that gets me beyond the challenges I have right now in terms of security?” Goldfein said.
The Air Force Science Board is studying how to control a network of military equipment including light attack aircraft, tanks and even unmanned drones. James Chow, the board’s new head, told DefenseOne the study would also consider how to connect to other services.
As DefenseOne explains, although most of the research into the networked military is being conducted by the Air Force, once implemented, any system would likely include weapons from across the military, like Navy destroyers, said Chow.
“Our scope would be in helping the Air Force to think about operations they would be conducting that would incorporate joint sensors and platforms, like destroyers, I think that has to be part of it. And that is within the charter of the study,” Chow said, adding that the study has “the highest priority level for Air Force leadership.”
The Marines are also looking at tanks that are digitally connected through their armor, according to Lt. Gen. Robert Walsh, who leads Marine Corps Combat Development Command and serves as Deputy Commandant for Combat Development and Integration. Navy leaders have also authorized research into connecting every object on the sea, land, air, space and in cyberspace.
This is no exaggeration. Adm. John Richardson, Chief of Naval Operations, said during a Navy expo earlier this year that he’d eventually like to “network everything,” explaining that creating such a system would be crucial to maintaining US military dominance.
In an amusing aside, DefenseOne notes that, despite the obvious parallels, military leaders detest comparisons between their tech pet projects and anything from the plot of the Terminator franchise.
And while enabling instantaneous communication between military units would undoubtedly improve efficiency and tactical prowess, as Musk as pointed out, these projects should be undertaken cautiously.
The Rothschild Bloodline: Financial Wizards & Wealthy Cults October 3 2017 | From: Omnithought / BibliotecaPleyades The content of the following article gives the impression that the Rothschild bloodline is the wealthiest and most powerful family on Earth. The wealthiest and most powerful families on Earth are the people who hide in the shadows. In this lifetime, the chance of you hearing their names is near zero percent. You have a better chance of winner a million dollar lottery jackpot than hearing or seeing their names on the news or internet. – Pao Chang
Two neighbor horse farmers came together one day to talk business. The first farmer sold his horse to the second for a quarter million dollars, and then bought it back for about $20 more. He could now advertise his horse (actually worth $20), as a horse he that he had paid over a quarter of a million dollars for.
We can laugh over such schemes. And perhaps we should laugh at ourselves for having been fooled, for if there is one area in life that exceeds the religious in deception, and touches all of us it is the financial.
What else can we do about it except laugh? The famous poet Lord Byron describes the archtype of our two farmers in 1823, Who keeps the world, both old and new, in pain Or pleasure? Who makes politics run glibber all? The shade of Bonaparte’s noble daring?
Jew Rothschild and his fellow-Christian, Baring. You’ll learn about some other ,,neighbor horse traders” in this chapter too.
Lord Rothschild in his book The Shadow of a Great Man quotes a letter sent from Davidson on June 24, 1814 to Nathan Rothschild:
“As long as a house is like yours, and as long as you work together with your brothers, not a house in the world will be able to compete with you, to cause you harm or to take advantage of you, for together you can undertake and perform more than any house in the world.”
The closeness of the Rothschild brothers is seen in a letter from Saloman (Salmon) Rothschild to his brother Nathan on Feb. 28, 1815, “We are like the mechanism of a watch: each part is essential.
This closeness is further seen in that of the 18 marriages made by Mayer Amschel Rothschild’s grandchildren 16 were contracted between first cousins.
Visiting the Nation the Rothschilds Built
In 1974, in the summer after the Yom Kippur War this Author toured Israel, and got the chance to personally visit many of the buildings like the Knesset that the Rothschild’s money has built.
The Knesset is the Israeli equivalent to the US Congress’s Capitol building. One of the Rothschilds in his will left money for ongoing building projects in Israel, and the Rothschilds are honored with a Street named after them in Jerusalem.
The people of Germany and Turkey have been very close. I can recall meeting Turkish “Gastarbeiter” (guestworkers) in Germany.
The reader will remember that Turkey fought on Germany’s side in W.W. I. A few powerful Jews, including the Rothschilds were responsible for the wording of the Treaty imposed on Germany that ended W.W. I.
The treaty gave the Rothschilds the German owned railway rights in Palestine (which had been part of the Turkish Ottoman Empire), thus paving the way for the Rothschilds to have a sure leverage to dictate policy concerning Palestine.
The Rothschilds had made loans to Turkey which amounted to almost one hundred million pounds. When the Turkish government collapsed after W.W. I because they were on the losing side, the Rothschilds had a claim on Palestine because of those unpaid Turkish loans.
The British government followed the dictates of the Rothschilds. The British were given a mandate over Palestine, and the Rothschilds were able to through their proxies in the British government, to create the steps that led to the nation of Israel.
The Rothchilds as Prophets
One item stands out as a person listens to the International Bankers and reads their books. They believe money is what makes the world go round. If you have money, you can do anything.
Money is “God”, and it is worshipped and served. Even after these families accumulate more than can be spent, these devotees continue selling their souls for this false but powerful god.
The great poet-philosopher Heinrich Heine (a Banker’s son) said, “Money is the god of our time, and Rothschild is his prophet.” Following the cue of the Rothschilds, Heinrich Heme, a Jew, signed his name by drawing a Seal of Solomon.
Amsel Rothschild is reported to have said, “Give me control of the economics of a country; and I care not who makes her laws. Today his descendents meet twice daily in London to dictate to the world what the world price of gold will be. They also dictate what the “Federal Reserve System” will do with America’s finances.
Another God Too
According to eye-witnesses, who were prominent enough to visit one of the British Rothschild homes, the Rothschilds worship yet another god too, Satan. They set a place for him at their table.(8a) The Rothschilds have been Satanists for many generations.
The Rothschilds are an important part of the history of the Seal of Solomon (also known as hexagram, Magen David, six-pointed star, Star of David.) The Seal of Solomon, the hexagram, was not considered a Jewish symbol before the Rothschilds began using it.
Throughout the Middle Ages the Seal of Solomon had been used by Arab Magicians, Cabalist Magicians, Druid witches and Satanists. One of the few ancient uses of the symbol was on the floor of a 1,200 year old Moslem Mosque found where Tel Aviv is today.
In the twelve century an Ashkenazic Jew Menahem ben Duji, who thought he was the Messiah, used the magical symbol. Because the Rothschilds were Satanists they adopted this powerful magic symbol in 1822 for their coat- of-arms.
The name they adopted for their family actually comes from the fact that in the 17th century Mayer Amschel Bauer began hanging out a red hexagram in front of their house to identify it. Mayer Amschel then decided to take the name red-schield (Rothschild in German) after the red Seal of Solomon that they used.
Alice Bailey in A Treatise On White Magic, p. 412, claims that the Hierarchy has a special group which she calls “the financial group” ,,controlling all that can be converted into energy, and constituting a dictatorship over all modes of intercourse, commerce and exchange.”
According the Luciferian Alice Bailey, the “financial group” is the latest group directed by the Hierarchy. In 1836 Zevi Hirsch Kalischer approached Rothschild and proposed Rothschild buy all of Erez Israel. It took many years for the Rothschilds to finally create Israel.
The Ultra-orthodox Jews in Israel will not serve in the Israeli army because they know that Almighty God was not behind the creation of modern Israel, but rather the rich ungodly apostate Jews.
They refuse to serve the ungodly. They are more wiser than men like Jerry Falwell who run around proclaiming Israel is God’s nation. Men like Falwell are the type that this Author finds reference to repeatedly in Jewish documents that speak of their power within the Fundamentalists.
God is ultimately in charge, he has allowed Hitler to come to power, Stalin to come to power, and the Rothschilds to come to power. In the same sense that God rules over and blessed Stalin’s Russia, he rules over America and Israel.
To twist scriptures about God seating the rulers and then to apply them to bless one Satanic secular communist nation and not another is inconsistent and not correctly using the Word of Truth. Some people object that the conspiracy of Power is labelled Jewish rather than Satanic by certain concerned citizens.
This objection is valid - however, will these objectors then take the obvious next step and admit the nation of Israel which the Rothschild’s created is Satanic and not Jewish? But then who knows precisely why people do what they do?
If you ask someone why he does something, he will give you one answer today, another tomorrow, and another the next day. Does he do what he does for a real reason, or a single motive? Perhaps to label the Power as only Satanic or only Jewish or only Masonic is to neglect the personal human dimension.
This personal human dimension is godless. Being godless it fills that void, by pretending its men are gods. This brings us right back to the Gnostic religions and Satan. Most Jewish people do not concern themselves with learning the occultic significance to their treasured Magen David (Star of David).
King David did not have anything to do with the hexagram, although his son Solomon did when he began worshipping Ashtoreth (star, also known as Astarte, Chiun, Kaiwan, Remphan, and Saturn). Solomon built altars to Star (Astarte, aka Ashtoreth).
The god Saturn is associated with the Star but both Saturn and Astarte also been identified with a number of other names. Saturn is an important key to understanding the long heritage this conspiracy has back to antiquity.
The city of Rome was originally known as Saturnia or City of Saturn. The Roman Catholic church retains much of the Saturn worship in its ritual.
Saturn also relates to Lucifer. In various occult dictionaries Saturn is associated with evil. Saturn was important to the religion of Mithra, and also the Druids.
Charles T. Russell, in a 1891 letter to Baron (Lord) Rothschild, mailed from Palestine, outlined possible courses of action that could be taken to establish the Jews in Palestine.
Russell’s letters praised the Rothschild’s money which established Jewish colonies in Palestine. Russell writes Rothschild,
“What is needed here, therefore, next to water and cleanliness, is a good government which will protect the poor from the ravenous and the wealthy. Banking institutions on sound bases, and doing business honorably, are also greatly needed", Russell continues:
“May the God of Jacob direct you, my dear Sir, and all interested with you in the deliverance and prosperity of Israel, and blessed will they be who, to any extent, yield themselves as his servants in fulfilling his will as predicted.”
When the Mormon Church needed financing in the late 19th century, they went to Kuhn, Loeb Co. To explain the Rothschild’s control of Kuhn, Loeb Co. here is some background information. The method that the House of Rothschild used to gain influence, was the same that Royalty had used for centuries, marriage.
The Rothschild children, girls and boys, have had their spouses chosen on the basis of alliances that would benefit the House of Rothschild, but since consolidating world power they generally have married cousins these last two centuries.’
Jacob Schiff grew up in the house that the Rothschild’s had at 148 Judengasse, Frankfurt. Jacob Schiff came to the United States with Rothschild capital and took over control of a small jewish banking concern founded by two Cincinnati dry goods merchants Abraham Kuhn and Solomon Loeb. He even married Soloman’s daughter.
In 1885, Loeb retired, and Schiff ran the Kuhn, Loeb Co. for the Rothschilds until 1920 when he died. During Russell’s and Brigham Young’s day, Lord Rothschild was considered the “lay leader of world Jewry.”
Edmund Rothschild was President of the Jewish Colonization Assoc, which was a major Zionist group. Amselm Rothschild indicated that his grandfather Amschel Mayer Rothschild had insisted in Clause 15 of his will to his children, “may they and their descendants remain constantly true to their ancestral Jewish faith.”
However, the will has been secret and there is no way of knowing what it says.
The Rothschilds have not remained true to the Orthodox faith. If this was actually what Clause 15 said then something is amiss.
The Jewish world has showered the Rothschilds with praises:
“The Rothschilds govern a Christian world. Not a cabinet moves without their advice. They stretch their hand, with equal ease, from Petersburg to Vienna, from Vienna to Paris, from Paris to London, from London to Washington.
Baron Rothschild, the head of the house, is the true king of Judah, the prince of the captivity, the Messiah so long looked for by this extraordinary people… .The lion of the tribe of Judah, Baron Rothschild, possesses more real force than David–more wisdom than Solomon.”
The Prieure de Sion-the Elders of Sion also relates to the Rothschilds who are reported to serve on a jewish council of Elders of Sion. The Rothschilds have “helped” the Jewish people the Rothschild’s own way.
For those who admire stingyness, the Rothschilds will be greatly looked up to. For instance, the extent of James Rothschild’s charity in France to poor Jews was 5 francs (the equivalent of $1). Their dynasty has destroyed honest Jews along with Christians. Today, few dare criticize the Rothschilds.
Co-Masters of the World: Connections to Secret Societies
The Rothschilds had played a major role in the Bavarian Illuminati, and it is known that a least one of the sons of Amsel was a member.
As the reader remembers, Amsel placed his sons in the major European capitals, where they each set up the principal banking houses.
By their own secret intelligence service and their own news network they could outmanouver any European government. The large amounts of voluminous correspondence by Rothschild couriers attracted attention, but no one ever stopped their personal intelligence and mail services.
After the Bavarian illuminati were exposed, the central occult power over the European secret societies shifted to Carbonarism a.k.a. the Alta Vendita, led by another powerful Rothschild, Karl Rothschild, son of Amschel.
In 1818, Karl participated in a secret document that was sent out to the head-quarters of Masonry from the Alta Vendita.
The Masons were quite distressed when a copy of this was lost, and offered rewards to anyone who could return the lost copy. It was originally written in Italian. Its title translates “Permanent Instructions, or Practical Code of Rules; Guide for the Heads of the Highest Grades of Masonry.”
The Masonic reference book 10,000 Famous Freemasons, Vol. 4, p.74, indicates two other sons of Amschel were Masons, James Meyer Rothschild, and his brother Nathan Meyer Rothschild. James Rothschild in Paris was a 33 degree Scottish Rite Mason, and his brother Nathan in London was a member of the Lodge of Emulation.
And Jewish Freemason Katz indicates Solomon Meir Rothschild, a third member of the five brothers, was initiated into Freemasonry on June 14, 1809. The Rothschilds became powerful within Freemasonry.
We find the Saint-Simonians, the occult religious millenialist forerunners of communism, praising Baron de Rothschild in their magazine Le Globe:
“There is no one today who better represents the triumph of equality and work in the nineteenth century than M. le Baron de Rothschild…
Was this Jew born a millionaire? No, he was born poor, and if only you knew what genius, patience, and hard work were required to construct that European edifice called the House of Rothschild, you would admire rather than insult it.”
Lionel de Rothschild (the de was added by the French Rothschilds) was involved with the first communist Internationale. The Mason Mazzini who helped start communism praised Rothschild, “Rothschild could be King of France if he so desired.”
Adoiphe Cremieux, was a french Jewish Mason (see chap. 1.4 for his credentials). The Rothschilds gave at least £ i ,000 to Cremieux to go to Damascus with Salomon Munk, and Sir Moses Montefiore to win the release of Jews imprisoned there, and to convince the Turkish Sultan to declare the charges of ritual murder false.
According to the three Jewish authors of Dope, Inc. the B’nai B’rith was a spin-off of the Order of Zion and was organized as a “covert intelligence front” for the House of Rothschild.
It is highly probable that the B’nai B’rith was used as a Rothschild intelligence cover. The Rothschilds are prominent in the Bilderbergers too. The Rothschilds were closely related to the Council of Foreign Relations (CFR).
Although many people today would not view the CFR as a secret society it was originally set up as part of a secret society and it was kept secret for many years, in spite of its awesome power.
Carroll Quigley, professor of International Relations at the Jesuit Georgetown University, exposed the Round Table Group with his book Tragedy and Hope. The Rothschilds supported Rhodes to form De Beers.
Later, Rhodes made seven wills which established a secret society modelled after the Jesuits and Masons to help bring in a One-World- Government centered upon Britain, and the Rhodes Scholarships. The inner group was established in Mar.
1891 and consisted of Rhodes, Stead, Lord Esher (Brett), and 33* Mason Alfred Milner.(33bb) A secondary circle of “potential members of the Circle of Initiates” consisted of the Jew Lord Balfour, Sir Harry Johnson, Lord Rothschild, Lord Grey and others.
Initially, Lord Rothschild was part of the inner group of Rhode’s secret society, but was replaced by his son-in-law Lord Rosebury who wasn’t as conspicuous. The Fabian Socialists dominated the staff at Oxford when the Rhodes Scholars began arriving.
These scholars then received indoctrination and preparation to become part of an international socialist New World Order. The Round Table Group developed from the inner executive circle of Rhode’s secret society.
The outer circle was established after the start of the 20th century. The Round Table Group was extended after W.W. I by organizing a front organization the Royal Institute of International Affairs.
The Council of Foreign Relations was the American part of this front. The inner circle continues to direct the outer circle and its two front organizations RIIA and CFR. The CER in turn set up a number of fronts including the Institute of Pacific Relations (IPR).
Co-Masters of the World: Management of the Catholic and Czars’ Wealth and the Capture of the Orthodox Church’s Wealth.
Early in the 19th century the Pope came to the Rothschilds to borrow money. The Rothschilds were very friendly with the Pope, causing one journalist to sarcasticly say “Rothschild has kissed the hand of the Pope… Order has at last been re-established.”
The Rothschilds in fact over time were entrusted with the bulk of the Vatican’s wealth. The Jewish Ency., Vol. 2, p.497 states,
“It is a somewhat curious sequel to the attempt to set up a Catholic competitor to the Rothschilds that at the present time (1905) the latter are the guardians of the papal treasure.”
Researcher Eustice Mullins writes that the Rothschilds took over all the financial operations of the worldwide Catholic Church in 1823.
Today the large banking and financial business of the Catholic Church is an extensive system interlocked with the Rothschilds and the rest of the International Banking system.
The great wealth of the Russian Czars was entrusted to the Rothschilds, $35 million with the Rothschild’s Bank of England, and $80 million in the Rothschild’s Paris bank.
The Rothschilds financed the Russian Revolution which confiscated vast portions of the Orthodox Church’s wealth. They have been able to prevent (due to their power) the legitimate heirs of the Czars fortune to withdraw a penny of the millions deposited in a variety of their banks.
The Mountbattans, who are related to the Rothschilds, led the court battles to prevent the claimants from withdrawing any of the fortune.
In other words, the money they invested in the Russian Revolution, was not only paid back directly by the Bolshevists in millions of dollar of gold, but by grabbing the hugh deposits of the Czars’ wealth, the Rothschilds gained what is now worth over $50 Billion.
Co-Masters of the World: Control Over Satanism and Witchcraft
Chapter 2.11 gives the names of a Witchcraft Council of 13 which is under Rothschild control and in turn issue orders to various groups. One of the purest form of Satanism can be traced to the Jewish Sabbatain sect and its Frankist spinoff.
The leaders of this up to the Rothschilds were:
Sabbatai Zevi (1626-1676)
Nathan of Gaza (16??-?)
Jacob Frank (1726-1791)
Rothschilds - Three Connections Between Satanism, Evil, and Money
Money naturally attracts itself to evil. For instance, if a woman prostitutes herself she may receive a great sum of money, but who will pay her for keeping her virginity or her dignity?
If you are a hit man a large amount of money is yours if you kill your target, who will pay you if you would miss your target?
Second, evil men believe in where there is a will there is a way, and they are willing to sell their souls for their God money. They will employ evil to gain money.
While most people are quite aware of these last two connections, a third may likely have escaped their attention.
Thirdly, the principle group of men who cranked up International Banking were Satanists from the beginning.
Just having total control over the supply of U.S. paper money almost gives them leverage over the world’s finances, without mentioning they control the world bank.
It is no accident then, that once they established world financial control, they would do all in their power to divide and conquer and destroy both the Christian and the Moslem faith in God.
These powerful Bankers relate to faith in God as Cain related to his brother Abel. That they may be related to the Jewish people, does not mean they have the Jewish people’s best interest at heart. Initially Sabbetai Zevi was rejected by many Jews.
His sect gained momentum in second half of the seventeenth century in southeastern Poland.
In 1759-60, 500 Jewish Sabbateans “converted” to Christianity. In 1715, 109 of the 415 Jewish families in Frankfurt were engaged in moneylending. The rest were merchants of various kinds. The concepts that Satanism holds to were a natural shoe in to justify for many of these Jewish bankers the type of behavior they were engaged in.”
Long Story Short
Many divisions and battles between religious elements in the world have been encouraged and supported by the Power’s wealth. Unfortunately, many have been fooled into thinking that being devout and faithful to God is the source of religious fighting.
In some areas of the world, Moslems, Christians, and others have gotten along fine for centuries.
Religious tensions do spring to some degree from within the religions themselves, but the fuel to keep those fires burning and to light up conflicts often come from the Power’s wealth. An obvious example is the Iran-Iraq war.
Co-Masters of the World: Control Over WWI Treaty
When Germany fell, not only did Rothschild agents draft the treaty, prepare the idea of the League of Nations, but Max Rothschild was one of 11 men who took control over Bavaria. Max Rothschild was a Freemason in Lodge No. 11, Munich, Germany.
Co-Masters of the World: Connections to MI5, Rockefellers, J.P. Morgan, CFR et.al.
Victor Rothschild, who worked for J.P. Morgan & Co., and was an important part of MI5 (British Intelligence). Victor Rothschild was also a communist and member of the Apostles Club at Cambridge.
Lord Rothschild was one of the original members of Rhode’s Round Table group which developed into the CFR. It was the Rothschilds who had financed Cecil Rhodes, beginning in Africa.
The Rothschilds’ have several agents which their money got started and who still serve them well, the Morgans and the Rockefellers. The Rockefellers were Marrano Jews. The original Rockefeller made his money selling narcotics, (they weren’t illegal then).
After acquiring a little capital he branched out in oil. But it was the Rothschild capital that made the Rockefeller’s so powerful. “They also financed the activities of Edward Harriman (railroads) and Andrew Carnegie Steel.”
Co-Masters of the World: Power Within Christendom
The Rothschilds also wielded much influence and power not only in Secret Societies, but also in Christendom’s churches. The Salvation Army under the suggestion of the Rothschilds adopted the Red Shield (Roth-red Schild-shield) for their logo.
“The Rothschilds had rapidly propelled themselves into a position of immense financial power and political influence. They were an independent force in the life of Europe, accountable to no one and, to a large extent, reliant on no one. Popular lampoons depicted them as the real rulers of Christendom…”
Some of the Rothschilds have been involved in the campaign to loosen public morals. The first executive Secretary of the National Student Forum was John Rothschild. This National Student Forum changed its name like articles of clothing.
Speaking about clothing, one of the aims of this Socialist group was to promote public nudity, and free love. This organization had the following constituent groups Radcliffe Liberal Club, Union Theological Seminary Contemporary Club, Yale Liberal Club” to name just a few.
A further development of this was the Youth Peace Federation which consisted of the League of Youth of Community Church, Methodist Epworth League, NY District, Young Judea, and Young People’s Fellowship of St. Phillip’s Parish to name a few.
American religious men have ties to the Rothschilds especially through their various agents.
Harry Emerson Fosdick, who was Pastor of Rockefeller’s church was also among the Presidents of the Rockefeller Foundation. John Foster Dulles, CFR, was chairman of the board of the Rockefeller Foundation, and married a Rockefeller, Janet Pomeroy Avery.
Remember John Foster Dulles was an important Federal Council of Churches of Christ official
Every road leads back to the Rothschilds. There are more items than what have been mentioned above linking the Rothschilds to the various tenticles.
Each of the various tenticles that conspiracy theorists have put forth, - the Jews, the Masons, the Intelligence Communities, the International Bankers, the Prieure de Sion, the Catholics, the Trilateral commission, the CFR, the New Age, the Cults - each ties back to the Rothschild’s power.
Extent of Rothschild Power
According to one source “it was estimated that they controlled half the wealth of the world.” The Federal Reserve Bank of New York was controlled by five banks which owned 53% of its stock.
These five banks were controlled by Nathan M. Rothschild & Sons of London. Control over the U.S. Fed is basically control over the world’s money. That fact alone shows how immense the Rothschild Power is.
If one examines who has been appointed to head the Fed, and to run it, the connections of the “Federal” Reserve System to the Rothschilds can further be seen. Another private enterprise using the name Federal that the Rothschilds also direct is Federal Express.
Any one else might be taken to court for making their businesses sound like their are government, not the Rothschilds. It is appropriate for them to appropriate the name of Federal, because by way of MI6 via the CIA they instruct the U.S. government.
Senators are bought and paid off by their system, as investigators of the BCCI discovered. The Rothschilds have been intimately involved in witchcraft and the Illuminati since its early known history.
The Kaiser of Germany seems to refer to them when he said, “the magic powers of money as wielded by the Lord of Lucre are powers of Black Magic at its blackest."
If only half of the wealth is controlled by the Rothschilds, it indicates that if they are to be part of the world’s rulership, they must have allies.
The Rothschilds and Rockefellers are only two of thirteen controlling families of the Illuminati. Two Jewish families that appear to be prominent are the Oppenheims and the Oppenheimers.
A. Oppenheim was situated in Cologne. The Oppenheimers were early members of the Bavarian Illuminati. The Bund der Gerechten (League of the Just) was an illuminati front run mainly by Jews who were Satanists.
This Bund financed in part by the Rothschilds paid the Satanist and Mason Karl Marx to write the Communist Manefesto. The Jew Gumpel Oppenheim was in the inner circle of the Bund.
His relative Heinrich Oppenheim masterminded the communist revolution of 1848 in Germany. The Communist Party’s official histories even accept the Bund as the predecessor of Communism.
The Oppenheimers apparently are close to the Rothschilds. J. Robert Oppenheimer of the CFR was exposed as a communist.
Harry Oppenheimer, an international banker, is chairman of the Jewish De Beers world-wide diamond monopoly, and chairman of the Anglo-American Corp. Oppenheimers can be found in important financial positions in the U.S. They help run around 10 large foundations, including the Oppenheimer Haas Trust of NY for the care of needy Jewish children.
The Jewish Ency. Vol. 2, p. 496 indicates other Jewish families “adopted the Rothschild plan.” These were the Lazards, Sterns, Speyers, and Seligmans. The Rothschild plan was to place family members in the 5 largest European capitals to coordinate their activities.
One of Germany’s largest magazines is the Stern, and Ernst Stern is second-in-command of the World Bank.”
The Jewish families that established the Frankfurt Judenloge (this was the Masonic lodge the Rothschilds belonged to in Frankfurt) included the Adlers, Speyers, Reisses, Sichels, Ellisons, Hanaus, Geisenheimers, and Goldschmidts.
Isaac Hildesheim, a Jew who changed his name to Justus Hiller is credited as being the founder of this Frankfurt lodge. Michael Hess, principal of the Reformed Jewish school Philanthropin was an important figure in the lodge too, as was Dr. Ludwig Baruch (later Borne) who joined in 1808.
Most of these Frankfurt Jewish Freemasons engaged in commerce. Those Freemasons from 1817-1842 were the leaders of the Frankfurt Jewish community.
A gentile Mason in Frankfurt Johann Christian Ehrmann began warning the German people that the Frankfurt Jewish Masons wanted a world republic based on humanism.
In 1816 he came out with a warning pamphlet Das Judenthum in der M[aurere]y (The Jews in Masonry). A powerful ally of the world’s jewry can be seen beginning with men like Oliver Cromwell, who was considered a Mason.
Cromwell was financed by Jews, and helped the Jews gain power in England. Cromwell was willing to go along with the Jews, because he became convinced of British Israelism. Since the core of the conspiracy of power is Jewish, the attitude of those allied with it hinges on their attitude toward the Jewish people.
The religious idea that the British people are descended from the tribes of Israel doesn’t automatically place people into the camp of the conspiracy. Some of the British-Israelites realize that the so called Jewish people in general have no claim over the promises of God.
For that reason, they realize that it is not the Christian duty to bow and scrape at their every move. When Christians can be arrested in Israel and abused, and Christians will not even stand up for their own kind, we can see how much hold the idea of the “Chosen Race” theory has over Christendom.
Some of the British Israelites such as the Mormons, the old New England wealthy families such as make up the Order, some Masons and New Agers, and the non-Jewish members of the Priuere de Sion are collaborating with the One-World-Power. The anglican church which is run by the Freemasons is strongly British Israelistic.
Sorting Out the Various Identity Groups
In contrast, a hodge-podge of groups which are opposed to the conspiracy like some Neo-Nazi groups, and various Churches unrelated with them are also believers in British Israelism.
These various groups are sometimes all lumped together as the “Identity” movement, which is misleading because of their vast differences.
It is important to diferentiate between those groups that are trying to approach things from a Christian perspective and place themselves under the authority of God, and those who are setting themselves up under the New Order’s authority, or under their own authority.
Co-Masters of the World: The Media
Eustice Mullins has published his research in his book Who Owns the TV Networks showing that the Rothschilds have control of all three U.S. Networks, plus other aspects of the recording and mass media industry.
It can be added that they control Reuters too. From other sources it appears CNN, which began as an independent challenge to the Jewish Network monopoly, ran into repeated trickery, and ended up part of the system.
Money from B.C.C.I., (B.C.C.I. has been one of the New World Orders financial systems for doing its dirty business such as controlling Congressmen, and is involved with INSLA, the Iran-Contra Scandal, Centrust, and other recent scandals) which has tainted so many aspects of public power in the U.S. has also been behind CNN.
Perhaps nothing dominates the life of some Americans as does the television. Americans sit themselves before the television set and simply absorb what it projects to them.
On a day to day basis the biggest way the Rothschilds touch the lives of Americans are the three major networks which are under Rothschild direction.
The West’s NGO ‘Human Rights’ Scam October 2 2017 | From:
Just look around the world and throughout recent history, and you will find a number of compelling cases where western-backed NGOs have frequently acted as enablers for the military interventions, sanctions and economic blockades that followed.
Look at Iraq, Libya, Syria, Afghanistan, Yugoslavia, Iran and Sudan – all were given the ‘human rights’ treatment prior to aggressive western actions. In most cases, claims of human rights violations and exaggerated atrocity reports preceded western action.
In his 2016 position paper entitled, An Intorduction: Smart Power & The Human Rights Industrial Complex, 21WIRE’s Patrick Henningsen raised the alarm about the use of high-profile ‘human rights’ charities NGO’s like Human Rights Watch and Amnesty International who have allowed their organisations to used as pro-interventionist propaganda outlets:
“Though many human rights charities still market themselves as ‘neutral’ and ‘nonpartisan’, but reality is something very different.”
“With public skepticism of the charity sector already at an all-time high, the danger is clear: if conflicts of interest are not addressed in a serious way, they threaten to undermine the credibility of the entire non-governmental organization (NGO) sector internationally.”
Below is a video presentation from leading independent military affairs website Southfront which skillfully unravels the West’s sophisticated international ‘third sector’ web of NGO’s and charities, and how they are used to promote the foreign policy and military objectives of the US and its NATO allies worldwide.
Financial Fraud: Easy Money Corrupts The Monetary System October 1 2017 | From: FinalWakeUpCall / Various
Virtual Money: “Money” is virtual, a mental concept, an accounting system. Our currency is like a coupon, in other words, money is a medium of exchange. The Central Banking Cartel creates it out of thin air, as a debt to itself, something our government could do interest and debt-free.
But our governments belongs to a small group of elites, not to us. The aim of the New World Order is to expand this racket into a global political, cultural and economic monopoly.
This is the real meaning of Communism. This is why our national, racial, religious and gender identities will always be under occult assault.
The government borrows money that in fact does not exist, lends it to an even greater evil, the treasury, sells the debt to the banks, which in turn lend out said imaginary money to the people, all the while creating an ever-increasing amount of debt for a currency that never existed in the first place. More and more promissory notes are created to make the richest richer and the poor poorer.
The freezing of the accounts in Greece is only a taste of what’s to come. Right now the highest levels of government and the banking system are locked in a desperate last stand against a disturbing monetary shock, one that will make what’s happening in Greece seem mild by comparison.
And it could disrupt people’s lives in ways you never thought possible. You will suddenly be locked out of your bank account, unable to withdraw cash or deposit a check. Your stocks will swing wildly out of control. Your government-controlled payments will stop.
Remember: media disinformation serves the interests of global banks and institutional speculators, which use their command over the financial and commodity markets to amass vast amounts of monetary wealth. The corporate establishment, including the speculators, controls the corridors of governments.
Meanwhile, the “bank bailouts”, presented to the public as a requisite for economic recovery, have facilitated and legitimised a further process of appropriation of people’s wealth.
Vast amounts of monetary wealth are acquired through market manipulation and deceit.
With inside-information and foreknowledge, major financial actors, using the instruments of speculative trade, have the ability to fiddle and rig market movements to their advantage, precipitate the collapse of a competitor, or even the system itself, and wreak havoc in the economies and societies of developing countries.
Take the Greek’s valuable lessons to heart, and let other people know that the upcoming crash will cause the world to descend into chaos, as planned by the RK Mafia, to rob people blind and bring them to their knees so that they will accept the New World Order without any revolt.
It is the long time phenomenon, their well-orchestrated Problem – Reaction – Solution.
Since it is very likely that things may get out of control even for the RK Mafia, you had better use the coming few months for the preparation of your survival.
Governments Can Seize Your Property Without Having to Convict You of a Crime:
Governments are trying to abolish cash. Leading economists are pushing for it to be banned, too. Limits on cash use are already in place in many countries.
Having a large amount of cash is already considered “suspicious,” subject to forfeiture without due process – thanks to civil forfeiture laws, governments can seize your property without having to convict you of a crime.
"Mandrel Stuart, a 35-year-old African American owner of a small barbecue restaurant in Staunton, Va., was stunned when police took $17,550 from him during a stop in 2012 for a minor traffic violation on the Interstate 66 in Fairfax. He rejected a settlement with the government for half of his money and demanded a jury trial.
He eventually got his money back but lost his business because he didn’t have the cash to pay his overheads. – “I paid taxes on that money. I worked for that money,” Stuart said. “Why should I give them my money?”
As the Washington Post reported here last year, police have made 61,998 cash seizures – totalling $2.5 billion since 9/11 – without search warrants or indictments.
Why do governments want to eliminate cash? Isn’t it obvious? They want to control you and your money. Where did you get it? They’ll want to know everything. What will you do with it?
They’ll want a say. Could you not be planning to use it for something “bad”? – You might support “terrorists” – evade taxes – or buy a pack of illegal cigarettes. The possibilities are too vast to ignore. And the arguments are too persuasive to stop the Witch Hunt.
Easy Money Corrupts the Monetary System:
The system is corrupt and dangerously dysfunctional. But why does no one say anything? Central Bankers have, since the 1980s, been fighting credit corrections – being themselves the originators of the credit bubbles.
And for the last six years, the Central Bankers have been so actively and aggressively defending the past that the future doesn’t have a chance. Their easy money has corrupted the entire system. So, there can never be a true recovery of the economy.
Zero Hedge summarizes the “pros”: Enhance the tax base, as most, if not all transactions in the economy can now be traced by the government. – Substantially constrain the parallel economy, particularly in illicit activities. Force people to squander their savings on consumption and/or convert them into investments, thereby providing a boost to GDP and employment!
The United Nations Agenda 21 Program:
The Archon bloodlines want us to accept their Agenda 21 program. Unfortunately for the people of the world, so far everything is going according to the New World Order Plan.
Agenda 21 is so-called as it is the ‘the agenda for the 21st century’ and that constitutes global fascism/communism. Here is a summary of what Agenda 21 includes: ‘Sustainable’ development – don’t use more than can be replaced – sounds sensible enough at first, until it is realised what this and ‘biodiversity’ really means in the context of the conspiracy.
As, ‘Sustainable Development’ and ‘Biodiversity’ is seeking to impose the following:
Termination of national sovereignty
State planning and management of all land resources, ecosystems, deserts, forest, mountains, oceans, and fresh water; agriculture; rural development; biotechnology; and ensuring ‘equality’ e.: equal enslavement
The State defines the role of business and financial resources Abolition of private property – as it is not ‘sustainable’
‘Restructuring’ the family unit
Children raised by the State
Telling people what their job will be and where to live
Major restrictions on the movement of people
Creation of ‘human settlement zones’
Mass resettlement as people are forced to vacate their land; homes, where they currently live
Dumbing down education-form – achieved, in effect.
Mass global depopulation in pursuit of all of the above.
Agenda 21, the term coined already over two hundred years ago – implies the goal for the completion phase lies in this century.
The secret plan of the New World Order is to reduce the world’s population to a “sustainable” level “in perpetual balance with nature” by a ruthless Population Control Agenda via Population and Reproduction Control.
A Mass Culling of the People is accomplished via Planned Parenthood, toxic adulteration of water and food supplies, the release of weaponised, man-made viruses – like AIDS, EBOLA, etc. – man-made pandemics, mass vaccination programs and the planned Third World War.
Then, Agenda 21 will impose upon the drastically reduced world population, a global feudal-fascist state with ‘one’ World Government, World Religion, World Army, World Central Bank, World Currency and a micro-chipped population for optimal control.
In short, they plan to kill 90% of the world’s population in order to control all aspects of human life and thus rule over everyone, everywhere from the cradle to the grave.
WAKE UP PEOPLE – Research everything while we can still join forces to overthrow these Criminal Mafioso that control every government in the world, as all are governed by corrupt politicians, most, if not all them being RKM bought puppets. They have literally sold their souls to the devil and they know they won’t survive if they don’t obey RKM orders.
Not only the monetary system, but also the whole geopolitical system is corrupted. We will very soon have no freedom anymore, unless we wake up and join forces. We are currently enslaved through the tax system through our birth certificates. People have become assets to exploit and earn money off of.
Related: The Vatican Is A Criminal Hornets’ Nest Our tax money is deposited in the RKM controlled Vatican bank. Things are getting worse by the day. The point of no return is rapidly approaching and soon it will be too late. We have only very little time left to come to our own defence by waking up and joining forces.
If you do nothing you deserve what you’re going to get.
The Truth About Our Civilisation and You:
This video clearly explains in a nutshell how deeply we, the people are caught up in the network that has been continuously functioning since the year1860. In this system you are not whom you think you are, because a legal person owns his DNA, but at birth your DNA was stolen.
Our oppressors created from every person a corporation with his name in Capital letters, that’s why your name on all official documents is written in capital letters, which does NOT represent the physical you. Check your driver’s licence for confirmation. Only a birth certificate supported by its DNA is evidently a person or citizen.
The Crown in the City of London backs all these corporations, which in reality represents the Vatican. Meanwhile countless Lawyers worldwide are working on the reclamation of DNA, as soon as more progress is made it will be published, as it is in everyone’s interest to break-up the diabolical system in which we live.
By owning your DNA, they own you, your money, your property; they can create a bank holiday to steal your money, as it is not yours as a person, but theirs as the owner of the company that bears your name in CAPITAL letters! You are living under Admiralty Law, you neither have natural rights, nor Civil Rights. YOU ARE A SLAVE!
After controlling the monetary system, and stealing your civil rights, other Archon bloodline (RKM) Agenda 21 implementations are nearing completion, such as the total control of the food supply, weather, water, pharmaceuticals, energy, in order to render people in dire economic straits with no way out.
And so it has come to pass that the unelected EU government in 2013 proposed, rubberstamped and implemented new laws, making it illegal to grow your own food, reproduce or trade any ‘untested’ vegetables, awaiting approval by the Orwellian ‘EU Plant Variety Agency’, which charges a fee for each registration – ever-increasing payments for our food and for our own prison.
The ‘Plant Reproduction Material Law’ will make home gardening with non-regulated seeds a criminal act. This law will stop the professional development of vegetable varieties for home gardening, organic growers, and small-market farmers.
All these new laws do, is to create a whole new raft of EU civil servants who will be paid to move mountains of paper around all day long, while killing off the seed supply to home gardeners and interfering with the right of farmers to grow what they want.
It is also very disturbing that they have given themselves the power to regulate and license any plant species of all sorts in the future – not just agricultural plants, but grasses, mosses, flowers, absolutely everything – without having to bring it back to the Council to vote.
The Global Fascist / Communist Structure:
This is all connected to the plan to ban the population from growing their own food, destroy seed-diversity and allow the Archon food and biotech corporations to monopolise the global food supply – ‘Growing food can hereby be banned by simply stating that it isn’t safe, and then big RKM corporations would control all the food production of the entire planet.’
The global fascist/communist structure would subsequently decide what you should eat and if you are permitted to eat; and what you eat would invariably be full of chemical cocktails beyond anything consumed today to control the masses mentally, emotionally and physically.
The water supply would also be drugged so that people would end up ‘loving their servitude’ as Aldous Huxley wrote in his book the Brave New World.
If you ate, would depend on whether you were a good little mindless slave or not. No acquiescence, no food, and no water – the supply and distribution of food would be monitored so that no-one could give food to a fugitive of the system, as Dr Day put it in his lecture in 1969.
A terrible future prospect for all of us, but – for not too long – the power is still with the people if only we would come together in mutual support and if only international publicity and response to this would steadily lead to opposing and rejecting these horrible laws relating to growing our own food.
The bloodline families are terrified that the people will unite, that’s why ‘dividing and conquering us’ is their top priority.
It’s important to understand the reasoning of our Archon bloodline tyrants. They have no empathy, no compassion – they are narcissistic, psychopathic, sociopaths. They have falsely invented the global warming scam– with the climate change narrative as their argument to depopulate, to cull the world’s populace from seven billion at present to 500 million by 2050.
Dr Richard Day, the Rockefeller insider and weather manipulator during WW2, said in 1969: The weather will be modified and used as a weapon of war to create drought or famine.’
Producing record-breaking snow in the mountains and constant heavy rains to flood the Missouri and the Mississippi is easy with the technology at the Archon bloodlines’ disposal – especially HAARP, in Alaska and various other locations worldwide, that transmits high-powered radio waves to the upper atmosphere, the ionosphere, heating it up and eventually bouncing back to earth.
Ken O’Keefe Exposes Jesuits, World Bankers, Illuminati, Reptilians, Freemasons:
Russia Releases Photos Claiming To Show US Special Ops Equipment In ISIS Positions In Syria & Mossad Officer Leading ISIS As Mosque Imam Arrested In Libya October 1 2017 | From: TheFreeThoughtProject / VeteransToday
Aerial images were recently released that appear to show U.S. Special Operations Forces and their equipment embedded in ISIS positions in Syria.
While coverage of the Islamic State’s reign of terror in Iraq and Syria has quietly disappeared from the mainstream media, allegations and photos of the United States supporting and funding the group continue to come to the forefront.
The latest battle is occurring over Deir er-Zor, the largest city in eastern Syria, where both the U.S. and Russia claim to be fighting against ISIS. However, according to the Russian Ministry of Defense, aerial images of ISIS positions included equipment from U.S. Army Special Forces.
In a statement posted on its Facebook page, the Russian Defense Ministry claimed that U.S. Special Operations Forces units “enable US-backed Syrian Democratic Forces units to smoothly advance through the ISIS formations” and because they are facing no resistance from ISIS militants, the Syrian Democratic Forces units are “advancing along the left shore of the Euphrates toward Deir er-Zor.”
Russia’s MoD claimed the aerial photos were taken on Sept. 8-12 over ISIS locations north of Deir er-Zor. The equipment from American Special Operations Forces came in the form of “a large number” of American Hummer armored vehicles.
The statement noted that even though the presence of the Special Operations Forces would indicate that they were aware of the terrorist group’s presence in the area, its actions suggest that “the US troops feel safe in terrorist controlled regions,” because there were no calls for an organized screening patrol and there is no evidence of US-led coalition airstrikes to drive out the militants.
"The shots clearly show the US SOF units located at strongholds that had been equipped by the ISIS terrorists. Though there is no evidence of assault, struggle or any US-led coalition airstrikes to drive out the militants.
Despite that the US strongholds being located in the ISIS areas, no screening patrol has been organized at them. This suggests that the US troops feel safe in terrorist controlled regions.”
Both the statement and the aerial images from Russia’s Ministry of Defense serve as a reminder that the lines are often blurred when it comes to the difference between the Syrian Democratic Forces (which openly receive U.S. funding) and ISIS militants (which have mysteriously received help from the U.S. on a number of occasions).
There have been accusations of the U.S. paying the salaries of the “moderate rebels” it was training in Syria, with one rebel commander reportedly saying in July that “U.S. support had been waning for months,” but the rebels “had been given their salaries as normal last month.”
Russian President Putin alluded to the idea in 2014, when he called out the Obama Administration for arming and training “the Syrians that were fighting Assad,” and then noted that both the “moderate rebels” and the “ISIS militants” are mercenaries, often fighting for the side that pays them the largest salary.
“Another threat that President Obama mentioned was ISIS,” Putin said. “Well who on earth armed them? Who armed the Syrians that were fighting with Assad?
Who created the necessary political information and climate that facilitated this situation? Who pushed for the delivery of arms to the area? Do you really not understand who is fighting in Syria?
They are mercenaries mostly. Do you understand they are paid money? Mercenaries fight for whichever side pays more.”
There are also a number of circumstances in which U.S. equipment and funding just happened to benefit the Islamic State.
In October 2014, the Pentagon admitted that the U.S. airdropped weapons to ISIS, and blamed “the wind” for the fact that those weapons were not delivered to Kurdish fighters in Kobani.
In October 2016, the Pentagon was caught paying a PR firm $540 million to create fake terrorist videos - much like the ones purported to show ISIS militants beheading innocent civilians.
Then in a 2016 audit, the Department of Defense admitted that it could not account for $1 billion in weapons and equipment that was meant for forces in Syria, but likely ended up in the hands of ISIS.
In 2017, allegations that U.S. Army Special Operations Forces units were found embedded with ISIS militants are no surprise, given the United States’ history of being in the right place at the right time to protect the group from being defeated.
As the reports become more and more obvious, it raises the question of whether the U.S. government will ever admit its true role in the conflict.
Mossad Officer Leading ISIS As Mosque Imam Arrested In Libya
Mossad officer leading ISIS as mosque Imam arrested in Libya. [We have known for a long time that US, Israeli & Saudi officers were leading ISIS, this latest incident is just further proof of that.]
Libyan authorities arrested a leader and mosque preacher of the ISIS terrorist group who later confessed to be a Mossad officer.
According to the Libyan authorities, preacher Abu Hafs’ real name is Benjamin Efraim, an Israeli national operating in one of Mossad’s special units which conduct espionage operations in Arab and Islamic countries.
The Libyan authorities said the Mossad spy has started his career in Libya by leading a 200-member ISIS-affiliated group and moved to Benghazi in disguise as a preacher.
According to them, Abu Hafs had attempted to infiltrate Egypt, adding that the group, under his command, is among the most barbaric terrorist groups which had threatened to export war to Egypt.
The report came in the backdrop of a number of reports that said ISIS Leader Abu Bakr al-Baghdadi was also a Mossad agent although no credible evidence has yet been presented to substantiate the claim.
When the terror outfit attacked Iraq and conquered Mosul some three years ago, numerous reports have surfaced the media disclosing that tens of Mossad agents are leading ISIS fighters.
The report came as speculations are increasing within the ranks of ISIS over the possible successor of Abu Bakr al-Baghdadi after the recent reports about his death.
According to last month reports, ISIS’s leader in Libya Jalalulddin al-Tunisi and ISIS’s leader in Syria Abu Mohammad al-Shamali are the main two picks to lead the terrorist group after al-Baghdadi.
Jalalulddin al-Tunisi, whose real name is Mohammad Bin Salem al-Oyoni, was born in 1982 and is a resident of the town of Masaken in Souseh province in Central Tunisia.
Al-Oyoni has also acquired the French nationality after his trip to the European country before joining terrorist groups in Tunisia in 2011-2012. Al-Oyoni joined ISIS in Iraq and Syria in 2013 and 2014.
American and Iraqi sources claimed that six commanders of ISIS, including a Belgian-Algerian and a French member of the terrorist group are read to be the successor of al-Baghdadi.
Hillary Clinton ‘Cover Up’ Elite Pedophile Ring At State Department According To NBC News Report + Anthony Weiner Sentenced To 21 Months In Federal Prison September 30 2017 | From: WakingTimes / Washington Post / Various
The Pizzagate topic has been one of great controversy, and for good reason – if true, the implications of the allegations are huge. It would turn how we view powerful people including Presidents, high ranking political officials and those we entrust to run our countries on its head.
An NBC news report claims that Hillary Clinton, while acting as secretary of state, shut down an investigation into an elite pedophile ring in State Department ranks in order to avoid scandal
These people would be, under the definitions of our systems, criminals committing pedophilia.
So one must be careful in digging into the correct details when exploring this subject. At the same time, you would assume that if all of this was not true, it would be no problem allowing full on investigations to take place. Except, that’s not what is happening.
An NBC news report claims that Hillary Clinton, while acting as secretary of state, shut down an investigation into an elite pedophile ring in State Department ranks in order to avoid scandal and protect the careers of high ranking officials and an ambassador. Why would this need to happen?
The NBC investigation was broadcast prior to when NBC became heavily slanted in favor of Hillary’s campaign in the recent election. They were handed internal State Department memos to back up claims of a massive Hillary Clinton elite pedophile ring cover-up.
“Serious allegations concerning the State Department,” the NBC anchor announced, before launching into the disturbing details that mainstream media would be unable to report on in 2017 given the backlash received and cover up that ensued when PizzaGate began circulating.
“According to internal State Department memos the agency might have called off or intervened into investigations into possibly illegal, inappropriate behaviour within its ranks allegedly to protect jobs and avoid scandals.”
“This concerns a time when Hillary Clinton was secretary of state.”
Guess What Investigation Hillary Clinton Covered Up At The State Department
“There is an old saying in Washington that the cover-up is worse than the crime. But in this case both parts of it are disturbing,” Chuck Todd continued.
“Allegations of prostitution and pedophilia, and allegations that those crimes were somehow covered up or not looked into. So the State Department this morning is having to respond to those claims, and those investigations involve misconduct by State Department officials, including an Ambassador and security agents attached to then secretary of state, Hillary Clinton.”
“The allegations are that these investigations were whitewashed, quashed altogether, and that those orders came from high up.”
“NBC has obtained documents relating to ongoing investigations into some disturbing allegations involving State Department personnel and at least one ambassador. A State Department memo says, quote, “the Ambassador routinely ditched his protective security detail in order to solicit sexual favors from both prostitutes and minor children."
“The memo also says a top State Department official directed State Department investigators to “cease the investigation” into the ambassador’s conduct.” It’s just one of what another document describes as “several examples of undue influence” from top State Department officials.”
“We know that both of them have been a major part and participant of what’s called The Lolita Express, which is a plane owned by Mr. Jeff Epstein, a wealthy multi-millionaire w
We can also look back to a recent debacle that took place when CBS anchor Ben Swann told the pizzagate story during his segment Reality Check. It was a very fair and balanced report with little emotion or conclusion drawn. It allowed the viewer to make up their minds for themselves and unlike many mainstream media stories, it didn’t aggressively try to stray the viewer in a direction.
Yet Swann’s episode was shut down, removed and his personal work was taken offline. After some time he returned to CBS but the pizzagate story was buried.
We spoke with Ben not long after, we plan to release a short documentary outlining what happened completely with the whole pizzagate story backlash in the coming months.
Elite Pedophile Ring Coming Down?
In contrast to Clinton’s cover-up, President Trump has announced a federal investigation into the elite pedophile scandal involving human trafficking earlier this month and promised to help put an end to the “horrific, really horrific crimes taking place.”
Not long ago, president Trump held a short press conference following a meeting with human trafficking experts to announce he will direct “the Department of Justice, the Department of Homeland Security and other federal agencies” to devote more resources and personnel to the investigation.
While this investigation requires much more attention, Trump only appeared at the press conference for less than two minutes. He stated that the issue has been on the radar of federal government for some time but since taking office in January the investigation has become “much more focused.”
We hope to see him stay true with this intention and bring an end to this racket.
“It has been much more focused over the last four weeks, I can tell you that.”
Trump: I'll Fight Human Trafficking 'Epidemic'
Why This Needs To Be Explored
While it is very easy to view this type of story as negative in our minds, it’s important we bring the truth to the surface. We are in a time when humanity is faced with serious decisions about its future.
Do we continue down the disconnected and incredibly destructive path we are on, or do we continue to awaken to what’s really going on in our world, dismantle it and then create a world where we can thrive?
There is no doubt that what used to slip through the cracks years ago no longer does. People are much more wise to the games and cover ups going on in our world, especially within high ranking political and military levels within the US.
Many have become much more informed about the ruling cabal or shadow government or deep state that is running our world. This was a conspiracy just 10 years ago, and yet now it’s even being discussed in mainstream news.
This illustrates quite clearly the grand shift in consciousness humanity is experiencing and through this process we will be seeing the truth about what is really going on in our world so as a whole we can process and shift all that we have been creating from the level of consciousness we have been experiencing for centuries.
This will mean facing our ‘darkness’, working through deep seeded emotional pain, moving beyond our ego’s, understanding who we truly are and why we are here and so forth. Not from a religious or ‘new age’ way, but from a basic understanding of how all things function.
We’re already seeing this happen in a big way with the rise of new understandings into the spiritual nature of who we truly are.
So as these truths come to light, we’re challenged to look beyond judgement of them, process the anger, the ‘hate’, the fear or worry that might come and instead get into a place where we can see the experience as something we simply do not want in our reality and more so, can understand how it has served us to grow.
Again, this is not about allowing things like this to continue, but to instead end it and change it from a place of love and peace verses a place of anger, resentment and grief, which will only create more of it.
Change starts within. By creating these shifts in perception within ourself, we become clear on the correct action to take moving forward and also give permission for others to see the world in a new way too, which allows things to shift in a much deeper way. We are all capable of this.
If you wish to learn more about the shift in consciousness taking place in our world, check out our latest documentary CE3: The Shift which you can watch for free here.
Anthony Weiner Sentenced To 21 Months In Federal Prison
Disgraced former U.S. congressman Anthony Weiner, whose exchange of illicit messages with a teenager wound up playing a role in the 2016 presidential election, was sentenced Monday to 21 months in prison, authorities said.
Former representative Anthony Weiner (D-N.Y.) was sentenced Sept. 25 to 21 months in jail for transferring obscene material to a minor
The penalty marks a stunning downfall for the New York Democrat whose propensity for sending lewd photos to women repeatedly derailed his career in politics, and - in a roundabout way - might also have affected Hillary Clinton’s bid to become president.
It was federal authorities’ investigation of Weiner that led them to emails of his wife, top Clinton aide Huma Abedin, and the discovery of those emails ultimately caused the FBI, as the election campaign drew to a close, to reopen the probe of Clinton’s use of a private email server.
Weiner, 53, pleaded guilty in May to transferring obscene material to a minor, stemming from interactions he had with a 15-year-old who later described the exchanges and released images to the Daily Mail.
The report in September 2016 was notable, although by then, Weiner was well known for such conduct. Abedin had recently separated from her husband, after the New York Post revealed he had sent photos and sexual texts to another woman, and the two are in the process of a divorce.
Similar incidents had forced Weiner’s resignation from Congress and dashed his hopes of becoming mayor of New York City.
Because of the teen’s age, Weiner’s exchanges with her would have far more dire consequences. Prosecutors said Weiner knew that the girl was a minor and nonetheless asked her to engage in explicit conduct, which is a crime. They asked for a sentence between 21 and 27 months, arguing that Weiner’s misdeeds were “serious and his demonstrated need for deterrence is real.”
“The defendant did far more than exchange typed words on a lifeless cellphone screen with a faceless stranger,” prosecutors wrote in sentencing papers.
“With full knowledge that he was communicating with a real 15-year-old girl, the defendant asked her to engage in sexually explicit conduct via Skype and Snapchat, where her body was on display, and where she was asked to sexually perform for him.”
Weiner’s defense attorneys argued for a penalty that did not include jail time. They cast the former congressman as a man with an addiction problem and asserted that the teen had reached out to him hoping to generate material for a book deal.
She was paid $30,000 by the Daily Mail for her story, defense attorneys wrote, and an additional $10,000 for a recent appearance on “Inside Edition.” The teen also admitted to investigators that “one of her goals” was to affect the outcome of the presidential election, defense attorneys asserted.
For his part, Weiner, who appeared at the sentencing in federal district court in Manhattan on Monday, apologized for what he had done and said he is seeking treatment for his addiction.
“I am profoundly sorry to her,” he wrote in a letter to the court. “I was selfish. I have no excuse for what I did to her.”
When the investigation into Weiner’s exchanges with the girl were publicly revealed, the Trump campaign seized on the news to call for Clinton to return donations from Weiner. The Republican presidential candidate would soon have much more fodder.
In investigating Weiner, the FBI found correspondence between Clinton and Abedin on a device they had not examined previously. That discovery prompted them to reopen their investigation of Clinton’s use of a private email server, just weeks before the election. They sought a warrant to examine what they thought might be new emails.
The FBI had previously concluded that no one should be charged in the case, and agents ultimately found nothing that changed their minds. Still, the revelation that the probe was reopened became a major issue late in the presidential election, and Clinton has blamed it in part for her loss.
Weiner’s defense attorneys even noted the FBI’s actions in urging a lenient sentence, arguing that the public disclosures of the investigative steps “exacted significant extrajudicial punishment on Anthony and his family.”
“Anthony might once have been a punchline, but he is now - to many in this country - something far worse, as a result of Secretary Clinton’s loss,” defense attorneys wrote.
In a news release, acting Manhattan U.S. attorney Joon H. Kim said Weiner received a “just sentence that was appropriate for his crime.”
U.S. District Judge Denise L. Cote said at the hearing, “This is a serious crime that deserves serious punishment.”
Weiner is scheduled to report to prison on Nov. 6, prosecutors said.
Arlo Devlin-Brown, Weiner’s defense attorney, said in a statement that the defense team was “disappointed” Weiner had been sentenced to prison.
“Judge Cote reasoned that because of Anthony’s notoriety, a sentence of imprisonment could discourage others from following in his footsteps,” Devlin-Brown said. “We certainly hope this public service message is received, but it has resulted in a punishment more severe than it had to be given the unusual facts and circumstances of this case.”
Comment: What we are seeing now is just the very tip of the iceberg as the pedo-run-elite begin to be exposed. Most people will not even be able to comprehend the pervasiveness of paedophilia used by the Luciferian religion that drives the Cabal - but the truth must be exposed in order for the world to move ahead.
Happy Birthday CIA: 7 Truly Terrible Things The Agency Has Done In 70 Years September 28 2017 | From: ActivistPost
On Monday, President Trump tweeted birthday wishes to the Air Force and the CIA. Both became official organizations 70 years ago on September 18, 1947, with the implementation of the National Security Act of 1947.
After spending years as a wartime intelligence agency called the Office of Strategic Services, the agency was solidified as a key player in the federal government’s operations with then-President Harry Truman’s authorization.
In the seventy years since, the CIA has committed a wide variety of misdeeds, crimes, coups, and violence. Here are seven of the worst programs they’ve carried out (that are known to the public):
1. Toppling Governments Around the World
The CIA is best known for its first coup, Operation Ajax, in 1953, in which it ousted the democratically elected leader of Iran, Mohammed Mossadegh, reinstating the autocratic Shah, who favored western oil interests.
That operation, which the CIA now admits to waging with British intelligence, ultimately resulted in the 1979 revolution and subsequent U.S. hostage crisis. Relations between the U.S. and Iran remain strained to this day, aptly described by the CIA-coined term “blowback.”
But the CIA has had a hand in toppling a number of other democratically elected governments, from Guatemala (1954) and the Congo (1960) to the Dominican Republic (1961), South Vietnam (1963), Brazil (1964), and Chile (1973). The CIA has aimed to install leaders who appease American interests, often empowering oppressive, violent dictators. This is only a partial list of countries where the CIA covertly attempted to exploit and manipulate sovereign nations’ governments.
2. Operation Paperclip
In one of the more bizarre CIA plots, the agency and other government departments employed Nazi scientists both within and outside the United States to gain an advantage over the Soviets. As summarized by NPR:
"The aim [of Operation Paperclip] was to find and preserve German weapons, including biological and chemical agents, but American scientific intelligence officers quickly realized the weapons themselves were not enough.
They decided the United States needed to bring the Nazi scientists themselves to the U.S. Thus began a mission to recruit top Nazi doctors, physicists and chemists - including Wernher von Braun, who went on to design the rockets that took man to the moon."
They praised the book’s historical accuracy, noting “that the Launch Operations Center at Cape Canaveral, Florida, was headed by Kurt Debus, an ardent Nazi.” They acknowledged that “General Reinhard Gehlen, former head of Nazi intelligence operations against the Soviets, was hired by the US Army and later by the CIA to operate 600 ex-Nazi agents in the Soviet zone of occupied Germany.”
Remarkably, they noted that Jacobsen “understandably questions the morality of the decision to hire Nazi SS scientists,” but praise her for pointing out that it was done to fight Soviets. They also made sure to add that the Soviets hired Nazis, too, apparently justifying their own questionable actions by citing their most loathed enemy.
But that was of little concern to President Lyndon B. Johnson as opposition to the Vietnam war grew. According to former New York Times journalist and Pulitzer Prize-winner Tim Weiner, as documented in his extensive CIA history, Legacy of Ashes, Johnson instructed then-CIA Director Richard Helms to break the law:
"In October 1967, a handful of CIA analysts joined in the first big Washington march against the war. The president regarded protesters as enemies of the state. He was convinced that the peace movement was controlled and financed by Moscow and Beijing. He wanted proof. He ordered Richard Helms to produce it.
Helms reminded the president that the CIA was barred from spying on Americans. He says Johnson told him: ‘I’m quite aware of that. What I want for you is to pursue this matter, and to do what is necessary to track down the foreign communists who are behind this intolerable interference in our domestic affairs…’”
Helms obeyed. Weiner wrote:
"In a blatant violation of his powers under the law, the director of central intelligence became a part-time secret police chief. The CIA undertook a domestic surveillance operation, code-named Chaos. It went on for almost seven years…
Eleven CIA officers grew long hair, learned the jargon of the New Left, and went off to infiltrate peace groups in the United States and Europe.
According to Weiner, “the agency compiled a computer index of 300,000 names of American people and organizations, and extensive files on 7,200 citizens. It began working in secret with police departments all over America.”
Because they could not draw a “clear distinction” between the new far left and mainstream opposition to the war, the CIA spied on every major peace organization in the country. President Johnson also wanted them to prove a connection between foreign communists and the black power movement.
“The agency tried its best,” Weiner noted, ultimately noting that “the CIA never found a shred of evidence that linked the leaders of the American left or the black-power movement to foreign governments.”
4. Infiltrating the Media
Over the years, the CIA has successfully gained influence in the news media, as well as popular media like film and television. Its influence over the news began almost immediately after the agency was formed. As Weiner explained, CIA Director Allen Dulles established firm ties with newspapers:
"Dulles kept in close touch with the men who ran the New York Times, The Washington Post, and the nation’s leading weekly magazines.
He could pick up the phone and edit a breaking story, make sure an irritating foreign correspondent was yanked from the field, or hire the services of men such as Time’s Berlin bureau chief and Newsweek’s man in Tokyo.”
"It was second nature for Dulles to plant stories in the press. American newsrooms were dominated by veterans of the government’s wartime propaganda branch, the Office of War Information…
The men who responded to the CIA’s call included Henry Luce and his editors at Time, Life, and Fortune; popular magazines such as Parade, the Saturday Review, and Reader’s Digest; and the most powerful executives at CBS News.
Dulles built a public-relations and propaganda machine that came to include more than fifty news organizations, a dozen publishing houses, and personal pledges of support from men such as Axel Springer, West Germany’s most powerful press baron..”
The CIA’s influence had not waned by 1977 when journalist Carl Bernstein reported on publications with CIA agents in their employ, as well as “more than 400 American journalists who in the past twenty‑five years have secretly carried out assignments for the Central Intelligence Agency.”
The CIA has also successfully advised on and influenced numerous television shows, such asHomeland and 24 and films like Zero Dark Thirty and Argo, which push narratives that ultimately favor the agency. According to Tricia Jenkins, author of The CIA in Hollywood: How the Agency Shapes Film & Television, a concerted agency effort began in the 1990s to counteract negative public perceptions of the CIA, but their influence reaches back decades.
In the 1950s, filmmakers produced films for the CIA, including the 1954 film adaptation of George Orwell’s Animal Farm.
Researchers Tom Secker and Matthew Alford, whose work has been published in the American Journal of Economics and Sociology, say their recent Freedom of Information Act requests have shown that the CIA - along with the military - have influenced over 1,800 films and television shows, many of which have nothing to do with CIA or military themes.
5. Drug-Induced Mind Control
In the 1950s, the CIA began experimenting with drugs to determine whether they might be useful in extracting information. As Smithsonian Magazine has noted of the MKUltra project:
"The project, which continued for more than a decade, was originally intended to make sure the United States government kept up with presumed Soviet advances in mind-control technology. It ballooned in scope and its ultimate result, among other things, was illegal drug testing on thousands of Americans.”
"The intent of the project was to study ‘the use of biological and chemical materials in altering human behavior,’ according to the official testimony of CIA director Stansfield Turner in 1977.
The project was conducted in extreme secrecy, Turner said, because of ethical and legal questions surrounding the program and the negative public response that the CIA anticipated if MKUltra should become public.
Under MKUltra, the CIA gave itself the authority to research how drugs could:’ ‘promote the intoxicating effects of alcohol;’ ‘render the induction of hypnosis easier;’ ‘enhance the ability of individuals to withstand privation, torture and coercion;’ produce amnesia, shock and confusion; and much more.
Many of these questions were investigated using unwitting test subjects, like drug-addicted prisoners, marginalized sex workers and terminal cancer patients– ‘people who could not fight back,’ in the words of Sidney Gottlieb, the chemist who introduced LSD to the CIA.”
Further, as Weiner noted:
"Under its auspices, seven prisoners at a federal penitentiary in Kentucky were kept high on LSD for seventy-seven consecutive days. When the CIA slipped the same drug to an army civilian employee, Frank Olson, he leaped out of the window of a New York Hotel.
Weiner added that senior CIA officers destroyed “almost all of the records” of the programs, but that while the “evidence that remains is fragmentary…it strongly suggests that use of secret prisons for the forcible drug-induced questioning of suspect agents went on throughout the 1950s.”
Years later, the CIA would be accused of distributing crack-cocaine into poor black communities, though this is currently less substantiated and supported mostly by accounts of those who claim to have been involved.
More recently, the CIA was exposed for sponsoring abusive, disturbing terror tactics against detainees at prisons housing terror suspects.
An extensive 2014 Senate report documented agents committing sexual abuse, forcing detainees to stand on broken legs, waterboarding them so severely it sometimes led to convulsions, and imposing forced rectal feeding, to name a few examples.
Ultimately, the agency had very little actionable intelligence to show for their torture tactics but lied to suggest they did, according to the torture report. Their torture tactics led the International Criminal Court to suggest the CIA, along with the U.S. armed forces, could be guilty of war crimes for their abuses.
7. Arming Radicals
The CIA has a long habit of arming radical, extremist groups that view the United States as enemies. In 1979, the CIA set out to support Afghan rebels in their bid to defeat the Soviet occupation of the Middle Eastern country.
As Weiner wrote, in 1979, “Prompted by Zbigniew Brzezinski, President Carter signed a covert-action order for the CIA to provide the Afghan rebels with medical aid, money, and propaganda.”
"The Pakistani intelligence chiefs who doled out the CIA’s guns and money favored the Afghan factions who proved themselves most capable in battle. Those factions also happened to be the most committed Islamists. No one dreamed that the holy warriors could ever turn their jihad against the United States.”
Though some speculate the CIA directly armed Osama bin Laden, that is yet to be fully proven or admitted. What is clear is that western media revered him as a valuable fighter against the Soviets, that he arrived to fight in Afghanistan in1980, and that al-Qaeda emerged from the mujahideen, who were beneficiaries of the CIA’s program.
Stanford University has noted that Bin Laden and Abdullah Azzam, a prominent Palestinian cleric, “established Al Qaeda from the fighters, financial resources, and training and recruiting structures left over from the anti-Soviet war.” Much of those “structures” were provided by the agency.
Intentionally or not, the CIA helped fuel the rise of the terror group.
Weiner noted that as the CIA failed in other countries like Libya, by the late 1980s “Only the mujahideen, the Afghan holy warriors, were drawing blood and scenting victory. The CIA’s Afghan operation was now a $700-million-dollar-a-year-program” and represented 80% of the overseas budget of the clandestine services.
“The CIA’s briefing books never answered the question of what would happen when a militant Islamic army defeated the godless invaders of Afghanistan,” though Tom Twetten, “the number two man in the clandestine service in the summer of 1988,” was tasked with figuring out what would happen with the Afghan rebels. “We don’t have any plan,” he concluded.
Apparently failing to learn their lesson, the CIA adopted nearly the exact same policy in Syria decades later, arming what they called “moderate rebels” against the Assad regime. Those groups ultimately aligned with al-Qaeda groups. One CIA-backed faction made headlines last year for beheading a child (though President Trump cut off the CIA program in June, the military continues to align with “moderate” groups).
Unsurprisingly, this list is far from complete. The CIA has engaged in a wide variety of extrajudicial practice, and there are likely countless transgressions we have yet to learn about.
As Donald Trump cheers the birthday of an agency he himself once criticized, it should be abundantly clear that the nation’s covert spy agency deserves scrutiny and skepticism - not celebration.
Comment:Remeber you are watching a 'Horse and Pony' show. Of course a sitting president has to be seen to support the CIA in its current form.
10 Shocking Declassified Secrets
Conspiracy Fact: US Media Royalty Admits To Practicing Occult To Kill Three People September 28 2017 | From: TheFreeThoughtProject
The term “Spirit Cooking” made occult rituals mainstream for a brief period last year after WikiLeaks released a trove of emails from the account of Hillary Clinton’s campaign chairman, John Podesta. While a number of celebrities and media moguls were tied to occult practices at the time, recent revelations have added more media royalty to the list.
The name Ben Bradlee may sound familiar, as he was good friends with former President John F. Kennedy, and executive editor of the Washington Post from 1968 to 1991.
Bradlee and his wife, Sally Quinn, were often in the spotlight, and after Kennedy was assassinated, they were even referred to as the “New Camelot.”
While Bradlee died in 2014, Quinn has since taken the time to give insight into the glamorous life lived by the media’s royal couple. However, some of the practices she describes are ones that would normally be written off as crazy conspiracy theories by outlets such as their beloved Washington Post.
However, WaPost actually praised it.
In her latest publication titled, “Finding Magic: A Spiritual Memoir,” Quinn reveals that she believes she has killed at least three people in her lifetime. She claims that while she did not harm anyone physically, she believes strongly in the occult, and has used hexes on people who got on her bad side.
According to a WaPo report on the contents of the memoir, Quinn began believing in spirits, magic and the occult as a child, and she said it stemmed from what she was taught by her mother and other maternal relatives.
She claimed her mother used hexes on people who angered her immensely, such as a veterinarian who would not help their sick dog and an Army doctor who did not provide accurate care for Quinn. In both cases, Quinn wrote that her mother yelled, “I hope you drop dead!” and within days, they did.
“Like mother, like daughter. In some of the most troubling passages of this book, she describes casting hexes on people who later died. One was an attractive young woman who flirted with one of Quinn’s earlier boyfriends.
‘I won’t say exactly what I did - even now I think that would be bad luck for me - but I practiced what I learned and observed. I worked on the hex for several days until I felt that it would have some effect.’
It did, she claims. The woman committed suicide. Quinn vowed never to cast a hex on someone else -a promise she did not keep. When New York magazine wrote an unfavorable profile of her, she ‘decided to put a hex’ on the magazine’s editor, Clay Felker. He later died of cancer.”
Quinn claimed that her third and latest hex was targeted at a psychic who gave her a “devastatingly brutal” reading regarding her son. “I vowed once again never to put another hex on anyone,” she wrote after the woman died of a cerebral hemorrhage. “Believe me, I haven’t, though I have to admit to being sorely tempted on occasion.”
She wrote that she “became more open to certain moments of transcendence” when she was 13 years old and she had a “spiritual experience” that she claims let her see her own future:
"I had the oddest sensation. As if I were watching flashbacks of my life, except I was seeing flash-forwards. My whole emotional future passed before me. ...
It was a true psychic experience. From then on, everything that has happened to me has been something that, no matter how joyful or painful, I have somehow anticipated. Since then, I haven’t had an emotional experience that did not seem already familiar to me.”
The revelations in Quinn’s memoir are incredibly important because of the influence she and her husband had on the media and on the elite society for years. Whether or not the use of a “hex” was responsible for killing all of the victims Quinn mentioned, is irrelevant.
The fact is that the practice is tied to the occult, and the idea - held by someone with such a massive level of societal influence - that the appropriate way to deal with someone who wrongs you is to sentence them to death, should raise some serious questions.
As The Free Thought Project has reported, there are other questionable Occult rituals that go beyond Podesta’s “Spirit Cooking.” In fact, one ritual where adults ingest the blood of the young in order to “increase longevity” is now an actual business in the United States that has attracted the attention of the elite.
Judicial Watch Emails Show Hillary Invited Vladimir Putin To Clinton Foundation Gala
& Hillary Clinton Moved 800K From Her Campaign To Help Fund ANTIFA September 26 2017 | From: TheGatewayPundit / TheGatewayPundit
Shocking emails obtained by conservative watchdog group, Judicial Watch show that Hillary Clinton invited Vladimir Putin to a Clinton Foundation gala back in 2009.
Just a couple months into Hillary Clinton’s term as Secretary of State, the Clinton Foundation invited Vladimir Putin and other leaders to the Clinton Global Initiative’s 2009 annual gathering.
The email containing the list of leaders who were invited was forwarded in March of 2009 from the Director of Foreign Policy of the Clinton Foundation Amitabh Desai to former Assistant Secretary of State Andrew Shapiro. Shapiro then forwarded it to Hillary’s foreign policy advisor Jake Sullivan showing a conflict of interest between the Clinton Foundation and the federal government.
Hillary Clinton was also seeking to ‘reset’ relations with Russia at this time. Remember that cheap plastic ‘reset’ button she handed the Russian Foreign Minister that actually said ‘overcharged’? What a disaster!
What about Hillary’s Uranium deal with Russia? Nearly 20% of the U.S.’s Uranium assets were sold to Russia while Hillary Clinton was Secretary of State in exchange for $150 million to the Clinton Foundation.
Bill Clinton also gave a speech to the Russia-based Renaissance Capital in Moscow on June 29, 2010.
Bill Clinton spoke in Moscow for one hour for half a million dollars. (Breitbart)
But the media has pushed a Trump-Russia collusion conspiracy theory for almost a year with zero proof.
Hillary Clinton used this projection technique on her opponent by acting like she was ‘anti-Putin’ and ‘anti-Russia’ while claiming Trump was somehow colluding with them.
Hillary Clinton was good friends with the Russians and Vladimir Putin until she no longer saw a way to profit off of them financially. She then turned them into the ‘boogie man’ in order to blame her loss on something and delegitimize President Trump.
What a truly sick woman. Thank God she lost the election. We really dodged a bullet.
There’s Something Wrong With Hillary
How is this dangerous sociopath still at large?
Hillary Clinton is like herpes. She’s painful, embarrassing, and won’t go away. Herpes Hillary. She’s a dangerous sociopath who needs to be locked up.
Hillary Clinton Moved 800K From Her Campaign To Help Fund ANTIFA
Hillary, who long during the campaign trail condemned “dark-money” Super-PACs, has funneled over 800K from her Campaign over to one of these very same outfits.
It has been revealed that the failed presidential candidate’s Super-PAC, “Onward Together”, is heavily backing “resistance” and Alt-Left extremist groups such as ANTIFA.
In building investigations, Daily Caller first discovered that Hillary transferred a mass sum of money from her campaign over to Onward Together:
“Clinton transferred $800,000 from her failed 2016 presidential campaign to Onward Together shortly before announcing the group’s launch in May, documents the campaign filed with the FEC reveal."
Now, today, it has been revealed by Offended America exactly where that money is going:
“Daily Caller reached out to five different Antifa linked groups, and only one was willing to deny donations from Onward Together. Soros-linked group, Indivisible, denied receiving financial support from Clinton or Onward Together.
“Onward Together has not given any financial support to us,” Helen Kalla, an Indivisible spokesperson, wrote to Daily Caller.
Kalla added that Clinton’s group has “been amplifying and highlighting our work through their digital networks,” which she explained has consisted of “retweeting [Indivisible], and they’ve highlighted our work via their emails to their list too.”
According to Federal Election Commission documents, Hillary Clinton transferred $800,000 from her failed political campaign “Hillary for America” to her new Super-PAC “Onward Together”, before she announced the existence of the PAC in May, 2017.
Amid other disturbing details, it’s now been revealed that “Onward Together” is a 501(c)4 “Social Welfare” organization, which means that it’s not required to disclose many of the details of its operations to the public or disclose who its donors are.
By receiving campaign funds, and then furnishing the funds to Antifa terrorist groups, Clinton may have implicated many of her supported in a crime.
Hillary Clinton, now too old to run for office, will go back to doing what she’s always done best, round up money from anonymous sources, and then use that money to influence elections and peddle power."
How You Were Tricked To Live In The Land Of The Legally Dead September 25 2017 | From: HumansAreFree
The current reality of man is heavily controlled by words. As a result of that, words play a big role in shaping the reality and culture of man.
Besides shaping the reality and culture of man, words also play an important role in trade. Some of the most important words used in the business of trading goods and services are related to the name.
Your name plays a very important role in your life because it allows others to identify you and communicate with you. Furthermore, it allows you to operate in the realm of commerce and fiction, making it easier for you to trade goods and services with people not living close to you.
Having a name can be a wonderful thing but if you do not know how to use it wisely, it can be a curse and prevent you from living a happy life. One of the ways that your name can curse you is when you allow it to bond to your mind too deeply, causing you to think that your name is who you really are.
Your name has the power to trick your mind because it is made up of sigils (letters). Because of this, it is important to use your name wisely, so you do not become a victim of your name.
When you do not know how to use your name wisely, the Dark Magicians or the Elite can use it to imprison your body, mind and soul in the "land" of the legally DEAD. The best time to trick you to "live" in the land of the legally dead or the "sea" of the legally dead is on the day your mother gave "birth" to you.
How You Were Tricked to Live in the Land of the Legally Dead
The contract that the government used to trick your mother and father to agree to allow you to live in the "land" or "sea" of the legally dead is the birth certificate. This certificate is actually a certificate of a dead baby, which is why it has a legal name written on it.
It is interesting to know that when you look up the word birth in A Dictionary of Law (1889), it tells you to "see Abandon, 2 (2)". The word abandon in section 2 (2) is defined by A Dictionary of Law (1889) using these exact words: "The act of a parent in exposing an infant of tender years (usually under seven) in any place, with intent wholly to desert it."
Based on the definition in the previous paragraph, when your mother gave birth to you and your parents signed the birth certificate with your name on it, they unknowingly agreed to abandon you. This allowed the State to claim "you" as its property and ship "you" to the land of the legally dead (legal fiction).
Be aware that the word birth sounds almost identical to the word berth. Because they sound nearly identical, a judge or government agent can use them to trick you to think that he is talking about birth when he is actually talking about berth and vice versa. The word berth is defined as "sufficient space for a vessel to maneuver; sea room" or "a space for a vessel to dock or anchor".
Here is an excerpt from my Amazon best seller book titled Word Magic: The Powers & Occult Definitions of Words that reveals how words are used to deceive you:
"When a ship is in the process of being docked, it is being guided to come to berth. The word berth is defined as “a space for a vessel to dock or anchor”.33 Based on this information, when a product is unloaded onto the dock, it just went through the berthing process, which is the process of delivering the product from the vessel/ship onto the dock.
Phonetically, the word berth sounds like the word birth. This is why when a woman is in the process of giving birth, she is said to be delivering a baby. The birthing process of a baby is related to the process of delivering a product on a ship. Every woman has a body.
Another word for body is vessel. A vessel can also be called a ship. The words body, vessel, and ship can all mean the same thing and be used to represent a woman’s body. This is why a ship is often referred to as “she” and the main ship is often called the “mother ship”.
To connect the dots, the process of a woman giving birth can also be defined as the process of delivering or berthing a product of a ship. Metaphorically speaking, the product is the baby and the ship is the woman’s body.
When you compare all the information that you just read about commerce and the sea business to the process of birthing a baby, you will see a strong connection between the berthing process of a ship and the birthing process of a baby.
By spelling the words berth and birth slightly different and making them sound almost the same, the Dark Forces and their minions (the Dark Magicians) can trick you to agree to be a product of a ship, so that they can have jurisdiction over you.
They know that they can not have jurisdiction over the real you (the living, breathing man or woman made of flesh and blood), which is why they need you to consent to be an artificial person, so that they can treat you like a product and make money by selling you on the stock market."
The process of tricking you to agree to be an artificial person is mostly done through the legal system, which is the system that deals with the DEAD. The legal system is controlled by the Vatican of the Holy Roman Empire, one of the biggest practitioners of magic spells.
The legal system is obsessed with magic spells, because certain magic spells have the power to summon the dead. This is why before a judge (also known as a magistrate/magi-strate, which is a magician) demands you to appear in court, a court agent needs to serve you a summons letter.
When a court agent serves you a summons letter, the first question he asks you is often related to your legal name, which 99 percent of the time is written in all capital letters on legal documents. For example, the court agent may ask you the question "are you JOHN DOE?"
If you were to answer yes to being your legal name and accept the summons letter, you would basically agree to play the role of a dead character. This occurs because the legal name is not living; instead it is a fictitious entity that has no life force of its own. As a result of that, it is as dead as a fictional character in a storybook.
The summons letter is used to summon the dead using you (the living man or woman) as the medium. This is why a court agent has to serve you a summons letter with your legal name on it before a judge can demand you to appear in court.
To connect the dots, when you accept a summons letter, whether you realize it or not, you agree to raise the dead so you can play the role of a dead character. In other words, you agree to be a zombie. This is why it is called a summons letter. What do witches do when they want to communicate with dead spirits? They summon them using certain magic spells.
Have you seen the TV series The Walking Dead? In this TV series, the zombies represent the sheeple who do not even realize that they are legally dead. In other words, from the perspective of the the Dark Magicians, you are the walking dead, get it? The zombie apocalypse is not something that could happen in the future. It is already here because the people are, in a sense, the walking dead!
To learn how to free yourself from the land or sea of the legally dead, you need to learn how to use words wisely. Furthermore, you need to learn how to use the power of Natural Law to exercise your natural rights. To learn how to do these things, visit my website EsotericKnowledge.me and become a member.
Khazarians Then, Khazarians Now September 24 2017 | From: Geopolitics
Over 1,400 years later Khazarians are still proliferating unimaginable destruction, death and evil everywhere they go, only much worse than ever.
It’s a well-established historical fact that Khazaria was destroyed by both Russia and Persia (now Iran) in approximately 1250 AD, and with good reason.
Many years of prior very stern warnings had been given by Russia and Persia with no changes by the Khazarians.
The reason for this final destruction of the Kingdom of Khazaria was that its rulers and its people ignored these warnings that were made jointly by Russia and Persia.
Russia and Persia had repeatedly instructed Khazarian leadership that Khazaria as a nation and people had to change from its evil, inhuman ways and stop parasitizing its neighbors, or suffer complete destruction.
Khazarians were known by those living in bordering countries to generally be liars, deceivers, cons, robbers, road warriors, rapists, pedophiles, murderers, identity thieves and social parasites of the worst variety. And to make matters worse, their ruler King Bulan did nothing to reverse this because he too was like them.
When Khazaria was finally destroyed in about 1250 AD by Russia and Persia, it had been literally terrorizing, robbing, murdering and parasitizing neighbors and travelers for over 500 years.
These endemic Khazarian criminal behaviors were institutionally supported by their leaders and by the Khazarian culture.
There was no rule of law in Khazaria, only the rule of manipulation, sociopathy, might, violence and evil.
Khazarians had repeatedly preyed on travelers at their borders or anyone who tried to travel through Khazaria. Traveling in or near or through Khazaria was usually a fatal mistake. Women were often raped and then murdered afterwards or, if young enough, taken as sex slaves.
Khazaria was known by other surrounding nations as a lawless, evil nation that allowed the worst crimes against neighbors and travelers imaginable. Khazaria was known as the epitome of selfishness and evil, from the King all the way down to the average citizen.
It is now known for certain from peer-reviewed genetic studies done at Johns Hopkins that Khazarians carry absolutely no ancient Hebrew blood and are not Semites at all, and never were.
Khazarians’ origin is believed to have been a hybridization between Turks and Mongols, with absolutely no genetic ties to the ancient Hebrews.
It is truly interesting that these Khazarians have absolutely no ancient Hebrew Blood at all, none, although their leaders usually claim to carry ancient Hebrew Blood and to be Semites, when they are not Semites at all, and have absolutely no ancestral rights to any land in the Mideast.
About 80% of the Palestinians carry ancient Hebrew Blood and thus are true Semites, and hold an un-abandoned, absolute ancestral right to all of Palestine, despite any Khazarian claims, which are all based on lies and political intrigue.
Thus it is fair to claim that the Israelis are not only NOT Semites at all, but are the biggest anti-Semites in the whole world for their massive land theft of Palestinian land and genocide against Palestinians.
And despite this stark reality, top Khazarians immediately accuse anyone that criticizes them or Israel of being anti-Semites – an obvious fallacy.
It is now becoming obvious to many that Israel is a deeply racist Khazarian state that is continuing the same anti-social criminal patterns that led to its destruction around 1250 AD.
Why Did Russia and Persia Destroy Khazaria in About 1250 AD?
The site of the Khazar fortress at Sarkel, sacked by Sviatoslav c. 965 (aerial photo from excavations conducted by Mikhail Artamonov in the 1930s)
The Russian and Persian leaders had had enough, in about 750 AD – Khazaria’s King Bulan was given an ultimatum jointly by both Russia and Persia that he had to select one of the three Abrahamic religions to “clean up” the Khazarian People.
Khazarians at the time were known by those living in bordering countries to generally be liars, deceivers, cons, robbers, road warriors, murderers, identity thieves and social parasites of the worst variety. And to make matters worse, their ruler did nothing to reverse this because he too was like them.
They repeatedly preyed on travelers at their borders or anyone who tried to travel through Khazaria, usually a fatal mistake.
When the problem reached epic proportions and could no longer be accepted by the surrounding nations and peoples, the Russian and Persian leaders formed a coalition and delivered a stern ultimatum to the Khazarian King Bulan.
This ultimatum was that Khazaria as a nation had to immediately change its ways, and to do this, King Bulan must select one of the three Abrahamic religions and institute it as the official required Khazarian state religion. King Bulan was told in no uncertain terms that the religion chosen must be indoctrinated in all Khazarians to serve as rules of conduct and as a basis for integrity and ethics that were previously completely absent.
King Bulan agreed and selected Torah Judaism as Khazaria’s official religion. This worked somewhat for a while, but soon Khazarians were drifting back to their old ways of national banditry, murder and gross parasitism of others from surrounding nations.
Instead of working to establish morals and ethics in his nation by making a serious attempt to practice Torah Judaism, King Bulan and his top staff actually were inducted into the Black Arts and Black Magic of Babylonian Talmudism, better known as Baal worship or Satanism. Externally this looks a lot like Torah Judaism and can be used as false cover, which it was.
The reason this choice by King Bulan failed to become a permanent solution to the Khazarian mass sociopathy was because he himself never really accepted or practiced only Orthodox Torah Judaism and merely displayed a phony outward appearance of such.
Instead, he learned the black arts of Babylonian Talmudism and practiced the secret occult rites of Satanic demonology to gain more power, wealth and status.
King Bulan’s secret worship of Babylonian Talmudism (Baal worship, Satanism) was well-disguised by his phony outward presentation of Orthodox Torah Judaism as cover.
His heart was not in setting an example and leading his people away from the cultural sociopathy, inhumanity and criminality Khazaria had become known for.
At first when the ultimatum was delivered jointly by Russia and Persia, the Khazarians backed off somewhat from their ways for a while, fearing destruction. But their culture remained the same; and their old ways of abusing, robbing and murdering neighbors started back up again – this time even worse than before.
Finally, in about 1250 AD, the situation became completely unacceptable to both Russia and Persia and they jointly decided to invade Khazaria and destroy it top to bottom.
The current King and his court were warned by his spies, and the top Khazarian nobility were able to flee with their great wealth of silver and gold before the invasion and destruction of Khazaria.
It is hard to know all the details about where this Khazarian Royalty went, but it appears that they continued practicing the Black Magick occult arts of Babylonian Talmudism and migrated to Italy and other western European nations.
Khazarian history has been carefully excised from most libraries in the Western world and one must dig to find it. Fortunately, Solzhenitsyn documented a fair amount of Khazarian history before he died.
The Truth about King Bulan and Khazaria’s destruction by Russia and Persia for its unrepentant evil is a closely guarded Khazarian secret even today, and Khazarian leaders greatly fear the disclosure of this to the masses.
These Khazarian royals who specialized in Babylonian Talmudic Satanism participated in child sacrifice because they believed it would provide them with more and more satanic powers.
These top Khazarians became known as the world’s greatest impostors, usually hiding in other groups by claiming to be part of that group’s genetic and cultural heritage.
Eventually these Khazarian Royals became adept at Babylonian Talmudic “money-magick” that is, making money from nothing by the use of pernicious usury. They often assumed the identity of Judaics and claimed to have ancient Hebrew blood, when they had none and only carried Khazarian blood.
Soon they became the Vatican’s Bankers and were known as “Hof Juden” or “Court Jews” by the various Kings, Queens and royalty of the European nations.
They were easily accepted by the Old Black European Nobility families that hijacked the Vatican who also practiced Babylonian Talmudism and gained power from the satanic, dark-side using secret child sacrifice.
Khazarians became accepted as Cutouts and tools of the Old Black European Nobility who were also Satanists practicing Black Magick occult rituals.
Cutouts and tools. Will anyone be sad when they are swept away?
But it is clear that these Khazarians were easily accepted by the Old Black Nobility because they worshiped Satan just like they, and shared in the secret Black Arts and Occult rituals such as child sacrifice. Soon the Khazarians bred their way into the British Royal families and other European Royal Families.
These top Khazarian leaders became known for their expertise in political intrigue, human compromise and blackmail, as well as the administration of hypnotic drugs and special poisons to create deaths that appeared to be due to medical conditions.
They gained control over the City of London when Napoleon was defeated, and proceeded to eventually gain control over all the western world’s monetary creation and distribution systems, which were all set up as private fiat systems with pernicious usury.
These top Khazarian “Black Magick” occult masters hijacked the American monetary creation and distribution system by setting up their own private so-called banking system – the Federal Reserve System in 1913.
This was done by using sophisticated bribery, blackmail and human compromise schemes to gain enough votes in Congress and the President’s support to pass this clearly illegal, unconstitutional aberration, the greatest financial crime in history.
As an example – PNAC’s Khazarian Kagan family: Donald (dad) Victoria, Robert and Fred Kagan
Khazarian Kingpins Established a Beachhead in America
Once the Khazarian Kingpins established a beachhead in America, they were able to buy up, bribe or human compromise almost all elected and appointed USG officials. Those that didn’t comply were sidelined or driven out by supporting competitors chosen by the Khazarian Kingpins.
Soon all the American political, governmental, corporate, law enforcement, Military and Intel systems were hijacked using the same methods. This has allowed the Khazarian Kingpins to parasitize America, which in practice means making serfs and wage slaves out of most Americans with little recourse.
America was then transformed into the Khazarian Kingpins’ tool to parasitize the rest of the whole world, as so well-described by John Perkins in his classic book, Confessions of an Economic Hitman.
The Khazarian Kingpins’ motto: buy everyone if possible, otherwise sidetrack them or kill them.
Money creation and distribution systems were hijacked by the Khazarian Kingpins (called “the Moneychangers” by insiders) in every western nation of the world.
The Islamic nations refused to set up banking systems with pernicious usury; and that is why Islamic nations have been targeted for destruction by the Khazarian leaders ever since.
The USG is now being used to provoke any nation like Russia and China and some Mideast nations that refuse to let the Khazarians run their banking.
Khazarian Kingpins are called the leaders of the Rothschild Khazarian Mafia, because that is what it is, a Khazarian Mafia run by the Rothschild family Banksters who have been alleged to be high satanic masters.
Conclusion
History documents what the Khazarians were as a people back in the period of 750 AD to 1250 AD before Russia and Persia destroyed Khazaria for their unrepentant and unimaginably evil ways.
Their rulers and their people in general were bad to the bone suggesting that criminal psychopathology was institutional and culturally based. Others have claimed it is genetic too, but this remains to be studied scientifically.
When King Bulan claimed to have selected Judaism for his own and as Khazaria’s official state religion, he lied and promoted only an outward phony appearance of such while encouraging satanic Black magick practices and unimaginably evil occult rituals such as pedophilia and child sacrifice and blood drinking.
The question needs to by asked and answered – after well over 1,400 years, have the Khazarian bloodlines and their leaders changed their ways at all?
Are they still a bandit race of hijackers, impersonators, deceivers, cheaters, thugs, and murderers?
Obviously, their top leaders have not changed at all and are in fact worse, because now they have destroyed whole nations and peoples at will, using the American military as canon fodder to commit genocide by war.
Or have only their top Kingpins and their chosen Khazarians undeservedly placed in top positions of power remained so unimaginably evil and inhuman?
Since Khazaria was destroyed in about 1250 AD, over 150 nations have booted out the Khazarians for their evil ways. Now because of the Internet, there is a growing awareness that top Khazarians are anti-human thieves, mass-murderers, deceivers and parasites upon the whole world.
The Boycott, Divest, Sanction movement (BDS) is evidence of this growing awareness. Looks like soon the whole world will repeat the actions of Russia and Persia in dealing with the Khazarians.
Yes, the whole world is getting informed fast about this Khazarian problem, the world’s biggest problem, and has just about had enough of the Khazarians’ abuse and inhumanity. It’s almost a certainty that the Khazarian City of London private Rothschild FIAT World Banking System is going to soon be eliminated in the coming months.
This alone will decapitate the Khazarian command and control and power base worldwide. Doubt this then do some basic research on BRICS, AIIB, Silk Road System, Shanghai Gold Exchange, and the recent erosion of the US Petro Dollar system with Saudi Arabia accepting currencies besides the USD.
Khazarian Kingpins always hold their timeless, inter-generational grudge. The Bolshevik Revolution was revenge against Russia for its destruction of Khazaria in about 1250 AD.
Approximately 80% of the Bolsheviks were godless Khazarians who raped, pillaged, tortured and murdered over 100 million non-Khazarian Russian citizens. These Bolsheviks did the same thing to Germans when they entered East Germany at the end of WWII. It’s a fact that Bolshevism was Khazarianism in disguise. Same for Maoism.
America has been infiltrated and hijacked by the Rothschild Khazarian Mafia, which is dead set on destroying the Christian and Deist Heritage of our Founding Fathers, along with our economy, borders, language, culture sex roles and marriage.
Khazarians have become the destroyers of society and everything that occurs naturally, that is, the natural order of things.
Unless Americans and citizens of the world wake up and displace these Khazarian Kingpins from their high positions of control that they obtained by hijacking, bribery, blackmail and human compromise or murder, America is doomed and so is the whole world.
Life And Death In The Fake News Business & What Is Public Relations? How To Run A Public Relations Campaign Based On The Truth September 23 2017 | From: JonRappoport / JonRappoport
I wrote this piece based on my knowledge of mainstream reporters and their work, their lives, their forgotten hopes, their realizations (in some cases) that they’re trapped in a system.
Most of them don’t want to get out. They become creatures of the night they once wanted to illuminate.
You’re a mainstream reporter striving to stay afloat. The word has drifted down from the top that this is the season for inflicting wounds on Donald Trump, no matter what, no matter what happened or didn’t happen on a rumpled bed in a hotel room in Moscow, no matter what Putin did or didn’t do to influence the election, no matter who leaked the DNC emails to WikiLeaks, no matter what Michael Flynn said or didn’t say to a Russian on the phone, no matter who or what James Comey is fronting for; every real or possible or non-existent detail needs to be blown up into a gigantic scandal of the moment, this president has to go, and your assignment is to keep cutting him.
It’s beyond the point where anybody in your business cares who he is and what he’s done and what he’s doing, so pump up the hysteria, shove in the blade wherever you can, THIS is how your success will be measured, you want a light to shine on you, so attack, attack without let-up, don’t think, don’t think about what’s going on here, the important thing is:
The news business is: careers.
Having a career is life. Losing it is death.
Your career is on the line.
It doesn’t matter what you’ve done over the years, what you’ve written, what you’ve said, this is the big one.
You can’t lose your career.
You know what losing it means.
It means the end.
Losing your career is hanging around a bar until closing time and silently cursing the boss and the other reporters who are climbing faster up the ladder, it’s worrying about where the next story is coming from and how it can zing the editor’s brain so he grunts with satisfaction like an ape on a little throne.
It’s all the while knowing that NO ONE at the newspaper or the network can put out a piece that will cause serious ripples in the behind-the-curtain power structure, and you know that because in the past, in what was supposed to be your finest hour, you carefully peeled just one glove from the body of a scandal that should have been stripped entirely naked for the public to see and then you were stopped.
Suddenly, for you, losing a career is desperately clinging to the biased political stance of the news division, clinging to it as if it were a message from God, it’s taking a piece of info that smells like a rotten slug from an anonymous source and turning it into caviar because it decorates a story that has no foundation whatsoever.
It’s pruriently hinting in a story that the enemy, as defined by the editorial staff and the publisher and the corporation that owns the soul of the publisher, is a despicable traitor who should be carted off in the middle of the night and dumped on a boat to the 10th circle of Hell, it’s being wired into who at the news division is moving up and who is moving down, who is the teacher’s pet and who is the bad boy at the back of the room.
It’s scouting out jobs that are coming up at rival networks, it’s knowing when dreaded staff layoffs are emerging over the horizon and how flimsy the severance packages will be, it’s grinding on preposterous assignments that have no function other than filling space, it’s pretending one political party or another will stave off the end of civilization, it’s your paycheck that handles the mortgage and the kid’s college fund although how does the kid get into college when he can’t even write a coherent paragraph unless he plagiarizes it from Wikipedia.
It’s finally getting your teeth into a good story only to be told there’ll be no follow-up and you know exactly why because you know which person or corporation or advertiser would be rammed into handcuffs if you dug down a foot deeper, it’s forgetting you were once smart and sharp and alert and ready to roll as a member of the fourth estate on a mission to protect the public from the raging excesses of government.
It’s sitting for a half-hour with a Congressman and listening to him lie so extensively you can’t believe he knows he’s lying anymore because if he did know, how could he consciously keep up the charade every waking moment, it’s looking at THE elite anchor of your network and knowing he’s a complete cartoon of an ego on parade, it’s wondering how the public even in the depths of its trance can believe what is coming out of the mouth of that ego.
It’s lying in bed at night not recalling whether you took a sleeping pill, it’s tearing the cap off a bottle of antidepressant with shaking fingers after coming out of the drug store where you filled the prescription and swallowing a pill and three hours later sitting in your work-cubbyhole thinking with great and rising surety that you want to burn down the newsroom.
It’s standing in the kitchen of your silent apartment remembering you wrote a paper in college about the 1776 revolution although you can’t bring back one word of it now, it’s rubbing elbows with celebrities at a cocktail party on the Upper East Side and sensing a few B-listers are giving you a quick once-over to gauge whether you can do them any good and deciding you can’t.
It’s having a dream you’re drowning in your bathtub and your editor is standing above you grinning with pistols in his hands, it’s sitting in the antiseptic office of a therapist who is telling you that getting a dog as a friend will rescue your state of mind, it’s standing in the newsroom on election night watching so-called analysts on big screens talking numbers and trends and possible outcomes and you’re thinking you’re supposed to be on the screen yourself but it hasn’t worked out that way.
It’s wondering whether selling Porches or hawking real estate would be a better option at this point, it’s wondering by what method you would commit the oh so grand gesture of suicide, because it should be grand, it should have some significance in the scheme of things, it can’t be a mere disappearance, can it, there would at least be a need for some sort of plan, would it be gun or slit wrist or rope or leap - and then you laugh - AND WHY DOES IT SOUND LIKE MUSIC - and then, THEN you recall that in your desk drawer there is a fat folder full of documents proving a major prime-cut number one advertiser for your newspaper, a major advertiser and a colossus apparently beyond the reach of any president with its far-flung global interests in brain-crippling pharmaceuticals and carcinogenic pesticides and real estate and banking is also - and how perfect is THIS - is also a giant HOG-RAISING FACTORY (millions and millions of oinking pigs) that has polluted the soil of half a southern state with hundreds of toxic chemicals and untold numbers and types of germs and the corporation has bribed its way into permission to create gigantic hog-feces lagoons that sit out in the sunlight year after year festering and percolating and seeping down into the groundwater and poisoning every form of life.
And you sit there and nod to yourself and open the drawer and take out that fat folder of documents and you find a piece of blank paper and without thinking you write a brief note of resignation to your ape editor and you stand up and walk out of the newsroom carrying the folder and you hit the night street and walk along with the surging crowds and you feel your blood coursing through your veins and you realize there are a few tears on your cheeks and you grin a savage grin and head home to write the story that will rip that hog-colossus a deep wound and you look up at the moon and a shiver goes through your body.
It’s almost midnight but it’s not your midnight, all of a sudden a cockeyed sun is coming up for you between big buildings and through some strange unfathomable equation you’re hitting your stride because you just lost your career and a new and unnameable SPACE is swimming into view, and you’re already writing the first paragraph of the REAL story and THIS is the drama you were imagining so long ago, so long ago when you believed in working a real beat as a real newsman…
OR…
Is that all a fantasy, Mr. Newsman? Your choice. Your chapter one.
Or your end. Your choice.
It’s life or death in the news business.
What Is Public Relations? How To Run A Public Relations Campaign Based On The Truth
Let’s say, for argument’s sake, that a group exists which - instead of catering to the lowest common denominator - is composed of individuals who are determined to forward a cause of TRUTH about a vital issue.
They’re determined to make an impact, change minds, turn the game around..
They’re determined to make an impact, change minds, turn the game around. They’re up against entrenched power, in government, in media, in other groups who are fronts for LIES.
This good group needs public relations. It needs many things, but it certainly needs this.
However, in most cases, such a group will not know much about public relations, and it will leave that area to a few amateurs among its ranks. These amateurs will make every mistake in the book.
For example, they will spend the entire advertising budget on bland television ads. The ads will lack punch. They’ll turn out to be a Mickey Mouse version of the truth. The public will not be interested.
“Well, we had to do that. We didn’t want to offend anyone. We wanted to be nice. We wanted to remain positive…”
Sure, and that ad campaign was a loser. NICE was the theme, and it sank like a little stone in a large lake.
“But you see, if we put together powerful attack ads, we couldn’t have gotten them on television. The networks would have rejected them…”
Yes, and THAT would have been the subject of the next phase of the campaign—ads could be placed on thousands of web sites:
“Here is the ad the major networks refused to run. Look at it. Think about it. It’s real, it’s the truth…”
What issues am I talking about? Mandatory vaccination, for example. GMO crops and toxic Roundup, for example.
The ad the networks refused to run shows a lone farmer standing in a growing field, against a background of high super-weeds.
Farmer: “I went for GMO crops. The chemical I bought and sprayed was supposed to kill weeds but leave my crops alone. That was a lie. Weeds survived and grew huge. Look at them. They’re taking over my fields. The survival of my family is at stake…”
Run that ad. It’s just the start of a much more aggressive series of ads. Attack.
You can be nice, too. But in other ads. Cover all the bases. Public relations for the truth has to muscle into the game. It can’t tap on the gate politely and asked to be let in.
Public relations for the truth has to fly in from a number of diverse vectors. It isn’t one centralized message. That’s another lesson. The “oneness” approach has to be offloaded. It might make a nice dream, but it has no long-term power.
“But you see, if we can bring together a hundred different groups on this issue and combine them and decide on one overriding message, we can win…”
More amateurs at work. Sure, try to bring together a hundred groups and try to hammer out a single message they all can agree on, and see what you end up with. You’ll end up with watery soup. At best.
Effective public relations costs money. There is no way around it. Groups that believe otherwise are deluded. The woe-is-us approach goes nowhere. There has to be a budget, and the money has to be spent well.
“We can’t afford to hire someone who can put together a whole series of fantastic ads. We have to get by with what we have…”
“I think we already have a great ad. It shows a young blonde [non-authoritative clueless] woman walking toward the camera saying, ‘You have a right to know what’s in your food.’”
Really? And this will turn the tide against unlabeled GMOs and Monsanto? On what planet? Many ads of this caliber were run during the GMO-labeling ballot initiatives in California and the state of Washington. Both those initiatives went down to defeat.
And then, eventually, the infamous federal Dark Act was passed by Congress and signed into law by the President. It essentially put an end to informative GMO labeling and outlawed any further ballot initiatives run by the individual states.
Public relations at its worst. In fact, there were one or two men inside the movement to label GMOs who controlled all the messaging of the campaigns. That bland-egg message was: you have a right to know what’s in your food. Those men later colluded with Congress to pass the Dark Act. In other words, they were traitors to the cause. That’s worse than incompetence. Far worse.
Well-intentioned people who crusade for the truth often make this mistake: they try to shape their campaigns based on their own attitude about “controversy.”
“I don’t want to stir people up. I want to give them facts and let them make up their own minds. I want to remain neutral.”
Those “PR people” wind up feeling good about themselves…as they go down to defeat.
“Well, I did my best. That’s all anyone can ask for.”
This is some kind of twist on “virtue is its own reward.” It certainly isn’t effective public relations launched on behalf of scoring a vital victory.
“I have a great idea. In our group, there are about fifty people who could lead our public relations campaign. Let’s find the person who is ‘least offensive’ and hand the budget over to him. That way we can all feel safe and secure that we’re following ‘the noble path’.”
Who’s kidding who?
“Last night, the Universe sent a message to me. It said a few thousand of us should think positive thoughts and focus our visualization on a new law that would make vaccination a parental choice, instead of a state mandate…”
Well, that public relations campaign would cost no money. Which could be called a plus. Try it. See what happens. See if “the Universe” is actually speaking. See if that notion works.
The true path of public relations is asymmetrical. Assessing the overall situation reveals opportunities an active imagination can take advantage of:
For example, suppose we have a situation where a local population is under the gun, as a result of constant corporate toxic-pesticide spraying.
There are other such populations, in distant places, who are facing the same dire problem.
Bring half-a-dozen representatives of these other populations to the town of the current corporate pesticide crime.
Hold press conferences highlighting the widespread global crisis. Stream live video to alt. news websites all over the world. Put on the pressure. Name the criminal corporation.
At the same time, file lawsuits against the corporation, and publicize them.
If corrupt judges dismiss the lawsuits as frivolous, or illegal, that simply adds grist for the mill. Publicize that. Make that the occasion for more PR.
At the same time, produce and release videos that relentlessly expose the corporation in every possible truthful way: its pesticides are toxic; the science on which these chemicals are based is flawed, false, and corrupt; the corporation colludes with government agencies to curry favor. Etc., etc.
At the same time, find people who have been injured by the corporation and release their on-camera testimonies.
This is how a real PR campaign begins. It’s just the opening salvo. Don’t play defense. Go on a sustained offensive thrust, from a number of different directions.
Again: Never, ever rely on just one strategy, such as a ballot initiative or a class-action lawsuit. If you do, you’re playing on the opponent’s turf, where he is the expert and can control outcomes. He knows you’re coming. He knows how to turn you away. But if you’re showing up from half-a-dozen directions at once, you’re a different kind of asymmetrical creature. Unpredictable, powerful, agile.
As always, imagination is the key. Actual imagination at work isn’t “the Universe talked to me and laid out a game plan.”
Actual imagination isn’t a brainstorming session in the group, where a dozen people or more chew each other’s ears off and water down strategies to the level of the most cautious ideas.
Finally, here is the worst problem for the group. One person is going to emerge as the leader. He or she is going to find (or create) the public relations people who can and will launch a no-holds-barred campaign for the TRUTH. He or she is going to exert the most power in the group toward that end. He or she is going to do that.
The other group members are going to have to let that happen. They’re going to have to stop their endless conversation about the best way to proceed. They’re going to have to let go of their collectivist tendencies.
This isn’t a spiritualist séance. It isn’t a flabby notion of democracy in action. It isn’t a catchy tune.
It definitely isn’t two armies facing off in an open field, where one army is a thousand times larger, has the latest weapons, and is backed up by legions of propaganda minions.
Captive Loan-Sharking Bail-Ins Have Been Sold As The Prevention Of Bailouts September 23 2017 | From: FinalWakeUpCall Germany, the dynamic expansionist power in Europe: Back in history: In the late 1960s Germany regained economic primacy in Europe and was at the forefront of European integration, in association with France and England.
It soon came to dominate the principle decision-making institutions of the EU. So, the EU has served as Germany’s instrument for conquest by stealth.
Year by year, through aid and low interest loans, the EU has facilitated German capitalist market penetration, and financial expansion, throughout southern and central Europe. Germany set the agenda for Western Europe, gaining economic dominance while benefiting from US subversion and the encirclement of Eastern Europe, Russia and the Baltic and Balkan states.
Germany’s projection of power on a world scale would never have occurred if it had not annexed East Germany. Despite the West German claims of beneficence and aid to the East Germans, the Bonn regime secured several million skilled engineers, workers and technicians, the takeover of factories, productive farms and, most importantly, the Eastern European and Russian markets for industrial goods, worth billions of dollars.
Germany was transformed from an emerging influential EU partner, into the most dynamic expansionist power in Europe, especially in the former Warsaw Pact economies. The US and Germany want to return Russia to the vassalage status of the 1990s.
They do not want normal relations. From the moment Putin moved to restore the Russian state and economy, the Western powers have engaged in a series of political and military interventions, eliminating Russian allies, trading partners and independent states.
Now, Europe’s neo-liberal media are having a collective hernia at the thought that some former Warsaw Pact countries are cozying up to Moscow, which is the case in particular in Germany. To emphasize this Merkel’s speech in Australia was full of tough criticism of Russia. However, on closer inspection, what they are accusing the Kremlin of doing, is exactly what the EU has been doing over the past 20 years.
“The EU is in serious trouble. Living standards are falling all across the union and political instability is fomenting from Dublin to Athens, from Madrid to Zagreb. Iceland u-turned on a plan to join the EU Club and, previously, resolute aspirants like Serbia and Montenegro cooled their ardour for membership.”
“Angela Merkel thinks this is Russia’s fault. That’s akin to blaming Brazil’s strikers for their 7-1 World Cup capitulation to Germany. Pure hokum. If Merkel wants to find the real culprit, she need only look in the mirror.
The Berlin government, which she has led for 11 years, is sucking the continent dry. While peripheral states flounder and pivotal countries stagnate, Germany is doing just fine. This is because the entire EU system – especially the Euro currency – is propping up its largest member while choking the rest.”
Captive Loan-Sharking:
EU-members, such as Ireland and Spain were flooded with cheap German credit. This was basically a form of captive loan-sharking.
German banks were handing out easy money to facilitate the purchase of German-made goods, from cars to electronics. When the scheme blew-up in 2008, the German creditors didn’t accept a haircut. Instead, the penalties were passed on to Irish and Spanish taxpayers, further enslaving them by severe austerity measures to Berlin.
“Merkel seems to believe that Russia is coercing some European states into doing business. Complete nonsense. It’s rather more plausible that financially stressed governments have begun to see through Berlin’s practices and are hedging their bets.
After all, it’s the duty of a sovereign to look after its own citizens, not the pampered bankers of Frankfurt or industrialists of Munich. Germany’s arrogant mistreatment of the rest of Europe is coming home to roost.”
“However, in Budapest and Bratislava, premiers Viktor Orban and Robert Fico are doing what’s right for their electorate by striking optimum deals for their countries. Merkel is deeply offended by such a practice as it reduces Germany’s omnipotent stranglehold on their commerce.
Orban is also committed to pushing ahead with the South Stream pipeline, in partnership with Moscow. Why? Not to undermine Berlin, but to guarantee its energy supply because Ukraine is unreliable as a transit territory. This is entirely understandable – it’s Orban’s job to look after Hungary, not to bow down before Germany.”
“The pro-NATO, neoliberal media in Western Europe is presenting Russia’s trade deals with struggling eastern states as some kind of dastardly plan to undermine the EU.
Such suggestions are hyperbolic nonsense. The leaders of Hungary, Slovakia and Serbia would gladly take bait of the hand of Merkel if she were willing to throw some German cash around. However, she’s not and Putin is.”
Consequently, these countries are doing what’s best for their current positions. There is nothing sinister about it.
What Merkel does not understand is that Germany’s own national interest lies with developing economic union with Russia and certainly not acting against Russia.
Germany has nothing to gain from the USA other than total dependency. The USA cannot offer Germany anything that it does not already have. In fact, these two are competitors in High Tech. Without Russia and its markets and resources, Germany is doomed.
Russia has an outlet for commodities, and resources, but Germany does not. The USA wants to keep Germany as a vassal and as a useful stationing ground for its imperial ambitions, use its airports and bases.
So to put it in Marxist terms, Germany’s national interest of development and cooperation with Russia comes into contradiction with its NATO membership and the resulting de facto subservience to the USA.
Meanwhile a group of prominent Germans are urging their country and the West to open dialogue with Russia, added to the fact that Europe and Russia both have a joint responsibility to ensure peace and security on the continent, however this can only be achieved through, “equal security for all with all partners being respected.”
In a letter it was stated:
“The Russians’ security requirements are as legitimate and just as important as those of the Germans, the Poles, the Baltic States and the Ukraine. We should not look to push Russia out of Europe.”
Bail-Ins Have Been Sold as the Prevention of Bailouts:
Finally, the EU admits;
“The economic and financial crisis has impaired the ability of the financial sector to channel funds to the real economy, in particular long-term investments.”
The solution?
“The Commission will ask the bloc’s insurance watchdog… for advice on a possible draft law “to mobilise more personal pension savings for long-term financing“it was stated in the document.
Mobilise, which is a more acceptable word than, confiscate.
“The savings of the European Union’s 500 million citizens could be used to fund long-term investments to boost the economy and help plug the gap left by banks since the financial crisis.”an EU document says.
What is left unsaid, is that the “usage” will be on a purely involuntary basis, at the discretion of the “union”, and can thus best be described as confiscation. More precisely: Cyprus-style confiscations that meanwhile have become law.
Rather than reining in the massive and risky derivatives casino, the new rules prioritise the payment of banks’ derivatives obligations to each other, before everyone else. That includes depositors, public and private, but also the pension funds that are the target market for the latest bail-in play, called “bail-in able” bonds.
“Bail-ins” have been sold as the avoidance of future government bailouts and the elimination of the too big to fail banks (TBTF). But it actually institutionalises TBTF, since the big banks are kept in business by expropriating the funds of their creditors – clients.
It is a neat solution for bankers and politicians, who don’t want to have to deal with another messy banking crisis and are happy to see it disposed of through statute. But a bail-in could have far worse consequences than a bailout for the public.
If your taxes go up, you will probably still be able to pay the bills. If your bank account or pension gets wiped out, you could wind up on the streets or sharing food with your pets.
And if you have a loan or mortgage from a bank, they could, under the act of emergency, call in the loan, and if not fully compensated with your own savings, they could then confiscate the asset, as is stipulated in the small print at the bottom of the loan agreement.
Rather than having the bank’s assets sold off and having their doors closed, as is the case with other bankrupt businesses in a capitalist economy, “zombie” banks are kept alive and open for business at all costs, and these costs are once again borne by us.
In the latest version of bail-in schemes, TBTF banks are required to keep a buffer equal to 16-20% of their risk-weighted assets in the form of equity or bonds convertible to equity in the event of insolvency. They most likely won’t be able to meet that condition. But who cares? The taxpayer will be the victim anyhow.
Bail-In Bonds:
These bonds, termed “bail-in bonds,” are securities in which it is stated in the fine print that the bondholders agree contractually – rather than being forced statutorily – that if certain conditions occur i.e.: the bank’s insolvency, the lender’s money will be turned into bank capital.
However, even 20% of risk-weighted assets may not prove sufficient to prop up a megabank in a major derivatives collapse. And we the people are still the target market for these bonds, this time through our pension funds.
Other than the pension funds and insurance companies that are long-term bondholders, it is not clear what market there will be for bail-in bonds. Currently, most holders of contingent capital bonds are investors focused on short-term gains, which are liable to bolt at the first sign of a crisis. Investors who held similar bonds in 2008 took heavy losses.
In a Reuters held sampling of potential investors, many said they would not take that risk again. While banks and “shadow” banks are specifically excluded as buyers of bail-in bonds, due to the “fear of contagion”: if they hold each other’s bonds, they could all go down together.
Whether the pension funds go down is apparently not of concern.
American banks have over $280 trillion in derivatives on their books; at EU banks the amount won’t be much different. They earn some of their biggest profits from trading in them, profits that could turn into their biggest losses when the derivatives bubble collapses.
Thus, as we learned from Cyprus, keeping your money in the bank isn’t the safest place, better to convert most of it into precious metals, stored privately, if you want to protect your hard-earned savings.
Protect Your Savings Through Non-Compliance:
As probably most readers already know, the EU is owned by the Rothschild network, which won’t refrain from stripping every citizen bare. They are after your savings, and even your pension funds. There is no other
protection than to pull your money out of the banking system and try to live off the grid, by forming small communities, where food can be grown and bartered without money.
We must undergo a mind-shift; the Illuminati are seeking to enslave all of us. Their worst nightmare is our non-compliance – the refusal to accept their lunacy to which the world has steadily descended, refusing to pay taxes, or leaving homes when banks foreclose on them; plainly refuse to comply with your own enslavement in any form whatsoever.
The US Khazarian Government is Bent on World Hegemony (NWO) for Which Russia Stands in its Way:
The US has already turned Europe, Canada, Australia and Japan into vassal states. The latest resolutions like sanctions, and consulate closures against Russia are simply tools to achieve their goal – world hegemony, said Paul Craig Roberts, former Assistant Secretary to the US Treasury on RT.
Russia needs to understand that the United States has an ideology of world hegemony and does not accept any prospect of any country being sovereign or acting on its own. You have to be an American vassal state.
Just as the United States has turned all of Europe, Canada, Australia and Japan into vassal states, those are the only terms by which the United States can accept Russia and China. It will not accept them as sovereign, independent countries, following their own interests.
The situation will become more and more hostile. It’s not going to go away, because the United States is guided by the neoconservative ideology of American world hegemony and that includes hegemony over Russia and China. If the Russian government relies on facts, it’s going to be greatly surprised, because Washington has no interest whatsoever in facts.
Did Saddam Hussein have weapons of mass destruction? Did Assad of Syria use Chemical weapons against his own people? Did Iran have nuclear weapons? Of course not, and of course Washington DC lied purposely about these matters on each occasion.
They act identically to Adolf Hitler when he announced;
“Last night Polish troops crossed the frontier and attacked Germany”
There’s no difference.
The United States overthrew the government of Ukraine and then accused Russia of invading the country. This is not even worth highlighting, as it is blatant, obvious propaganda, designed to make a demon out of Russia. That’s the only purpose of this. It’s not going to go away. Watch this video interview:
Controlled Collapse: Rothschild Just Sold Massive Amounts of U.S. Assets:
Google, Tech Giants Threaten To Shut Down ‘Free Speech’ Social Site & Reason: It’s Time To Rein In Warrantless Domestic Spying Before It’s Too Late September 22 | From: Infowars / TechnocracyNews Google has monopoly on flow of information: Search engine giant Google and other tech platforms have threatened to shut down free-speech social media site Gab in the name of fighting “hate speech.”
Gab, a social media platform known as a free speech oasis, was just recently ordered to transfer their Australian domain elsewhere or face shutdown.
“Gab’s domain registrar has given us 5 days to transfer our domain or they will seize it. The free and open web is in danger,” the website tweeted.
Asia Registry is poised to shut down the pro-1st Amendment website because it claims Gab “violates Australian federal and state anti-discrimination laws, which prohibit public vilification on the basis of race, religion, or ethnic origin,” and accuses the website of being “discriminatory and hateful.”
Google has already booted Gab off the Google Play store, also citing violations of their “hate speech policies,” which has prompted Gab to sue the tech giant for violating anti-trust laws.
“Google is the biggest threat to the free flow of information,” Gab chief executive Andrew Torba said in a statement.
“Gab started to fight against the big tech companies in the marketplace, and their monopolistic conduct has forced us to bring the fight to the courtroom.”
Gab alleges in the lawsuit that “Google deprives competitors, on a discriminatory basis, of access to the App Store, which an essential facility or resource.”
Google fired back, calling the lawsuit “baseless” and asserting that Gab needed “to demonstrate a sufficient level of moderation, including for content that encourages violence and advocates hate against groups of people,” to use the Play Store.
As we reported, Google has been caught censoring information on numerous occasions, and has even admitted to censoring Infowars despite providing no evidence of “hate speech.”
Google's Worst Nightmare
Jack Posobiec has launched the website marchongoogle.com in an attempt to raise awareness that Google is rigging algorithms to manipulate it's search results in what they see as a favorable manner.
Reason: It’s Time To Rein In Warrantless Domestic Spying Before It’s Too Late
Intelligence agencies that are run by Technocrats are data hoarders who are compelled to collect everything that is collectible, illegal or not. We have stated many times that American intelligence agencies have long-since gone rogue, becoming unresponsive to courts and legislators alike.
They must be stopped, at all costs. This is not about intelligence to keep Americans safe, but rather about building a surveillance network that will eventually lead to Scientific Dictatorship. Listen to the video in this article! - TN Editor
As former NSA contractor Edward Snowden revealed to the world in 2013, the U.S. government routinely spies on its own citizens.
“I, sitting at my desk, could wiretap anyone, from you or your accountant, to a federal judge or even the president,” Snowden told the journalists crowded into his hotel room before the publication of his leaked documents.
The leaks exposed lies from government officials about the mass surveillance of American citizens, with former Director of National Intelligence James Clapper testifying before Congress that the NSA didn’t “wittingly” collect any data on millions of Americans.
Four years after the Snowden leaks, the government is still collecting Americans’ private information. Though the NSA claims it ended bulk collection of domestic phone calls, the agency is still operating several other far-reaching domestic spying programs.
Now there’s a way to end these unconstitutional practices. The NSA gets its authority to spy on U.S. Citizens from Section 702 of the FISA Amendments Act. The law will expire this year after it hits its five-year sunset. Lawmakers will soon be deliberating over whether to renew Section 702 for another five or maybe even make it permanent.
Watch the video above to see why it’s vital that they let Section 702 lapse.
Vital: The Real Dreamers Are Elite Corporations September 22 2017 | From: JonRappoport
And the unknown trade deal that cost the US a hundred thousand jobs.
This isn’t one of the big trade deals everybody knows about. This one was launched during the glorious Obama years: The (South) Korea Free Trade Agreement.
Signed, sealed, and delivered by Obama in 2011 with his assurance that it would create 70,000 American jobs. His assurance was on the level of his promise that, under Obamacare, you would be able to choose your own doctor.
Four years later, in 2016, this was the outcome of the Globalist Korea Free Trade Agreement, as reported by Public Citizen:
“…the loss of more than 102,554 American jobs.”
Oops. Slight miscalculation.
“U.S. goods exports to Korea have dropped 10 percent, or $4.5 billion…”
Sorry about that.
“U.S. imports of goods from Korea have increased 18 percent, or $10.8 billion…”
Sorry about that, too.
How could this have happened? I’ll tell you how. It’s simple. Despite claims, these trade deals are written and calculated to torpedo economies. That’s what Globalists do.
Because an ultimate top-down takeover of populations is easier that way.
Here’s another example: NAFTA. Remember that trade treaty? It enabled, among other consequences, the export of very cheap corn - massive amounts - from the US to Mexico. Result? 1.5 million Mexican corn farmers were thrown out of business. Boom. Many of them decided to come across the border to the US.
Does that sound like an all-around economy-building scenario?
Globalism: the wolf in sheep’s clothing.
No more countries - only elite corporations in control, making markets wherever they can find them…
There’s just one problem. As these corporations and their Globalist leaders play economic game with countries and their people, the net effect is decreasing the number of customers who can afford to buy the corporations’ products.
You can’t just shift the beneficiaries of trade deals from one nation to another, in an unending shuffle and reshuffle of the deck. Sooner or later, you wind up with more sellers than buyers.
You create more overall chaotic conditions. Elite corporations don’t want to think about this.
They’re counting on governments to bail them out with, for example, some form of “universal income” for citizens, which means expanded welfare. That isn’t going to cut it. Piddling “new money” isn’t going to invent, magically, a billion or two new customers for cars and cell phones and houses.
Basically, these corporations are playing Musical Chairs among themselves. Which companies will survive, and which will fall?
The corporations are dreaming about a controlled future in which they are more powerful kings. It isn’t going to work out. Even mergers and acquisitions won’t win the day.
Robust economies depend on many, many small and large businesses operating in relative freedom, in stable nations.
The fantasy of one global economy is intrinsically a hoax.
When you eliminate tariffs (the goal of all trade treaties), you accentuate the differences between various labor forces. Giant corporations shut down factories in countries where labor is expensive and laws against gross polluting are “obstructing profits,” and they open up those factories in places where labor is dirt cheap and you can pollute night and day.
That isn’t free enterprise. That’s ongoing crime. Someone eventually pays the piper.
Corporations believe they can, with their Globalist partners, keep postponing a day of reckoning indefinitely.
They’re wrong. The bottom line is the corporations’ bottom line: fewer buyers for their products. They can’t wriggle out of that one.
Free enterprise is the last thing on Globalists’ minds. They want a single worldwide planned economy, with central points for production and distribution of goods and services.
They want a tighter Surveillance State. They want a single toxic medical cartel to dominate citizens’ lives. They want to install many features that add up to massive top-down control.
In this atmosphere, elite corporations are going to thrive? The truth is, Globalists are USING corporations, temporarily, to forward their aims.
Those corporations don’t want to see this. They want to remain blind. They want to dream their dreams. These titans, with all their skills, turn out to be the masters of self-delusion.
Stable and separate nations, not Globalism, is the solution staring them in the face. But they keep their eyes closed.
Look at Europe. Under the aegis of the Globalist European Union (EU), it is the canary in the coal mine. And the canary is bringing back devastating messages.
Nations are being disrupted and torn by the EU’s forced immigration policy of open borders. Widespread crime, crushing budgets to support the wave of migration, massive unrest.
In this atmosphere, European mega-corporations are going to flourish and grow? New customers are going to appear out of nowhere?
Recall the old term “double cross?” A person allied with one side in a deal secretly betrays the deal and the ally. That’s what Globalist elites are doing to giant corporations. They’re going back on their promise.
They’re creating an atmosphere in which corporations can’t function beyond a certain point. And worse, they’re creating a forced planetary economy in which the corporations will become mere government appendages - functionaries in a slave-based system.
These deluded corporations…it only takes a few of them to wake up and see the real game.
Are Elite Controllers A Fantasy? Read This September 21 2017 | From: JonRappoport
We rarely get a chance to see a smoking gun that proves elite controllers are running the show from behind the curtain. That’s why there is a curtain.
So I’m republishing a conversation between two members of the Rockefeller Trilateral Commission (TC) and a US reporter.
In 1969, four years before birthing the TC with David Rockefeller, Zbigniew Brzezinski wrote:
“[The] nation state as a fundamental unit of man’s organized life has ceased to be the principal creative force.
International banks and multinational corporations are acting and planning in terms that are far in advance of the political concepts of the nation state.”
Goodbye, separate nations.
Any doubt on the question of TC goals is answered by David Rockefeller himself, the founder of the TC, in his Memoirs (2003):
“Some even believe we are part of a secret cabal working against the best interests of the United States, characterizing my family and me as ‘internationalists’ and of conspiring with others around the world to build a more integrated global political and economic structure—one world, if you will. If that is the charge, I stand guilty, and I am proud of it.”
The conversation was public knowledge at the time. Anyone who was anyone in Washington politics, in media, in think-tanks, had access to it. Understood its meaning.
But no one shouted from the rooftops. No one used the conversation to force a scandal. No one protested loudly.
The conversation revealed that the entire basis of the US Constitution had been torpedoed, that the people who were running US national policy (which includes trade treaties) were agents of an elite shadow group. No question about it.
And yet: official silence. Media silence. The Dept. of Justice made no moves, Congress undertook no serious inquiries, and the President, Jimmy Carter, issued no statements.
Carter was himself an agent of the Trilateral Commission in the White House.
He had been plucked from obscurity by David Rockefeller, and through elite TC press connections, vaulted into the spotlight as a pre-eminent choice for the Presidency.
The 1978 conversation featured reporter, Jeremiah Novak, and two Trilateral Commission members, Karl Kaiser and Richard Cooper. The interview took up the issue of who exactly, during President Carter’s administration, was formulating US economic and political policy.
The careless and off-hand attitude of Trilateralists Kaiser and Cooper is astonishing. It’s as if they’re saying, “What we’re revealing is already out in the open, it’s too late to do anything about it, why are you so worked up, we’ve already won…”
Here we go:
Novak (the reporter): Is it true that a private [Trilateral committee] led by Henry Owen of the US and made up of [Trilateral] representatives of the US, UK, West Germany, Japan, France and the EEC is coordinating the economic and political policies of the Trilateral countries [which would include the US]?
Cooper:Yes, they have met three times.
Novak: Yet, in your recent paper you state that this committee should remain informal because to formalize ‘this function might well prove offensive to some of the Trilateral and other countries which do not take part.’ Who are you afraid of?
Kaiser: Many countries in Europe would resent the dominant role that West Germany plays at these [Trilateral] meetings.
Cooper:Many people still live in a world of separate nations, and they would resent such coordination [of policy].
Novak: But this [Trilateral] committee is essential to your whole policy. How can you keep it a secret or fail to try to get popular support [for its decisions on how Trilateral member nations will conduct their economic and political policies]?
Cooper:Well, I guess it’s the press’ job to publicize it.
Novak: Yes, but why doesn’t President Carter come out with it and tell the American people that [US] economic and political power is being coordinated by a [Trilateral] committee made up of Henry Owen and six others? After all, if [US] policy is being made on a multinational level, the people should know.
Cooper:President Carter and Secretary of State Vance have constantly alluded to this in their speeches. [a lie]
Kaiser: It just hasn’t become an issue.
This interview slipped under the mainstream media radar, which is to say, it was buried.
US economic and political policy run by a committee of the Trilateral Commission - the Commission had been created in 1973 by David Rockefeller and his sidekick, Zbigniew Brzezinski.
When Carter won the presidential election, his aide, Hamilton Jordan, said that if after the inauguration, Cy Vance and Brzezinski came on board as secretary of state and national security adviser, “We’ve lost. And I’ll quit.” Lost - because both men were powerful members of the Trilateral Commission and their appointment to key positions would signal a surrender of White House control to the Commission.
Vance and Brzezinski were appointed secretary of state and national security adviser, as Jordan feared. But he didn’t quit. He became Carter’s chief of staff.
Now consider the vast propaganda efforts of the past 40 years, on so many levels, to install the idea that all nations and peoples of the world are a single Collective.
From a very high level of political and economic power, this propaganda op has had the objective of grooming the population for a planet that is one coagulated mass, run and managed by one force. A central engine of that force is the Trilateral Commission.
How does a shadowy group like the TC accomplish its goal?
One basic strategy is: destabilize nations; ruin their economies; ratify trade treaties that effectively send millions and millions of manufacturing jobs off to places where virtual slave labor does the work; adding insult to injury, export the cheap products of those slave-factories back to the nations who lost the jobs and undercut their domestic manufacturers, forcing them to close their doors and fire still more employees.
Related: More Confessions Of An Economic Hit Man: "This Time, They’re Coming For Your Democracy"
And then solve that economic chaos by bringing order.
What kind of order?
Eventually, one planet, with national borders erased, under one management system, with a planned global economy, “to restore stability,” “for the good of all, for lasting harmony.”
If you were a young ambitious reporter for The New York Times, if you read this astonishing Trilateral interview, wouldn’t you go to your editor and demand to be put on the story?
Wouldn’t you want to dig deep and find out more details and names? Wouldn’t you want to blow the whole, yes, conspiracy, wide open? Wouldn’t you want readers to know the truth about who is running their country from behind the scenes?
Well, yes, you might. But if you did, and if you wouldn’t back down after your editor told you to forget about it, you would end up with no job, and eventually you would be covering picnics for some small-town newspaper.
With the rise of independent media, however, reporters don’t need to worry about Sunday picnics.
The truth suffices.
With the rise of independent media, reporters know some of their stories will be linked and forwarded all over the world, and people with curiosity and intelligence and alert minds will discover the truth that major media have been hiding from them.
No End To Coverups September 20 2017 | From: PaulCraigRoberts Craig Roberts (yes, there are two of us) is a former US Marine and a 27-year veteran of the Tulsa, Oklahoma, police force. He is a capable and committed person.
Since 1989 he has written 13 books. His latest, just published, Medusa File II, consists essentially of his voluminous files of the investigation of the bombing of the Alfred P. Murrah Federal Building in Oklahoma City on April 19th, 1995, known as “the Oklahoma City Bombing.”
The FBI, appreciative of Roberts’ capabilities, requested his service in the investigation. As officially part of the investigation, he took the investigation seriously. The investigation proceeded rapidly, developing many leads.
Numerous witnesses saw Timothy McVeigh with many dark complexioned men prior to and just after the bombing. Leads were also developed to militias in Elohim City, to the German, Strassmeir, and others.
Before any of these leads could be developed, the investigation was taken over by President Bill Clinton’s Attorney General, Janet Reno.
Once Washington took over, the investigation stopped. In its place was Washington’s theory that it was Tim McVeigh’s lonely protest.
The volumnious evidence of McVeigh’s accomplices or controllers, as might have been the case, was in the way of the official story that imposed itself on the investigation. Many people resisted the coverup that descended on the case, including local journalists who eventually lost their jobs or moved on.
Roberts stuck it out to the end. So did black Oklahoma City Police sgt. Terrance Yeakey. For resisting the official story Yeakey paid with his life. Roberts provides the reasons he believes Yeakey had definitive evidence that the official story was a coverup. The OCPD was called off once the official story was in place, but Yeakey wouldn’t quit and became a problem.
The official OCPD report says it was suicide, but Roberts recognizes homicide when he sees it. There was no autopsy and the police refused to release the police report to Yeakey’s family. Being black, they had little recourse.
Remaining skeptics were dismissed as “conspiracy theorists,” and that was the end of the case.
One of the striking details that Roberts provides is that in the immediate aftermath of the bombing with rescue workers removing dead and wounded from the rubble, numerous federal agents appeared, ordered the rescue workers out of the building on the grounds that there were still unexploded bombs in the building.
Then with the trapped still under the rubble, all rescue efforts halted until the federal agents had removed file cabinets from the building.
Roberts speculates that the cabinets contained the files of the Mena drug running operation that many believe involved Arkansas governor Bill Clinton, and that President Clinton and Janet Reno didn’t want these files to see the light of day.
For an official explanation of the case that relies solely on McVeigh’s “truck bomb,” the federal agents’ statement that unexploded bombs remained in the building is a conundrum.
If there were unexploded bombs remaining in the building, how could it be that McVeigh was the lone wolf perpetrator?
It reminded me of General Benton Partin, a US Air Force explosive expert, who produced a detailed report proving that the Murrah building blew up from the inside out, not from the outside in. Of course, by the time Gen. Partin got his study completed, the fix was in, and there was to be no challenge to, or reconsidering of, the official cover story.
Roberts doesn’t know who did the bombing or why. All he knows is that leads were not followed and the case was solved by Washington and not by an investigation.
Just like the assassination of JFK.
Just like the assassination of RFK.
Just like the assassination of Martin Luther King.
Just like 9/11.
Just like Saddam Hussein’s “weapons of mass destruction.”
Former High Ranking CIA Agent Gives A Break Down On What The US Deep State And Shadow Government Is Comprised Of September 20 2017 | From: SOTT A CIA whistleblower, Kevin Shipp, has emerged from the wolves den to expose the deep state and the shadow government which he calls two entirely separate entities.
"The shadow government controls the deep state and manipulates our elected government behind the scenes," Shipp warned in a recent talk at a Geoengineeringwatch.org conference.
Shipp had a series of slides explaining how the deep state and shadow government functions as well as the horrific crimes they are committing against U.S. citizens.
Some of the revelations the former CIA anti-terrorism counter intelligence officer revealed included that "Google Earth was set up through the National Geospatial Intelligence Agency and InQtel."
Indeed he is correct, the CIA and NGA owned the company Google acquired, Keyhole Inc., paying an undisclosed sum for the company to turn its tech into what we now know as Google Earth.
Another curious investor in Keyhole Inc. was none other than the venture capital firm In-Q-Tel run by the CIA according to a press release at the time.
Shipp also disclosed that the agency known as the Joint Special Ops Command (JSOC) is the "president's secret army" which he can use for secret assassinations, overturning governments and things the American people don't know about.
FBI warrantless searches violate the Fourth Amendment with national security letters, which Shipp noted enables them to walk into your employer's office and demand all your financial records and if he or she says anything about them being there they can put your supervisor in jail or drop a case against themselves using the "State's Secret Privilege law."
"The top of the shadow government is the National Security Agency and the Central Intelligence Agency," Shipp said.
Shipp expressed that the CIA was created through the Council on Foreign relations with no congressional approval, and historically the CFR is also tied into the mainstream media (MSM.)
He elaborated that the CIA was the "central node" of the shadow government and controlled all of the other 16 intelligence agencies despite the existence of the DNI.
The agency also controls defense and intelligence contractors, can manipulate the president and political decisions, has the power to start wars, torture, initiate coups, and commit false flag attacks he said.
As Shipp stated, the CIA was created through executive order by then President Harry Truman by the signing of the National Security Act of 1947.
According to Shipp, the deep state is comprised of the military industrial complex, intelligence contractors, defense contractors, MIC lobbyist, Wall St (offshore accounts), Federal Reserve, IMF/World Bank, Treasury, Foreign lobbyists, and Central Banks.
In the shocking, explosive presentation, Shipp went on to express that there are "over 10,000 secret sites in the U.S." that formed after 9/11. There are "1,291 secret government agencies, 1,931 large private corporations and over 4,800,000 Americans that he knows of who have a secrecy clearance, and 854,000 who have Top Secret clearance, explaining they signed their lives away bound by an agreement.
He also detailed how Congress is owned by the Military Industrial Complex through the Congressional Armed Services Committee (48 senior members of Congress) giving those members money in return for a vote on the spending bill for the military and intelligence budget.
He even touched on what he called the "secret intelligence industrial complex," which he called the center of the shadow government including the CIA, NSA, NRO, and NGA.
Shipp further stated that around the "secret intelligence industrial complex" you have the big five conglomerate of intelligence contractors - Leidos Holdings, CSRA, CACI, SAIC, and Booz Allen Hamilton.
He noted that the work they do is "top secret and unreported."
The whistleblower remarked that these intelligence contractors are accountable to no one including Congress, echoing the words of Senator Daniel Inouye when he himself blew the whistle on the shadow government during the Iran-Contra hearings in 1987.
At the time Inouye expressed that the "shadow government had its own funding mechanism, shadowy Navy, and Air Force freedom to pursue its own goals free from all checks and balances and free from the law itself."
Shipp further added that the shadow government and elected government were in the midst of a visible cold war.
So who is Shipp and is he credible as a whistleblower, does he have credentials for the CIA? Aim.orgwrote:
"Shipp held several high-level positions in the CIA. He was assigned as a protective agent for the Director of Central Intelligence, a counterintelligence investigator, a Counter Terrorism Center officer, a team leader protecting sensitive CIA assets from assassination, a manager of high-risk protective operations, a lead instructor for members of allied governments, an internal staff security investigator, and a polygraph examiner.
He was tasked with protecting the CIA from foreign agent penetration and the chief of training for the CIA federal police force. Mr. Shipp functioned as program manager for the Department of State, Diplomatic Security, and Anti Terrorism Assistance global police training program.
Shipp noted he was working with former NSA whistleblower William Binney but didn't state what the two were working on together. Shipp is highly credible and may just be the highest level whistleblower.
This leak is huge. He has been previously mentioned in the New York Times for blowing the whistle on the mistreatment of him and his family when they were put in a mold-contaminated home.
He is also mentioned in a WikiLeaks cable during the GiFiles that I was able to dig up. Is this the beginning of whistleblowers coming forward to end the shadow government and deep state? You can watch Shipp's full explosive presentation below.
Elections In New Zealand, Australia, Canada, England, Germany, The Netherlands
& Exposed: Proof NZ Prime Ministers Are Globalists September 19 2017 | From: JonRappoport / VinnyEastwood “National election campaigns are media events. Media run them. Media pump ratings. They produce the soap opera. They construct the illusion. Many people hate hearing this, because they prefer to believe the few candidates who can actually win are real. No one with that much face time on national television is real.” - The Underground, Jon Rappoport
I’ve just completed a flurry of articles on how elections work as media events in the US (archived here, under “elections”). But why leave out other countries, where the process is essentially the same?
You have to look at these major election seasons as television series produced by the major networks.
Then it begins to make sense.
The casting of characters tends to follow the same pattern, over and over. You have two major candidates (for president, premier, prime minister). Writing their parts is a bit of a challenge, because any intelligent person can see there is really not much to choose between them.
That’s a ratings killer. The networks need opposition and sharp differences. So while both of these “leaders,” behind the scenes, are Globalists and favor huge corporations and huge government bureaucracies, “free trade,” sending jobs overseas where workers will toil for virtually no pay in execrable conditions, etc., the networks will find issues on which they disagree.
Then you have a cast of minor characters running for the top office in the land. A couple of them are fiery and feisty, more “radical” or “radically conservative” in their views. They’ll never make it, but hope springs eternal, and a significant proportion of the population is drawn to them - for a while.
The television networks, as usual, adopt the horse race mode of reporting. Because, when all is said and done, that’s the main theme: who is going to win? Who really cares about exploring the issues in depth? There’s no juice or excitement there.
But watching two creatures gallop along a track toward the finish line moves the adrenaline.
And the networks, day after day, can point to what the candidates are doing or wearing or saying that is affecting their position in the race.
Did candidate A just utter a possibly politically incorrect phrase? Let’s interview three experts and find out.
Did candidate B once have dinner with a financier who cheated investors out of their life savings? No? It was lunch? A brief breakfast? Hmm. A professor of statistics explains how long a brief breakfast averages out to be.
Why has candidate A shifted from wearing blue to red?
To bolster all this, we have the polls, which seem to be taking place three times a day. Numbers to report. Breakdowns of the numbers in key voter areas of the country.
Meanwhile, the networks keep searching out differences between candidates A and B. A’s wet dream is wholescale bombing missions. B prefers thousands of drone strikes. Of course, this difference isn’t presented that way. B is a “peace candidate.” A is a “hawk.”
A wants the “free market.” B wants government to create millions of new jobs. On closer inspection, they’re both pushing the dominance of mega-corporations. But there is no closer inspection in the television series called Election.
At the root of all this insanity is the fact that television networks produce the series. As long as the viewing audience tunes in, as long as the ratings are respectable, the illusion continues.
The viewer, the voter, projects his hopes and dreams on to the television image of a candidate. It never occurs to him that:
a) he is now a fan of a soap opera and
b) his adored candidate is part of an immense political system in which only minor deviations from the norm are permitted.
Entering that system and participating in it is like walking into a tailor’s shop where, by magic, the customer (participant, candidate) automatically shrinks to half his former size in an instant. And from there it only gets worse.
Television is there to obscure the actual size of the political system and its culture. The soap opera highlights the two major characters (candidates), as if they alone can work great changes in the direction the oil tanker called Politics takes.
Television relies on the fact that a majority of the population favors watching competition - rather than learning about the collaboration, behind the scenes, between characters who seem to be on opposing sides.
The election IS television. Why is that not understood?
Perhaps for the same reason people can sit in a dark movie theater and look up at a large screen and forget, for a few moments, that they are sitting in a movie theater.
They are captured by the story and the images and the characters. And they want to be captured and taken away.
They want to believe, in the case of elections, that they are participating in something important simply by watching television.
You might say election campaigns are the original reality-shows. They’re soap opera, but the main characters are not actors. (Of course, they are actors.)
Perhaps you remember the 1972 American film, The Candidate, starring Robert Redford. The key moment occurs as Redford, who is running for a seat in the US Senate, watches a commercial he claims to favor, one that expresses his real convictions.
Within moments he realizes it’s a dud. He comes across as a stammering lightweight. No, from now on, he’ll have to accept ads in which he appears authoritative (but vague), on top of his game, and handsome. The die is cast. He is now an artifact of television.
And then there is the best film ever made about television: Network (1976), written by Paddy Chayefsky. The embittered, half-mad, disintegrating news anchor, Howard Beale, assaults his viewing audience:
“We deal in illusions, man… We’re all you know. You’re beginning to believe the illusions we’re spinning here. You’re beginning to think that the tube is reality and that your own lives are unreal. In God’s name, you people are the real thing. We are the illusion.”
Unfortunately, the television audience is insulted if someone tells them the characters they’re watching are synthetic and artificial.
Something strange is happening here. It’s more than the flicker of the images or the frequency or the brain wave-states television induces. It’s a counterpart to what people dream when they’re asleep.
The story lines of dreams, the vividness, the intimate proximity to characters.
At the extreme edge, it’s what makes people who watch candidates on television write them adoring fan letters (just as they write letters to convicted killers in prison). It’s what makes people dress up at night to sit in front of their sets and watch late-night talk-show hosts - as if the hosts could see them in their living rooms.
Truth may be stranger than fiction, but fiction is more compelling.
The whole television exhibition called Election is, in every moment, a living rolling artifice of melodrama. Staged from end to end.
Consider this exchange, in the 1997 film, Wag the Dog, between movie producer, Stanley Motss, and the shadowy White House agent, Conrad Brean:
Motss: What do you think about lining the President up for the Peace Prize?
Brean: Our job’s over come election day.
Motss: Yeah, but c’mon…
Brean: What, just for the symmetry of the thing? [Motss nods] Well, if Kissinger can win the Peace Prize, I wouldn’t be surprised if I woke up and found I’d won the Preakness.
Motss: Yeah, but our guy did bring peace.
Brean: There was never a war.
Motss: All the greater accomplishment.
The believable political face of the candidate is turned toward the camera, and television records it and sends it out to the millions.
The other face, the secret face, is never shown on television; or if it is, the audience misses it, because they are trained to think only good political intentions are displayed on the screen.
And they believe these intentions are the substance of election campaigns; the things worth voting for; the things the winners will try to bring into being in the world.
The audience believes television is democratic. Therefore, how could it deceive? Democracy is the only fair system ever devised.
Such illusions pile up and up. When one fades, another takes its place.
New Zealand Elections: Does Your Vote Really Count?
Steve Bannon Unleashes The Wrath Of The 'Grim Reaper' On Enemies Within - 'Absolutely' Going To War With Establishment Republicans + Rep. Dana Rohrabacher: 99% Certain Russian Collusion Scandal Is Total Lie - One Of ‘Great Political Crimes’ In History September 18 2017 | From: AllNewsPipeline / TheGatewayPundit
In his first nationally televised interview, former White House chief strategist Steve Bannon, who has often been referred to as the "Grim Reaper, among other things, unleashes his wrath, not against members of the opposing Democratic party, but on the true enemies within, the "establishment Republicans," that he says is trying to "nullify the 2016 election."
The interview covered a variety of topics, including President Trump's Twitter use which he believes is unique and a way to speak directly to the people without the prism and spin by the MSM, DACA & the Catholic church, Neo-nazis, the "Russian collusion" narrative and why it is a farce, and why it was so important for Bannon himself to leave his White House position in order to fight for the American people and the President.
Unsurprisingly, some of the most important things that Bannon revealed are the exact points the MSM is barely covering or spinning in a manner not consistent with Bannon's actual answers.
For example, Bannon's interview was with CBS's Charlie Rose for '60 Minutes," and their headline blares "Breitbart's Bannon declares war on the GOP," but that is not what Bannon said, his answer of "absolutely" when Rose asked if he was "going to war with them" was in reference to a previous answer which named some of the enemies within the "Republican establishment," that are "trying to nullify the 2016 election."
Bannon was asked who in the Republican establishment was trying to nullify the election, he answers:
“I think Mitch McConnell, and to a degree, Paul Ryan. They do not want Donald Trump's populist, economic nationalist agenda to be implemented. It's very obvious. It's obvious as - it's obvious as the - it's obvious as night follows day is what they're trying to do."
When asked for an example, he highlighted one of the first meetings with Mitch McConnell, where McConnell tried to demand the Trump campaign back off their talking about "draining the swamp."
“Oh, Mitch McConnell when we first met him, I mean, he was - he was - he - he said, I think in one of the first meetings - in Trump Tower with the president - as we're wrapping up, he basically says, "I don't wanna hear any more of this 'Drain the Swamp' talk."
He says, "I can't - I can't hire any smart people," because everybody's all over him for reporting requirements and - and the pay, et cetera, and the scrutiny. You know, "You gotta back off that." The "Drain the Swamp" thing was - is Mitch McConnell was Day One did not wanna - did not wanna go there. Wanted us to back off..”
The Swamp Monsters
What is not heard above, but can be heard during the full video, only on the CBS News site for now, is the follow up points made by Bannon about the "Swamp" in general after Rose asked him if he "cleaned the swamp", which should be mandatory reading and/or listening to every single person that wants the swamp drained, everyone that has lamented on why the swamp hasn't already been drained, those that have criticized the slowness of the process.
Bannon:"Well, first off - OK, the swamp is 50 years in the making. Let's talk about the swamp. The swamp is a business model. It's a successful business model. It's a donor-consultant K Street lobbyist-politician - seven of the nine biggest ca - most - wealthiest counties in America ring Washington, D.C."
Rose: "What are you talking about when you talk about the swamp. You're talking about the lobbyists and the people -"
Bannon: "The permanent political class, as represented by both parties. You're not gonna - you're not gonna drain that in eight months. You're not gonna drain it in two terms. This is gonna take 10, 15, 20 years of relentlessly going after it..”
Steve Bannon just did what no politician has done, he actually, finally, defined the "swamp."
We have heard the term drain the swamp for years, throughout election cycles, but no one has ever explained how deep the swamp really is or how many "animals" are part of the ecosystem, and for the "this should be done right now!" crowd, that might be the most critical point to understand.
Click on the image above to view a larger version in a new window
Presidents cannot fire members of congress that are part of the so-called "swamp," nor the political class talking heads, nor the donors, that is up to "we the people."
A president can "drain" portions within his administration, like Sally Yates' termination, or the "bloodbath" when Secretary of State Rex Tillerson cleaned out the "7th floor," etc... but it could take decades to drain the entire thing, and that is only, as Bannon makes it clear, if we "relentlessly" continue to go after it.
Key quote on why Bannon felt it was important to get out of the White House to become an "outside wing man" for President Trump:
“You are a staffer. I was a federal government employee. There are certain things you can't do. I cannot take the fight to who we have to take the fight to when I'm an advisor to the president as a federal government employee. You can't do it..”
The one criticism Bannon has about the president:
“I think if there's one criticism or one observation is that the president in coming here, right, has still thought - at least in the beginning of his administration - that it's about personalities, and, "If I can change this personality," or, "If I can get this guy on my side, I can do that."
And it's not what the institutional logic is. I think some of that was with the FBI and others in the State Department and how his foreign policy is playing out. But I believe you're gonna see over time he's gonna have a greater appreciation that this is a city of institutions, and you must engage them as institutions, not just as personalities.”
Bannon on President Trump's Twitter use and why it is important:
“OK, I don't think he needs - the Washington Post, and the New York Times, and CBS News. And I don't believe he thinks that they're looking out what's in his best interest, OK? He's not gonna believe that, I don't believe that, and you don't believe that, OK?
This is another just standard in judgment that you rain upon him in the effort to destroy Donald Trump. He knows he's speaking directly to the people who put him in office when he uses Twitter. And it sometimes is not in the custom and tradition of what the opposition party deems is appropriate. You're - you're absolutely correct, it's not.
And he's not gonna stop.
And by the way, General Kelly, I have the most tremendous respect for and has put in very tight processes. He's not gonna be able to control it either because it's Donald Trump.
It's Donald Trump talking directly to the American people. And to say something else, you're gonna get some good there. And every now and again you're gonna get some less good, OK? But you're just gonna have to live with it.”
In the clip shown below, before the actual interview aired, we see Steve Bannon address the Access Hollywood tape that was released during the election, and how at a meeting, everyone was convinced Trump should drop out of the running, but that Bannon was only person in the room that told him he had "100% probability of winning the election."
He explains why that time was a "litmus test" because if you are behind someone, you stay behind them through the good and the bad.
The importance here is he made it clear he took out his "little black book" and started taking names... no doubt those names he took down during the campaign and during his time in the White House, are the people he is indeed "going to war" with over the next few years on President Trump's behalf.
The last clip shows Bannon shut Charlie Rose right down as he suggests that Bannon doesn't appreciate diversity or civil rights in the eyes on Bannon's critics, where Bannon states:
“I was raised in a desegregated neighborhood. It - it - the north side of Richmond is predominantly black, OK? I went to - I went to an integrated school, a Catholic school. I served in the military.
I don't need to be - I don't need to be lectured by a bunch of - by a bunch of limousine liberals, OK, from the Upper East Side of New York and from the Hamptons, OK, about any of this. My lived experience is that."
Steve Bannon doesn't respond to each and every bit of media specualtion and gossip about him, his relations with the President, why he left the White House, who and what he is, but this interview, the very first televised interview with Bannon since he resigned as chief strategist, is his reponse to it all.
The man that has been dubbed the "grim reaper," is taking out his little black book, waging a media war on the enemies within the Republican establishment, and he has just put them all on notice that his figurative "scythe" is aimed right for their head.
Rep. Dana Rohrabacher: 99% Certain Russian Collusion Scandal Is Total Lie – One Of ‘Great Political Crimes’ In History
Sean Hannity interviewed Rep. Dana Rohrabacher (R-CA) on Wednesday night. The California Republican recently went to London to interview Wikileaks founder Julian Assange about the Hillary Clinton emails that were published by Wikileaks during the 2016 presidential campaign.
Once again Rep. Rohrabacher told Sean Hannity he was 99% certain that the Russian collusion narrative is a total lie.
Last week Rep. Rohrabacher told Sean Hannity he was 99% certain that the Russian collusion narrative is a total lie. This week he doubled down and repeated the accusation.
Tonight on Hannity Rep. Dana Rohrabacher said the Russian collusion scandal is the biggest political scandal in US history.
“Rep. Rohrabacher: Once we know the Russians weren’t involved, then we have to understand that this massive propaganda campaign, this historic con-job that happened after the election to prevent our president from exercising the powers granted to him by the voters, this is one of the great political crimes committed against the American people in our history. "
Here Are The 147 Transnational Companies That Run The World September 17 2017 | From: TechnocracyNews
A study by the Swiss Federal Institute of Technology in Zurich found that a mere 147 corporations control the world – orchestrating events and controlling governments.
These companies are run by Technocrats who are all busy perfecting the the ultimate and interconnected global supply chain. The list is not necessarily perfect, but it is representative of a class of super-companies who are running the global show.
The analysis, which looked at the relationships between 43,000 transnational corporations, identified that only a tiny handful of mega-corporations, mostly banks, had a disproportionate amount of power over world events.
Newscientist.com reports: “Reality is so complex, we must move away from dogma, whether it’s conspiracy theories or free-market,” says James Glattfelder. “Our analysis is reality-based.”
Previous studies have found that a few TNCs [Trans-National Corporations] own large chunks of the world’s economy, but they included only a limited number of companies and omitted indirect ownerships, so could not say how this affected the global economy – whether it made it more or less stable, for instance.
The Zurich team can. From Orbis 2007, a database listing 37 million companies and investors worldwide, they pulled out all 43,060 TNCs and the share ownerships linking them. Then they constructed a model of which companies controlled others through shareholding networks, coupled with each company’s operating revenues, to map the structure of economic power.
The work, to be published in PLoS One, revealed a core of 1318 companies with interlocking ownerships. Each of the 1318 had ties to two or more other companies, and on average they were connected to 20.
Top 10 Evil Corporations
“Thought big companies got to the top by being nice? This video might make you think again, starting with IBM.”
What’s more, although they represented 20 per cent of global operating revenues, the 1318 appeared to collectively own through their shares the majority of the world’s large blue chip and manufacturing firms – the “real” economy – representing a further 60 per cent of global revenues.
When the team further untangled the web of ownership, it found much of it tracked back to a “super-entity” of 147 even more tightly knit companies – all of their ownership was held by other members of the super-entity – that controlled 40 per cent of the total wealth in the network.
“In effect, less than 1 per cent of the companies were able to control 40 per cent of the entire network,” says Glattfelder. Most were financial institutions. The top 20 included Barclays Bank, JPMorgan Chase & Co, and The Goldman Sachs Group.
John Driffill of the University of London, a macroeconomics expert, says the value of the analysis is not just to see if a small number of people controls the global economy, but rather its insights into economic stability.
Concentration of power is not good or bad in itself, says the Zurich team, but the core’s tight interconnections could be. As the world learned in 2008, such networks are unstable. “If one [company] suffers distress,” says Glattfelder, “this propagates.”
“It’s disconcerting to see how connected things really are,” agrees George Sugihara of the Scripps Institution of Oceanography in La Jolla, California, a complex systems expert who has advised Deutsche Bank.
Yaneer Bar-Yam, head of the New England Complex Systems Institute (NECSI), warns that the analysis assumes ownership equates to control, which is not always true. Most company shares are held by fund managers who may or may not control what the companies they part-own actually do. The impact of this on the system’s behaviour, he says, requires more analysis.
Crucially, by identifying the architecture of global economic power, the analysis could help make it more stable. By finding the vulnerable aspects of the system, economists can suggest measures to prevent future collapses spreading through the entire economy.
Glattfelder says we may need global anti-trust rules, which now exist only at national level, to limit over-connection among TNCs. Sugihara says the analysis suggests one possible solution: firms should be taxed for excess interconnectivity to discourage this risk.
One thing won’t chime with some of the protesters’ claims: the super-entity is unlikely to be the intentional result of a conspiracy to rule the world. “Such structures are common in nature,” says Sugihara.
Newcomers to any network connect preferentially to highly connected members. TNCs buy shares in each other for business reasons, not for world domination. If connectedness clusters, so does wealth, says Dan Braha of NECSI: in similar models, money flows towards the most highly connected members.
The Zurich study, says Sugihara, “is strong evidence that simple rules governing TNCs give rise spontaneously to highly connected groups”. Or as Braha puts it:
“The Occupy Wall Street claim that 1 per cent of people have most of the wealth reflects a logical phase of the self-organising economy.”
So, the super-entity may not result from conspiracy. The real question, says the Zurich team, is whether it can exert concerted political power. Driffill feels 147 is too many to sustain collusion. Braha suspects they will compete in the market but act together on common interests. [Comment: If you are reading this then you should already know what's going on.]
Resisting changes to the network structure may be one such common interest.
The Top 50 of the 147 Superconnected Companies
1. Barclays plc
2. Capital Group Companies Inc
3. FMR Corporation
4. AXA
5. State Street Corporation
6. JP Morgan Chase & Co
7. Legal & General Group plc
8. Vanguard Group Inc
9. UBS AG
10. Merrill Lynch & Co Inc
11. Wellington Management Co LLP
12. Deutsche Bank AG
13. Franklin Resources Inc
14. Credit Suisse Group
15. Walton Enterprises LLC
16. Bank of New York Mellon Corp
17. Natixis
18. Goldman Sachs Group Inc
19. T Rowe Price Group Inc
20. Legg Mason Inc
21. Morgan Stanley
22. Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group Inc
23. Northern Trust Corporation
24. Société Générale
25. Bank of America Corporation
26. Lloyds TSB Group plc
27. Invesco plc
28. Allianz SE 29. TIAA
30. Old Mutual Public Limited Company
31. Aviva plc
32. Schroders plc
33. Dodge & Cox
34. Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc*
35. Sun Life Financial Inc
36. Standard Life plc
37. CNCE
38. Nomura Holdings Inc
39. The Depository Trust Company
40. Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance
41. ING Groep NV
42. Brandes Investment Partners LP
43. Unicredito Italiano SPA
44. Deposit Insurance Corporation of Japan
45. Vereniging Aegon
46. BNP Paribas
47. Affiliated Managers Group Inc
48. Resona Holdings Inc
49. Capital Group International Inc
50. China Petrochemical Group Company
If You Hate Poverty, You Should Love Capitalism
A look into why Capitalism is the best thing that ever happened to average citizens.
Arthur Brooks, president of the American Enterprise Institute, explains how Capitalism is struggling to attract new followers despite helping millions of average people control their own destinies and accumulate wealth through hard work.
Clinton Foundation Faces International Criminal Investigations + Not So Fast: Judge Orders Feds To Release Details Of Hillary Clinton Email Investigation After FBI Refused September 17 2017 | From: Infowars / TheContrail / TheGatewayPundit
Financial analyst exposes Clinton Foundation UNITAID fraud, faulty HIV/AIDS medications to Africa.
Charles Ortel, the noted Wall Street financial analyst who has charged the Clintons with running the Clinton Foundation as a vast international criminal conspiracy, has produced new research, suggesting the Clintons could face the possibility of international investigations over their administration of UNITAID funds.
Ortel has previously argued the story of the Clinton Health Access Initiative (CHAI)/UNITAID scam is one of the most poignant alleged Clinton Foundation abuses demonstrating how the Clintons used their tax-exempt foundation to conduct a “reverse Robin Hood,” robbing the average air traveler in France to benefit the rich, namely themselves, at the expense of short-changing those inflicted by HIV/AIDS from treatment that the World Health Organization had promised the international community represented would be delivered honestly.
Ortel explained to Infowars.com that the Clinton fraud with UNITAID could lead to criminal investigations in countries including France and Great Britain, even if the U.S. Justice Department continues to decline any serious criminal investigations into Clinton Foundation activities.
To get an idea of the magnitude of the fraud possible, consider that the levy imposed on airline tickets by the French government alone, according to records published by the French Civil Aviation Authority, has collected more than $1 billion euros in the approximately six years since the UNITAID program was launched in 2006 through Jan. 23, 2013.
“The air ticket levy, a predictable and robust source of revenue, contributes to the fight against HIV/AIDS, tuberculosis and malaria, diseases that cause more than 4 million deaths every year,” UNITAID, the principal beneficiary of this levy, said in January 2013, when congratulating France “for its pivotal role and leadership in innovative financing for development."
UNITAID documents that 60.8 percent of all UNITAID contributions from 2006-2012 have come from France.
Ortel explained to Infowars.com that a French government investigation in 2011 concluded that UNITAID had sent approximately $450 million to CHAI by Dec. 31, 2009.
Ortel pointed out that a major problem for the Clintons was that neither CHAI nor the Clinton Foundation had received proper authorization from U.S. government or foreign government authorities to operate as an international charity accepting donations in the U.S. and abroad to combat HIV/AIDS.
“UNITAID was organized with the understanding that around 50% of initial grants would be routed through Clinton Foundation HIV/AIDS Initiative, Inc. and/or the Clinton Foundation to ‘fight HIV/AIDS internationally,’” Ortel pointed out.
“The problem is that regulatory filings prove the Clintons had merged CHAI out of legal existence on December 31, 2005, before UNITAID was organized on Sept. 19, 2006, and the second entity, the Clinton Foundation, never had lawful power from the IRS to do anything other than serve as Presidential archive and research facility in Arkansas,” he continued.
“Then, on Dec. 31, 2009, while Hillary Clinton was Secretary of State and Lois Lerner was denying and/or delaying tax deferred status to conservative and libertarian groups applying for 501(c)(3) status, the Clintons filed a false and misleading application with the IRS under penalties of perjury naming Bill Clinton as chairman and trustee for a new charity, the Clinton Health Access Initiative, Inc. (New CHAI),” Ortel argued.
“In signing this application Bill Clinton failed to disclose that he was a convicted felon, forced to surrender licenses to practice law in Arkansas, as well as before the U.S. Supreme Court, for lying under oath and obstructing justice in a sexual harassment case brought by Paula Jones.”
“This false application (creating New CHAI) was riddled with lies and omitted key facts, but was swiftly approved by Lerner’s division of the IRS on 15 March 2010,” he added.
Ortel also pointed out that during 2007, as then Prime Minister Tony Blair was leaving office, the United Kingdom government made a commitment of up to £1 billion over 20 years.
“I give you this background, to show that a conspiracy has long existed to cover up a plan wherein governments make vast donations to leaky charities and these leaky charities either divert or temporarily let politicians avail themselves of massive sums either for personal or for political uses.”
Ortel’s analysis concluded that in no year from 2006 through 2013, do the numbers UNITAID records sending CHAI agree with the amounts the Clinton Foundation financial reports say CHAI received from UNITAID.
Some years the amounts UNITAID says were sent CHAI are more than Clinton Foundation financial reports say CHAI received from UNITAID, such as in 2008 and 2010.
In the other years, the amounts UNITAID reports say was sent to CHAI in each year differ from the amounts the Clinton Foundation financial reports say CHAI received from UNITAID. Some years the amounts UNITAID says were sent CHAI are more than Clinton Foundation financial reports say CHAI received from UNITAID.
Ortel argues that these discrepancies, between the amounts UNITAID sent CHAI and the amounts CHAI records having received from UNITAID, would not have been possible had the independent auditors to Clinton Foundation, including PricewaterhouseCoopers, conducted a thorough financial audit that involved reconciling all CHAI-recorded receipt of funds with the UNITAID audited financial records detailing the amount of funds UNITAID sent to CHAI.
On May 15, 2013, investigative reporter Katherine Eban published an important article in Fortune Magazine, entitled “Dirty Medicine,” in which she detailed the criminal fraud in which Ranbaxy manufactured for CHAI substandard and otherwise defective HIV/AIDS medicines.
On May 13, 2013, in what developed as a global pharmaceutical scandal, Ranbaxy pleaded guilty to seven federal criminal counts of selling adulterated drugs with an intent to defraud, failing to report that its drugs didn’t meet specifications, and making intentionally false statements to the government.
In pleading guilty, Ranbaxy also agreed to pay $500 million in fines, forfeitures, and penalties, the most ever levied against a generic-drug company.
Wonder why the Clinton Foundation Folded so Suddenly After Hillary was no Longer in a Position of Influence?
Perhaps this summary will give some insight. They list 486 employees (line 5)! It took 486 people who are paid $34.8 million and $91.3 million in fees and expenses, to give away $5.1 million dollars.
This is real. You can check the 2015 return yourself (see the link below). The real heart of the Clinton's can be seen here. Staggering but not surprising.
These figures are from an official copy of the Bill, Hillary and Chelsea Clinton Foundation for the tax year 2014. The copy of the tax return is from the National Center for Charitable Statistics website. You can get the latest tax return on any charitable organization there.
Total revenue (line 12) $177,804,612.00
Total grants to charity (line 13) $ 5,160,385.00 (that's less than 3%)
Total expenses of $91,281,145.00
Expenses include:
Salaries (line 15) $ 34,838,106.00
Fund raising fees (line 16a) $ 850,803.00
Other expenses (line 17) $ 50,431,851.00
Travel $ 8,000,000.00
Meetings $ 12,000,000.00
Line 22 shows ending year net assets/fund balances of $332,471,349.00 which is up $85,171,891 from last year's tax return!
Not So Fast: Judge Orders Feds To Release Details Of Hillary Clinton Email Investigation After FBI Refused
If Judge James E. Boasberg has his way, details of Hillary Clinton’s email investigation by the FBI will see the light of day. The U.S. District Judge isn’t buying the FBI’s claim that a “lack of public interest” justifies withholding the documents.
“A federal judge ordered the FBI on Thursday to disclose more details about how it handled its investigation into Hillary Clinton’s secret email account.
U.S. District Judge James E. Boasberg said court papers describing the grand jury subpoenas the FBI obtained to compel information from Mrs. Clinton’s internet service providers can be made public.
In doing so, he overruled objections by the Trump administration that had insisted making the information public would violate grand jury secrecy rules.
“After reviewing the document in camera, the court concludes that it largely rehashes information already made public, thus obviating any need for secrecy,” the judge said.
Two groups, Judicial Watch and Cause of Action Institute, have been prodding the government for more information about the Clinton emails, and they cheered the judge’s ruling as a victory for transparency.
“After reviewing the document in camera, the court concludes that it largely rehashes information already made public, thus obviating any need for secrecy,” the judge said.
Two groups, Judicial Watch and Cause of Action Institute, have been prodding the government for more information about the Clinton emails, and they cheered the judge’s ruling as a victory for transparency.
“This order makes public details submitted by the government about the FBI’s efforts to recover then-Secretary Clinton’s unlawfully removed emails. Americans deserve to know the full scope of that investigation,” said COA President John J. Vecchione."
President of Judicial Watch, Tom Fitton released a statement regarding this ruling:
“We’re happy with the ruling but it is unbelievable we’re being opposed by Trump appointees in the State and Justice Department’s on the Clinton email issue. President Trump ought to be outraged his appointees are protecting Hillary Clinton. The State Department should initiate action with the Justice Department – and both agencies should finally take the necessary steps to recover all the government emails Hillary Clinton unlawfully removed."
As the TGP reported, the FBI has denied lawyer Ty Clevenger’s request to obtain documents related to Hillary Clinton’s email probe.
“Hillary Clinton’s case isn’t interesting enough to the public to justify releasing the FBI’s files on her, the bureau said this week in rejecting an open-records request by a lawyer seeking to have the former secretary of state punished for perjury.
Ty Clevenger, the lawyer, has been trying to get Mrs. Clinton and her personal lawyers disbarred for their handling of her official emails during her time as secretary of state. He’s met with resistance among lawyers, and now his request for information from the FBI’s files has been shot down.
“You have not sufficiently demonstrated that the public’s interest in disclosure outweighs personal privacy interests of the subject,” FBI records management section chief David M. Hardy told Mr. Clevenger in a letter Monday.
“It is incumbent upon the requester to provide documentation regarding the public’s interest in the operations and activities of the government before records can be processed pursuant to the FOIA,” Mr. Hardy wrote.
Mrs. Clinton, is the 2016 Democratic presidential nominee, former chief diplomat, former U.S. senator, and former first lady of both the U.S. and Arkansas."
Conservative watchdog group, Judicial Watch announced that on August 8, 2017, D.C. District Court Judge Amit P. Mehta ordered the State Department “to search the state.gov e-mail accounts of Huma Abedin, Cheryl Mills, and Jacob Sullivan” for emails relating to the Benghazi scandal.
“Judge Mehta described Judicial Watch’s Clinton Benghazi FOIA lawsuit as “a far cry from a typical FOIA case. Secretary Clinton used a private e-mail server, located in her home, to transmit and receive work-related communications during her tenure as Secretary of State.”
Further:
[I]f an e-mail did not involve any state.gov user, the message would have passed through only the Secretary’s private server and, therefore, would be beyond the immediate reach of State.
Because of this circumstance, unlike the ordinary case, State could not look solely to its own records systems to adequately respond to [Judicial Watch’s] demand.
[The State Department] has not, however, searched the one records system over which it has always had control and that is almost certain to contain some responsive records: the state.gov e-mail server.
If Secretary Clinton sent an e-mail about Benghazi to Abedin, Mills, or Sullivan at his or her state.gov e-mail address, or if one of them sent an e-mail to Secretary Clinton using his or her state.gov account, then State’s server presumably would have captured and stored such an e-mail. Therefore, State has an obligation to search its own server for responsive records.
State has offered no assurance that the three record compilations it received [from Secretary Clinton and her aides], taken together, constitute the entirety of Secretary Clinton’s e-mails during the time period relevant to Plaintiff’s FOIA Request.
Absent such assurance, the court is unconvinced “beyond material doubt” that a search of the state.gov accounts of Abedin, Mills and Sullivan is “unlikely to produce any marginal return.”
President of Judicial Watch, Tom Fitton said about this new federal court order, “This major court ruling may finally result in more answers about the Benghazi scandal and Hillary Clinton’s involvement in it – as we approach the attack’s fifth anniversary."
It is remarkable that we had to battle both the Obama and Trump administrations to break through the State Department’s Benghazi stonewall. Why are Secretary Tillerson and Attorney General Sessions wasting taxpayer dollars protecting Hillary Clinton and the Obama administration?
We are approaching the 5 year anniversary of the attack at a U.S. diplomatic compound that killed four Americans, including the U.S. Ambassador to Libya.
Hillary Clinton, Susan Rice and other criminals in the Obama administration have lied to the American public about the Benghazi attack.
The public deserves to know the truth and the Obama administration must be held accountable.
Rothschild: Our New World Order Will Be A Reality In 2018 September 12 2017 | From: AntiNewsNetwork
Rothschild Publication Predicts Single World Currency Will Be Put In Place As Early As 2018; Hello New World Order.
The Rothschild-controlled Economist magazine published an article 30 years ago that highlighted the proabability of a world currency by the year 2018. Comment: Yeah, right. Whatever - your time is up already old man.
One must also keep in mind that the controlling interest of The Economist is held by the powerful Rothschild family, who regard themselves as the “custodians of The Economist magazine’s legacy.”
In essence, the magazine operates as a quasi-propaganda arm for the Rothschild banking empire and related businesses and, is in many ways, meant to prime the pump of public opinion for the globalist agenda to be implemented.
The excerpt below appeared in the print magazine on January 9, 1988, in Vol. 306, pp 9-10.
"Ready for the Phoenix
THIRTY years from now, Americans, Japanese, Europeans, and people in many other rich countries, and some relatively poor ones will probably be paying for their shopping with the same currency. Prices will be quoted not in dollars, yen or D-marks but in, let’s say, the phoenix.
The phoenix will be favoured by companies and shoppers because it will be more convenient than today’s national currencies, which by then will seem a quaint cause of much disruption to economic life in the last twentieth century. – At the beginning of 1988 this appears an outlandish prediction. Proposals for eventual monetary union proliferated five and ten years ago, but they hardly envisaged the setbacks of 1987. The governments of the big economies tried to move an inch or two towards a more managed system of exchange rates – a logical preliminary, it might seem, to radical monetary reform.
For lack of co-operation in their underlying economic policies they bungled it horribly, and provoked the rise in interest rates that brought on the stock market crash of October. These events have chastened exchange-rate reformers.
The market crash taught them that the pretence of policy co-operation can be worse than nothing, and that until real co-operation is feasible (i.e., until governments surrender some economic sovereignty) further attempts to peg currencies will flounder."
The New World Economy
The biggest change in the world economy since the early 1970’s is that flows of money have replaced trade in goods as the force that drives exchange rates. as a result of the relentless integration of the world’s financial markets, differences in national economic policies can disturb interest rates (or expectations of future interest rates) only slightly, yet still call forth huge transfers of financial assets from one country to another.
These transfers swamp the flow of trade revenues in their effect on the demand and supply for different currencies, and hence in their effect on exchange rates. As telecommunications technology continues to advance, these transactions will be cheaper and faster still. With unco-ordinated economic policies, currencies can get only more volatile.
In all these ways national economic boundaries are slowly dissolving. As the trend continues, the appeal of a currency union across at least the main industrial countries will seem irresistible to everybody except foreign-exchange traders and governments.
In the phoenix zone, economic adjustment to shifts in relative prices would happen smoothly and automatically, rather as it does today between different regions within large economies (a brief on pages 74-75 explains how.) The absence of all currency risk would spur trade, investment and employment.
The phoenix zone would impose tight constraints on national governments. There would be no such thing, for instance, as a national monetary policy. The world phoenix supply would be fixed by a new central bank, descended perhaps from the IMF. The world inflation rate – and hence, within narrow margins, each national inflation rate- would be in its charge.
Each country could use taxes and public spending to offset temporary falls in demand, but it would have to borrow rather than print money to finance its budget deficit. With no recourse to the inflation tax, governments and their creditors would be forced to judge their borrowing and lending plans more carefully than they do today.
This means a big loss of economic sovereignty, but the trends that make the phoenix so appealing are taking that sovereignty away in any case. Even in a world of more-or-less floating exchange rates, individual governments have seen their policy independence checked by an unfriendly outside world.
As the next century approaches, the natural forces that are pushing the world towards economic integration will offer governments a broad choice. They can go with the flow, or they can build barricades. Preparing the way for the phoenix will mean fewer pretended agreements on policy and more real ones.
It will mean allowing and then actively promoting the private-sector use of an international money alongside existing national monies. That would let people vote with their wallets for the eventual move to full currency union. The phoenix would probably start as a cocktail of national currencies, just as the Special Drawing Right is today.
In time, though, its value against national currencies would cease to matter, because people would choose it for its convenience and the stability of its purchasing power.
The alternative – to preserve policymaking autonomy- would involve a new proliferation of truly draconian controls on trade and capital flows. This course offers governments a splendid time.
They could manage exchange-rate movements, deploy monetary and fiscal policy without inhibition, and tackle the resulting bursts of inflation with prices and incomes polices. It is a growth-crippling prospect. Pencil in the phoenix for around 2018, and welcome it when it comes.
Only ten years later, in 1998, The Economist was once again engaging the public in an effort to forward the globalist agenda, with an article entitled “One world, one money.”
Very much in line with the 1988 piece, the publication attempts to explain why a much more centralized and controlled system would be beneficial to the global economy, while wholly ignoring the fact that such a centralized global currency would be a massive coup for the international banking cartel, and the Rothschild banking empire’s financial bottom line.
Additionally, it must be noted that the creation of a global currency would give an inordinate amount of geopolitical capital to unelected international bankers, and subsequently take power away from the citizens of each nation and their respective governmental representatives.
Does anyone really want international bankers to have such a vast amount of political power on top of the massive financial influence and sway they already hold in the halls of power?
People want more say in their own lives, not having policy dictated to them by international banksters and bureaucrats.
Control over a nation’s money supply is, for all intents and purposes, the lifeblood of a state’s sovereignty – without this independence, the state only exists in name but is subservient to supranational powers whose interests lie outside of domestic and national political/economic concerns.
"Give me control of a Nations money supply, and I care not who makes it's laws"
Although the Rothschild family now generally keep a very low public profile, they still have significant business operations across a wide spectrum of sectors.
While you may not find any one particular Rothschild on the Forbes’ most rich list, the family is estimated to control $1 trillion dollars in assets across the globe, thus having a strong voice across the geopolitical spectrum that many perceive as a hidden hand manipulating events silently from behind a veil of secrecy and silence.
Are you starting to get the picture?
Bilderberg On Steroids - Meet The Secret CIA-Funded Group Behind The ‘War On Terror’ September 10 2017 | From: TheFreeThoughtProject
A foreign policy think tank more secretive than Bilderberg has included both instrumental architects of the "War of Terror" and accusations of CIA funding.
Bilderberg has gained a reputation as the world’s most secretive group of billionaires and political leaders who conspire to impact global events - but reports indicate that they don’t hold a candle to another group that includes a host of war criminals responsible for the “War on Terror.”
The group is named Le Cercle. In a report dated Sept. 13, 1982, the German publication Der Spiegel describes it as a “legal cartel” made up of “loyal Bundesnachrichtendienst agents, foreign intelligence agents, reactionary politicians and ultra-right journalists” who played a crucial role in the 1980 election.
The existence of the group was revealed by Bavarian constitutional protector Hans Langemann. According to the report, he described the group as:
“In the case of CERCLE, which is clearly defamatory,” as far as my earlier knowledge of the BND “and my present knowledge are concerned, a “loose” “concentration “about two times a year and at various” places of conservative- anti-Communist politician,” “publicists, bankers, and VIPs of other professions,” “which originated in the former French Prime Minister Antoine PINAY, and the circle to which guests are invited continues to this day..”
Former U.S. Defense Secretary and President of the World Bank Paul Wolfowitz, former Iraqi Coalition Provisional Authority Leader Paul Bremer, former Secretary of Defense Donald Rumsfeld and former Chairman of the Defense Department’s Defense Policy Board Richard Perle - some of the most notable neoconservative architects of the Iraq War - are all reportedly members.
Other reported American members of Le Cercle include former U.S. Secretary of State Henry Kissinger, former Directors of Central Intelligence Bill Casey and William Colby, and former President Richard Nixon after he left the White House.
In a report from The Independent dated June 28, 1997, the “exclusive think-tank said to be funded by the CIA” is mentioned because its chairman at the time, former Member of Parliament Jonathan Aitken, was reportedly going to be removed over a libel trial that ultimately sent him to prison for perjury.
Accusations that Le Cercle receives funding from the CIA have been made by Robin Ramsay, editor of Lobster Magazine; and by John E Lewis, author of “The Mammoth Book of Cover-Ups.”
As the report noted, “the group’s existence is only occasionally disclosed” following its creation in the 1950s:
“Cercle was intended to cement Franco-German relations, as a buffer to Soviet aggression during the Cold War. Down the years, however, it has become much more, advocating right-wing causes round the world and growing into a confidential talking shop for about 70 politicians, businessmen, polemicists and personnel from the diplomatic and security services.
Members are invited to attend its meetings; they cannot ask to be admitted, and as a condition of attending they agree to keep all sessions secret. It meets twice a year, once in Washington DC in the autumn and once in the early part of the year in an ‘overseas’ venue.”
The Independent described senior member Brian Crozier as an “author and well-known Cold-Warrior with close ties to MI6 and the CIA” who wrote a “planning paper” for Le Cercle in 1979.
In addition to securing changes of government in Germany and the United Kingdom (where Margaret Thatcher became Prime Minister in 1979), the agenda included objectives such as:
“Undercover financial transactions for political aims”
“International campaigns aiming to discredit hostile personalities or events”
“Creation of a (private) intelligence service specializing in a selective point of view”
“Establishment of offices under suitable cover each run by a coordinator from the central office. Current plans cover London, Washington, Paris, Munich and Madrid”
In a report on the history of Le Cercle, British news source True Publica noted that the 1982 Langemann Papers were “the first significant leak to expose the activities of Le Cercle, confirming that the group was actively involved in influencing Western European elections.”
“Its purpose is to subvert the democratic principles and processes of individual countries and are by nature ideologically ‘hawkish’ – distributing propaganda, stoking fear of communist plots from Russia, vote rigging and hacking the accounts of politicians and prominent global figures.
Promoting the ‘war on terror’ has been a major factor in their activities of recent years and in so doing broker weapons deals and setting up false flag operations the world over to suit its own agenda.”
While the majority of the information surrounding Le Cercle is covert and secretive - especially regarding its activity in recent years - one of the most important things to remember about the think tank is that its presence is well-documented, its members include influential U.S. politicians, there have been accusations of funding by the CIA, and yet mainstream media in the United States has ignored its existence and influence for decades.
Black Magic: Satanists Rule The World, Not Politicians, Bankers Or Military Heads [Although They Are Usually All One And The Same] + Another Illuminati Whistleblower Speaks Out September 9 2017 | From: TheSleuthJournal / VicturusLibertas / Various
Black magic is the force that rules the world, so it is the Satanic black magicians which constitute the true controllers of the world – at least in the human earthly realm.
Black magic harnessed through Satanic ritual is the dark force behind it the NWO conspiracy
The Satanic black magicians pull the strings, not politicians, corporate bosses, military heads, intelligence chiefs or even international bankers – although they also hold many of those roles.
Remember the saying of the Chinese sage Lao-Tzu, who said that “symbols rule the world, not rules or laws”? Symbols communicate at a deeper level than words, because they are decoded by the right, intuitive brain, whereas words are decoded by the left, logical brain.
Symbols are able to penetrate more deeply into our subconscious, which is why the elite are so obsessed with their occult corporate and governmental logos of red crosses, rising suns, all-seeing eyes, pyramids, 666, the rings of Saturn and inverted pentagrams (check out the work of Freeman who has done a great job exposing this). Words attempt to rule the world, but they can never be as powerful as symbols.
Likewise, black magic rules the world. Governments and corporations attempt to rule the world, but they can never be as powerful as black magic.
Before looking at the evidence of elite use of black magic, it is worthwhile remembering a defining aspect of Satanism: the inversion of everything. Black is white, bad is good, wrong is right. This is why the inverted pentagram is such a popular Satanic symbol.
George Orwell touched on this in 1984 when he wrote of the ruling class’ propaganda: “War is peace. Freedom is slavery. Ignorance is strength.”
Even mind control, developed by the Nazis first in Germany and later at the CIA, uses Satanic principles to confuse its victims, by telling them that pain is pleasure and pleasure is pain, and eventually breaking down victims so they can no longer distinguish between the two.
Bohemian Grove, Skull ‘n’ Bones and Other Secret Societies
There are some secret societies which are mostly political and economic in nature, such as groups like the Trilateral Commission or the CFR (Council on Foreign Relations), who go around convincing the world about the great benefits of globalization (the elite buzzword for centralization of power), global governance and free trade agreements like the TPP.
Elite figures talking at Bohemian Grove, before the black magic rituals. Note Nixon on the right, and Reagan on the left – at a time when he was not yet president
There are others, however, whose purpose is shrouded in more mystery, but seem to involve black magic and Satanic ritual, such as the worshipping of dark gods/entities, the acting out of sexual orgies/fetishes and sacrifice, whether mock or real.
The Bohemian Club, located in San Francisco, is one such group. Every summer in the USA, many key figures of the US elite gather in the tall redwoods of northern California at Bohemian Grove.
People such as Henry Kissinger, Richard Nixon, Ronald Reagan, George Bush and other US presidents have attended. Alex Jones successfully infiltrated the Grove once, and was able to videotape one of the rituals that took place there, known as Cremation of Care, which involved hooded figures performing a mock sacrifice black magic ritual beneath a 40 foot owl.
On the other coast of America, at Yale University in Connecticut, lies an old secret society founded in 1832 by William Huntington Russell and Alphonso Taft, known as the Skull ‘n’ Bones society, and its members as “bonesmen”.
The late professor Anthony Sutton did some great research on Skull ‘n’ Bones. Members have admitted having to undergo strange initiation rituals such as making sexual confessions in a tomb, while outsiders have heard chilling howls and screams emanating from the windowless Skull ‘n’ Bones crypt.
If you think these secret societies are just perverted people messing around, ask yourself: why would the elite, many of whom are obsessed with power, be involved with them? Why would they engage in such black magic rituals unless they were getting something in return – like more power?
These guys control the printing presses of the world, and some have more money than they could possibly spend. It’s power they want, not money. Money is just a means to an end.
Is it just a coincidence that in the 2004 US presidential election, where George Bush Jr. and John Kerry were running against each other, that both were bonesmen, with a membership total of around 300 in a country of 300+ million people?
Did MSM news anchor Tim Russert get bumped off for asking too many questions to Bush and Kerry about the secret society?
Kubrick, Eyes Wide Shut and Secret Elite Rituals of Sex and Sacrifice
The ordinary person will never be initiated into a Satanic secret society, nor get close enough to witness what really goes on in there. It is therefore interesting when someone who does get close to that world decides to spill the beans and show the world what’s going on.
Such a person was Stanley Kubrick, the late great film-maker who many suspect (with strong evidence) was part of the US Government’s fake Apollo moon landing in 1969.
Kubrick may have cut a deal with the devil in making a fake moon landing for the elite, because when he handed over the tape for his last film Eyes Wide Shut, he was found dead 4 days later of a heart attack, despite the fact those close to him said he was in fine health and had no history of heart trouble.
Kubrick depicts a black magic scene where women circle a leader, then drop their clothes to become naked, and are later involved in a massive orgy, where all the participants where masks to hide their true identities.
Kubrick hints in the film that this Satanic-sexual black magic ritual also involves sacrifice and murder, by implying that one of the women/prostitutes was killed during or at the end of the ritual.
At the Heart of Black Magic: Demonic Possession
Black magic at its core is really about demonic possession. Since the world is made of energy, not matter, and since energy moves in waves which have frequencies, the Satanic rituals are designed to entrain the energetic bio-frequencies of the participants with that of other dark entities, so that there is a vibrational match.
Once there is a frequency resonance or lock, an exchange can then take place: energy, intent or information can go from one being, place or dimension can be transferred into another. This works both ways: the person gets possessed and receives information from certain dark entities, while the dark entities also take something from the person.
This theme of possession crops up again and again when exposing the worldwide conspiracy, and has been going on a long time, e.g. Hitler was reported to be demonically possessed by his aide Hermann Rauschning.
The Horrific Phenomenon of Missing Children
Artist David Dees’ impression of what goes on at Satanic black magic rituals like the Bohemian Grove. Sad to say, it’s probably very accurate. Note elite figures (from left) Blair, Bush, Obama, Greenspan, Gates, Brown, Clinton, Rockefeller & Turner
It is also black magic that is behind the unspeakable and unconscionable phenomenon of missing children. These children are being deliberately kidnapped and taken down into elite controlled underground facilities where they are mind controlled, turned into slaves and where some of them are even sacrificed at Satanic rituals.
If that is too difficult to believe, listen to the testimonies of various mind control victims, researchers, Illuminati defectors, such as Cathy O’Brien, “Mary Anne“, “Svali“, Alex Collier and many others.
Conclusion: Focus on the Deepest Aspects of the Conspiracy
Although it’s important to focus on and expose all aspects of dysfunction in our society – including political corruption, mainstream media consolidation and deception, smart meters, GMOs, toxic vaccines, geoengineering, the militarization of police, fake terrorism, false flag ops, UN Agenda 21, transhumanism and the human microchipping agenda – in order to transform and heal them, it’s crucial to realize that, at a fundamental level, they are all connected.
All these issues and more are manifestations of a more primordial evil or unconsciousness in our midst – Satanic black magic. The secretive rituals conducted at Bohemian Grove and elite mansions tell us more about who rules the world than political think tanks or banking cartels, although of course there is an overlap.
If humanity is to rise up and overcome the conspiracy, we must focus our attention on the root of evil (not the branches), and use “white magic” in greater force – the harnessing and funneling of our creative powers to make a world of peace, freedom and love.
We must continue to expose the deepest aspects of the conspiracy.
At the same time, we have to ensure we are not letting the elite siphon off our precious thoughts, emotions and powers to create their nightmarish world, but rather, using those energies within us to create the world we want with positive intention, focus and conscious manifestation.
Cheryl Hersha is a Pedogate/ Illuminati/ Satantic Ritual Abuse Survivor. A book has been written about only a portion of her life. Cheryl Hersha was born into an Illuminati Bloodline Family in 1961. Her parents hailed from 2 of the 13 different bloodlines, but her Father's Bloodline Family, Die Familie [pronounced Dee Fah-meal-ee-uh] who had immigrated from Germany to America, was the Family that controlled her young life.
Cheryl was subjected to Satanic Ritual Abuse by her paternal grandparents and father from birth; the Illuminati's trauma-based mind control programming began, as is standard in all Illum. Families, at the age of 2yrs. Her mother was non-compliant, and underwent the same mind control techniques, as did her two siblings.
Cheryl and her older sister, Lynn, were also placed in the MKUltra/Monarch Program in 1965, as her paternal step-grandfather was OSS as it morphed into the CIA, was her father's "Handler", and had him sign the two girls up for the program.
Details of some of their harrowing ordeals under MKUltra were documented in the book, Secret Weapons: Two Sisters' Terrifying True Story of Sex, Spies and Sabotage, by Cheryl and Lynn Hersha, with Dale Griffis, PhD and Ted Schwarz. New Horizon Press. 2001. [Bios of Dale and Ted, btw, are on the inside flap of the book jacket inside the back cover...and the book is available through amazon via Kindle, or used copies] Her book can be ordered here.
True to known programming breakdown, the siblings began remembering a sinister and evil upbringing in 1996, as memories and alters holding memories began to surface. The more they talked to each other, the more they remembered.
Cheryl is now fully integrated and healed from the psychological, emotional and spiritual, wounds from the first traumatic 18 yrs of her life. However, the physical damage has left her permanently disabled and 5 years past her prognosis with a rare neurological disorder.
Cheryl is a born-again Christian, was married for 28 years, is a mother of four adult children, and is now a forcibly retired (disabled) RN, who lives in the Southwest with her beloved dog. Cheryl was active in the survivor communities of both MK Ultra and Satanic Ritual Abuse, until her health plummeted; she has written under her pen name: C.A. Beck for decades.
Cheryl has been compelled to speak out once again "for the innocents who cannot speak", since Wikileaks broke the Pedogate story; the same life she lived in the 1960s and 70s, when trafficked by both her Family and the CIA.
Due to security sensitive careers some of her children have, she regrets she cannot show her face for interviews, as requested by their employers.
Part 1: Illuminati Whistleblower Lived Real Life Pedogate
Part 2: Illuminati Whistleblower Tells Us Inside Political Secrets
Kiwis Urged To Check And Change Passwords & Social Media Is A Tool Of The CIA: “Facebook, Google And Other Social Media Used To Spy On People” September 4 2017 | From: Scoop / GlobalResearch
World’s Biggest Spambot Dump: New Zealanders urged to check and change passwords.
Recently it was reported that more than 700 million email addresses, and a number of passwords, have been leaked in what is already being referred to as one of the largest spambot dumps the world has ever seen.
At present, it is believed the data dump originated via a spambot called Onliner however this is yet to be verified. You can check if your email address has been affected at haveibeenpwned.com.
Security experts are advising those affected to change their passwords immediately to reduce the risk of further penetration.
This recommendation begs the question – what makes a secure password?
Aura Information Security’s general manager, Peter Bailey says, "While security experts have been talking to people about securing their passwords for years, it is still one of the easiest points of access for hackers to use. Too often passwords are written down, reused or too easy to hack."
Passwords are the gateway to you and your companies’ private materials, but the importance of password security is often overlooked – which can lead to increased cyber security risk for businesses.
Here are six top tips on how to maximise your business’ password security from Aura Information Security’s Peter Bailey:
1. Use a Password Manager
A good password manager, which is essentially a vault that stores all your passwords in one place and is protected by a master password, will help to make the task setting strong, different passwords for multiple accounts far easier.
These password managers rely on you setting a very strong master password, so Aura recommends using a “passphrase” as this master password – that is, a sequence of four or five words.
These days, it’s length, not complexity, that makes a good password, so try to choose longer words that aren’t predictable or easy to guess. Fortunately, it will be the last password you have to remember, as most password managers include password generators to create strong (long and complex) passwords for you, so you’ll never have to look at or type in another password again.
There are lots of options out there, ranging from online solutions such as 1Password or LastPass, to the more technical solutions such as KeePass. Most solutions provide mobile apps as well, so you can manage your passwords on your iOS or android devices too.
2. Use Two-Factor Authentication Where it is Available
Where two-factor authentication is offered (even Facebook offers it days), make use of it. Two-factor authentication combines username and password (factor one) with a second level of verification, like a TXT code to your mobile or a 2FA code generator such as Google Authenticator (factor two).
3. Don’t Reuse Passwords
If a hacker does manage to access your business password, having the same password for everything could spell disaster.
The same goes for employee passwords, sharing passwords between their personal and business accounts increases the chances that the password could be compromised. It’s best practise to have multiple passwords, to minimise the potential impact on your business should one password be discovered.
4. Never Disclose or Share Your Credentials
Cyber criminals are getting more and more sophisticated, but in our experience the same types of tricks that have been used for years by hackers are still the most effective – and that is social engineering.
In other words, tricking an employee into clicking on an infected link, revealing a user name and password or paying an invoice that looks like it has come from a legitimate source.
Perhaps our biggest piece of advice is that good security starts with staff education and effective security policies – and that includes never revealing your passwords to anyone, or including passwords in documentation (emails, work instructions, application user guide etc.).
5. Ensure your Employees Understand Cyber Security
Most security breaches can be attributed to employee error…or ignorance. Employees who use weak passwords or use the same password across personal and work accounts can prove to be the weak spot that hackers use to penetrate your business.
To ensure your business fosters a culture of cybersecurity awareness, regular training and education is key.
If you don’t have a CISO to help lead the charge, there are some great online tools and employee checklists available from sites such as ConnectSmart.govt.nz and cert.govt.nz. Aura also recently launched its e-learning tool, which is designed to provide businesses with the ability to train and educate staff whilst also identifying areas for improvement.
6. Make Your Password Complex, But Easy to Remember
Previous advice has recommended combining upper and lower case letters, using number and symbols when creating your password. The inability for people to remember these complex passwords ends up putting individuals at higher risk of cyber hacks – by writing down your password in order to actually remember it, you’re opening yourself up to more threat.
Instead, think of an easy to remember phrase or word combination. Lyrics of a song, a short quote from a movie or book, or even a dinner dish are good options to make your password complex enough to deter hackers, but still easy to remember.
Social Media Is A Tool Of The CIA: “Facebook, Google And Other Social Media Used To Spy On People”
A CBS news article published in 2011 entitled “Social Media Is a Tool of the CIA. Seriously” reveals the “unspoken truth” which the mainstream media including CBS have failed to address.
The CIA is “using Facebook, Twitter, Google (GOOG) and other social media to spy on people.”
This article published by CBS refutes the lies of the MSM (and CBS). It confirms the insidious relationship between the CIA, the Search Engines, Social Media and major advertising conglomerates:
“You don’t need to wear a tinfoil hat to believe that the CIA is using Facebook, Twitter, Google (GOOG) and other social media to spy on people. That’s because the CIA publishes a helpful list of press releases [link inactive] on all the social media ventures it sponsors, via its technology investment arm In-Q-Tel. … “
The report acknowledges that “privacy” is threatened by the advertisers, yet at the same time these advertisers are “in bed with the CIA”, acting on behalf and in liaison with US intelligence.
The Privatization of Spying
Spying on individuals is a highly profitable undertaking for private companies on contract to the CIA, NSA, Homeland Security. The CBS report suggests in no uncertain terms that the personal information pertaining to millions of Americans collected by one of the World’s largest ad agencies is sold to the CIA.
"THE INVESTMENT ARMS of the CIA and Google are both backing a company that monitors the web in real time - and says it uses that information to predict the future.
The company is called Recorded Future, and it scours tens of thousands of websites, blogs and Twitter accounts to find the relationships between people, organizations, actions and incidents - both present and still-to-come.
In a white paper, the company says its temporal analytics engine “goes beyond search” by “looking at the ‘invisible links’ between documents that talk about the same, or related, entities and events.”
Purge of Conservative Sites and Platforms Has Begun
The masters of social media are doing their best to stop the growth of the new conservative media.
Freedom of Expression
Social Media and Search engines are being used to Spy on Americans! But not only on Americans. The process of personal data collection is worldwide.
What is at stake, however, is not only the issue of “Privacy”. The online search engines also constitute an instrument of online media censorship.
Independent online media is targeted. Freedom of Expression on internet based news outlets is being routinely shunted by Google:
“New data compiled by the World Socialist Web Site, with the assistance of other Internet-based news outlets and search technology experts, proves that a massive loss of readership observed by socialist, anti-war and progressive web sites over the past three months has been caused by a cumulative 45 percent decrease in traffic from Google
One of the main threats to privacy comes from advertisers, who want to track everything consumers do on the web and scrape their online accounts for personal information. It shouldn’t be surprising, therefore, to learn that theCIA and the worlds largest ad agency network, WPP (WPPGY), have been in bed together on a social media data-mining venture since at least January 2009.
WPP currently claims to own the world’s largest database of unique individual profiles - including demographic, financial, purchase and geographic histories. WPP’s Visible Technologies unit took an investment from In-Q-Tel in fall of 2009. Visible Technologies develops tools that can scan social media networks such as Twitter and Facebook. …
Google is already helping the government write, and rewrite, history. Here, from its transparency report, are some stats on the amount of information it has either given to the government or wiped from the web based on requests by U.S. agencies:
4,601 requests from U.S. government agencies for “user data“
Google complied with government requests for user data 94% of the time.
Google complied with content removal requests 87% of the time.
15 requests were from “executive, police etc.”
1 was a national security request.
The Ardern Effect: A Disturbance In The Force & Jacinda Ardern And Labour: The Truth Exposed September 3 2017 | From: Uncensored / VinnyEastwood
Not so long ago in a galaxy not very far away... A planet divided: Two factions battle for control: The Republic Alliance and the Democratic Independant Union. But behind the scenes, a dark power is manipulating both sides to instigate an all-powerful New World Order.
Readers familiar with my blogs will know of my fondness for comparing science fiction plots to real-world politics and conspiracies, so I was amused to see that New Zealand Labour Party’s new leader, the charismatic and much-hyped Jacinda Ardern, has now been compared to Star Wars character Princess Leia, in association with the phrase “A New Hope.”
Not so long ago in a city, far, far away, Sam Sharpe held a sign different from all others. That sign – a stencil picture of Jacinda Ardern as Princess Leia – was spotted among the hundreds of supporters who gathered to hear the Labour leader speak in Dunedin on Friday.
Ardern called out Sharpe’s name, thanked him for his artwork, and later posed for a photo with the artist.
Ardern, who was shown the Princess Leia ‘A New Hope picture’ before her Dunedin visit, said the work was “pretty flattering”.
It wasn’t the first time she had come across Sharpe’s work, with Ardern owning a stencil piece of Michael Joseph Savage.
“When she does her interviews it is always there behind her,” Sharpe said. Sales of the Ardern prints had “gone bananas” and he was fielding sales request from all over the country.
The Princess Leia piece was easily his most popular artwork.
So something becomes clear from the details.
Jacinda Arden was already familiar with the work of this artist, and the placard in question has made a somewhat contrived and pre planned appearance.
I’ve even noticed that Arden appears to be wearing a white robe in her new bill boards!
But the Star Wars comparisons, as I hinted in the intro to this article, run deeper.
Jacinda Ardern & Labour: The Truth Exposed
The Star Wars galaxy is initially controlled by two forces: the Republic and the Trade Federation.
But a crafty senator is manipulating these powers to his own ends, instigating The Empire, which is opposed by group of rebels known as the Alliance, who wish to re-instate the Old Republic.
Republic... Alliance? And does not the Trade Federation evoke comparisons to the DIU and their TPPA?
Here’s George Lucas’s own explanation of the meaning of Star Wars:
Explosive 'Conspiracy Theories' Confirmed By Whistleblower Shatter Matrix And Prove Something Is Very Wrong In America September 2 2017 | From: AllNewsPipeline
With Globalists Dark Agenda Now Public, They're Unleashing The Full Fury Of Their Satanic Plans For America. Comment: And If Anyone Believes This Stops With The US - They Are Woefully Ignorant.
While back on November 8th of 2016, a hugely 'awakened' America voted for 'change' and 'America 1st' by electing Donald Trump as President, as tens of millions of Americans have found out since then as was perfectly described in the words of Steve Bannon, the "Trump presidency we voted for is over".
And while President Trump is still in office and fighting for America, his agenda has been stifled with a very real coup attempt taking place before our eyes being carried out by the same 'political entity' that lost the election, a 'beast' with tentacles stretching back many, many years in Washington DC and around the world.
With the never-ending attacks upon President Trump and his America-1st agenda being carried out by not only the political establishment, both left and right, but the 'media establishment' as well, we take a look within this story at numerous bombshell conspiracy theories that have now been confirmed with the attempted 'take down' of this presidency.
Shipp explains for us the pertinent differences between the 'shadow government' and the 'deep state' and helps us to understand why, despite Trump being in office, very little has changed in America and in fact, the globalist agenda has accelerated.
In the first video below we hear from Greg Hunter's USA Watchdog guest Steve Quayle that it's become completely clear that America is in a spiritual war between good and evil and as we see outlined within this story, if we don't stand up strongly to help awaken the masses to truth, we may soon witness the total overthrow of all we hold dear in America.
As Shipp tells us, most Americans get the feeling that something isn't quite right with our government and as he confirms for us, the two very separate entities 'shadow govt' and 'deep state' have been controlling our elected government in Washington DC for quite some time, functioning secretly and outside of the US Constitution. "We are a Constitutional government that has been superseeded...we are now in a 'post-Constitutional government'.
Shipp reminds us that proof of that comes to us from the fact that if we were still living in a Constitutional Republic, everyone in Washington DC who has been desecrating the US Constitution, creating laws that make it null and void, would be locked away for many years for committing felonies against the American people yet there they sit in their high places, further ripping down America and getting paid very well to destroy it.
The enemies of America within.
As we learn in Wigington's video from Shipp as most ANP and independent news readers know, America under Barack Obama and the Clinton and Bush administrations took huge strides towards tyranny.
And while the election of President Trump clearly threw a monkey wrench in the plans of those who've long been working to take down America, their agenda has been kicked into overdrive as perfectly exemplified in the takedowns of long-standing war monuments which are now being called symbols of hatred despite simply being memories of a history we hope we never revisit yet are being pushed towards right now by the msm.
Shipp confirms that what we're witnessing is very real - the dark agendas of the global power structure, carried out criminally and against the US Constitution by 'globalist enemies of America within', have taken precedent over President Trump's agenda, proving to us what has been long warned of, the 'America' we grew up in is gone.
Shipp explains for us the difference between the 'shadow government', which he says includes the CIA, the NSA and many of the other 'alphabet soup agencies' and is run by fear and intimidation, and the 'deep state', which he says is run by power, money and greed and includes the military industrial complex and is 'below' the 'shadow government' but functions within the same matrix.
Intimately connected and manipulating our 'government' behind the scenes, Shipp warns us that if the government violates the Constitution, they have committed a felony yet they do so over and over and over again with no fear of reprisal, helping to prove that America already exists under 'tyranny'.
As we learn, with the globalists long-held plans to take down America kicked into overdrive proving yet another 'conspiracy theory' as true, tremendous dangers lay ahead for all Americans if we allow them to complete the destruction of our nation. From Wigington:
"Kevin Shipp (author of "From The Company Of Shadows") was a decorated CIA officer who refused to look the other way in regard to government criminality and cover-up.
At a very important public awareness event, held by GeoengineeringWatch.org in Northern California, on July 28th, 2017, Mr. Shipp presented a shocking and compelling presentation on numerous, horrific and ongoing government crimes.
The total persecution of anyone who dares to tell the truth about rampant government tyranny is also fully exposed. The paradigm we have all known has been built on deception and the dark agendas of the global power structure.
The courage Kevin Shipp has shown by doing his best to expose government criminality and tyranny serves as a stellar example to us all.
We desperately need other individuals in government agencies and the US military to follow Kevin's lead. All of us are essential in the battle to help wake the masses to the truth so that the whistleblowers have the support they need to come forward.
If we have any chance of stopping the completely out of control criminal cabal that currently runs our country and much of the world, we must all make our voices heard, we must all join the fight for the greater good."
As Steve Quayle recently mentioned in this new story over at Greg Hunter's USA Watchdog, we are now witnessing the attempted overthrow of America and our legally elected government by a conglomerate of deep state and shadow government, Hillary Clinton-supporting losers whose long held agenda to take down the United States and bring us under the control of a satanic, dictatorial global govt is moving closer to completion every day.
With a 'takedown' of President Trump providing us with absolute proof that America is simply another low-lying fruit in an increasingly tyrannical global dictatorship, is there any way that America can take back our country from the globalists dark agenda that has been working to take down our nation for many, many years?
In the 1st video below we hear from Steve Quayle along with Greg Hunter that it has never been more clear that America is in a spiritual war between good and evil. We'll close with this excerpt from USA Watchdog as heard in the 1st video below:
“You have to understand, we are not just facing turmoil, we are facing the dedicated and very well positioned and financed overthrow of the United States government by former federal officers and by those in the military. I want to read the 13th rule of Saul Alinsky’s “Rules for Radicals.”
They are doing this to President Trump. It’s character assassination. This is what people have to understand.
The 13th rule is what Hillary Clinton, the Marxists and what all of the Obama Administration believe in, and they are following this blueprint. Saul Alinsky dedicated his book “Rules for Radicals” to Lucifer. He said at least he got his own kingdom. . . .
So, here it is:
‘Pick the target (President Trump). Freeze it. Personalize it. Polarize it.
Cut out the support network, and isolate the target from sympathy. Go after the people and any of the support, any of the institutions that support him.’
The point being is that is what we are watching. And this is the killer statement: ‘People hurt faster than institutions.’ The fact that these monsters, and that’s what they are, these media monsters, those mongrels from hell . . . going after the President’s son and going after his wife. . . .
I am concerned with the treason, the treachery and total assault upon the military. When you see these people turning their backs on the President, former NSA, CIA, DIA, military commanders . . . kick their sorry butts out.
I would also say this to anybody that has political clout. Call President Trump and tell him to bring back the commanders that Obama fired. Then, fire the ones that are there now.”
Steve Quayle – America in Spiritual War Between Good and Evil
CIA Agent Whistleblower Risks All To Expose The Shadow Government
Socialism: Thick Lipstick On A Global Pig September 2 2017 | From: JonRappoport
To give you an idea of the deception inherent in socialism, here is a quote from none other than Andrew Carnegie, once one of the richest men in America:
“I believe Socialism is the grandest theory ever presented, and I am sure it will someday rule the world. Then we will have attained the Millennium…Then men will be content to work for the general welfare and share their riches with their neighbors.” (The New York Times, 1 January 1885, “A Millionaire Socialist”)
Carnegie, of course, like several of his ultra-rich compatriots, devised a method to give away his riches while keeping them: the non-profit foundation.
The last thing on Carnegie’s bloated mind was becoming “equal” with the great unwashed.
He was a liar of the first order. He recognized that, when you win the game of free enterprise, your most corrupt bet is to turn around and find every possible way to block others from winning. Then, you stand at the top of the heap, unchallenged.
That is exactly what he had in mind. That’s what socialism actually meant to him.
Let’s see socialism for what it is. Not in the abstract, but in reality.
Socialism is:
The taking of money (taxes) from some people who work for it and giving it to others who don’t work for it. On a grand scale.
The vast expansion of freebies doled out by central government. In order to create and sustain dependence.
The government protection of favored persons and corporations, permitting them and aiding them to expand their fortunes without limit, regardless of what crimes they commit in the process. (Monsanto would be a fine example.)
The squeezing out of those who would compete with the favored persons and corporations.
The dictatorship by and for the very wealthy, pretending to be the servant of the masses.
The lie that the dictatorship is being run by the masses.
The gradual lowering of the standard of living for the overwhelming number of people.
The propaganda claiming socialism is the path to a better world for all.
In other words, socialism is a protection racket and a long con and a heartless system of elite control, posing as the greatest good.
Except in the specifics of its updated lies, it is just another form of top-down tyranny - as old as the hills.
A year or two ago, a person living in Europe told me that the European Union was not a problem, because it was just another layer of socialism placed over the existing socialist governments of European nations, and no one really noticed the existence of the EU.
As if blindness were a reason not to worry. As you can see from the elements of socialism I’ve listed above, America is moving more and more into the socialist orbit.
Protesting that America is, instead, a system of greed and inequality is merely saying that the central government is protecting certain corporations and favored persons.
The real and true definition of socialism accounts for that favoritism and protection.
SOCIALISM WAS NEVER ABOUT UNIVERSAL EQUALITY AND UNIVERSAL SHARING.
THERE IS NO SUCH THING AS UNIVERSAL AND COMPLETE EQUALITY AND SHARING, ONLY A FAKE VERSION DICTATED FROM ABOVE.
Socialism is, in the minds of most people who advocate it, a vague sentiment about people being kinder to each other. Consider this fatuous and ludicrous statement, uttered by the mob boss of bosses of the Soviet Union, Nikita Khrushchev, in 1961:
“The socialist economy has become so strong, so vigorous that from the summits we have reached we can issue an open challenge of peaceful economic competition to the most powerful capitalist country - the United States of America.”
“Bankrolled and given vital technology by a few elites from the West, our vast society of socialist slave workers is now able to engage in capitalist competition with America.”
The raving of a madman.Today’s youth who push and protest and riot and censor, on behalf of socialism, are working for the ultra-rich whom they despise.
That’s the long and short of “the glorious revolution.”
The Carnegies and Rockefellers of today (including a miniature Rockefeller named George Soros) have engaged the young as foot soldiers, and they know the young are willing dupes for socialism, because they created, for the young, an education system that makes them clueless and mindless.
The Carnegies and Rockefellers of today are saying:
“Bring on the new world, the better world, the more just world, the happier world - whatever you want to call it - so we can run it from the top and show you what we really think of you. Make every conceivable lever of power ours, and then we’ll reveal what we really have planned for you.”
Here is a relevant backgrounder I recently wrote about private property:
Once private property is abolished, the socialist crime bosses win. They build their heaven on earth, which means they can take what they want and run civilization, top-down. They can keep saying nobody owns anything, but in fact they own it all.
They execute this squeeze play as if they were messiahs eradicating the prime evil: private ownership. This is such a preposterous stage play that, in a sane society, it would close down after one night.
Newsflash: There is a difference between an idea and the way that idea is applied in practice.
For example, certain groups will take the idea of freedom and interpret it to mean,“We have the freedom to steal everything we can.”
Based on this practice, many people will claim freedom was always a failed and corrupt idea at the core. This is wrong, absurd, and dim. Very dim.
In the same way, the idea of private property can certainly be twisted to mean,“I, an elite banker, will steal what you have, make it my own, and then declare it is my property, over which I have control.”
But the idea of private property remains independent of what people will do to distort it. A child used to be able to see this.
Centuries of struggle resulted in a shift from monarchs and priest classes owning all available land, to individuals having the right to own land. Once that principle was firmly established, groups immediately tried to modify the principle to their advantage.
In 1776, a group called the Illuminati declared its existence in Bavaria. One of its guiding ideas was: the abolition of all private property. That concept traveled down to Karl Marx and the Communist agenda.
Private property was called an inherent crime. Instead, the people/everybody would own all property. This garbled incoherent pronouncement would be backed up by the ruling government, who would act as stewards for the masses - meaning the government would take control of all property until such time as the people evolved to the point where the State was unnecessary.
As a straight con, it was very weak. A two-bit hustler on a street corner with a folding table and three cards could see through it in a second.
The people evolving? The State withering away on its own? Equality defined as everybody owning everything?
Of course, if people injected their own utopian fantasies into the mix, if people assumed the government was a beneficent force for good, if people assumed there was an “everybody” operating unanimously, if people fantasized about a history of peaceful tribes (who fought wars against each other) gracefully abdicating the whole notion of individual property…well then, yes, the abolition of private property became a marvelous proposition.
In the light of day, however, with a clear mind, the idea was terrible. It was quite insane. It signaled a transfer of property from the individual to power-mad lunatics.
Needless to say, this idea of no-private-property is alive and well on planet Earth today. We are in another round of fantasy-drenched propaganda.
In a nutshell, the threat of pure private property is: it establishes individual rights that stand against the unchecked force of the government-corporate-banking nexus. It implies the individual is free, independent, and the ruler of what he owns.
To which the addled mind replies: “But suppose a person is polluting his land and the poison is running beyond his borders and endangering others?”
Well, that is called a crime. It should be prosecuted. It should be stopped. The fact that it is often ignored doesn’t negate the whole assumption of private property. It points to the corruption of public officials who refuse to prosecute the protected and favored offender.
Here is utopia laid bare: the government and its partners, who are doing everything they can to limit, squash, and outlaw the individual right to own property, are the same force that is acting as the wondrous representative of all the people. Surrender to this force; give it power to appropriate all property and hold it in trust, for that day when the population has risen to enlightenment, when the open sharing of “everything” is a natural impulse. Then victory will be ours.
Not the iron fist. The open helping hand. Not the hammer. The smiling guide. Not the monarch. The servant of humanity.
If you buy that one, I have waterfront condos for sale on Jupiter’s four moons. No terms. Cash up front. Construction begins in 2058. Promise.
The Homeowners Association actually owns the condos and the land. They are a subsidiary of the Jupiter Government Authority. There are rules. No flags of any kind flying from porches. No privately owned electricity generators. No growing of vegetables or fruit on the land. No weapons.
Domiciles must be shared with migrants arriving from Earth. The migrants are given beds, meals, and clothing. Possessions are shared. The prime directive: everything belongs to everybody.
Power to the people.
Any alert mind blows apart this delusional nightmare in a minute.
“Negative Hallucination” Hypnosis Experiment Demonstration Video
& The Weaponisation Of History And Journalism September 1 2017 | From: NaturalNews / PaulCraigRoberts
In this mind-boggling short video, you can experiment firsthand how the mainstream media puts America under the SPELL of mass hypnosis, using a psychological phenomenon known as “negative hallucination.”
I covered this in great detail in this Natural News article that provides visual examples of both positive and negative hallucinations now in full effect across the American masses.
Watch the video and follow the instructions. In mere seconds, your mind will be controlled via “negative hallucination,” and you won’t believe how easily you have been manipulated.
This video is based on the psychology research of Daniel J. Simons, whose YouTube channel is found at this link. Once you become familiar with this research and how it works, you will begin to see through the lies of the mainstream media while understanding exactly how your perceptions, thoughts and beliefs are being expertly manipulated - even “engineered” - by the media narrative puppet masters.
Watch the video yourself and prepare to be amazed:
The Weaponisation Of History And Journalism
In the West, facts, an important element of truth, are not important. They are not important in the media, politics, universities, historical explanations, or the courtroom.
Non-factual explanations of the collapse of three World Trade Center buildings are served up as the official explanation. Facts have been politicized, emotionalized, weaponized and simply ignored. As David Irving has shown, Anglo-American histories of World War 2 are, for the most part, feel-good histories, as are “civil war” histories as Thomas DiLorenzo and others have demonstrated. Of course, they are feel good only for the victors. Their emotional purpose means that inconvenient facts are unpalatable and ignored.
Writing the truth is no way to succeed as an author. Only a small percentage of readers are interested in the truth. Most want their biases or brainwashing vindicated. They want to read what they already believe. It is comforting, reassuring. When their ignorance is confronted, they become angry.
The way to be successful as a writer is to pick a group and give them what they want. There is always a market for romance novels and for histories that uphold a country’s myths.
On the Internet successful sites are those that play to one ideology or another, to one emotion or the other, or to one interest group or another.
The single rule for success is to confine truth to what the readership group you serve believes.
Karl Marx said that there were only class truths.
Today we have a large variety of truths: truths for feminists, truths for blacks, Muslims, Hispanics, homosexuals, transgendered, truths for the foreign policy community that serves the military/security complex, truths for the neocons, truths for the One Percent that control the economy and the economists who serve them, truths for “white supremacists,” itself a truth term for their opponents.
You can add to the list. The “truth” in these “truths” is that they are self-serving of the group that expresses them. Their actual relation to truth is of no consequence to those espousing the “truths.”
Woe to you if you don’t go along with someone’s or some group’s truth. Not even famous film-maker Oliver Stone is immune. Recently, Stone expressed his frustration with the “False Flag War Against Russia.”
Little doubt that Stone is frustrated with taunts and accusations from completely ignorant media talking heads in response to his documentary, Putin, based on many hours of interviews over two years. Stone came under fire, because instead of demonizing Putin and Russia, thus confirming the official story, he showed us glimpses of the truth.
The organization, Veteran Intelligence Professionals for Sanity, published a report that completely destroyed the false accusations about Trump/Russian hacking of the US presidential election.
The Nation published an objective article about the report and was assaulted by writers, contributors, and readers for publishing information that weakens the case, which the liberal/progressive/left in conjunction with the military/security complex, is orchestrating against Trump.
The magazine’s audience felt that the magazine had an obligation not to truth but to getting Trump out of office. Reportedly, the editor is considering whether to recall the article.
So here we have left-leaning Oliver Stone and leftwing magazine, The Nation, under fire for making information available that is out of step with the self-serving “truth” to which the liberal/progressive/left and their ally, the military/security complex, are committed.
When a country has a population among whom there are no truths except group-specific truths, the country is so divided as to be over and done with. “A house divided against itself cannot stand.” The white liberal/progressive/left leaders of divisive Identity Politics have little, if any, comprehension of where the movement they think they lead is headed.
At the moment the hate is focused on the “alt-right,” which has become “white nationalists,” which has become “white supremacists.” These “white supremacists” have become epitomized by statues of Confederate soldiers and generals.
All over the South, if local governments are not removing the statues, violent crazed thugs consumed by hate attempt to destroy them. In New Orleans someone with money bused in thugs from outside flying banners that apparently are derived from a communist flag to confront locals protesting the departure of their history down the Orwellian Memory Hole.
What happens when all the monuments are gone? Where does the hate turn next? Once non-whites are taught to hate whites, not even self-hating whites are safe. How do those taught hate tell a good white from a bad white? They can’t and they won’t.
By definition by Identity Politics, whites, for now white heterosexual males, are the victimizers and everyone else is their victim. The absurdity of this concept is apparent, yet the concept is unshaken by its absurdity. White heterosexual males are the only ones without the privilege of quotas.
They and only they can be put at the back of the bus for university admissions, employment, promotion, and only their speech is regulated. They, and only they, can be fired for using “gender specific terms,” for using race specific terms, for unknowingly offending some preferred group member by using a word that is no longer permissible.
They can be called every name in the book, beginning with racist, misogynist, and escalating, and no one is punished for the offense.
Recently, a professor in the business school of a major university told me that he used the word, girls, in a marketing discussion. A young womyn was offended. The result was he received a dressing down from the dean. Another professor told me that at his university there was a growing list of blacklisted words.
It wasn’t clear whether the list was official or unofficial, simply professors trying to stay up with Identity Politics and avoid words that could lead to their dismissal. Power, they tell me, is elsewhere than in the white male, the true victimized class.
For years commentators have recognized the shrinking arena of free speech in the United States. Any speech that offends anyone but a white male can be curtailed by punishment. Recently, John Whitehead, constitutional attorney who heads the Rutherford Institute, wrote that it is now dangerous just to defend free speech.
Reference to the First Amendment suffices to bring denunciation and threats of violence. Ron Unz notes that any website that can be demonized as “controversial” can find itself disappeared by Internet companies and PayPal. They simply terminate free speech by cutting off service.
It must be difficult to teach some subjects, such as the “civil war” for example. How would it be possible to describe the actual facts? For example, for decades prior to the Union’s invasion of the Confederacy North/South political conflict was over tariffs, not over slavery.
The fight over which new states created from former “Indian” territories would be “slave” and which “free” was a fight over keeping the protectionist (North) vs. free trade (South) balance in Congress equal so that the budding industrial north could not impose a tariff regime.
Two days before Lincoln’s inaugural address, a stiff tariff was signed into law. That same day in an effort to have the South accept the tariff and remain in or return to the Union - some southern states had seceded, some had not - Congress passed the Corwin amendment that provided constitutional protection to slavery. The amendment prohibited the federal government from abolishing slavery.
Two days later in his inaugural address, which seems to be aimed at the South, Lincoln said:
“I have no purpose, directly or indirectly, to interfere with the institution of slavery in the States where it exists. I believe I have no lawful right to do so, and I have no inclination to do so.”
Lincoln’s beef with the South was not over slavery or the Fugitive Slave Act. Lincoln did not accept the secessions and still intended to collect the tariff that now was law. Under the Constitution slavery was up to the states, but the Constitution gave the federal government to right to levy a tariff.
Lincoln said that “there needs to be no bloodshed or violence” over collecting the tariff. Lincoln said he will use the government’s power only “to collect the duties and imposts,” and that “there will be no invasion, no using of force against or among the people anywhere.”
Here is Lincoln, “the Great Emancipator,” telling the South that they can have slavery if they will pay the duties and imposts on imports. How many black students and whites brainwashed by Identity Politics are going to sit there and listen to such a tale and not strongly protest the racist professor justifying white supremacy and slavery?
So what happens to history when you can’t tell it as it is, but instead have to refashion it to fit the preconceived beliefs formed by Identity Politics? The so-called “civil war,” of course, is far from the only example.
In its document of secession, South Carolina made a case that the Constitutional contract had been broken by some of the northern states breaking faith with Article IV of the Constitution.
This is true. However, it is also true that the Southern states had no inclination to abide by Section 8 of Article I, which says that “Congress shall have power to lay and collect taxes, duties, imposts and excises.” So, also the South by not accepting the tariff was not constitutionally pure.
Before history became politicized, historians understood that the North intended for the South to bear costs of the North’s development of industry and manufacturing. The agricultural South preferred the lower priced goods from England.
The South understood that a tariff on British goods would push import prices above the high northern prices and lower the South’s living standards in the interest of raising living standards in the North.
The conflict was entirely economic and had nothing whatsoever to do with slavery, which also had existed in the North. Indeed, some northern states had “exclusion ordinances” and anti-immigration provisions in their state constitutions that prohibited the immigration of blacks into northern states.
If freeing slaves were important to the North and avoiding tariffs was important to the South, one can imagine some possible compromises. For example, the North could have committed to building factories in the South.
As the South became industrialized, new centers of wealth would arise independently from the agricultural plantations that produced cotton exports. The labor force would adjust with the economy, and slavery would have evolved into free labor.
Unfortunately, there were too many hot heads. And so, too, today.
In America there is nothing on the horizon but hate. Everywhere you look in America you see nothing but hate.
Putin is hated. Russia is hated. Muslims are hated. Venezuela is hated. Assad is hated. Iran is hated. Julian Assange is hated. Edward Snowden is hated. White heterosexual males are hated. Confederate monuments are hated. Truth-tellers are hated. “Conspiracy theorists” are hated. No one escapes being hated.
Hate groups are proliferating, especially on the liberal/progressive/left. For example, RootsAction has discovered a statue of Robert E. Lee in the U.S. Capitol and urges all good people to demand its removal. Whether the level of ignorance that RootsAction personifies is real or just a fund-raising ploy, I do not know.
Robert Edward Lee was an American general known for commanding the Confederate Army of Northern Virginia in the American Civil War from 1862 until his surrender in 1865
But clearly RootsAction is relying on public ignorance in order to get the response that they want. In former times when the US had an educated population, everyone understood that there was a great effort to reconcile the North and South and that reconciliation would not come from the kind of hate-mongering that now infects RootsAction and most of the action groups and websites of the liberal/progressive/left.
Today our country is far more divided that it was in 1860. Identity Politics has taught Americans to hate each other, but, nevertheless, the zionist neoconservatives assure us that we are “the indispensable, exceptional people.”
We, a totally divided people, are said to have the right to rule the world and to bomb every country that doesn’t accept our will into the stone age.
In turn the world hates America. Washington has told too many lies about other countries and used those lies to destroy them. Iraq, Libya, Yemen, Afghanistan, Somalia, and large chunks of Syria and Pakistan are in ruins. Washington intends yet more ruin with Venezuela currently in the cross hairs.
Eleven years ago Venezuelan President Hugo Chavez resonated with many peoples when he said in his UN speech:
“Yesterday at this very podium stood Satan himself [Bush], speaking as if he owned the world; you can still smell the sulphur.”
It is difficult to avoid the conclusion that America is a font for hatred both at home and abroad.
“Weather Wars” Theorists Claim Hurricane Harvey Was Engineered, “Steered” Toward Houston As A “Weather Terrorism” Weapon + Ritualistic Astrology Used In False Flag Hurricane Harvey? August 31 2017 | From: NaturalNews / StillnessInTheStorm / Various
We’re bringing this claim to your attention because a growing number of observers, websites and analysts are concluding that Hurricane Harvey was “engineered” and made into a “weather weapon” through a combination of ground-based temperature manipulation tools and “chemtrail” seeding.
Yes, it sounds absurd at first, until you realize that Al Gore tells us that human activity controls the climate every day. It’s called “climate change,” and in fact, Al Gore and the climate alarmists directly tell us that we created Hurricane Harvey and all the other “extreme” weather events anyone sees.
Weather modification, in other words, has become the de facto belief of climate alarmists. The entire mainstream media routinely insists that hurricanes, droughts, floods, snowstorms and tornadoes are all unintentionally created by human activity.
The key difference between Al Gore and the “weather wars” theories is that those who believe in weather wars insist these hurricanes are deliberately created, selectively amplified and steered into selected targets.
Environmental Warfare
Environmental Warfare is defined as the intentional modification or manipulation of the natural ecology, such as climate and weather, earth systems such as the ionosphere, magnetosphere, tectonic plate system, and/or the triggering of seismic events (earthquakes) to cause intentional physical, economic, and psycho-social, and physical destruction to an intended target geophysical or population location, as part of strategic or tactical war.
Al Gore believes hurricanes are created by Man, in other words, and the weather wars theorists say they are precisely controlled and deployed as weapons of terrorism to inflict economic damage and achieve psychological goals involving terror and death.
This claim seems absurd to most people at first glance, but there is a growing community of weather skeptics who insist that such events are not accidents but weapons.
That’s why we’re covering this story: Not as an endorsement of such conclusions but rather as a look at a curious corner of the internet where weather wars, weather modification and geoengineering have become popular, alternative explanations for significant weather events.
In fact, there are at least two key patents (linked below) that describe this technology in great detail, including a “space-based power system” that can alter “weather elements” including hurricanes. (Keep reading for details…)
One of the most popular sites asserting such claims is WeatherWar101.com, whose author - a former network engineer - explains:
"For ten years, I have been proving the irrefutable reality of daily manufactured flash flood deluge and severe weather – every single day. Denying the reality of these daily manmade weather events is akin to denying the existence of the combustion engine, and it is just as easy to prove.
If you can understand boiling water, you can understand where trillions of gallons of water vapor come from that create and fuel the daily trillion-gallon floods we see washing a different community away, somewhere in the world. This isn’t debatable, and it is as easy to observe as sunrise."
Unless I have the names mixed up, the author seems to go by the name of “Sofia Smallstorm” (to avoid being identified by name, of course) and goes to great lengths to protect his or her identity. This person also wrote the foreward to No Natural Weather: Introduction to Geoengineering 101.
The site has published a 14-minute analysis of Hurricane Harvey, asserting that the hurricane was augmented by “On-Land Water Vapor Generation from Texas, Louisiana, etc.” The video description also states:
"It’s also no coincidence that Hurricane Harvey is hitting the United States, 25 years to the day after Hurricane Andrew hit Florida. Since all of these storms are very clearly and very obviously deliberated manufactured, this “Anniversary Hurricane” was clearly intentional.”
Hurricane Harvey Origin: Targeting Texas
Another video from APlaneTruth.info offers a more detailed explanation of “weather geoengineering” phenomena and how they say it relates to Hurricane Harvey, citing numerous patents, weather control conference, military technology and so on:
Hurricane Harvey & the Weather Terrorists from Land, Sea and Air
The National Weather Service, NOAA, and the Geoengineers of the military and NASA have known about how to create and dissipate weather, including hurricanes.
You will learn in this video exactly how they are making Hurricane Harvey into a never before seem deluge that started with a tiny front back on Aug. 16th.
Do Water Vapor Generators Exist that Can Unleash Clouds?
The idea of land-based water vapor generators that could contribute any meaningful amount of water to Hurricane Harvey seems absurd to those who have never looked into all this. According to recent estimates, Hurricane Harvey dumped 11 trillion gallons of water on Houston and surrounding areas.
For any land-based machinery to contribute even 1/1000th of that volume - just 11 billion gallons of water - would take a massive fleet of mechanized water vapor generators burning through an enormous quantity of fuel or electricity. That seems unrealistic by any rational analysis.
Yet as the BBC video shows in the following video clip (starting at 15:12), there do exists large buildings that literally generate massive clouds and rainfall. Before I saw this video, even I had no idea such buildings existed. Watch the BBC explain:
Manmade Weather; Hurricane Harvey
Hurricane Harvey is a never before seen weather machine that begin on Aug. 16th and was a tropical storm until it hit the coast of Mexico where the Wet Surface Water Vapor generators were able to intensely magnify and create the massive Hurricane into the Gulf.
Once it gets on shore it will rotate around and we can watch the entire storm system be manipulated using NEXRAD/Doppler radar devices to keep the rains a 'comin'.
Despite the existence of the technology, it is difficult to imagine the existence of such a massive operation operating covertly. That’s why the existence of a large-scale water vapor generating network seems highly unlikely.
Besides, solar power does all that work for free by warming the oceans and evaporating water into the storm system. Trying to augment 11 trillion gallons of water evaporation carried out by the sun seems futile.
The forces of nature are so much larger than anything mankind can contribute to them that supposing we can generate massive storm systems seems rather unlikely.
At the same time, so does the idea that human activity can drastically alter Earth’s climate in the first place.
Despite all the hysteria and fear mongering of the climate change alarmists, human activity is nothing but a tiny sliver of contribution to the grand-scale phenomena driven by solar activity, volcanoes and other such events.
Weather Modification Technology Does Exist (Read These Patents to See for Yourself)
There’s no question, by the way, that weather modification technology exists and is in widespread use across the globe. Weather control advocates are currently citing this U.S. patent #20100074390 A1, titled, “Method for weather modification and vapor generator for weather modification.”
As the patent summary states:
"A nuclear fusion reactor (2) or nuclear fission reactor (22) is used as a heat source. A heat exchanger (11 or 37) that contains water to be heated (15) is used for water vapor generation.
A circulating pipe (10 or 26) through which a fluid for cooling the nuclear fusion reactor or nuclear fission reactor or for conducting heat exchange circulates is disposed so as to extend in the heat exchanger and be in contact with the water to be heated.
Water vapor is thus generated. This water vapor is jetted toward the sky at a state of collimation through a vapor discharge pipe (12 or 36). A cloud for blocking sunlight is formed in the sky from the water vapor jetted to reduce the temperature of the earth surface.
This enables a weather modification without discharging any greenhouse gas, e.g., CO2.“
It describes a space-based technology for generating and controlling hurricanes:
"Space-based power system and method of altering weather using space-born energy. The space-based power system maintains proper positioning and alignment of system components without using connecting structures.
Power system elements are launched into orbit, and the free-floating power system elements are maintained in proper relative alignment, e.g., position, orientation, and shape, using a control system.
Energy from the space-based power system is applied to a weather element, such as a hurricane, and alters the weather element to weaken or dissipate the weather element.
The weather element can be altered by changing a temperature of a section of a weather element, such as the eye of a hurricane, changing airflows, or changing a path of the weather element..“
Weather modification technology isn’t a conspiracy theory, either: It’s already in use! For example, this article from SingularityHub describes Dubai’s “weather wizards” and how they use advanced electronics to create rain.
It’s not a conspiracy theory; it’s just clever physics:
"Meteo Systems, a Swiss company [is] developing a technology they’ve dubbed Weathertec. The idea is to erect giant ionizers wherever you’d like to have some rain.
If the ambient humidity in the area reaches the required minimum of 30%, then you turn the ionizers on and start pumping electrons into the atmosphere.
Assuming that you have high temperatures, the electrons will rise with the heat and water molecules will start condensing around them. At this point, you have clouds that will produce rain once they are dense enough.“
This is a informative and brief you tube for those not familiar with HAARP. The acronym stands for “High Active Auroral Research Project” a creation of the U.S. Air Force and Naval Research.
The main station being in Gakona, Alaska, but which has spread its tentacles into more than 20 locations throughout the world. United States, Canada, Norway, the former Soviet Union, the United Kingdom, Australia, New Zealand, China, and Puerto Rico to name a few all have this ionospheric capability.
HAARP can be used in conjunction with cellular towers, NEXRAD’s, satellite systems to focus huge amounts of particle beam energy directly up into the ionosphere.
Based on Bernard Eastlund’s patents from 1985 (and derived from Tesla technologies “free energy” invention), HAARP has many functions, one of which is to direct electrons along the naturally occurring magnetic field lines of the earth and accelerate/charge them to the near speed of light to form a shell of highly excited particles that can block communications worldwide, destroy missiles and their trajectories as they descend from space.
HAARP can steer and control the weather by altering solar absorption, alter and manipulate people’s moods states, the military have deep knowledge of how to manipulate brain waves through these electromagnetic frequencies, and perform tomography; mineral exploration below the earth’s surface (oil companies certainly have a vested interest in this technology).
Billions of watts of power, HAARP is immensely powerful and has the capabilities of a nuclear bomb.
If our military were doing their jobs they would disable and destroy this destructive and deadly weapon used against peoples and it’s nations. The deadly consequences of this runaway train are played down and minimized by military and government simply stating “it’s a research project”.
Everyone needs to understand the monolith of disaster and manipulation we are dealing with.
"The Microsoft founder recently announced plans to invest $300,000 into research at the University of Calgary for unique solutions and responses to climate change.
Part of that research included lab tests on machines that suck up seawater and spray it into the air, seeding white clouds that reflect rays of sunlight away from Earth.
Silver Lining’s floating machines can suck up ten tons of water per second. If all goes well, Silver Lining plans to test the process with 10 ships spread throughout 3800 square miles of ocean..“
By the way, that was seven years ago, in 2010. Do such weather-generating fleets already exist? If so, they’ve been kept very quiet.
Another popular site that reports on Geoengineering, by the way, is Geoengineering Watch by Dane Wigington. Very informative and interesting. Check it out.
The History of Hurricanes Shows That Mother Nature Generates Them Without any Human Engineering at All
Creating rainfall, however, is a far cry from generating a hurricane and steering it onto an intended target. That idea would likely be considered outlandish by meteorologists and scientists.
The far more likely explanation, of course, is that the coriolus effect - a derivative of a spinning globe - causes rotational forces in the atmosphere that spin storm systems one way in the Northern hemisphere and the opposite way in the Southern hemisphere. (That’s why hurricanes look like opposites of each other when comparing Northern vs. Southern hemisphere storms.)
Solar-heated ocean water results in large-scale water evaporation, saturating the air with vapor. That vapor condenses due to changes in temperature or pressure, causing the formation of water droplets which are now heavier than air and therefore fall to the ground. With enough solar energy, natural forces can generate truly catastrophic storms.
To think that every major storm is a “weather weapon” generated by a nefarious operation seems far-fetched to me. But then again, so does Al Gore and all his nonsense prognostications from his quack science Church of Climatology. Nevertheless, “altering” or “steering” hurricanes is technically a far easier task than generating them wholesale.
What some of the weather wars people are saying is not that the hurricanes are generated wholly by artificial systems but rather that they are “steered” or “influenced” in terms of their direction or intensity. Is that really possible? Multiple patents obviously say it is, and the U.S. patent office didn’t reject those patents, interestingly.
On the other side of the argument, history has recorded dozens of hurricanes striking Gulf Coast regions over the last century. Most of these hurricanes took place long before the rise of modern technology or exotic weather modification capabilities. So how are all these hurricanes explained? (Answer: Natural phenomena.)
Conclusion: Keep Asking Questions and Stay Curious, But Also Think Critically
My conclusion in all this? Creative, critical thinking is a healthy practice, and I always encourage people to keep asking questions and challenge official explanations for everything. We do know we’re all constantly lied to by the fake news media about almost everything, from vaccines to economics to history.
And don’t forget the “Russia! Russia! Russia!” conspiracy theory that’s been pushed by the fake news media for the last 18 months, based on absolutely nothing but faked sources and shoddy journalism.
If there’s anything I can say about the weather wars websites and commentators, it’s that I applaud all efforts to challenge current paradigms with clear thinking, and I readily admit I’m no expert in weather modification technology.
Perhaps there are things I will learn in the future that will change my own view on this subject. Until then, I hope to encourage critical thinking about everything, which means that I don’t believe anything by default.
The mainstream media is lying to us all the time. Most of what’s labeled “mainstream science” is often just a consensus collection of corporation-induced lies. Mainstream medicine is a corruption racket shrouded in fake science and media propaganda.
You are right to question everything for the simple reason that almost everything you’re told is complete bulls##t. Yet that doesn’t justify believing every alternative theory, either.
You need to think critically about which theories you believe vs. reject. For example, I’ve publicly stated that the Flat Earth theorists are flat-out wrong (although they do offer a fun thought experiment to play with).
I also think Ray Kurzweil’s singularity is a misguided pipe dream rooted in self-delusion and an unhealthy God complex.
Can hurricanes be artificially generated in totality? Almost certainly not. Can they be steered into intended targets? It seems incredibly unlikely, but within the realm of technical feasibility. Does weather modification technology exist? Absolutely, yes. But that doesn’t mean that every weather event is a nefarious plot.
We live on a dynamic, chaotic planet that’s home to all sorts of bizarre natural phenomena. Although I know as a fact that the status quo can fake the news, brainwash the masses and pull off massive false flag events, I very much doubt they can fake entire hurricanes.
Do you have a different take on all this? Do your research. Think critically. Don’t believe everything you read, view or hear. Most importantly, make up your own mind and don’t let the establishment tell you what’s true, because the establishment is lying to you about almost everything.
Ritualistic Astrology Used In False Flag Hurricane Harvey?
Notice to readers: The usage of the term false flag does not mean that the hurricane that has hit Texas did not happen. The hurricane is clearly real.
The term false flag in this article refers to this event being created or manufactured for a specific purpose (to create fear, destruction and trauma). Prayers go out to all who have been affected by this event.
Combine weather modification and astrological timing and the result is what has just happened in and around Houston, Texas with Hurricane Harvey.
Astrologer Laura Walker, the owner of OracleReport.com has once again accurately predicted a major event that is being labeled a false flag.
On Friday August 25th, 2017, Laura noted that because Saturn was stationing direct (and conjunct the Black Moon) and that the Moon was conjunct Jupiter and in a square to Pluto, there was potential for false flag rituals over the coming couple days. She explained further, “These planets are all in hard aspect to the Eris Point, making false flag potential strong, but the power of rebirth even stronger.”
Backing up to August 1st, 2017, Laura was on Phoenix Rising Radio and highlighted the eastern part of Texas by saying, “in the United States, the conjunction (of the Sun and Moon at the time of the eclipse) goes right through the mid to Eastern part of Texas. So that means a lot of energy will be focused there. ”
Since the astrocartographic location of the new moon was near Houston, it is not a surprise that this event took place exactly there. This is occult astrology being used for a dark purpose
Then today on August 28th, 2017, Laura put out a special note in her daily update that details much more on why she believes this is a weather modification false flag event that was used ritualistically in accordance to the astrology taking place at this time:
"As expected, we are witnessing and experiencing the archontic tantrum-response to the stellar harmonics of the Total Solar Eclipse/New Moon one week ago.
The Sun bathed the highest octaves of love and renewal (recall that the eclipse occurred at the degree of “a mermaid emerges from the ocean ready for rebirth in human form”).
Source is telling the archons that they are loved and to return home, but the archons do not want to hear it (their ego-centric hive mind perceives it as oblivion, for now). Look at how archons are going wild, individually and collectively. Pretty much everyone has a dramatic story of their own or someone they know since the eclipse.
All of this is happening very fast. Remember that solar eclipses make things start happening at a rapid clip.
The eclipse’s energetic was epic, and the archons countered on Friday, as the Crescent Moon phase (challenge to keep going) began. Saturn (home of archontic energies) stationed direct conjunct the Black Moon (shadow, rebirth), aspecting the Eris Point (false flags, rebirth, revolt) along with the Moon and Pluto. (see Friday’s post for more details).
Harvey is the false flag that was predicted. It is a false flag against Mother Nature. Make no mistake. This storm is anything but natural.
We are beyond the debate of the science and reality of geo-engineering and the ability to control weather.
Storms can be extinguished just as easily as they can be created or amplified. This technology has been used since at least the Vietnam War era.
Monstrous hurricanes like Katrina and Harvey are summoned when they are needed for various purposes. Most all of the hurricanes of recent years have been “busted” before they did much damage. They weren’t needed. In fact, the lack of storms helped maintain the status quo.
The archons expended a lot of stored (and specific) resources (seeded by ancient cultures of present day Mexico and the Yucatan Peninsula) to make Harvey. This process began back at the Full Moon/Partial Lunar Eclipse on August 7.
The key thing to see here is that stored resources had to be expended. Those resources are finite, like fuel. The archons will never be able to produce this kind of thing ever again.
They had an unprecedented energetic with which to work (the natural electromagnetics of the Total Solar Eclipse/New Moon that remain in effect all month combined with the Saturn-Black Moon conjunction).
The archons were so pummeled by the Sun at the eclipse that they had to expend precious and ancient resources to “stay alive.”
They are “attacking” the psyche of humanity, and hoping to suck from America as much pain and suffering (as much trauma response) as 9/11 and Katrina as possible.
Our response should not come from the place of victimhood. If we accept the narrative, we are victims (and angry at Mother Nature). If we question the data, we see through the veil.
The only way to honor this tragedy is to be brave enough to seek the truth about it. Hearts and prayers continue to go out to my beloved Texas and to the fellowship of humanity.“
To reiterate what Laura wrote: We must have the courage to look for the truth in this event and must stay in a place of empowerment, while sending love and light to all affected by this event.
Quantum physics tells us how powerful our minds are as individuals and as a collective. Let’s send strong, loving, healing energy there to all affected by this event.
What is interesting to also note is that this event has taken place in attempts to subvert movements of peace that were associated with this eclipse.
The attempts will fail. Peace, truth and love are indeed spreading and will only accelerate with the outpouring of love and prayers being sent to all affected by Hurricane Harvey.
For more information on the astrological significance of this event, take a closer look at the links cited in here or visit OracleReport.com
How The US Government Is Hiding Vaccine-Related Deaths + MIT Scientist Shows What Can Happen To Children Who Receive Aluminum Containing Vaccines August 30 2017 | From: VaccineImpact / CollectiveEvolution / Various
This latest article by Robert F. Kennedy, Jr., explains how world governments go to great lengths to hide vaccine-related deaths.
The fact that vaccines do cause deaths sometimes is not even a fact in dispute. In addition to the deaths reported in the U.S. Vaccine Adverse Event Reporting System (VAERS), the Department of Justice supplies a quarterly report to the Advisory Commission on Childhood Vaccines on cases settled for vaccine injuries and deaths.
The American public is largely unaware that there is a “vaccine court” known as the National Vaccine Injury Compensation Program (NVICP). This program was started as a result of a law passed in 1986 that gave pharmaceutical companies total legal immunity from being sued due to injuries and deaths resulting from vaccines.
If you or a family member is injured or dies from vaccines, you must sue the federal government in this special vaccine court.
Many cases are litigated for years before a settlement is reached, and a November 2014 GAO report criticized the government for not making the public more aware that the National Vaccine Injury Compensation Program exists, and that there are funds available for vaccine injuries and deaths.
Therefore, the settlements represented by vaccine injuries and deaths included in the DOJ reports probably represent a small fraction of the actual vaccine injuries and deaths occurring in America today.
Also, as we have previously reported, the CDC lists 130 official ways for an infant to die, but vaccine deaths are not even an option. If the death does not fall into one of these 130 causes, it usually gets listed as SIDS (Sudden Infant Death Syndrome).
SIDS has skyrocketed since the 1986 National Vaccine Injury Compensation Program started.
Hiding Vaccine-Related Deaths With Semantic Sleight-of-Hand
Vaccine scientists and the public health community cautiously and occasionally will admit that vaccines can cause adverse reactions just like “any other medication or biological product.”
Although experts are less willing to openly disclose the fact that adverse reactions can and do include death, one has only to look at reports to the U.S. Vaccine Adverse Event Reporting System (VAERS) to see that mortality is a possible outcome. From 1990 through 2010, for example, VAERS received 1,881 reports of infant deaths following vaccination, representing 4.8% of the adverse events reported for infants over the 20-year period.
Moreover, analysts acknowledge that VAERS, as a passive surveillance system, is subject to substantial underreporting. A federal government report from 2010 affirms that VAERS captures only about 1% of vaccine adverse reports.
On the international frontier, the public health community - with the World Health Organization (WHO) in the vanguard - previously used a six-category framework to investigate and categorize serious adverse events following immunization (AEFI), including death.
Guided by this tool, public health teams examined temporal criteria and possible alternative explanations to determine whether the relationship of an AEFI to vaccine administration was “very likely/certain,” “probable,” “possible,” “unlikely,” “unrelated,” or “unclassifiable.”
In 2013, the WHO’s Global Advisory Committee on Vaccine Safety discarded the prior tool, ostensibly because users “sometimes [found it] difficult to differentiate between ‘probable,’ ‘possible,’ and ‘unlikely’ categories.” The WHO enlisted vaccine experts to develop a “simpler” algorithm that would be more readily “applicable” to vaccines.
The resulting four-category system now invites public health teams to classify an AEFI as either “consistent,” “inconsistent,” or “indeterminate” with a vaccine-related causal association or as “unclassifiable.”
Despite the patina of logic suggested by the use of an algorithm, “the final outcome of the case investigation depends on the personal judgment of the assessor” [emphasis added], especially (according to the tool’s proponents) when the process “yields answers that are both consistent and inconsistent with a causal association to immunization.”
In a 2017 letter in the Indian Journal of Medical Ethics, Drs. Jacob Puliyel (an India-based pediatrician and member of India’s National Technical Advisory Group on Immunization) and Anant Phadke (an executive member of the All India Drug Action Network) raise important questions about the revised tool.
They describe an Orwellian Catch-22 situation wherein it is nearly impossible to categorize post-vaccine deaths as vaccine-related. This is because the revised algorithm does not allow users to classify an AEFI as “consistent with causal association with vaccine” unless there is evidence showing that the vaccine caused a statistically significant increase in deaths during Phase III clinical trials.
By definition, however, any vaccine not found to “retain safety” in Phase III trials cannot proceed to Phase IV (licensure and post-marketing surveillance). The result of the algorithm’s convoluted requirements is that any deaths that occur post-licensure become “coincidental” or “unclassifiable.”
Drs. Puliyel and Phadke describe what happened in India when the country’s National AEFI committee assessed 132 serious AEFI cases reported between 2012 and 2016, including 54 infant deaths that followed administration of a pentavalent all-in-one vaccine intended to protect recipients against diphtheria, tetanus, pertussis, hepatitis B, and Haemophilus influenzae type b infections.
For babies who survived hospitalization, the committee classified three-fifths (47/78) of the AEFI as causally related to vaccines (with 47% of the incidents viewed as “product-related” and 13% as “error-related”), but they rated nearly all (52/54) of the deaths as either coincidental (54%) or unclassifiable (43%) despite mounting evidence that pentavalent and hexavalent vaccines are increasing the risk of sudden unexpected death in infants.
“…doctors who “naïvely” accept biased reports on vaccine safety “are losing the trust of the public and in the process…endangering public health.”
The absurdity and negligence inherent in the ultimately subjective WHO checklist have not escaped the attention of others in India and beyond. In a series of comments published in the journal Vaccine in response to the 2013 publication of the revised tool, commenters issued the following scathing remarks:
“Even if a healthy child dies within minutes following vaccination and there is no alternate explanation for the AEFI, even then the powers that be could easily declare that death as coincidental and not due to the vaccine, thanks to the new AEFI. This is dangerous ‘science’.”
“Amongst the 20 items of their checklist, no less than 15 (75%) are devoted to refute a vaccine-induced causality [emphasis in original]…. After all and as the authors confess with an astonishing ingenuousness, the main point is to ‘maintain public confidence in immunization programs.’”
“People understand that there are no true coincidences—only events that have been made to appear to be coincidental by either a genuine lack of understand[ing] of the overall facts leading to the ‘coincidence’ reported or by the deliberate suppression of the facts, including when…AEFIs that result in death are made to ‘disappear.’”
“It seems that huge business in [the] vaccine industry is affecting [the] science of vaccines and we are developing various ways to promote the business at the cost of human lives. …Going for a less sensitive tool for safety concerns is not only illogical but risky for the children of the world.”
Unfortunately, many vaccine proponents appear to be more concerned with forestalling “misconceptions” and “erroneous conclusions about cause and effect” than they are about preventing and identifying adverse events following vaccination. The result, as Dr. Puliyel argues, is that doctors who “naïvely” accept biased reports on vaccine safety “are losing the trust of the public and in the process…endangering public health.”
MIT Scientist Shows What Can Happen To Children Who Receive Aluminum Containing Vaccines
A claim often heard from the “pro-vaccination” community when it comes to linking vaccines to autism is that there is no evidence to substantiate those claims. This view is absolutely absurd and dangerous given the fact that a tremendous amount of scientific evidence exists and is available in the public domain that suggests some vaccines could possibly play a role in the development of autism.
When it comes to Monsanto’s glyphosate and other commonly used pesticides (as well as other environmental toxins), the science linking them to possible causes of autism (among many other diseases like Alzheimer’s and cancer) seems to be irrefutable and abundant. You can read more about that here:
Furthermore, we’ve had statements made from scientists who’ve had long careers with vaccine manufactures, pharmaceutical companies and health organizations like the CDC. We also have documents that indicate scientific fraud and manipulation of data when it comes to the adverse affects of vaccinations.(1)
Many examples of “funny business” within the food industry are also making their way into the public domain when it comes to the role of GMO’s and pesticides regarding their link with various diseases.
One example (out of many) is the fact that after a study was published showing that two Monsanto products, a genetically modified (GM) maize and Roundup herbicide were linked to cancer, kidney and liver damage, the journal that published the study appointed a former Monsanto scientist to decide which papers on GM foods and crops should be published.
Vaccine Truth On Radio New Zealand
On the morning of May 17, 2016, the spokesperson for the group 'No Forced Vaccines' Katherine Smith, spoke on RadioNZ's Morning Report about her warranted concerns regarding vaccines and suggested some healthy alternatives to vaccinating.
The story was under the heading on the RadioNZ website: "Concerns that people are being coerced into being vaccinated"
The study was then retracted, but has been republished in another journal since. (2) You can read more about (and view) this study here.
One thing we now know for sure is that the development of autism goes far beyond genetics.
The research suggesting that vaccines and glyphosate could possibly play a role in autism comes from various peer-reviewed scientific journals as well as independent research conducted by renowned scientists from all over the world. One of those scientists is Dr. Stephanie Seneff.
This article will focus mostly on her views regarding the connection between aluminum containing vaccines and autism. Information regarding autism and pesticides are linked in two articles above after the first paragraph.
Dr Seneff is a Senior Research Scientist at the MIT Computer Science and Artificial Intelligence Laboratory. In recent years her research has focused specifically on biology, nutrition and health. Within the past three years alone she has written over a dozen papers in multiple medical and health related journals touching upon many modern day diseases such as Alzheimer’s disease and autism (among others). (3)
Vaccines and Autism
In North America alone, millions of doses of vaccines are administered to children every year. Various chemicals are added to the vaccines as preservatives, and theses chemical additives have been responsible for stirring up quite the controversy, especially within the past couple of years. One common substance found in vaccines is aluminum.
A paper published by Dr. Seneff in 2012 argues that severe adverse reactions to the chemicals (like aluminum) within vaccines can be associated with life threatening conditions that are associated with the heart and brain. The paper goes on to argue that there is a relationship between autism and acute adverse reactions to vaccinations.
Dr Seneff is not claiming that vaccines cause autism, she is simply claiming that children could be vulnerable to an acute reaction to an aluminum adjuvanted vaccine, which could cause neuronal damage. (4)
The study also outlines how autism is associated with elevated levels of nitrate in the blood stream, and that aluminum likely plays a role in in the excess nitrate production.
Furthermore, the study shows how abnormally high levels of aluminum were recently found in hair analyses of over half of 34 autistic children that were analyzed. Another important factor mentioned in her research is that autism is associated with abnormal immune function, and this (she argues) is enhanced by aluminum adjuvants in vaccines. (4)
In summary, the paper argues that autism develops as a result of a deficiency in the supply of cholesterol sulfate to stabilize the colloidal suspension system of the blood.
Cholesterol sulfate supply is maintained by nitrate levels “acting in the epidermis, the endothelium, and the suspended blood cells, and that it requires the substrates cholesterol and sulfur, as well as sunlight, to provide the necessary activation energy for the reaction.” (4) Vaccines come into the picture because:
“Aluminum-containing vaccines are problematic, not only because aluminum causes eNOS to switch from sulfate to nitric oxide production, but also because aluminum can induce necrosis of tissues at the vaccination site, emulating the process of tissue damage to the placenta in preeclampsia. In both cases, the release ofmitochondrial DNA into the blood stream may trigger an acute autoimmune reaction.” (4)
The study concluded that:
“We have proposed in this paper a novel hypothesis for the underlying pathology that links autism, and extreme adverse reactions to vaccines. We would also recommend the elimination of aluminum as an adjuvant in vaccines.” (4)
“Aluminum is an experimentally demonstrated neurotoxin and the most commonly used vaccine adjuvant. Despite almost 90 years of widespread use of aluminum adjuvants, medical science’s medical understanding of their mechanisms of action is still remarkably poor.
There is also a concerning scarcity of data on toxicology and pharmacokinetics of these compounds. In spite of this, the notion that aluminum in vaccines is safe appears to be widely accepted.”(5)
- Dr. Chris Shaw, with the UBC Departments of Ophthalmology and Visual Sciences and Experimental Medicine and the Graduate Program in Neuroscience
I’d also like to mention that experimental research clearly shows that aluminum in adjuvant form creates a risk for autoimmunity, long-term brain inflammation and subsequent neurological complications and may as a result have profound and widespread adverse health complications.(5)
Professor Christopher Shaw and Dr. Lucija Tomljenovic of UBC (in a recent study) also show that the more children receive vaccines with aluminum adjuvants, the greater their chance is of developing autism, autoimmune diseases and neurological problems later in life.
A demonstrated neurotoxin, Aluminum is the only approved adjuvant in the US. Its use presents the risk of brain inflammation, autoimmunity and other adverse health consequences.(6)
Just as a side note, it is known that aluminum accumulates in the brain and that this accumulation is associated with Alzheimer’s and Parkinson’s diseases and with Gulf War Syndrome. (7)(8)
“Experimental research clearly shows that aluminum adjuvants have a potential to induce serious immunological disorders in humans. In particular, aluminum in adjuvant form carries a risk for autoimmunity, long-term brain inflammation and associated neurological complications and may thus have profound and widespread adverse health consequences.”
A study published in the Journal Pediatrics found that:
“Aluminum is now being implicated as interfering with a variety of cellular and metabolic processes in the nervous system and in other tissues.” (source)
A Role for the Pineal Gland In Neurological Damage Following Aluminum Adjuvented Vaccination
The paper discussed above by Dr. Seneff is from 2012. In more recent news regarding Dr. Seneff, she recently presented more scientific research at the Third International Symposium on Vaccines in March 2014. It was part of the 9th International Congress on Autoimmunity.
As noted above, Dr. Seneff commonly makes the case that neurological brain diseases are a result of an insufficient supply of sulfate to the brain. She argues that systematic sulfate deficiency “may be the most important factor in many of the health issues facing us today.”
“One of the consequences of insufficient sulfate in the brain is that it impairs the brain’s ability to eliminate heavy metals and other toxins. To make matters worse, those same toxic metals also interfere with sulfate synthesis. The net result can be an accumulation of cellular debris.”
Some interesting studies have been done when it comes to Heparin Sulfate, which also plays a key role in fetal brain development, protecting against damaging free radicals. When it comes to autism and sulfate deficiency, intriguing evidence of what happens when heparan sulfate is deficient comes from both human and mouse studies of autism.
In one study, “mice engineered to have impaired heparan sulfate synthesis in the brain displayed all the classic features of autism, including sociocommunicative deficits and stereotypies.” (9) (animal testing is cruel, unnecessary and not needed anymore. There are alternative methods that now exist researchers can use to do their testing.)
Another study published in the Journal Behavioural Brain Research found that this type of deficiency exists in the subventricular zone of the lateral ventricles of four autistic people.
The authors concluded that this “may be a biomarker for autism, and potentially involved in the etiology of the disorder.” (10)
What Dr. Seneff is suggesting is that melatonin is a key factor in the delivery of sulfate to the brain. That sunlight exposure helps the pineal gland build up supplies of sulfate by the day, storing it in heparan sulfate molecules.
When the evening comes around, the pineal gland produces melatonin, and transports it as melatonin sulfate to several parts of the brain.
The significance here is that there is an association of autism with heparan sulfate depletion in the lateral and third ventricles, and the tip of the third ventricle is located within the pineal gland. (Source)
When everything is working how it’s supposed to be working, the pineal gland delivers sulfate to the third ventricle, among other parts of the brain. But when the brain is loaded with toxic chemicals, like aluminum, it hinders that process.
“In addition, melatonin not only transports sulfate but also is an outstanding antioxidant and binds toxic metals to help dispose of them. It may come as no surprise, then, that melatonin impairment has been implicated in autism.”
As far as aluminum goes, it’s a well known fact that it plays a role in various neurological diseases, and that it may disrupt the pineal glands ability to produce sulfate, which means the brain cannot cleanse itself of heavy metals and they just continue to accumulate.
“The pineal gland is particularly susceptible to aluminum and other heavy metals because it is not protected by the blood-brain barrier and has a very high blood perfusion rate.”
The pineal gland’s vulnerability to aluminum is illustrated in a 1996 paper showing that the concentrations of aluminum in the pineal gland were “consistently observed” and “markedly higher” than in other brain tissues examined (pituitary, cortex, and cerebellum) (11)
“Scientists are taking note of the fact that we live in an “age of aluminum,” with aluminum exposure occurring through vaccines as well as multiple other channels.
Moreover, although many experts would have us believe that the question of thimerosal and vaccine safety went away after federal agencies issued lukewarm recommendations to reduce its use as a vaccine preservative in the early 2000s, Dr. Seneff noted that thimerosal is still very much relevant.”
In summary, Dr. Seneff is pointing to the fact that many neurological diseases of the brain have a common origin, which includes an insufficient supply of sulfate to the brain. She is concluding that enhanced toxic metal exposure (aluminum) impairs the brains ability to detox itself and eliminate them.
As a result, these toxic metals interfere with sulfate synthesis, create a heparan sulfate deficency which in turn leads to autism (as mentioned and pointed out with the studies cited above.) (12)
I’d also like to mention that autism is comprised of a very large spectrum. Some of the ailments associated with diagnosis might not be ailments at all, but gifts that are in no way associated with vaccines.
On the other hand, I do believe in some cases, characteristics that are seen in some autistic children are the cause of various toxins from pesticides to vaccines, especially children who have a genetic make up that makes them more sensitive to these chemicals.
In some cases (I believe) it’s a result of these various toxins, and again, in other cases I believe it is a gift, and possibly an evolutionary step.
People To Be Allowed To Pick Their Own Gender Without Doctor's Diagnosis, Under UK Government Plans & American College Of Pediatrics Reaches Decision: Transgenderism Of Children Is Child Abuse August 30 2017 | From: Independent / BizPacReview / Various
The transitioning process will be streamlined to remove bureaucracy.
Equalities Secretary Justine Greening is to consult on the plans to reform gender identity laws
The Government is planning to reform gender identity rules to make it easier for people to choose their own gender in law.
Under plans being considered by ministers, adults will be able to change their birth certificates at will without a doctor’s diagnosis, while non-binary gender people will be able to record their gender as “X”.
Changes to the law will be consulted on and will ultimately be included in a planned Gender Recognition Bill, set to be published in the autumn.
Under current laws – established in 2004 – a person who wishes to transition must apply for a Gender Recognition Certificate. This requires a doctor's diagnosis of gender dysphoria and that someone spend two years of living as a member of the opposite gender.
The reforms were recommended by Parliament’s Women and Equalities Committee last year, which said that they were key to trans people being “treated equally and fairly”.
Plans for self-identification were included in the Labour manifesto, though not the Conservative one. The Gender Recognition Bill did not appear in the Queen’s Speech last month.
Suzanna Hopwood, a member of the Stonewall Trans Advisory Group, said:
“It’s vital that this reform removes the requirements for medical evidence and an intrusive interview panel, and finally allows all trans people to have their gender legally recognised through a simple administrative process.”
Equalities minister Justine Greening said:
“This Government is committed to building an inclusive society that works for everyone, no matter what their gender or sexuality, and today we’re taking the next step forward.
We will build on the significant progress we have made over the last 50 years, tackling some of the historic prejudices that still persist in our laws and giving LGBT people a real say on the issues affecting them.”
The announcement comes just days after Jeremy Corbyn urged the Conservatives to overhaul transgender rights.
On Wednesday Mr Corbyn said the current arrangements were "wrong" and that people should be allowed to self-identify.
American College Of Pediatrics Reaches Decision: Transgenderism Of Children Is Child Abuse
The American College of Pediatricians issued a statement this week condemning gender reclassification in children by stating that transgenderism in children amounts to child abuse.
“The American College of Pediatricians urges educators and legislators to reject all policies that condition children to accept as normal a life of chemical and surgical impersonation of the opposite sex. Facts – not ideology – determine reality.”
The policy statement, authored by Johns Hopkins Medical School Psychology Professor Paul McHugh, listed eight arguments on why gender reclassification is harmful.
1. Human sexuality is an objective biological binary trait: “XY” and “XX” are genetic markers of health – not genetic markers of a disorder.
2. No one is born with a gender. Everyone is born with a biological sex. Gender (an awareness and sense of oneself as male or female) is a sociological and psychological concept; not an objective biological one.
3. A person’s belief that he or she is something they are not is, at best, a sign of confused thinking. When an otherwise healthy biological boy believes he is a girl, or an otherwise healthy biological girl believes she is a boy, an objective psychological problem exists that lies in the mind not the body, and it should be treated as such.
4. Puberty is not a disease and puberty-blocking hormones can be dangerous. Reversible or not, puberty-blocking hormones induce a state of disease – the absence of puberty – and inhibit growth and fertility in a previously biologically healthy child.
5. According to the DSM-V, as many as 98% of gender confused boys and 88% of gender confused girls eventually accept their biological sex after naturally passing through puberty.
6. Children who use puberty blockers to impersonate the opposite sex will require cross-sex hormones in late adolescence. Cross-sex hormones (testosterone and estrogen) are associated with dangerous health risks including but not limited to high blood pressure, blood clots, stroke and cancer.
7. Rates of suicide are twenty times greater among adults who use cross-sex hormones and undergo sex reassignment surgery, even in Sweden which is among the most LGBQT – affirming countries.
8. Conditioning children into believing a lifetime of chemical and surgical impersonation of the opposite sex is normal and healthful as child abuse.
The left, as one might expect, reacted swiftly with claws fully extended.
Think Progress described the American College of Pediatricians as a “hate group masquerading as pediatricians.”
The Huffington Post said that “Once again, Paul McHugh has used the ever more tarnished name of Johns Hopkins to distort science and spread transphobic misinformation.”
McHugh, who formerly served as Johns Hopkins’ psychiatrist in chief, issued an opinion last year stating the transgenderism is a “mental disorder” and sex change is a “medical impossibility.”
The statement was also signed by Drs. Michelle A. Cretella, M.D., president of the American College of Pediatricians, and Quentin Van Meter, M.D., the organization’s vice president.
Ivy League Reputation Damaged? Harvard Professors Publish 'Fake News' On Russia August 29 2017 | From: Sputnik
Harvard's reputation as one of the most prestigious universities doesn't seem to prevent its faculty members from spreading false information when it comes to Russia.
Just recently, two Harvard professors posted blatantly unreliable statements about Russia on their Twitter accounts, which were immediately retweeted and reposted on social networks.
The fact that neither of the scientists deleted the messages containing false information even after they received feedback from their followers pointing at their mistakes shows that when it comes to any assessments and statements about Russia, information is rarely checked before making headlines.
Many principles adopted in journalism and science such as objectivity and impartiality simply stop working when Russia is concerned.
Western mainstream journalists, experts or government officials who made obviously mistaken statements on this subject rarely pay for their unprofessionalism with their position or reputation.
Larry Pinkney: We Are Dealing With Neoliberal Fascists
Former Black Panther calls the alt-left out for what they really are.
Alex Jones talks with founding member of the original Black Panther party Larry Pinkney, about how the left is pushing for a violent race war.
Last Thursday, Harvard professor Lawrence Tribe wrote on his Twitter account that Washington is investigating connections between businessman and investor Dmitry Firtash and Paul Manafort, a campaign manager for the presidential campaign of Donald Trump.
In his tweet, Tribe called Firtash "a Russian mobster" and was outraged about the fact that Trump appointed a lawyer who worked for a Russian bank as the head of the Criminal Division of the US Department of Justice.
His post was retweeted almost 5,000 times.
The point is that the Harvard professor, unknowingly or deliberately, published information that has nothing to do with reality. The "Russian mobster" is, in fact, a Ukrainian oligarch who made his fortune during the presidency of Viktor Yushchenko - a pro-Western Ukrainian president who came to power on the wave of the 2004 Orange Revolution.
Thus, Firtash is a citizen of Ukraine. He may be a "mobster," but not a Russian one.
Dozens of readers pointed at Tribe's mistake. However, the tweet still remains on his page and is further being reposted on social networks, while the professor himself does not show any sign of embarrassment or regret over his mistake.
Spotting Fake News
Murders From the Future
In terms of distorting reality, Tribe, however, is far from his Harvard counterpart, Yascha Mounk. On his Twitter profile, Mounk published a photo of the portraits of dozens of dead Russian journalists and wrote: "Need a reminder of the human cost of dictatorship? All these are journalists who criticized Putin - and died under mysterious circumstances."
As it turned out, the image that Mounk had chosen to illustrate his thesis depicts portraits of famous Russian journalists who died in the early 1990s.
Some of them were war correspondents and were killed in hotspots. But what is remarkable is that many journalists in the photo died during the presidency of Boris Yeltsin, whom the West enthusiastically lent support.
Despite the numerous comments of Twitter users who pointed out his mistake, Mounk, like Tribe, did not correct his post. His tweet is being further reposted on social networks, expanding the number of his followers.
Trump Exposes #1 Enemy Of America
POTUS knows what America’s biggest threat is.
During his rally in Phoenix, Arizona, President Trump calls out the mainstream media as the primary deceiver of the public and number one enemy to the United States of America.
Google Will Help Diagnose Your Clinical Depression: It’s Wonderful August 29 2017 | From: JonRappoport
In my work-in-progress, The Underground, here is what I wrote about Google: “They’re clever, I’ll give them that. They’re saying you can search them for any information in the world, but they’re really searching you.”
Google has decided it’s not doing enough to lead us into a better world. So now it’s going to enter the field of psychiatry.
“Offering a medically validated, anonymous screening questionnaire for clinical depression if you search for information on the condition. This won’t definitively indicate that you’re clinically depressed, to be clear, but it will give you useful information you can take to a doctor.”
“Google and others are determined to fight fake news, and they know that the consequences of false or incomplete medical information could be serious. If you need help, they want to be sure you get the appropriate support.”
Let’s see if I can help Google fight false or incomplete medical information. For example, be aware that there is no defining lab test for clinical depression.
No blood test, no urine test, no saliva test, no brain scan, no genetic assay.
Committees of psychiatrists sit down and look at unscientific menus of human behavior, lump certain behaviors together, and arbitrarily label them “clinical depression.”
Therefore, any Google questionnaire is simply going to feed into that trough of pseudoscience. That’s all.
Then, of course, there are the drugs that come with a diagnosis of depression. Drugs like Prozac, Paxil, Zoloft. I’ll help Google fight “incomplete medical information” in this area as well.
In 2004, Dr. Peter Breggin, eminent psychiatrist, expert witness in court trials, and author of Toxic Psychiatry, wrote the following about these drugs. I suggest paying close attention:
“On March 22 [2004] the FDA issued an extraordinary ‘Public Health Advisory’ that cautioned about the risks associated with the whole new generation of antidepressants including Prozac and its knock offs, Zoloft, Paxil, Luvox, Celexa, and Lexapro, as well as Wellbutrin, Effexor, Serzone, and Remeron.
The warning followed a public hearing where dozens of family members and victims testified about suicide and violence committed by individuals taking these medications.”
“…In the debate over drug-induced suicide, little attention has been given to the FDA’s additional warning that certain behaviors are ‘known to be associated with these drugs’ including ‘anxiety, agitation, panic attacks, insomnia, irritability, hostility, impulsivity, akathisia (severe restlessness), hypomania, and mania’.”
“From agitation and hostility to impulsivity and mania, the FDA’s litany of antidepressant-induced behaviors is identical to that of PCP, methamphetamine and cocaine - drugs known to cause aggression and violence. These older stimulants and most of the newer antidepressants cause similar effects as a result of their impact on a neurotransmitter in the brain called serotonin.”
“For more than a decade, I have documented in books and scientific reports how this stimulation or activation profile can lead to out-of-control behavior, including violence…”
“As a psychiatrist and as a medical expert, I have examined dozens of cases of individuals who have committed suicide or violent crimes while under the influence of the newer antidepressants such as Prozac, Zoloft, Paxil, Luvox and Celexa. In June in South Carolina, Christopher Pittman will go on trial for shooting his grandparents to death while they slept. Chris was twelve when his family doctor started him on Zoloft.
Three weeks later the doctor doubled his dose and one week later Chris committed the violent acts. In other cases, a fourteen-year-old girl on Prozac fired a pistol pointblank at a friend but the gun failed to go off, and a teenage boy on Zoloft beat to death an elderly woman who complained to him about his loud music. A greater number of cases involve adults who lost control of themselves while taking antidepressants.
In at least two cases judges have found individuals not guilty on the basis of involuntary intoxication with psychiatric drugs and other cases have resulted in reduced charges, lesser convictions, or shortened sentences.”
“The FDA includes mania in its list of known antidepressant effects. Manic individuals can become violent, especially when they are thwarted, and they can also ‘crash’ into depression and suicidal states. They can carry out elaborate but grandiose and doomed plans.
One clinical trial showed a rate of 6% manic reactions…on Prozac. None developed mania on a sugar pill [placebo]. Even in short-term clinical trials, 1% or more of depressed adults develop mania compared to a small fraction on the sugar pill.”
“Unfortunately, there are also risks involved with stopping antidepressants. Many can cause withdrawal reactions that last days and sometimes longer, causing some patients to feel depressed, suicidal or even violent. Stopping antidepressants should be done carefully and with experienced clinical supervision.”
“…the FDA and the medical profession must forthrightly educate potential patients and the public about the sometimes life-threatening risks associated with the use of antidepressant medications.”
Here is the kicker. Google can do anything it wants to with the information in this article, the one you’re now reading. It can lower its ranking.
Google can control the flow of information.
Given that Google has that kind of power, I strongly suggest caution when it touts its own “depression questionnaire.” It’s not only rigging the system, it is the system.
Everywhere In The Western World, Government Is A Conspiracy Against The People
& Cartels That Run The World August 27 2017 | From: PaulCraigRoberts / JonRappoport
In the West “conspiracy theory” is the name given to explanations that differ from those that serve the ruling oligarchy, the establishment or whatever we want to call those who set and control the agendas and the explanations that support the agendas.
The explanations imposed on us by the ruling class are themselves conspiracy theories. Moreover, they are conspiracy theories designed to hide the real conspiracy that our rulers are operating.
For example, the official explanation of 9/11 is a conspiracy theory. Some Muslims, mainly Saudi Arabians, delivered the greatest humiliation to a superpower since David slew Goliath.
They outsmarted all 17 US intelligence agencies and those of NATO and Israel, the National Security Council, the Transportation Safety Administration, Air Traffic Control, and Dick Cheney, hijacked four US airliners on one morning, brought down three World Trade Center skyscrapers, destroyed that part of the Pentagon where research was underway into the missing $2.3 trillion, and caused the morons in Washington to blame Afghanistan instead of Saudi Arabia.
Clearly, the Saudia Arabians who humiliated Ameria were involved in a conspiracy to do so. Is it a believable conspiracy?
The ability of a few young Muslim men to pull off such a feat is unbelievable. Such total failure of the US National Security State means that America was blindly vulnerable throughout the decades of Cold War with the Soviet Union. If such total failure of the National Security State had really occurred, the White House and Congress would have been screaming for an investigation.
People would have been held accountable for the long chain of security failures that allowed the plot to succeed. Instead, no one was even reprimanded, and the White House resisted all efforts for an investigation for a year. Finally, to shut up the 9/11 families, a 9/11 Commission was convened. The commission duly wrote down the government’s story and that was the “investigation.”
Moreover, there is no evidence to support the official conspiracy theory of 9/11. Indeed, all known evidence contradicts the official conspiracy theory.
For example, it is a proven fact that Building 7 came down at freefall acceleration, which means it was wired for demolition. Why was it wired for demolition? There is no official answer to this question.
It is the known evidence provided by scientists, architects, engineers, pilots, and the first responders who were in the twin towers and personally experienced the numerous explosions that brough down the towers that is described as a conspiracy theory.
The CIA introduced the term “conspiracy theory” into public discourse as part of its action plan to discredit skeptics of the Warren Commission report on the assassination of President John F. Kennedy.
Any explanation other than the one handed down, which is contradicted by all known evidence, was debunked as a conspiracy theory.
Conspiracy theories are the backbone of US foreign policy. For example, the George W. Bush regime was active in a conspiracy against Iraq and Saddam Hussein.
The Bush regime created fake evidence of Iraqi “weapons of mass destruction,” sold the false story to a gullible world and used it to destroy Iraq and murder its leader. Similarly, Gaddafi was a victim of an Obama/Hillary conspiracy to destroy Libya and murder Gaddafi. Assad of Syria and Iran were slated for the same treatment until the Russians intervened.
Currently, Washington is engaged in conspiracies against Russia, China, and Venezuela. Proclaiming a non-existant “Iranian threat,” Washington put US missiles on Russia’s border and used the “North Korean threat” to put missiles on China’s border.
The democratically elected leader of Venezuela is said by Washington to be a dictator, and sanctions have been put on Venezuela to help the small Spanish elite through whom Washington has traditionally ruled South American countries pull off a coup and reestablish US control over Venezuela.
Everyone is a threat: Venezuela, Yemen, Syria, Iran, Iraq, Aghanistan, tribes in Pakistan, Libya, Russia, China, North Korea, but never Washington. The greatest conspiracy theory of our time is that Americans are surrounded by foreign threats. We are not even safe from Venezuela,
The New York Times, the Washington Post, CNN, NPR, and the rest of the presstitutes are quick to debunk as conspiracy theories all explanations that differ from the explanations of the ruling interests that the presstitutes serve.
Yet, as I write and for some nine months to date, the presstitute media has itself been promoting the conspiracy theory that Donald Trump was involved in a conspiracy with the president of Russia and Russian intelligence services to hack the US presidential election and place Trump, a Russian agent, in the White House.
This conspiracy theory has no evidence whatsoever. It doesn’t need evidence, because it serves the interests of the military/security complex, the Democratic Party, the neoconservatives, and permits the presstitutes to show lavish devotion to their masters. By endless repetition a lie becomes truth.
There is a conspiracy, and it is against the Western people. Their jobs have been offshored in order to enrich the already rich. They have been forced into debt in a futile effort to maintain their living standards. Their effort to stem their decline by electing leaders who spoke for them is being subverted before their eyes by an utterly corrupt media and ruling class.
Sooner or later it will dawn on them that there is nothing they can do but violently revolt. Most likely, by the time they reach this conclusion it will be too late. Westerners are very slow to escape from the false reality in which they live. Westerners are a thoroughly brainwashed people who hold tightly to their false life within The Matrix.
For the gullible and naive who have been brainwashed into believing that any explanation that differs from the officially-blessed one is a conspiracy theory, there are available online long lists of government conspiracies that succeeded in deceiving the people in order that the governments could achieve agendas that the people would have rejected.
If liberty continues to exist on earth, it will not be in the Western world. It will be in Russia and China, countries that emerged out of the opposite and know the value of liberty, and it will be in those South American countries, such as Venezuela, Ecuador, and Bolivia that fight for their sovereignty against American oppression.
Indeed, as historians unconcerned with their careers are beginning to write, the primary lesson in history is that governments deceive their peoples.
Everywhere in the Western world, government is a conspiracy against the people.
Cartels That Run The World
The following information comes from insider interviews with Ellis Medavoy and Richard Bell, two people I interview extensively in my collection, The Matrix Revealed. This is just a brief taste of what they have to say…
Major institutions on this planet that control Military, Money, Energy, Government, Medical, Corporate, Media, and Education are becoming, more and more, global cartels, horizontally integrated across national borders.
This is more than a top-down command process. It’s organically evolving. Three steps forward, two steps back. There is a great deal of competition among the components of a given cartel, but there is also cooperation. And in the long run, the see-saw is tipping in the direction of cooperation, as these entities realize they may well have more to gain that way.
I can’t stress too strongly this EVOLVING process. All attempts to merely assume twelve men in a room run the planet fall woefully short.
Instead, over time, people who lead a powerful institution (like Energy, for example) look out and recognize more major players, and in this recognition there is an impulse to compete and win and destroy, but there is also an impulse to build commonality and therefore monopolize the entire territory.
During one conversation with retired master propagandist Ellis Medavoy, I asked him about the extent of mutual cooperation in his given field, psychological warfare. He responded:
“Twenty years ago, I would have said we were all operating separately and jealously. Each of us was mining his own contacts and building his false pictures of reality for the masses. But then things began to change. Globally. First of all, more of us were pushing the same holograms.
And because communication and travel were speeding up so rapidly, we were working a lot of the same venues. We would run into each other more often. We began to share information. I mean, it was cautious. We weren’t gushing with unbridled love, I assure you. The competitive factor was still strong. And we had fights.
But through all that, we began to see through the fog, so to speak. We began to understand the effectiveness of cooperating. We would test each other with privileged information, to see if we could trust each other to keep it private. A tidbit here, a tidbit there.
And you see, behind us, other groups were finding commonality, too. For example, in the area of medical propaganda, where I operated a lot of the time. And these groups saw they could join together for specific operations, on an international scale.
They could push enormous lies globally, and everyone of their class would profit and gain wider control. So I would find myself working with a psy warfare guy from, say, France, or Germany in a joint venture. We would rub elbows. We’d be feeding from the same basic money trough.
We’d both be briefed by a team of intelligence experts, and those experts would be of several nationalities. Slowly, I saw a new kind of umbrella structure emerging.
See, suppose during the secret lead-up to a planned economic crisis [money cartel], you can distract everybody with a phony epidemic [medical cartel]. Do you see? Leaders perceive a reason to cooperate. Planners become more intelligent and clever. They reach across lines they never would have reached across before…
You begin to see the outlines of a much more inclusive future structure. This is multi-front warfare.”
Richard Bell, another former insider, said to me:
“People like to assume that money is everything. If you can limit the amount of money the public has, eventually they weaken and cave in and they’re easier to control. And this is certainly true.
But on the other hand, as mega-corporations gain more power and range and markets, you have a clash, because those corporations, which are now cooperating in ways they never have, as a cartel in some respects, want customers for their products.
They don’t want abject poverty across the board. People have to be able to buy their products.
“So there is a heavy conflict. It’s a conflict between elite bankers [money cartel] and mega-corporations [corporation cartel]. It needs to be resolved through advance planning, over the long term.
So now you have these powerful men sitting down and talking in a new way. Other big-time players get involved, too [government, media, energy cartels, for example].”
This is just the beginning of what these people have to say about the Matrix in their interviews and how it really works.
Pope Francis’ Vatican: A Cesspool Of Pedophiles And Homosexuals August 27 2017 | From: In a sobering message at the funeral of Cardinal Joachim Meisner on July 15, 2017, Pope Emeritus Benedict XVI described the Catholic Church as a “boat” that “has taken on so much water as to be on the verge of capsizing.”
Cardinal Meisner was one of four Catholic clergymen who wrote a letter (dubia) to Pope Francis asking him to clarify his Amoris Laetitia apostolic exhortation that can be understood as giving permission to civilly-divorced-and-remarried Catholics (and therefore living in adultery, according to the Church) as well as unmarried cohabiting Catholics (i.e., living in fornication) to receive Holy Communion.
Reportedly, Francis published the exhortation despite having received corrections from theologians. Months after Meisner et al. sent Francis their letter, the pope still has not responded.
If the Church is a “boat” that “has taken on so much water as to be on the verge of capsizing,” then Pope Francis’ Vatican is already submerged - in a cesspool of child porn, child rape, homosexual sex-and-drug orgy, and an in-your-face homoerotic church mural.
Michael Stone reports for Patheos, Oct. 3, 2014, that police found more than 100,000 child porn videos and photos on the computer of former Archbishop Jozef Wesolowski in his office at the Holy See diplomatic compound in the Dominican Republic. Wesolowski was the Vatican’s papal nuncio or ambassador in Santo Domingo.
Under house arrest at the Vatican, Wesolowski is also accused of raping numerous children in the Dominican Republic and Poland, and is one of the highest-ranking church officials to be accused of sexually abusing children during the Catholic Church’s widespread and costly sexual abuse scandal.
Wesolowski is also suspected of having sexually abused children while serving in other posts during his career - in South Africa, Costa Rica, Japan, Switzerland, India and Denmark.
After being publicly accused of procuring child prostitutes in 2013, Vatican officials secretly removed Wesolowski from his post as papal nuncio in Santo Domingo so as to avoid criminal prosecution.
In September 2014, Weslowski was placed under house arrest at the Vatican in response to popular outrage after reports began to circulate that the accused child rapist was free to wander the streets of Rome.
Authorities in both the Dominican Republic and Poland - Wesolowski’s country of origin where he has also been accused of sexually abusing children - want him extradicted to face criminal charges.
According to Vatican detectives, some of the horrors found on the former Archbishop’s computer included around 160 videos showing teenage boys forced to perform sexual acts on themselves and on adults, and more than 86,000 pornographic photos methodically archived in several category-based folders.
At least another 45,000 pictures were deleted, while even more child pornography was found on a laptop Wesolowski used during his trips abroad.
Wesolowski was charged with sexually abusing minors and child porn possession; if convicted, he would face 12 years in jail. Scheduled for July 11, 2015, his trial was postponed because of an “unexpected illness”. On August 27, 2015, Wesołowski was found dead in his residence from a heart attack. (Wikipedia)
More recently, another high-ranking Vatican official was charged with sexual assault.
The New York Post reports that on June 22, 2017, Australian police charged Cardinal George Pell - Pope Francis’ chief financial adviser and Australia’s most senior Catholic - with multiple counts of “historical sexual assault offenses,” meaning offenses that generally occurred some time ago. Police gave no other details.
Pell, the highest-ranking Vatican official to ever be charged in the church’s long-running sexual abuse scandal, had also been accused of mishandling cases of clergy abuse when he was archbishop of Melbourne and, later, Sydney. He has denied all abuse allegations.
Meanwhile, the AP reports that, ignoring advice from the Vatican’s Congregation for the Doctrine of the Faith, “Pope Francis has quietly reduced sanctions against a handful of pedophile priests, applying his vision of a merciful church even to its worst offenders in ways that survivors of abuse and the pope’s own advisers question.”
At least one case has come back to bite Francis:
“An Italian priest who received the pope’s clemency was later convicted by an Italian criminal court for his sex crimes against children as young as 12. The Rev. Mauro Inzoli is now facing a second church trial after new evidence emerged against him”.
2. Homosexual Cocaine Orgy
In late June, 2017, Vatican police raided a cocaine-fueled gay-sex party at the apartment of Monsignor Luigi Capozzi, 49 - the secretary of one of Pope Francis’ key advisers and president of the Vatican’s Pontifical Council for Legislative Texts, Cardinal Francesco Coccopalmerio.
Ironically, the apartment is in a building right next to St. Peter’s Basilica, which belongs to the Vatican’s Congregation for the Doctrine of Faith - the arm charged with tackling clerical sex abuse. As such, the building enjoys the extraterritorial rights of the Vatican, unchecked by the Italian State.
After neighbors complained repeatedly about constant comings and goings of visitors to the building during all hours of the night, Vatican police raided the apartment and found multiple men engaged in rampant drug use and homosexual activity.
Police arrested Capozzi, whom Italian media called an “ardent supporter of Pope Francis,” after taking him to a clinic to detox from the cocaine he’d ingested. Capozzi is now on a spiritual retreat in an undisclosed convent in Italy. Despite his arrest, he is still listed as an active staff member on the website of the Pontifical Council for the Interpretation of Legal Texts.
Capozzi, who on his LinkedIn page calls himself an “expert in canon law and dogmatic theology,” managed to evade suspicion from Italian police by using a BMW luxury car with license plates of the Holy See, which made him practically immune to stops and searches.
This privilege, usually reserved for high-ranking prelates, allowed the monsignor to transport cocaine for his frequent homosexual orgies without being stopped by the Italian police.
In response to the news of the police raid, Pope Francis decided to “accelerate” the retirement of Cardinal Francesco Coccopalmerio. At age 79, Coccopalmerio is way beyond the age of retirement of 75, but was kept on by Francis. Incredibly, Coccopalmerio had recommended Capozzi for a promotion to bishop, despite Capozzi’s previous alleged drug overdoses.
Coccopalmerio, as President of the Pontifical Council for the Interpretation of Legal Texts, is the Vatican’s top canonical official and one of Pope Francis’ closest collaborators and ardent supporters. Earlier this year, the Vatican’s publishing house released with much fanfare a book by Coccopalmeiro that defended Francis’s Amoris Laetitia, even though it contradicted perennial Catholic teaching.
In a 2014 interview with Rossoporpora, Coccopalmerio said that while homosexual relationships are deemed “illicit” by the Church, Catholic leaders, such as himself, must “emphasize” the “positive realities” that he said are present in homosexual relationships:
“But if I see that the two persons truly love each other, do acts of charity to those in need, for example … then I can also say that, although the relationship remains illicit, positive elements also emerge in the two persons. Instead of closing our eyes to such positive realities, I emphasize them.”
Michael Hichborn, president of the U.S.-based Lepanto Institute, said he highly suspects Coccopalmerio knew of his secretary’s homosexual cocaine orgies:
“Given the monitoring and whispering that goes on in the Vatican, it is unlikely to the point of absurdity that Cardinal Coccopalmerio was unaware of Msgr. Capozzi’s disgusting activities.
In fact, when we consider the 300-page document on the homosexual lobby that was handed to Pope Benedict XVI just before he resigned, the probability is that many who work in the Vatican were fully aware of what Capozzi was doing, and that such activities are taking place among other clergy as well.”
Hichborn said that the homosexual orgy happening right next to St. Peter’s is indicative that the Vatican is “ground zero for a mass apostasy that is happening right now within the Catholic Church.” Hichborn said that the Church’s enemies are now trying to destroy her from within:
“We know for a fact that Communists and homosexuals were specifically recruited as far back as the 1920’s to infiltrate seminaries. It was a concerted effort to destroy the Church from within. What we are seeing is the culmination of nearly 100 years worth of this effort playing itself out.”
In March 2017, reports surfaced that Archbishop Vincenzo Paglia, in 2007 when he was a diocesan bishop, had commissioned a homosexual artist to paint a gigantic blasphemous homoerotic mural in his cathedral church of the Diocese of Terni-Narni-Amelia in Umbria, central Italy.
The mural that covers the opposite side of the facade of the church portrays Jesus carrying nets to heaven filled with writhing naked and semi-nude homosexuals, transsexuals, prostitutes, and drug dealers.
The image of the archbishop himself is depicted among those in the nets.
Archbishop Paglia defended the muraldeemed by Catholic critics to be “blasphemous” and “disgusting,” as well as “demonic,” saying it was part of a commitment to evangelizing. Regarding his inclusion in the mass of nude bodies shown in the mural, he said, “I too am included in the mural as one who needs redemption no less than anyone else.”
Not coincidentally, Paglia also defended Pope Francis’ Amoris Laetitia on allowing adulterers and others living in mortal sin receive the Eucharist, which reinforces the suspicion of many that the real intent of Amoris Laetitia ultimately is to legitimate homosexuality.
Commenting on the cesspool in the Vatican, Riposte Catholiqueobserves:
“One thinks one is dreaming: in the most deplorable of ways, the Rome of today seems to have fallen lower than the Rome of the Borgias.”
In a talk given in Washington D.C. last October, the orthodox Bishop Athanasius Schneider of Kazakhstan points out that where there is heresy, there is also sexual immorality because “heresy” always goes hand-in-hand with an “unchaste life”.
No wonder some Catholics call Jorge Bergoglio (Pope Francis is his job title) an anti-Pope.
No wonder U.S. Catholic congregations are aging and dying off. At least 60% of most congregations today are over 65 years of age. (Catholic Journal)
Reporter Who Exposed BBC Pedophilia Cover Up Found Dead August 26 2017 | From: NewsPunch
Liz MacKean, the former British investigative reporter who exposed Jimmy Savile and the culture of pedophile protection at the BBC, has been found dead. She was 52.
MacKean worked at the BBC until she quit in 2013 after executives decided to ban her groundbreaking and brave investigation into predatory pedophile Jimmy Savile in order to protect him and other pedophiles.
The BBC, who blocked her groundbreaking investigation from airing and spent the next few years attempting to destroy her reputation, are reporting that she died of “complications from a stroke.”
Acknowledging her life was under threat during the time she was investigating Savile and BBC elites, MacKean said her conscience left her no option but to pursue the truth and expose the culture of pedophila. The mother of two children believed it was her duty.
When it became public that BBC News blocked her investigation from airing, she admitted on Panorama: “I was very unhappy the story didn’t run because I felt we’d spoken to people who collectively deserved to be heard. And they weren’t heard.
“I thought that that was a failure… I felt we had a responsibility towards them. We got them to talk to us, but above all, we did believe them. And so then, for their stories not to be heard, I felt very bad about that. I felt, very much, that I’d let them down.”
Big Name Stars
Liz MacKean is the second high profile BBC journalist to die in suspicious circumstances after attempting to expose the truth about the pedophile ring operating in the upper reaches of the establishment. Jill Dando, former Crimewatch host, also tried to alert her bosses to the pedophile ring at the BBC, warning that “big name” stars were implicated.
Jill Dando, who was 37, was shot dead on April 26, 1999 on the doorstep of her West London home in a crime that still remains unsolved.
Before she died, Dando had passed a file to senior management in the mid-1990s, proving that big name BBC stars, including Savile, were involved in a pedophile ring, but senior management chose to cover up the child abuse rather than organize and investigation.
“No one wanted to know” when Dando raised concerns about the alleged ring and other sexual abuse claims at the BBC, according to a former colleague and friend.
“I don’t recall the names of all the stars now and don’t want to implicate anyone, but Jill said they were surprisingly big names.
“I think she was quite shocked when told about images of children and that information on how to join this horrible paedophile ring was freely available.
“Jill said others had complained to her about sexual matters and that some female workmates also claimed they had been groped or assaulted.
“Nothing had been done and there seemed to be a policy of turning a blind eye.”
The former colleague said female BBC staff confided in Jill, one of the best-known TV faces of the day after fronting primetime shows including Holiday and the Six O’Clock News as well as Crimewatch.’
The source said: “I think it was in the mid-1990s. She was seen as the face of the BBC and a magnet for women with problems.”
It's Official: This Is Straight Out Of Orwell's 1984... August 26 2017 | From: TruthstreamMedia
Google is actually stepping into the role of 1984's 'Ministry of Truth'.
New internal guidelines to filter search results of web pages - based upon "well established historical and scientific facts".
In other words, any website offering any information that contradicts the "official line" will be demoted in sear rankings.
Vinny Eastwood Rips Apart Mike Hosking, National & Labour August 25 2017 | From: VinnyEastwood If anyone reading this still does not understand how the 'two party' "democratic" system in Western countries really works and what their objectives are; then Vinny Eastwood does a pretty bang-up job of succinctly laying it out.
He is somwhat of a drama queen (and he erroneously, albeit genuinely believes that he and he alone constitues the entirety of the independent news efforts in New Zealand), however the message is on point and quite significant...
Twelve Days Before The 2008 'GFC' "Crash", The US Congress Was Secretly Told To Sell Off Their Stocks August 25 2017 | From: DailyAlternative
In 2015 it was reported that less than two weeks before the economic collapse of 2008, several members of Congress took their money out of the stock market.
Many high ranking government employees were given a heads-up about the impending market crash in secret meetings with the Federal Reserve and the Treasury Department. Then they used that information to engage in insider trading.
It was revealed that Senator Shelley Capito and her husband sold $350,000 worth of Citigroup stock at $83 per share, just one day before the stock dropped to $64 per share.
Another shady trader was Congressman Jim Moran, who had his biggest trading day of the year days after the secret meeting, sellings stock in nearly 100 different companies.
These actions would be illegal for any American in any other circumstance, but members of Congress and high-ranking government officials are actually exempt from insider trading laws.
Years later, a 60 minutes investigation aired on television which highlighted the government’s deep history of insider trading.
The investigation sparked outrage, prompting Congress to pass “the STOCK Act” which was said to hold members of the government to the same standards as any American when it came to insider trading.
However, Congress watered down the bill and changed key elements that would hold them accountable, allowing them to return to business as usual, and escape any consequences for their prior crimes.
In an interview during the 60 minutes investigation, Peter Schweizer of the Hoover Institute told Steve Kroft that:
“It’s really the way the rules have been defined. And the people who make the rules are the political class in Washington and they’ve conveniently written them in such a way that they don’t apply to themselves.
These meetings were so sensitive – that they would actually confiscate cell phones and Blackberries going into those meetings.
What we know is that those meetings were held one day and literally the next day Congressman Bachus would engage in buying stock options based on apocalyptic briefings he had the day before from the Fed chairman and treasury secretary. I mean, talk about a stock tip,” he added.
Since it was passed, the STOCK Act has been more or less worthless. Whenever a politician is accused of anything, they are defended by other politicians and the investigation is immediately stonewalled.
For example, a former staffer for the House Ways and Means Committee, Brian Stutter was guilty of insider trading. However, he avoided charges because House Speaker John Boehner refused to hand over the evidence, and claimed that Sutter had legal immunity.
It seems that the world operates on two different sets of laws – one set for those who claim to rule us, and another for everyone else.
The Reasons Why We Can't Put Down Our Smartphones August 24 2017 | From: Forbes
The long-running news program 60 Minutes is taking on the smartphone industry by uncovering the ways mobile app makers keep people hooked.
Former Google exec Tristan Harris, interviewed for the episode, argues that we’ve been fooled into believing the “technology is neutral” argument.
Instead, he says that software makers have mastered a sort of “addiction code” that keeps people compulsively engaged, such that we can't stand leaving our phones for even a little while.
In other words, the technology has been manipulated to leverage our brains' habit-forming tendencies. Tech insiders call it "brain hacking," and Harris argues that it's destroying our focus and relationships.
This is a big topic that’s close to all of our lives because most of us are married to our gadgets. I covered it from several angles in my book, What Makes Your Brain Happy and Why You Should Do the Opposite, and I’m refreshing the arguments for a new edition of the book coming out next year. With the 60 Minutes story as backdrop, I want to discuss a few of the angles here.
If app makers have mastered a habit-forming “code” that’s working overtime on our phones to keep us hooked, what brain dynamics are they tapping?
The Reward System
The most overarching of the dynamics, and the one that gives the others context, is what’s known as the brain’s reward system - the electro-chemically charged power grid that neurotransmitters surge through when our brains are doing what they’re structured to do: predict and anticipate rewards.
The term “rewards” is broad in this definition, because anything from learning to speak French to going on a date to laying money down on a blackjack table can amount to a reward.
We’re driven to seek rewards of all sorts; it’s how learning happens, and it’s also how habits are formed. The pro-con nature of the reward system - with the neurotransmitter dopamine driving much of the action - is so central to our lives it’s hard to overestimate its importance.
It’s at the core of how our brains interact with the world, whether tangible or virtual (it’s all the same to your brain). And since it’s the system that enables habit formation, both good and bad, it’s also the system that those interested in getting you hooked on anything spend most of their time studying.
(Sidebar: Often in discussions of the reward system, the role of dopamine is mischaracterized, with unfortunate claims like "dopamine is addictive." That's wrong for several reasons, not the least of which is that without dopamine we wouldn't have a reward system, nor would we learn, thrive, reproduce or live.
In combination with other chemicals, dopamine is the high-octane fuel that addictions use, just as it's the fuel that beneficial habits use; goes both ways.)
Anticipation
The reward system operates via anticipation of rewards, which makes the period between thinking of a reward and receiving it very critical. Manipulating that period is a key to engaging app design.
The ongoing series of intermittent, variable rewards that smartphones serve up are tantalizing to the brain because they so effectively leverage this dynamic. We’re forever anticipating the next little reward, and then the next and the next. Our attention is captivated by the anticipation of rewards.
What really charges this up is the meta-anticipation of hidden gems of rewards coming into the mix. For every 50 or so texts, Facebook posts, Instagram pictures or whatever, just a few are going to really deliver the goods. We're neurochemically trained to drill down and down for these rewards, through however much mediocrity and nonsense is in the way.
To elicit more rewards, we contribute to the reward stream by making our own posts and waiting for a response. Every time we post something, we're starting an anticipation stopwatch that works on the same principle. The jolt might even be more profound because it's coming from a reward process we initiated, and that's a brain boost with few equals.
And what's fueling all of this compulsive reward anticipation?
Anxiety
There’s a debate about which model best describes why we get hooked on technologies. Some think the addiction model fits best, but the problem with that argument is that addictions operate with a distinct pleasure principle. Someone starts using a drug to get the euphoria or other sensations at the other end, whether for pain relief or otherwise.
Over time the drug can’t deliver the same way, so more and more is taken to get the effect. Same for behavioral addictions like gambling - the gambler wants the high that comes from taking the risk, but the risk has to get bigger over time to deliver the same feeling.
What seems to better fit compulsive technology use is the anxiety model. It’s not purely a desire for pleasure, but a response to heightened stress and anxiety that keeps us clicking. We're not talking about overt, panic-level anxiety; anxiety is insidious precisely because it's usually not overt, but more like a charged hum in the background that seeps into our thoughts and influences our actions.
Often we react to it without consciously thinking through why. Smartphones, it turns out, are short-term anxiety elixirs.
As author Sharon Begley notes in her book on compulsive behavior, Can’t Just Stop,
“By making us feel we are always connected to the world, [smartphones] alleviate the anxiety that otherwise floods into us from feeling alone and untethered.”
Research on the topic backs up that argument, showing that compulsive smartphone use is tied closely to anxiety, even more so for those with forms of anxiety disorder, which happens to be an enormous and growing segment of the population. The same conclusions have been reached by research on problematic internet use in general: anxiety is a potent precursor.
One component of that anxiety is that we don’t like being alone with our thoughts. Begley discusses a study that I’ve also covered here, showing how for many people receiving a mild electric shock is preferable to doing nothing in a room for 15 minutes.
That makes sense when you consider how our smartphones now fill all of the empty time slots in our days, times we’d otherwise be alone to think.
The technology fills the empty space available, and then creeps into spaces already filled with things like conversations with people in front of us. (The 60 Minutes episode also pointed out that our phones seem to directly contribute to our anxiety over time by triggering spikes in the stress hormone cortisol.)
Compounding that anxiety, and fueling it along the way, is the constant fear that we’ll miss the important rewards. While the term "FOMO" (Fear of Missing Out) may have started as Urban Dictionary slang, it’s an on-the-mark description of a key brain dynamic.
Some psychologists have defined it as “a desire to stay continually connected with what others are doing”–because it’s exactly “what others are doing,” whoever they may be, that drives the reward machine. If we’re not connected, the rewards pass us by and we feel a sense of loss, and we also miss the opportunity to contribute to the reward stream and anticipate the rewards we'll receive in response.
Withdrawal
When you combine that sense of loss with anxiety, you have the sensation that comes from feeling disconnected, and it really is a form of withdrawal.
Here again we have to be careful with definitions, because withdrawal is mostly associated with the addiction model. In the anxiety model, we’re struck by more and stronger anxiety from feeling disconnected via the digital conduit that keeps us tethered to the world.
It’s not the same as addiction withdrawal (especially from chemical addictions), but there are similar elements. When the brain has engaged and established a habit that alleviates anxiety, and that habit is disrupted, then the predictable result is even more anxiety.
Does anyone want to feel that? No, so the urge to keep our smartphones nearby at all times is a hedge against feeling anything like it.
This is a complex story, of course, as all brain stories are, but the dynamics we just walked through constitute much of the drama. Knowing all of this, you can see why those with a vested interest in keeping us hooked pay close attention to how these dynamics can be manipulated.
For an app to break through and grab us - to become part of our personal habit matrix–it must leverage all of these dynamics tied to the brain's reward system. The most successful of those apps are designed so well, the effects are seamless.
Is this all the same as saying we’re “addicted” to our smartphones? I'd argue no, for the reasons discussed, but there’s no question that we’ve developed an ever-more compulsive habit of using them to counterbalance stress and anxiety, which are only getting more intense in our pressure-keg culture.
It's the perfect storm of technology and need fulfillment, and we're all carrying around the proof in our pockets.
Steve Bannon Speaks After White House Departure: ‘I’m Going To War For Trump’ August 23 2017 | From: TheGatewayPundit / Various Former Chief White House Strategist Steve Bannon isn’t going anywhere anytime soon. In fact, the 63-year-old Virginia native is gearing up to defend President Trump against forces he believes are the enemies of America.
In an interview with Bloomberg News, Bannon issued the following warning:
“If there’s any confusion out there, let me clear it up: I’m leaving the White House and going to war for Trump against his opponents - on capitol hill, in the media, and in corporate America,” Bannon said Friday in an interview hours after his departure was announced by the administration.
While reports of now former Chief White House Strategist Steve Bannon leaving the Trump administration have been circulating for months, Friday was the day those rumors became reality.
While Breitbart News is reportedly plotting to go ‘thermonuclear’ against ‘globalists’ inside the Trump administration, Bannon may be personally gearing up to take on the Drudge Report’s Matt Drudge.
“Sources who have spoken to Bannon say the nationalist firebrand is expected to return to his old news site Breitbart. And one person close to Bannon says he has his eye on who he believes helped accelerate his ouster: Matt Drudge.
“Matt Drudge worked to remove Steve Bannon, that is the reality,” said former Trump campaign adviser Sam Nunberg, who regularly talks with Bannon.
“And I hope Matt is happy because his work helped Bannon not be in the West Wing, but it helped Democrats and people that didn’t vote for Trump be in the West Wing.”
Nunberg is specifically frustrated with the continued presence and influence of chief economic adviser Gary Cohn, National Security Adviser HR McMaster, and the duo he derisively calls Javanka, Jared Kushner and Ivanka Trump. Bannon has openly feuded with Cohn, and Breitbart has for weeks been waging a battle against McMaster.
Kushner developed a relationship with Drudge dating back to the campaign, and Bannon allies also blame the son-in-law for his ouster. People close to Bannon say Bannon privately hoped Kushner would “go down” over the intensifying Russia investigation.
But a source close to Kushner said anyone who thinks you can tell Matt Drudge what to do and have influence over him does not understand Matt Drudge.
Media relationships are important in the White House, Nunberg said, and the fact that Drudge hasn’t given Breitbart a hyperlink in months and didn’t like Bannon hurt him."
“It’s not lost on Steve or Breitbart staff that Drudge was out for Steve,” Nunberg said.
False Flag Terrorism Isn’t A “Theory”: It’s Admitted And Widespread August 23 2017 | From: Geopolitics / Various
Presidents, Prime Ministers, Congressmen, Generals, Spooks, Soldiers and Police Admit to False Flag Terror.
Although some have not, just quite yet:
Where are your wings, Mr "Airplane"?
In the following instances, officials in the government which carried out the attack (or seriously proposed an attack) admit to it, either orally, in writing, or through photographs or videos:
1) Japanese troops set off a small explosion on a train track in 1931, and falsely blamed it on China in order to justify an invasion of Manchuria. This is known as the “Mukden Incident” or the “Manchurian Incident”. The Tokyo International Military Tribunal found:
“Several of the participators in the plan, including Hashimoto [a high-ranking Japanese army officer], have on various occasions admitted their part in the plot and have stated that the object of the ‘Incident’ was to afford an excuse for the occupation of Manchuria by the Kwantung Army ….”
2) A major with the Nazi SS admitted at the Nuremberg trials that – under orders from the chief of the Gestapo – he and some other Nazi operatives faked several attacks on their own people and resources which they blamed on the Poles, to justify the invasion of Poland.
The German radio station Sender Gleiwitz [details below]
The strategic railway at POSunka Pass (Jabłonków Incident), located on the border between Poland and Czechoslovakia
The German customs station at Hochlinden (today part of Rybnik-Stodoły)
The forest service station in Pitschen (Byczyna)
The communications station at Neubersteich (“Nieborowitzer Hammer” before 12 February 1936, now Kuznia Nieborowska)
The railroad station in Alt-Eiche (Smolniki), Rosenberg in Westpreußen district
A woman and her companion in Katowice
The details of the Gleiwitz radio station incident include:
“On the night of 31 August 1939, a small group of German operatives dressed in Polish uniforms and led by Naujocks seized the Gleiwitz station and broadcast a short anti-German message in Polish (sources vary on the content of the message). The Germans’ goal was to make the attack and the broadcast look like the work of anti-German Polish saboteurs.
To make the attack seem more convincing, the Germans used human corpses to pass them off as Polish attackers. They murdered Franciszek Honiok, a 43-year-old unmarried German Silesian Catholic farmer known for sympathizing with the Poles.
He had been arrested the previous day by the Gestapo. He was dressed to look like a saboteur, then killed by lethal injection, given gunshot wounds, and left dead at the scene so that he appeared to have been killed while attacking the station. His corpse was subsequently presented to the police and press as proof of the attack."
3) The minutes of the high command of the Italian government – subsequently approved by Mussolini himself – admitted that violence on the Greek-Albanian border was carried out by Italians and falsely blamed on the Greeks, as an excuse for Italy’s 1940 invasion of Greece.
4) Nazi general Franz Halder also testified at the Nuremberg trials that Nazi leader Hermann Goering admitted to setting fire to the German parliament building in 1933, and then falsely blaming the communists for the arson.
5) Soviet leader Nikita Khrushchev admitted in writing that the Soviet Union’s Red Army shelled the Russian village of Mainila in 1939 – while blaming the attack on Finland – as a basis for launching the “Winter War” against Finland.
Russian president Boris Yeltsin agreed that Russia had been the aggressor in the Winter War.
6) The Russian Parliament, current Russian president Putin and former Soviet leader Gorbachev all admit that Soviet leader Joseph Stalin ordered his secret police to execute 22,000 Polish army officers and civilians in 1940, and then falsely blamed it on the Nazis.
7) The British government admits that – between 1946 and 1948 – it bombed 5 ships carrying Jews who were Holocaust survivors attempting to flee to safety in Palestine right after World War II, set up a fake group called “Defenders of Arab Palestine”, and then had the psuedo-group falsely claim responsibility for the bombings (and see this, this and this).
8) Israel admits that in 1954, an Israeli terrorist cell operating in Egypt planted bombs in several buildings, including U.S. diplomatic facilities, then left behind “evidence” implicating the Arabs as the culprits (one of the bombs detonated prematurely, allowing the Egyptians to identify the bombers, and several of the Israelis later confessed) (and see this and this).
The U.S. Army does not believe this is an isolated incident. For example, the U.S. Army’s School of Advanced Military Studies said of Mossad (Israel’s intelligence service):
“Ruthless and cunning. Has capability to target U.S. forces and make it look like a Palestinian/Arab act.”
9) The CIA admits that it hired Iranians in the 1950's to pose as Communists and stage bombings in Iran in order to turn the country against its democratically-elected prime minister.
10) The Turkish Prime Minister admitted that the Turkish government carried out the 1955 bombing on a Turkish consulate in Greece – also damaging the nearby birthplace of the founder of modern Turkey – and blamed it on Greece, for the purpose of inciting and justifying anti-Greek violence.
“Starting in the 1950s Turkey’s deep state sponsored killings, engineered riots, colluded with drug traffickers, staged “false flag” attacks and organised massacres of trade unionists. Thousands died in the chaos it fomented."
11) The British Prime Minister admitted to his defense secretary that he and American president Dwight Eisenhower approved a plan in 1957 to carry out attacks in Syria and blame it on the Syrian government as a way to effect regime change.
13) In 1960, American Senator George Smathers suggested that the U.S. launch “a false attack made on Guantanamo Bay which would give us the excuse of actually fomenting a fight which would then give us the excuse to go in and [overthrow Castro]”.
A U.S. Navy HSS-1 Seabat helicopter hovers over Soviet submarine B-59, forced to the surface by U.S. Naval forces in the Caribbean near Cuba (October 28–29, 1962)
14) Official State Department documents show that, in 1961, the head of the Joint Chiefs and other high-level officials discussed blowing up a consulate in the Dominican Republic in order to justify an invasion of that country.
The plans were not carried out, but they were all discussed as serious proposals.
15) As admitted by the U.S. government, recently declassified documents show that in 1962, the American Joint Chiefs of Staff signed off on a plan to blow up AMERICAN airplanes (using an elaborate plan involving the switching of airplanes), and also to commit terrorist acts on American soil, and then to blame it on the Cubans in order to justify an invasion of Cuba.
16) In 1963, the U.S. Department of Defense wrote a paper promoting attacks on nations within the Organization of American States – such as Trinidad-Tobago or Jamaica – and then falsely blaming them on Cuba.
17) The U.S. Department of Defense also suggested covertly paying a person in the Castro government to attack the United States:
“The only area remaining for consideration then would be to bribe one of Castro’s subordinate commanders to initiate an attack on Guantanamo.”
18) A U.S. Congressional committee admitted that – as part of its “Cointelpro” campaign – the FBI had used many provocateurs in the 1950s through 1970s to carry out violent acts and falsely blame them on political activists.
19) A top Turkish general admitted that Turkish forces burned down a mosque on Cyprus in the 1970s and blamed it on their enemy. He explained:
“In Special War, certain acts of sabotage are staged and blamed on the enemy to increase public resistance. We did this on Cyprus; we even burnt down a mosque.”
In response to the surprised correspondent’s incredulous look the general said, “I am giving an example”.
20) A declassified 1973 CIA document reveals a program to train foreign police and troops on how to make booby traps, pretending that they were training them on how to investigate terrorist acts:
“The Agency maintains liaison in varying degrees with foreign police/security organizations through its field stations ….
[CIA provides training sessions as follows:]
a. Providing trainees with basic knowledge in the uses of commercial and military demolitions and incendiaries as they may be applied in terrorism and industrial sabotage operations.
b. Introducing the trainees to commercially available materials and home laboratory techniques, likely to he used in the manufacture of explosives and incendiaries by terrorists or saboteurs.
c. Familiarizing the trainees with the concept of target analysis and operational planning that a saboteur or terrorist must employ.
d. Introducing the trainees to booby trapping devices and techniques giving practical experience with both manufactured and improvised devices through actual fabrication.
***
The program provides the trainees with ample opportunity to develop basic familiarity and use proficiently through handling, preparing and applying the various explosive charges, incendiary agents, terrorist devices and sabotage techniques."
21) The German government admitted (and see this) that, in 1978, the German secret service detonated a bomb in the outer wall of a prison and planted “escape tools” on a prisoner – a member of the Red Army Faction – which the secret service wished to frame the bombing on.
22) A Mossad agent admits that, in 1984, Mossad planted a radio transmitter in Gaddaffi’s compound in Tripoli, Libya which broadcast fake terrorist transmissions recorded by Mossad, in order to frame Gaddaffi as a terrorist supporter.
Ronald Reagan bombed Libya immediately thereafter.
23) The South African Truth and Reconciliation Council found that, in 1989, the Civil Cooperation Bureau (a covert branch of the South African Defense Force) approached an explosives expert and asked him “to participate in an operation aimed at discrediting the ANC [the African National Congress] by bombing the police vehicle of the investigating officer into the murder incident”, thus framing the ANC for the bombing.
24) An Algerian diplomat and several officers in the Algerian army admit that, in the 1990s, the Algerian army frequently massacred Algerian civilians and then blamed Islamic militants for the killings (and see this video; and Agence France-Presse, 9/27/2002, French Court Dismisses Algerian Defamation Suit Against Author).
25) In 1993, a bomb in Northern Ireland killed 9 civilians. Official documents from the Royal Ulster Constabulary (i.e. the British government) show that the mastermind of the bombing was a British agent, and that the bombing was designed to inflame sectarian tensions. And see this and this.
26) The United States Army’s 1994 publication Special Forces Foreign Internal Defense Tactics Techniques and Procedures for Special Forces – updated in 2004 – recommends employing terrorists and using false flag operations to destabilize leftist regimes in Latin America.
False flag terrorist attacks were carried out in Latin America and other regions as part of the CIA’s “Dirty Wars“. And see this.
27) Similarly, a CIA “psychological operations” manual prepared by a CIA contractor for the Nicaraguan Contra rebels noted the value of assassinating someone on your own side to create a “martyr” for the cause.
The manual was authenticated by the U.S. government. The manual received so much publicity from Associated Press, Washington Post and other news coverage that – during the 1984 presidential debate – President Reagan was confronted with the following question on national television:
“At this moment, we are confronted with the extraordinary story of a CIA guerrilla manual for the anti-Sandinista contras whom we are backing, which advocates not only assassinations of Sandinistas but the hiring of criminals to assassinate the guerrillas we are supporting in order to create martyrs."
28) A Rwandan government inquiry admitted that the 1994 shootdown and murder of the Rwandan president, who was from the Hutu tribe – a murder blamed by the Hutus on the rival Tutsi tribe, and which led to the massacre of more than 800,000 Tutsis by Hutus – was committed by Hutu soldiers and falsely blamed on the Tutsi. [GR Editor:
This government report is contested. The alleged role of foreign powers in the shoot down is not acknowledged]
30) Senior Russian Senior military and intelligence officers admit that the KGB blew up Russian apartment buildings in 1999 and falsely blamed it on Chechens, in order to justify an invasion of Chechnya (and see this report and this discussion).
31) As reported by the New York Times, BBC and Associated Press, Macedonian officials admit that in 2001, the government murdered 7 innocent immigrants in cold blood and pretended that they were Al Qaeda soldiers attempting to assassinate Macedonian police, in order to join the “war on terror”.
They lured foreign migrants into the country, executed them in a staged gun battle, and then claimed they were a unit backed by Al Qaeda intent on attacking Western embassies”. Specifically, Macedonian authorities had lured the immigrants into the country, and then – after killing them – posed the victims with planted evidence – “bags of uniforms and semiautomatic weapons at their side” – to show Western diplomats.
32) At the July 2001 G8 Summit in Genoa, Italy, black-clad thugs were videotaped getting out of police cars, and were seen by an Italian MP carrying “iron bars inside the police station”.
Subsequently, senior police officials in Genoa subsequently admitted that police planted two Molotov cocktails and faked the stabbing of a police officer at the G8 Summit, in order to justify a violent crackdown against protesters.
Even after the 9/11 Commission admitted that there was no connection, Dick Cheneysaid that the evidence is “overwhelming” that al Qaeda had a relationship with Saddam Hussein’s regime, that Cheney “probably” had information unavailable to the Commission, and that the media was not ‘doing their homework’ in reporting such ties.
Top U.S. government officials now admit that the Iraq war was really launched for oil … not 9/11 or weapons of mass destruction.
Despite previous “lone wolf” claims, many U.S. government officials now say that 9/11 was state-sponsored terror; but Iraq was not the state which backed the hijackers. (Many U.S. officials have alleged that 9/11 was a false flag operation by rogue elements of the U.S. government; but such a claim is beyond the scope of this discussion. The key point is that the U.S. falsely blamed it on Iraq, when it knew Iraq had nothing to do with it.).
35) According to the Washington Post, Indonesian police admit that the Indonesian military killed American teachers in Papua in 2002 and blamed the murders on a Papuan separatist group in order to get that group listed as a terrorist organization.
36) The well-respected former Indonesian president also admits that the government probably had a role in the Bali bombings.
38) In 2003, the U.S. Secretary of Defense admitted that interrogators were authorized to use the following method:
“False Flag: Convincing the detainee that individuals from a country other than the United States are interrogating him.”
While not a traditional false flag attack, this deception could lead to former detainees – many of whom were tortured – attacking the country falsely blamed for the interrogation and torture.
39) Former Department of Justice lawyer John Yoo suggested in 2005 that the US should go on the offensive against al-Qaeda, having “our intelligence agencies create a false terrorist organization.
It could have its own websites, recruitment centers, training camps, and fundraising operations. It could launchfake terrorist operations and claim credit for real terrorist strikes, helping to sow confusion within al-Qaeda’s ranks, causing operatives to doubt others’ identities and to question the validity of communications.”
40) Similarly, in 2005, Professor John Arquilla of the Naval Postgraduate School – a renowned US defense analyst credited with developing the concept of ‘netwar’ – called for western intelligence services to create new “pseudo gang” terrorist groups, as a way of undermining “real” terror networks.
According to Pulitzer-Prize winning journalist Seymour Hersh, Arquilla’s ‘pseudo-gang’ strategy was, Hersh reported, already being implemented by the Pentagon:
“Under Rumsfeld’s new approach, I was told, US military operatives would be permitted to pose abroad as corrupt foreign businessmen seeking to buy contraband items that could be used in nuclear-weapons systems.
In some cases, according to the Pentagon advisers, local citizens could be recruited and asked to join up with guerrillas or terrorists…
The new rules will enable the Special Forces community to set up what it calls ‘action teams’ in the target countries overseas which can be used to find and eliminate terrorist organizations.
‘Do you remember the right-wing execution squads in El Salvador?’ the former high-level intelligence official asked me, referring to the military-led gangs that committed atrocities in the early nineteen-eighties. ‘We founded them and we financed them,’ he said.
‘The objective now is to recruit locals in any area we want. And we aren’t going to tell Congress about it.’ A former military officer, who has knowledge of the Pentagon’s commando capabilities, said, ‘We’re going to be riding with the bad boys.’”
41) United Press International reported in June 2005:
“U.S. intelligence officers are reporting that some of the insurgents in Iraq are using recent-model Beretta 92 pistols, but the pistols seem to have had their serial numbers erased. The numbers do not appear to have been physically removed; the pistols seem to have come off a production line without any serial numbers.
Analysts suggest the lack of serial numbers indicates that the weapons were intended for intelligence operations or terrorist cells with substantial government backing. Analysts speculate that these guns are probably from either Mossad or the CIA.
Analysts speculate that agent provocateurs may be using the untraceable weapons even as U.S. authorities use insurgent attacks against civilians as evidence of the illegitimacy of the resistance."
While none of the soldiers admitted that they were carrying out attacks, British soldiers and a column of British tanks stormed the jail they were held in, broke down a wall of the jail, and busted them out. The extreme measures used to free the soldiers – rather than have them face questions and potentially stand trial – could be considered an admission.
43) Undercover Israeli soldiers admitted in 2005 to throwing stones at other Israeli soldiers so they could blame it on Palestinians, as an excuse to crack down on peaceful protests by the Palestinians.
44) Quebec police admitted that, in 2007, thugs carrying rocks to a peaceful protest were actually undercover Quebec police officers (and see this).
45) A 2008 US Army special operations field manual recommends that the U.S. military use surrogate non-state groups such as “paramilitary forces, individuals, businesses, foreign political organizations, resistant or insurgent organizations, expatriates, transnational terrorism adversaries, disillusioned transnational terrorism members, black marketers, and other social or political ‘undesirables.’”
The manual specifically acknowledged that U.S. special operations can involve both counterterrorism and “Terrorism” (as well as “transnational criminal activities, including narco-trafficking, illicit arms-dealing, and illegal financial transactions.”)
“He should do what I did when I was Minister of the Interior … infiltrate the movement with agents provocateurs inclined to do anything …. And after that, with the strength of the gained population consent, … beat them for blood and beat for blood also those teachers that incite them. Especially the teachers. Not the elderly, of course, but the girl teachers yes."
47) An undercover officer admitted that he infiltrated environmental, leftwing and anti-fascist groups in 22 countries.
Germany’s federal police chief admitted that – while the undercover officer worked for the German police – he acted illegally during a G8 protest in Germany in 2007 and committed arson by setting fire during a subsequent demonstration in Berlin. The undercover officer spent many years living with violent “Black Bloc” anarchists.
48) Denver police admitted that uniformed officers deployed in 2008 to an area where alleged “anarchists” had planned to wreak havoc outside the Democratic National Convention ended up getting into a melee with two undercover policemen.
The uniformed officers didn’t know the undercover officers were cops.
49) At the G20 protests in London in 2009, a British member of parliament saw plain clothes police officers attempting to incite the crowd to violence.
50) The oversight agency for the Royal Canadian Mounted Police admitted that – at the G20 protests in Toronto in 2010 – undercover police officers were arrested with a group of protesters.
Videos and photos (see this and this, for example) show that violent protesters wore very similar boots and other gear as the police, and carried police batons. The Globe and Mail reports that the undercover officers planned the targets for violent attack, and the police failed to stop the attacks.
51) Egyptian politicians admitted (and see this) that government employees looted priceless museum artifacts 2011 to try to discredit the protesters.
52) Austin police admit that 3 officers infiltrated the Occupy protests in that city.
Prosecutors admit that one of the undercover officers purchased and constructed illegal “lock boxes” which ended up getting many protesters arrested.
53) In 2011, a Colombian colonel admitted that he and his soldiers had lured 57 innocent civilians and killed them – after dressing many of them in uniforms – as part of a scheme to claim that Columbia was eradicating left-wing terrorists. And see this.
54) Rioters who discredited the peaceful protests against the swearing in of the Mexican president in 2012 admitted that they were paid 300 pesos each to destroy everything in their path.
According to Wikipedia, photos also show the vandals waiting in groups behind police lines prior to the violence.
55) On November 20, 2014, Mexican agent provocateurs were transported by army vehicles to participate in the 2014 Iguala mass kidnapping protests, as was shown by videos and pictures distributed via social networks.
56) The highly-respected writer for the Telegraph Ambrose Evans-Pritchard says that the head of Saudi intelligence – Prince Bandar – recently admitted that the Saudi government controls “Chechen” terrorists.
57) Two members of the Turkish parliament, high-level American sources and others admitted that the Turkish government – a NATO country – carried out the chemical weapons attacks in Syria and falsely blamed them on the Syrian government; and high-ranking Turkish government admitted on tape plans to carry out attacks and blame it on the Syrian government.
It’s gotten so ridiculous that a U.S. Senator has introduced a “Stop Arming Terrorists Act”, and U.S. Congresswoman – who introduced a similar bill in the House – says:
“For years, the U.S. government has been supporting armed militant groups working directly with and often under the command of terrorist groups like ISIS and al-Qaeda in their fight to overthrow the Syrian government.”
59) The Ukrainian security chief admits that the sniper attacks which started the Ukrainian coup were carried out in order to frame others. Ukrainian officials admit that the Ukrainian snipers fired on both sides, to create maximum chaos.
60) Speaking of snipers, in a secret recording, Venezuelan generals admit that they will deploy snipers to shoot protesters, but keep the marksmen well-hidden from demonstrator and the reporters covering the events so others would be blamed for the deaths.
61) Burmese government officials admitted that Burma (renamed Myanmar) used false flag attacks against Muslim and Buddhist groups within the country to stir up hatred between the two groups, to prevent democracy from spreading.
62) Israeli police were again filmed in 2015 dressing up as Arabs and throwing stones, then turning over Palestinian protesters to Israeli soldiers.
63) Britain’s spy agency has admitted (and see this) that it carries out “digital false flag” attacks on targets, framing people by writing offensive or unlawful material … and blaming it on the target.
64) The CIA has admitted that it uses viruses and malware from Russia and other countries to carry out cyberattacks and blame other countries.
65) U.S. soldiers have admitted that if they kill innocent Iraqis and Afghanis, they then “drop” automatic weapons near their body so they can pretend they were militants.
66) German prosecutors admit that a German soldier disguised himself as a Syrian refugee and planned to shoot people so that the attack would be blamed on asylum seekers.
67) Police frame innocent people for crimes they didn’t commit. The practice is so well-known that the New York Times noted in 1981:
“In police jargon, a throwdown is a weapon planted on a victim."
“Perez, himself a former [Los Angeles Police Department] cop, was caught stealing eight pounds of cocaine from police evidence lockers.
After pleading guilty in September, he bargained for a lighter sentence by telling an appalling story of attempted murder and a “throwdown” – police slang for a weapon planted by cops to make a shooting legally justifiable.
Perez said he and his partner, Officer Nino Durden, shot an unarmed 18th Street Gang member named Javier Ovando, then planted a semiautomatic rifle on the unconscious suspect and claimed that Ovando had tried to shoot themduring a stakeout."
“As part of his plea bargain, Pérez implicated scores of officers from the Rampart Division’s anti-gang unit, describing routinely beating gang members, planting evidence on suspects, falsifying reports and covering up unprovoked shootings."
68) A former U.S. intelligence officer recently alleged:
“Most terrorists are false flag terrorists or are created by our own security services.
69) The head and special agent in charge of the FBI’s Los Angeles office said that most terror attacks are committed by the CIA and FBI as false flags.
70) The Director of Analytics at the interagency Global Engagement Center housed at the U.S. Department of State, also an adjunct professor at George Mason University, where he teaches the graduate course National Security Challenges in the Department of Information Sciences and Technology, a former branch chief in the CIA’s Counterterrorism Center, and an intelligence advisor to the Secretary of Homeland Security (J.D. Maddox) notes:
“Provocation is one of the most basic, but confounding, aspects of warfare. Despite its sometimes obvious use, it has succeeded consistently against audiences around the world, for millennia, to compel war. A well-constructed provocation narrative mutes even the most vocal opposition.
***
The culmination of a strategic provocation operation invariably reflects a narrative of victimhood: we are the victims of the enemy’s unforgivable atrocities.
***
In the case of strategic provocation the deaths of an aggressor’s own personnel are a core tactic of the provocation.
***
The persistent use of strategic provocation over centuries – and its apparent importance to war planners – begs the question of its likely use by the US and other states in the near term."
71) Leaders throughout history have acknowledged the “benefits” of of false flags to justify their political agenda:
“Terrorism is the best political weapon for nothing drives people harder than a fear of sudden death”.
– Adolph Hitler
“Why of course the people don’t want war … But after all it is the leaders of the country who determine the policy, and it is always a simple matter to drag the people along, whether it is a democracy, or a fascist dictatorship, or a parliament, or a communist dictatorship …
Voice or no voice, the people can always be brought to the bidding of the leaders. That is easy. All you have to do is to tell them they are being attacked, and denounce the pacifists for lack of patriotism and exposing the country to danger. It works the same in any country.”
– Hermann Goering, Nazi leader.
“The easiest way to gain control of a population is to carry out acts of terror. [The public] will clamor for such laws if their personal security is threatened”.
– Josef Stalin
Postscript 1: It is not just “modern” nations which have launched false flag attacks. For example, a Native American from one tribe (Pomunkey) murdered a white Englishwoman living in Virginia in 1697 and then falsely blamed it on second tribe (Piscataway).
But he later admitted in court that he was not really Piscataway, and that he had been paid by a provocateur from a third tribe (Iroquois) to kill the woman as a way to start a war between the English and the Piscataway, thus protecting the profitable Iroquois monopoly in trade with the English.
Postscript 2: On multiple occasions, atrocities or warmongering are falsely blamed on the enemy as a justification for war … when no such event ever occurred. This is more like a “fake flag” than a “false flag”, as no actual terrorism occurred.
For example:
The NSA admits that it lied about what really happened in the Gulf of Tonkin incident in 1964 … manipulating data to make it look like North Vietnamese boats fired on a U.S. ship so as to create a false justification for the Vietnam war
One of the central lies used to justify the 1991 Gulf War against Iraq after Iraq invaded Kuwait was the false statement by a young Kuwaiti girl that Iraqis murdered Kuwaiti babies in hospitals. Her statement was arranged by a Congressman who knew that she was actually the daughter of the Kuwaiti Ambassador to the U.S. – who was desperately trying to lobby the U.S. to enter the war – but the Congressman hid that fact from the public and from Congress
Pulitzer prize-winning journalist Ron Suskind reported that the White House ordered the CIA to forge and backdate a document falsely linking Iraq with Muslim terrorists and 9/11 … and that the CIA complied with those instructions and in fact created the forgery, which was then used to justify war against Iraq. And see this and this
Time magazine points out that the claim by President Bush that Iraq was attempting to buy “yellow cake” Uranium from Niger had been checked out - and debunked - by U.S. intelligence a year before the President repeated it.
Everyone knew that Iraq didn’t have weapons of mass destruction. More
The “humanitarian” wars in Syria, Libya and Yugoslavia were all justified by highly exaggerated reports that the leaders of those countries were committing atrocities against their people. And see this
Afterword: The corporate media will likely never report on false flags … as it is ALWAYS pro-war.
The Individual Versus Globalism August 22 2017 | From: JonRappoport
“Global solution” means the individual is cut out of the equation, he doesn’t count, he doesn’t mean anything in the larger scheme of things, he’s just another pawn and cipher to move around on the board.
This is purposeful. This is the script for the future: create problems whose only solution appears to be collective.
Psychologically, mentally, emotionally, and spiritually divert the individual’s attention from his own vision, his own profound desires, his own imagination - and place it within The Group (“all of humanity”).
Propagandize the idea that, if the individual concerns himself with anything other than The Group, he is selfish, greedy, inhumane. He is a criminal.
More and more, this is how the young are being trained these days.
The grand “we” is being sold to them like a cheap street drug. They buy in. They believe this “we” is real, instead of a hollow con designed to drag them into a Globalist framework owned and operated by mega-corporations, banks, foundations, governments, and ubiquitous Rockefeller interests.
And what of the individual, his mind, his unique perception, his independent ideas, his originality, his life-force? Swept away in the rush toward “a better world.”
I have breaking news. Earth is not a spaceship and we are not crew members. If Earth is a spaceship, it has serious design flaws, because it keeps making the same trip around the same sun every year. Each one of us does not have a specified function, as a crew member would.
Going back as far as you want to in history, shortage and scarcity in the world that engendered a crisis was either created by some elite or maintained by them, for the purpose of eradicating dissent and fomenting a collectivist solution. Meaning a solution that came from the top. Meaning a solution that reduced individual freedom.
In recent human history, a different idea emerged: establish severely hamstrung government, in order to protect the individual against it. This idea has had a very tough time. Collectivists have fought it every step of the way.
But regardless of circumstances, the individual can author his own freedom and what it implies. He can discover, within himself, extraordinary possibilities. He can contemplate what it means to create reality that expresses his most profound desires.
And then he can begin a voyage that no one and no group can stop. Civilizations come and go, rise and fall; the individual remains.
The word “imagination,” when properly understood, indicates that the individual can envision and then create futures that never were, and never would be, unless he invented them.
Imagination is the opposite of “provincial,” “restricted,” “well-known,” “familiar,” “accepted.."
That is its challenge to the status quo.
That is the true threat the individual poses to all predictive systems. Therefore, “it’s all just information” is a psyop code-phrase. Ideas, thoughts - nothing is original, nothing is new; we all “share” information floating in the collective consciousness; the individual invents nothing.
Which is the opposite of the truth. The individual invents everything.
He can’t be predicted when he is himself. He is not a pattern. He is not a system.
He is not anyone else.
He thrives on his own inspiration.
He is the ultimate riverboat gambler. He bets the house on his own as-yet uncreated future.
He is not a piece of universe.
He is not a humble servant of Order.
He invents the space and time of his own time to come.
As early as 1961, a brilliant healer, Richard Jenkins, whom I write about in my book, The Secret Behind Secret Societies (part of the Exit From The Matrix collection), explained what was to come. He wrote me a note, which I’m paraphrasing from memory:
“People are confusing their own empathy for others with some inflated idea about group-identity. They aren’t the same. People are becoming afraid of their own unique and distinct existence.
This is a social fear. A new social contract is being foisted on the population. Either you belong, or you have no rights. This is a totalitarian concept. It’s coming in through the back door.”
Well, now, it’s right there at the front door. The individual still has a choice. But he has to make it.
Explore his own power, or give it away for nothing more than an illusion of belonging. Stoke the fires within, or form a diluted image of self, and bow down to The Group.
The “I” is not isolated. He can reach out to others whenever and however he wants to. The question is, is he moving on the ground of his own independence, or is he searching for a group life raft, to which he will attach himself without thought or hesitation?
Beyond economics or politics, Globalism is a system that offers a life raft which is heading toward a machine-future.
Disembark and find the great We, a construct of integrated parts, each of which is an individual, in a state of spiritual amnesia. Happiness there is function and sedation, shadowless, wiped clean of distinctions.
This is the elitist end-game of social justice and equality. It’s a fake culture.
Kim DotCom Warns End Of Mueller - Wikileaks To Destroy Far Left Narrative August 22 2017 | From: TheGatewayPundit
Kim DotCom dropped a bomb in May when he claimed to have evidence that former DNC worker Seth Rich was involved in the leaked emails released by WikiLeaks.
Kim Dotocom: "I know that Seth Rich was involved in the DNC leak."
He admitted earlier that month that he was part of an operation along with Seth Rich to get stolen DNC emails to Wikileaks.
It wasn’t the Russians.
In late May Kim DotCom shared that he was willing to come to the US and give testimony if it is required.
Then Kim DotCom’s lawyers sent a letter to Robert Mueller, Special Counsel appointed to investigate interference with the 2016 United States presidential election and related matters:
Today Kim DotCom warned the end of Mueller is coming! The left was LYING about Russian collusion and Mueller knew it.
Rep. Rohrbacher is going to divulge everything he learned from his meeting with Julian Assange to Donald Trump.
Draining The Swamp: Top EPA Official Resigns Over Climate Change Hoax + Australia ‘Weather-Experts’ Falsify Climate Change August 21 2017 | From: NaturalNews / Infowars / Various
The hoax of human-caused global warming/climate change unraveled further last week after the resignation of a top official at the Environmental Protection Agency.
As reported byBreitbart News, the official - Elizabeth “Betsy” Southerland - didn’t do it as a matter of conscience, per se; after all, she’d worked for EPA for three decades, was no doubt fully vested and has an excellent retirement coming. But she claimed in her resignation letter that President Donald J. Trump’s climate policies were to blame.
Southerland, who was director of science and technology in the Office of Water, said in her letter that “the environmental field is suffering from the temporary triumph of myth over truth” (a claim most climate realists can make about the hoaxers on any given day, really).
"It’s supposed to be her Parthian shot- a damning indictment of the decline of a once-great institution under the wicked Donald Trump and his sinister henchman, EPA Administrator Scott Pruitt,” writes Breitbart’s James Delingpole.
“But, actually, it tells you rather more about the weird, reality-denying mindset which prevails among the inhabitants of the swamp which Trump is busily trying to drain.”
Perhaps the most hilariously nonsensical claim in her letter is this one, Delingpole suggests:
Today the environmental field is suffering from the temporary triumph of myth over truth. The truth is there is NO war on coal, there is NO economic crisis caused by environmental protection, and climate change IS caused by man’s activities.
No ‘war on coal?’ Really? That’s rich, considering then-candidate Barack Obama said in 2008 he was planning to implement policies as president that would wipe out coal-fired electricity when he said:
If somebody wants to build a coal-fired plant, they can. It’s just that it will bankrupt them.
And in doing so - destroying an entire sector of electricity production - Obama further noted that “under my plan…electricity rates would necessarily skyrocket.”
If that’s not a declaration of war against coal, nothing is. But the facts are what they are, even if climate hoaxers at EPA don’t want to admit it. As noted by The Daily Caller, one chart very clearly outlines the damage Obama’s coal policies took on the industry.
"The systematic deconstruction of the coal industry has created very real economic hardship for the ‘coal country’ of Appalachia, which has been economically devastated and offers very few job options for the now-unemployed workers,” The DC noted.
Translation: Obama didn’t give a damn about these mostly rural, white, low-to-middle class workers because they belonged to an industry he sought to shut down.
So for those workers, surely they suffered an economic crisis, contrary to Southerland’s claims. But there’s more. In 2012, one estimate said the cost of EPA regulations on the U.S. economy amounted to around $352 billionper year:
Complying with EPA regulations costs the U.S. economy $353 billion per year - more than 30 times its budget - according to the best available estimate. By way of comparison, that is more than the entire 2011 national GDPs of Denmark ($332 billion) and Thailand ($345 billion).
And Delingpole pointed out that the cost of complying with insane “global warming” policies costs about $1.5 trillion every year. “You could buy a lot of hospitals - or reduce a lot of taxes or national debt - for $1.5 trillion,” he said.
As for her claim that humankind is causing global warming/climate change - the old “settled science” argument - that is not a scientific fact backed up by demonstrable, replicable evidence. And it’s certainly not a “fact” universally accepted by the scientific community. In fact, there’s more evidence that the “science” has been faked than anything else.
Finally, Southerland is certainly free to leave her job, but it wasn’t to serve as high commissioner of the earth; she was a public servant charged with serving the government of the day.
That she would resign over changes in philosophy at the agency she works for - Pruitt is not a global warming hoaxer - tells you more about the arrogance of Washington’s bureaucratic swamp and agency overreach Trump is attempting to vanquish.
Global Warming Petition Project: 31,487 Scientists Do Not Agree With Runaway Man-Made Global Warming
Australia ‘Weather-Experts’ Falsify Climate Change
But don’t worry; the science is settled!
“Global warming is a non-problem…I say this to Obama: Excuse me, Mr. President, but you’re wrong. Dead wrong.” (Dr. Ivar Giaever, Nobel-Prize winner in physics)
"The computer models just weren’t reliable. In fact, I’m not sure the whole thing isn’t crazy, this climate change.”
-
Green Guru James Lovelock, who once predicted imminent destruction of the planet via global warming.
I’ve written a number of articles proving the global warming science is far from “settled.” I’ve also written about the political agenda behind climate change. It is stark:
All nations will be ordered (if treaties are signed) to reduce their overall energy production by a disasterous amount.
Therefore, the output of carbon dioxide would be cut, and, we are told, “the planet could be saved.”
But no replacement of carbon-based fuels with solar, wind, and other popular alternative sources could possibly, given present technology, make up the difference and stave off the catastrophe stemming from a major cut in planetary energy production.
National economies would falter, poverty would deepen, chaos would expand, and in the ensuing crisis, the (Globalist) forces of order would move in and “solve the problem.” Also known as: a takeover of all major institutions of government, worldwide.
Now have a new scandal erupting, on top of a whole pile of prior scientific frauds. As The Daily Caller reports:
“Australian scientists at the Bureau of Meteorology (BOM) ordered a review of temperature recording instruments after the government agency was caught tampering with temperature logs in several locations.”
“Agency officials admit that the problem with instruments recording low temperatures likely happened in several locations throughout Australia, but they refuse to admit to manipulating temperature readings. The BOM located missing logs in Goulburn and the Snow Mountains, both of which are in New South Wales.”
Let’s be clear. The missing and altered temperature readings actually indicated lower-than-normal temperatures which, if reported, would weaken the assertion that Australia is getting hotter.
“BOM [Australian Bureau of Meteorology] has been put under the microscope before for similar manipulations. The agency was accused in 2014 of tampering with the country’s temperature record to make it appear as if temperatures had warmed over the decades, according to reports in August 2014.”
“[Biologist and former director of the environmental unit at the Australian Institute of Public Affairs, Jennifer] Marohasey claimed at the time that BOM’s adjusted temperature records are ‘propaganda’ and not science. She analyzed raw temperature data from places across Australia, compared them to BOM data, and found the agency’s data created an artificial warming trend.”
“Marohasey said BOM adjustments changed Aussie temperature records from a slight cooling trend to one of ‘dramatic warming’ over the past century.”
But don’t worry. The science is settled.
There must be no reasoned debate about the subject. Just start lowering the energy outputs of all countries on the planet.
Certainly don’t listen to a man like Freeman Dyson, who has no mainstream credentials - except for the following: physicist and mathematician, professor emeritus at Princeton’s Institute for Advanced Study, Fellow of the Royal Society, winner of the Lorentz Medal, the Max Planck Medal, the Fermi Award. Dyson states:
"What has happened in the past 10 years is that the discrepancies [in climate change models] between what’s observed and what’s predicted have become much stronger. It’s clear now the [climate change] models are wrong, but it wasn’t so clear 10 years ago…
I’m 100 per cent Democrat myself, and I like Obama. But he took the wrong side on this [climate change] issue, and the Republicans took the right side…”
Pay no attention to that. Shut your eyes, close your mouth, and wait for the lights to dim.
The people in charge are the people in charge, and if they don’t want debate, they must be right.
Censoring debate is always a sign that truth and justice are winning. Right?
Several unhinged commentators have gone so far as to suggest jail time for scientists who deny the existence of manmade warming. Marc Morano, narrator and co-writer of the documentary, Climate Hustle, asked the popular American TV host, Bill Nye “The Science Guy,” whether he thought such jail threats against scientists would have “a chilling effect” on dissent.
Nye answered, “That there is a chilling effect on scientists who are in extreme doubt about climate change - I think is good.”
In other words, love censorship when it silences your opponents.
Bill Nye understands the proper method of science and research (experiment, replication, rejection, debate, questioning) the way a cockroach understands Aristotle’s treatises on logic. Make no mistake about it, we are looking at fake climate science. The purveyors don’t care about truth. They only care about owning the bully pulpit and keeping dissenters away from that pulpit.
This is how official science is done. In the case of climate change, claim the planet is warming and claim the debate about the subject must be cooled until it is frozen and stored in a locker out of view.
In my investigations of official science and medicine over the past 35 years, I’ve seen this strategy deployed time and time again:
“The science is settled…” “The evidence is overwhelming…” “Credible researchers all agree..."
This is how the press creates a fake impression of consensus.
News outlets issue identical stories, inventing an echo chamber. Don’t buy in. Crack the illusion.
Global Warming Climate Model Completely Debunked
Lord Monckton joins Alex Jones via Skype to discuss recent discoveries, made by him and his team, that completely debunk the myth of human accelerated change in global climate.
Cashless Society Alert: Visa Will Be Giving Up To $500,000 To Restaurants That Go ‘100% Cashless’ August 21 2017 | From: WakingTimes
The push toward a cashless society is becoming more of a shove. Before today I had never heard of “The Visa Cashless Challenge”, but after reading about it I have to say that I am quite alarmed.
Visa is trying to “encourage” businesses to go cashless, and one of the ways that they will be doing this is by “awarding up to $500,000 to 50 eligible US-based small business food service owners who commit to joining the 100% cashless quest”.
The food industry is still one of the last bastions where cash is used very heavily, and so it makes sense that Visa would want to target that segment. Of course the more people that use cards to pay for meals, the more money that Visa will make.
When I go to restaurants, I almost always use cash, and I know a lot of other people that very much prefer to use cash in those situations as well. But if Visa has their way, soon all of us will be forced to use some form of digital payment instead. The following is an excerpt from the press release that Visa issued about this new “challenge”…
"Today Visa (NYSE:V) announced it is launching a major effort to encourage businesses to go cashless. Aiming to create a culture where cash is no longer king, the program will give merchants increased ability to accept all forms of global digital payments.
Visa will be encouraging and helping merchants go cashless by using innovation to their advantage in order to stay competitively connected to their customers.
To encourage businesses to go cashless, Visa is announcing The Visa Cashless Challenge, with a call to action for small business restaurants, cafés or food truck owners to describe what cashless means for them, their employees and customers. Visa will be awarding up to $500,000 to 50 eligible US-based small business food service owners who commit to joining the 100% cashless quest.
“At Visa, we believe you can be everywhere you want to be, and that it should be easy to pay and be paid in more ways than ever – whether it’s a phone, card, wearable or other device,” said Jack Forestell, head of global merchant solutions, Visa Inc. “With 70% of the world, or more than 5 billion people, connected via mobile device by 20201, we have an incredible opportunity to educate merchants and consumers alike on the effectiveness of going cashless.”
Visa would love to eliminate the use of cash entirely because it would mean much bigger profits for them.
And of course cashless systems hold a lot of appeal for governments as well because such systems would allow them to monitor and track the behavior of their citizens much more closely.
As our society transitions in that direction, we will be told that it is all about fighting money laundering, tax evasion and terrorism, but there are other ways to combat those issues.
In the end, many people like to use cash because of the privacy that it offers, and there are very powerful forces that would like to eliminate that privacy.
For now, however, advocates of a cashless society are pushing the economic benefits of such a system. Here is more from Visa’s press release…
"Visa has recognized the net benefits for merchants when they reduce dependency on cash transaction. Visa recently conducted a study that found that if businesses in 100 cities transitioned from cash to digital, their cities stand to experience net benefits of $312 billion per year.
According to this study, in New York City alone, businesses could generate an additional $6.8 billion in revenue and save more than 186 million hours in labor, by making greater use of digital payments. This amounts to more than $5 billion annual costs savings for businesses in New York.
The complete results with the benefits of going cashless for businesses will be included in the “Cashless Cities: Realizing the Benefits of Digital Payments” report that will be released by Visa later this year."
And of course the push toward a cashless system is not just happening in the United States.
Over in Sweden, many banks will no longer take or give out cash, and about 95 percent of all retail transactions in the entire country are now cashless.
Of course the EU as a whole is rapidly moving in the direction of phasing out cash. Not too long ago, the European Commission released an “Action Plan” which instructed member states to explore the possibility of “potential upper limits to cash payments”.
Some of the member states have already adopted such “upper limits” on cash transactions, and by slowly lowering those limits over time those countries could eventually phase out cash completely.
And down in Australia, a “Black Economy Taskforce” has been established to go after tax evaders…
"The Black Economy Taskforce has been established to develop an innovative, forward-looking whole-of-government policy response to combat the black economy in Australia, recognising that these issues cannot be tackled by traditional tax enforcement measures alone.
The black economy refers to people who operate entirely outside the tax and regulatory system or who are known to the authorities but do not correctly report their tax obligations."
Of course this represents a major crackdown on cash, because most people that operate in the “underground economy” tend to use cash very heavily. According to Martin Armstrong, there has even been a proposal in Australia to put “nano-chips” into large notes for tracking purposes…
"Michael Andrew, the head of this 1984 style Taskforce to spy on citizens, has proposed that the government should keep track of your $100 and $50 notes by implanting hi-tech nano-chips. He could simply scan your house to see where you are hiding money that the government can confiscate."
Many of us are alarmed by the rise of a cashless society because we know where it could eventually lead.
If government authorities can watch, track and monitor everything that we do and everywhere we go, that opens the door for great tyranny.
And going cashless would also potentially allow government authorities to act as “gatekeepers” for the system. In other words, the government could require all of us to meet certain conditions before we were allowed to participate in the cashless system, and if we refused to meet those conditions we would be unable to buy, sell, open a bank account, get a job or do much of anything else in society.
The potential dangers to our liberties and freedoms are great, and hopefully we can get more people to understand what going to a fully cashless society could ultimately mean for all of us.
Glyphosate Herbicide And Toxic Heavy Metals Act Like "Binary Weapon" To Destroy Kidneys & Four Popular Companies Who Own The Medical Treatments For The Diseases Their Products Cause August 20 2017 | From: NaturalNews / WakingTimes
New research out of Sri Lanka has demonstrated a toxicological aspect of glyphosate that many scientists and laymen alike have overlooked or never even investigated.
Besides its inherent toxicity, glyphosate, the primary herbicide chemical used in Monsanto's Roundup formula, actually makes other toxins and heavy metals more damaging to the body than they otherwise would be on their own.
During the same year that Sri Lankan President Maithripala Sirisena announced a ban on the import and use of glyphosate due to its nephrotoxicity, researchers from Rajarata University and California State University Long Beach determined that glyphosate amplifies the way heavy metals pollute and disrupt normal bodily functions, including the normal function of the kidneys.
C. Jayasumana and his team, who conducted previous research on glyphosate, are trying to get to the bottom of an epidemic of SAN, or Sri Lankan Agricultural Nephropathy, that has been affecting Sri Lankan paddy farmers at an ever-increasing rate since 1994, which is right around the time glyphosate was introduced.
Earlier research pegged both arsenic and cadmium exposure as factors in this deadly endemic disease, which manifests as tubulo-interstitial type nephropathy.
For their study, the team collected urine samples from patients with SAN living in the Padavi-Sripura region of the country, one of the locations where SAN rates have reached epic proportions.
They then compared these samples to those collected from two sets of control groups, one with healthy participants from the same region, and another with participants living in another part of the country.
After analyzing all the samples for 19 different heavy metals as well as the presence of glyphosate, the team learned that heavy metal contamination was particularly problematic in the endemic region and specifically amplified in those who were also exposed to glyphosate. In other words, participants with glyphosate in their systems also had higher-than-normal levels of heavy metals.
"People in disease endemic areas [are] exposed to multiple heavy metals and glyphosate," the study reports. "Results are supportive of toxicological origin of SAN that is confined to specific geographical areas ... multiple heavy metals and glyphosates may play a role in the pathogenesis."
"Heavy metals excessively present in the urine samples of patients with SAN are capable of causing damage to kidneys. Synergistic effects of multiple heavy metals and agrochemicals may be nephrotoxic."
Glyphosate Directly Associated with Kidney Damage, as Evidenced by Higher Creatinine Levels
Levels of creatinine, the waste product left over from the production and use of creatine in muscle metabolism, were also found to be substantially higher in participants exposed to glyphosate.
Creatinine levels in the body generally level out at around two percent under healthy circumstances, but in the participants who were contaminated with glyphosate and heavy metals, creatinine levels were much higher.
Elevated levels of creatinine are indicative of impaired kidney function or kidney disease, which suggests that glyphosate, heavy metals, or more likely a combination of both are causative factors in impaired kidney function and kidney disease, as demonstrated in the study.
"Epidemiological studies have shown a strong association between exposure to heavy metals and the prevalence of chronic kidney disease (CKD)," the authors explain in their paper, which was published in the journal BMC Nephrology.
"We measured glyphosate in urine because two authors ... have formulated a hypothesis that incriminates glyphosate and heavy metal complexes as a causative factor for SAN."
Dr. Stephanie Seneff from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) has conducted her own research on this subject and reached similar conclusions. Be sure to check out her findings and solutions at the following link.
Four Popular Companies Who Own The Medical Treatments For The Diseases Their Products Cause
Listed below are four lethal connections between Big Pharma and some of our most popular consumer products, of which all consumers deserve to be made aware.
Nestlé is the world’s largest food & beverage corporation, owning more than 2,000 brands in 191 countries. The vast majority of Nestlé’s profits come from dairy-centric products. Some of their most popular brands include Gerber Baby, Nesquik Chocolate Milk, Toll House, Kit Kat, Crunch Bar, Hot Pockets, DiGiorno, Lean Cuisine, and Dreyer’s Ice Cream.
Nestlé also owns the pharmaceutical company Prometheus Therapeutics and Diagnostics, whose message to doctors is: “Prometheus is your partner in helping patients with chronic digestive disorders live active, healthy lives.”
Celiac disease is one of today’s most prevalent and lucrative digestive disorders, estimated to affect 1 in 100 people worldwide.
Prometheus has its very own celiac disease website, which heavily warns against gluten intake, but doesn’t mention that a patient’s symptomatology could be caused by lactose intolerance, even though the symptoms of the two diseases are very similar, and it’s well recognized that celiac patients have a proven high chance of lactose intolerance.
In fact, regarding the global rise in celiac disease prevalence, prominent celiac researcher Dr. Detlef Schuppan declared: “The amount of gluten ingested does not explain it.”
When a corporation so heavily profits from the commercial use of dairy, a well-known digestive irritant, while also profiting from prescribing treatments for the side effects of improper digestion, that is a major conflict of interest. If we continue to pay Nestlé $92.3B per year, watch celiac cases continue to skyrocket - even amidst all the new gluten-free options.
Johnson & Johnson and Janssen Pharmaceuticals
The main ingredient of Johnson & Johnson’s (JNJ) baby powder is talcum powder, or talc. Several studies have linked frequent usage of talc in the genital region to pelvic inflammation and an increased risk of ovarian cancer.
Ovarian cancer patients are recommended to have 50ml injected once a month for at least 4 monthly cycles. So, 50ml of Doxil, the monthly dosage, costs $5,516, and if repeated for 4 monthly cycles, as recommended, the total cost of Doxil treatment is $22,064.
In 2017, about 22,000 women in the U.S. will receive a new diagnosis of ovarian cancer, and about 14,000 U.S. women will die from ovarian cancer. Ovarian cancer is ranked 5th among all cancer deaths in women, making it the most lethal form of cancer of the female reproductive system.
Today, an American woman’s risk of developing ovarian cancer during her lifetime is around 1 in 75, and her chances of dying from ovarian cancer is around 1 in 100.
When we multiply the 22,000 thousand new U.S. cases of ovarian cancer per year by the $22,000 cost of a round of Doxil chemo, this comes out to a $484 million per year opportunity for JNJ. It should now be evident why Johnson & Johnson shouldn’t be allowed to sell talcum-laced baby powder while also selling ovarian cancer chemo treatments.
Merisant Sweeteners and vTv Therapeutics
Merisant is a top global manufacturer of artificial sweetener brands whose products are currently being sold in over 90 countries. Equal Zero Calorie Sweetener is Merisant’s flagship product, which produced sales of $36.2 million in 2014.
Merisant is owned by MacAndrews and Forbes, who also own vTv Therapeutics. vTv Therapeutics is a biopharmaceutical company engaged in the clinical-stage discovery and invention of treatments, primarily for Alzheimer’s disease and Type 2 Diabetes, as well as central nervous system diseases, metabolic disorders, inflammation, and cancer.
Now, one of Equal Sweetener’s main ingredients is aspartame.
Should we really continue to allow the people who so massively profit from selling aspartame-laced Equal Sweetener the opportunity to also own and sell the pharmaceuticals that deal with the side-effects of aspartame consumption?
Hearthside Food Solutions and 21st Century Oncology
Hearthside Food Solutions is the United States’ largest independent bakery, and the global food industry’s leader in the full-service contract manufacturing of processed grain-based foods and snacks, including baked goods, granola bars, snack bars, energy bars, cookies, crackers, pretzels, croutons, and breadcrumbs.
21st Century Oncology is a leading cancer-care service provider across multiple modalities, including colorectal, breast, uterine, and testicular cancers, and was also named the world’s largest radiation oncology provider, operating 179 global radiation centers, including 143 locations in 17 U.S. states.
While most people already know that eating processed grains is unhealthy, some might not be aware of the high correlation between the consumption of processed, simple carbs with certain types of cancer development, such as prostate, colorectal and uterine cancers, while on the contrary, choosing healthy, complex carbs like legumes and leafy greens is correlated with a significant reduction in the risk for breast, colorectal, and prostate cancers.
Even the ultra-conservative American Cancer Society states on its website that “Food processing may alter foods in ways that might affect cancer risk. An example is the refining of grains, which greatly lowers the amount of fiber and other compounds that may reduce cancer risk.”
Should we really continue to allow the global leaders of processed grain-based foods and snacks the ability to also own the world’s largest tumor radiation company?
The Global Fascist State: Physical Control Of The Global Population Is Impossible August 19 2017 | From: FinalWakeUpCall / Various
Centralised, controlled Global fascist state:The momentum for the completion of the New World Order (NWO) through centralised control of global politics, business, banking, military and media is gaining pace by the day, and is clearly evident through the large scale spying upon us.
Whenever a hidden agenda is about to be implemented, something occurs to scare the people, justifying the action for implementation. Our world is more and more becoming a recurrence of fascist Nazi Germany, before WWII. This is, in accordance with the plans of the Deep State Brotherhood, the new world that awaits the global population.
The Council on Foreign Relations (CFR), and multinational corporations already control most Governments;promoting the one world government through their control of the media, foundation grants, and education; with power exerted over all issues of the day; they already control almost all avenues; they have the financial power to promote the “New World Order”.
The key to their success is the control and manipulation bythe international bankers of the money systems of almost every nation, while making it appear as though they are controlled by the government.
If you wish to live in a world that is “urbane” enough to be run by a world government, managed by the Brotherhood of the élite and global bankers, then by all means, continue to follow the mainstream media to get all your information.
If, however, the idea of a select coterie of a global intellectual-financial elites running the world does not sound like the ideal society for humanity’s future, then it is time to come into action.
By battling the tide of misinformation and by helping to expose the dangers of the ‘New World Order.’
People have neither the slightest idea, nor the insight of the restrain that is going to be put on them. They would rather ignore the obvious and go into denial of the truth that has already become reality. Instead, people prefer assuring each other that they would never take people’s freedoms away and make us serfs of the elite.
Humanity has on a large scale given away its mind and its responsibility – it is advisable to consider the broader consequences of this behaviour for human existence.
When we give away our mind and responsibility, we give away our freedom and hence, our lives.
If enough people do it, we give the world away, and that is precisely what has been done throughout history. We’re now entering a fascist society, as was the case before WWII. The leaders of this era, such as Benito Mussolini in Italy and Adolf Hitler in Germany embodied the state and they claimed indisputable power, transforming countries into fascist states.
Now history is repeating itself and soon the world will become a fascist society all over again. The only difference is that this time, a few families, alias – the elite – are manipulating the entire planet, through the globalisation of business, banking and communications.
The primary goal of their control is to keep the people in ignorance, fear and at war. Divide, rule and conquer and keep the most important information secret.
Those who have applied these methods to control humanity for thousands of years are members of the same force, following a long-term Brotherhood Agenda, which now is reaching its point of completion.
So, the global fascist state is upon us. People must wake up now – and see this as their “final wake up call” – to mobilise and organise themselves to rebel against this injustice, as the real power is still with the many of us, and not with the few of the elites!
Infinite Power is Within Every Individual:
Infinite power is within each and every individual. The reason we are controlled is not because we don’t have the power to decide our own destiny, it is that we unknowingly give that power away when we don’t take responsibility for our destiny on all fronts.
When something happens that we don’t like, we look for someone else to blame. When there is a problem, people think first what are they, our so-called leaders going to do about it.
But remember it is they who have secretly created most problems, and they consequently respond to people’s demands by offering a ‘solution’ that always entails more centralisation of power and erosion of our freedom.
Man Sends Audition Tape To Globalists To Be Crisis Actor in Next False Flag Hilarious Satire Skit
If you want to give more power to the police, security agencies and military, that is exactly what they want the public to ask for, then they ensure there is more crime, more violence and more terrorism, and so they increasingly get exactly what they want, ever-increasing control and power.
Once people are in fear of being attacked by terrorists, they will demand to have their freedoms taken away, to protect them from what they have been manipulated to become – ‘fearful’.
As Benjamin Franklin once so typically stated:
“Those who would give up essential liberty, to purchase a little temporary safety, deserve neither liberty nor safety.”
The 9/11 Twin Tower destruction in New York in 2001 and the Global warming meme are both classic examples of ‘Problem - Reaction - Solution’ manipulations.
Physical Control of the Global Population is Impossible:
In short it is a technique of ‘problem - reaction - solution’. Create the problem; encourage the reaction that something has to be done about, and then offer the solution, their solution. In other words:
Create chaos and then offer a solution to restore order on people’s request, a solution which serves their agenda.
The masses are herded and directed by emotional and mental control. This is the only way their rules can be implemented. However, the few elites cannot control billions of people physically, unless a large number of people are involved.
So physical control of the global population is impossible. But when you can manipulate the way people feel and think to the point that they decide to do what they want us to do, by demanding to introduce regulations that they want to have implemented, then the door is set open for Centralised Global Control, by making people believe that it is their own idea.
Consequently, humanity becomes mind-controlled.
People are Mind Controlled:
The question is not how many people are mind-controlled, but how few are not. When you believe the news stories in the media, and allow these to affect your perception of events, your mind is controlled.
The answer to freedom of thought and perception is to take your mind back to conclude and decide for yourself.
The choice of interpretations is yours and not someone else’s. Remember they always want to have your mind, because once they have it, they have you. So keep your mind objective under all circumstances.
Think for yourself and don’t allow others to think for you, and if we All do this, their Agenda will not be able to be implemented and we will keep our freedoms, it’s as simple as that. Come into action now in the interest of our children, future generations, and in our own interest.
Remember; the secret Agenda is a conspiracy of minds, of people and events to ensure that the plans of the elite are employed. They conspire to put their people into positions of power, with hidden, stringent instructions to make the agenda happen, by conspiring to create events which will make the public demand the Agenda be implemented in complete ignorance of the devastating consequences.
It is frightening that we have entered the world George Orwell envisioned and wrote about in 1984 of mass surveillance, as portrayed in the movie ‘The Truman Show’.
Stick Your New World Order Up Your Arse!
Recently numerous scandals have revealed the surveillance state of the West and put it up for show. Whistleblowers have been warning about this for years!
But saying you were right won’t help you in the long run. Now we know that the government is listening, recording, and duplicating everything we do online or over the phone, it’s time to start taking action. It’s time to take back our right to privacy.
Although we may not fear Chinese tanks rolling through our streets, make no mistake; our most basic rights are under attack: reporters are being investigated and suspended by Government officials for exposing scandals, legislation is designed to water down our privacy rights and the NSA acts like it was nothing more than a necessity to crack down on terrorists, while presenting the matter as though they have the authority to do so.
Watch the powerful explanation of Snowden; it’s a lot easier, as was put forth by him, to change this intrusion on civilisation as has been laid out in the above writing: Be objective and make up your own mind; deciding for yourself.
Hungary PM Orban Explodes On ‘Mafia Boss’ George Soros For Plotting To ‘Muslimize Europe’ August 19 2017 | From: TheGatewayPundit / Various
No leader has taken more action against leftist billionaire George Soros than Hungary’s Prime Minister Viktor Orban. During a speech in Romania, Orban unleashed on Soros and the European Union, accusing them of wanting to “Muslimize Europe.”
"European Union leaders and Hungarian-American billionaire George Soros are seeking a “new, mixed, Muslimized Europe,” Hungary’s anti-migration prime minister said Saturday.
Prime Minister Viktor Orban said during a visit to Romania that Hungary’s border fences, supported by other Central European countries, will block the EU-Soros effort to increase Muslim migration into Europe.
While Hungary opposed taking in migrants “who could change the country’s cultural identity,” Orban said under his leadership, Hungary would remain a place where “Western European Christians will always be able to find security.”
Orban, who will seek a fourth term in April 2018, said Hungary’s opposition parties were no match for his government.
“In the upcoming campaign, first of all we have to confront external powers,” Orban said at a cultural festival in Baile Tusnad, Romania. “We have to stand our ground against the Soros mafia network and the Brussels bureaucrats. And, during the next nine months, we will have to fight against the media they operate.”
Soros has become a key target of Orban and his government.
Recent legislation in Hungary seeks to close or expel the Budapest-based Central European University, founded by Soros in 1991. There are also new rules about non-governmental organizations funded at least partly from abroad – which critics say stigmatize the NGOs, many of which are backed by Soros’ Open Society Foundations."
Israeli Prime Minister Netanyahu also joined Orban in denouncing Soros, calling him a threat.
"Israel’s foreign ministry has issued a statement denouncing U.S. billionaire George Soros, a move that appeared designed to align Israel more closely with Hungary ahead of a visit to Budapest next week by Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu.
Soros, a Hungarian-born Jew who has spent a large part of his fortune funding pro-democracy and human rights groups, has repeatedly been targeted by Hungary’s right-wing government, in particular over his support for more open immigration.
In the latest case, Prime Minister Viktor Orban has backed a campaign in which Soros is singled out as an enemy of the state. “Let’s not allow Soros to have the last laugh” say billboards next to a picture of the 86-year-old investor, a campaign that Jewish groups and others say foments anti-Semitism."
Orban’s fight against Soros reached a boiling point in April after Hungarian Parliament passed a law targeting the billionaire’s own university, Central European University.
"The 199-seat parliament head earlier voted 123 to 38 in favour of the legislation, which places tough restrictions on foreign universities.
The main target is believed to be the Central European University (CEU) and its founder, George Soros.
It is the latest battle declared by the right-wing Prime Minister of Hungary, Viktor Orban, against liberalism.
But within hours of the legislation being passed, staff, students and supporters had surrounded CEU waving blue signs saying “veto” to show their support for the university.
CEU, meanwhile, has vowed to fight the bill.
The English-speaking university, which is still partly-funded by Hungarian-born Mr Soros, is ranked among the top 200 universities in the world in eight disciplines.
But Zoltan Balog, a government minister, told MPs on Tuesday it went “against Hungary’s interests to host experiments, financially supported and evading democratic ‘rules of the game’ in the background, which aim at undermining the lawfully elected government or leadership”.
Hungary Prime Minister Says George Soros Seeks To Muslimize Europe
Billionaire globalist Soros is ruining Europe.
The war of words between Hungary’s outspoken prime minister Viktor Orban and liberal billionaire George Soros escalated to previously unseen levels recently, when the Hungarian PM said that European Union leaders and Soros are seeking a “new, mixed, Muslimized Europe,” however during a visit to Romania, Orban said that Hungary’s border fences, supported by other Central European countries, will block the EU-Soros effort to increase Muslim migration into Europe.
Privatisation Of Australia And New Zealand's Natural Resources & Is The Australian Government Crossing The Line Into A Totalitarian State? August 18 2017 | From: TheContrail / Geopolitics
Well, if its any consolation at all, re your Australian logs, the same thing is happening over here at present as well. All our forestry was sold off and privatized here decades ago.
But the devious process has continued irrespective which political party is in power and is accelerating right now as I write.
While the vast majority of the population are either sound asleep or completely brain-dead, the whole country’s wealth and natural resources are being sold off to multinational banks and corporations in collusion with the Government from under us at a rapid rate, and in most cases without even a squeak of complaint from the national flock of gullible sheep.
But in fairness, the whole process is very insidious and if you don’t stop and study the phenomenon there is no hope of ever understanding what is really happening.
A good example on our minds over here in NZ at present is the privatization of the nation’s water supply. If you remember, you told me and wrote about it in your magazine many years ago about the tyrannical privatization of South Australia’s water, where the privatized water companies now even have the cheek to charge farmers for the very rainfall that accumulates in all their dams and farms: Farm anger at dam water charges
The system is pretty much complete now across Australia and is coordinated by the Federal Government that collects extensive water consumption statistics for all Australian states: Water Use on Australian Farms, 2015-16
Which in turn is controlled by its corporate “Partners” such as the Socialist World Water Council.
Which in turn is controlled by the international bankers.
Well here’s something for your Aussie consolation; just days ago Jacinda Ardern, the 37 year old dedicated little Communist troll, who has just been elected the new NZ Labour Party Leader, announced that if elected next month she wants to introduce nation-wide water charges for irrigation schemes and farmers, while we are literally drowning in water over here:
Labour Announces Royalty Charges for Water Bottlers if Elected
Jacinda Ardern announced that water bottling companies and farmers using irrigation schemes will pay a form of royalty under a Labour government. She explained how it will work to John Campbell.
Of course, its not Jacinda’s idea at all, as she well knows.
It is all coming directly from the United Nations and our Socialist colleagues in Canberra! Just simply a modified form of Stalin’s Five Year Plan.
But if this is not enough for this week! If you remember in the book Murder at Pike River Mine by Dr Jacob Cohen published in 2010, the author said one of the reasons why the 29 miners were brutally murdered and the mine was deliberately blown up was to turn the public’s opinion away from underground mining and allow foreign mining companies in to exploit our natural resources in conservation areas.
With Bathurst Resources Limited chosen to secretly buy up all of New Zealand coal reserves to open cast mine it (since all completed I might add) to supply a new planned steel mill in the North Island to process and exract titanium from our rich iron-sands off the West Coast (the richest in the world) to be mined by Trans-Tasman Resources Limited, or if the steel mill was considered uneconomic, to simply export the iron-sand direct to Asia to separate the rich titanium from it there worth hundreds of billions of dollars.
Well. Trans-Tasman Resources today, (after nearly 7 years of Cohen writing his book and predicting this was secretly going to happen), was given permission by the NZ Environmental Protection Authority to dig up the iron-sands off Taranaki out in the ocean in New Zealand’s Economic Zone.
Effectively, this one foreign company now, indirectly owned by the same bankers that controlled NZ Oil & Gas Limited the major shareholder in Pike River Mine Limited, Bathurst Resources Limited and Trans-Tasman Resources Limited, is soon going to rape hundreds of billions of dollars worth of “black gold” titanium from our shores and we as a nation will effectively receive next to nothing in return from it.
Yet here on this incredible video announcement of it yesterday, our mainstream media prostitutes controlled by the very same bankers that control the mining companies did not even mention ONE SINGLE WORD ABOUT THE HUNDREDS OF BILLIONS OF DOLLARS WORTH OF TITANIUM included in it but only mentioned it was just “iron-sand” to placate the general public derision, in this giant lunatic mental asylum!
Firm Given Permission to Dig for Ironsands Off Taranaki
Trans Tasman Resources is the first company allowed to mine in New Zealand's Exclusive Economic Zone. But opponents vow to fight the Environmental Protection Authority's decision.
What a pack of mugs we all are? I would have thought the farmers would have had a bit more get up and go, because the ramifications of little Communist Ardern are very serious.
Is The Australian Government Crossing The Line Into A Totalitarian State?
Behind the Curtain, there seems to be no government going completely nuts more so than Australia. They are doubling taxes on all foreigners who own a property, which is a violation of international law, and then they made it a crime for a foreigner to even buy a house undisclosed.
On top of all of this insanity, they are planning to strip consumers of their legal protections if they pay in cash and fail to get a receipt. If an Australian pays for anything in cash, they suspect he is hiding money.
This outrageous proposal is clearly exposing the Australian government as a leftist goose-stepping authoritarian regime going completely insane hunting Australians for taxes.
They are even stalking children on their way to school and then check the school as to how they are being paid. This is real Hitler stuff. That is why the Swiss created numbered accounts because Hitler made it illegal for a German to have any account outside of Germany.
This anti-free society the Australian government is establishing is just off the charts. They have set up a Black Economy Taskforce to hunt down their own citizens. This is becoming very dangerous. Can you imagine a government staking your children?
This gestapo agency is indeed spying on its own citizens in every aspect just as did the NAZI government in Germany. They have put forth 35 recommendations contained in the interim report where they are arguing the need for “consumer-focused action” to crack down on cash payments.
The Black Economy Taskforce has turned its attention from the businesses to consumers they now say are “part of the problem” adding that “[w]e intend to examine the merits of consumer focused sanctions, including the loss of consumer protections, warranties and legal rights for people who make cash payments without obtaining a valid receipt.”
They are out to change the entire culture of Australia because the government refuses to see itself as the spendthrift causing the entire problem. They wrote:
“This is not simply of matter of imposing new penalties, but part of a wider cultural change agenda.”
The Australian government is looking to impose penalties if a consumer pays cash and FAILS to get a receipt so they can end the underground economy. They are expecting to change the culture by forcing consumers to ask for a fiscal receipts when paying cash for anything.
Now the Australian government has moved beyond eliminating cash, they seek to punish people who pay in cash. Obviously, Australia turned their own people into a hunt for taxes. Can you imagine stalking your children is legal?
What are human rights? Australia is hunting its own people as if this were a fox hunt.
Those who are looking to adopt children should consider adopting from Australia to save them from a government that is going down the path of a totalitarian regime. This is always a dangerous historical path to proceed down.
How The CIA Spies On Your Everyday Life, According To WikiLeaks August 17 2017 | From: RT
WikiLeaks’ latest release from the Vault 7 series of CIA leaks, sheds more light on how ordinary people can be easily tracked and targeted by the US intelligence agency through everyday electronic devices.
Since March 7, WikiLeaks has revealed CIA hacking techniques used to weaponize mobile phones, conduct surveillance via smart TVs, and load and execute malware on a ‘target machine’.
In light of Thursday’s 20th release from Vault 7, RT looks back at the most explosive revelations from the CIA’s hacking arsenal, showing how the intelligence agency could spy on you in your own home.
Home Security Systems
The ‘Dumbo’ program is purportedly designed to manipulate home security systems, altering the functionality of webcams and microphones on Microsoft Windows-operating systems and corrupting video recordings.
WikiLeaks suggested that this allows the operator to create fake – or destroy real – evidence of their intrusion into the device.
Smart TVs
Many of the exploits revealed through the leaked Vault 7 documents appear designed to target ordinary individuals through commonly used devices.
The CIA allegedly has access to a range of tools that even target Samsung TVs under its ‘Weeping Angel’ program. The project involves infiltrating the smart TVs to transform them into covert microphones, which can record and store audio.
Google’s Android operating system was found to have 24 ‘zero days’ – the codename used by the CIA for tools to identify and exploit vulnerabilities and secretly collect data on individuals.
The OS is used in 85 percent of the world’s smart phones, including Samsung and Sony.
By exploiting gaps in the OS, it’s possible to access data from social messaging platforms, including WhatsApp, Weibo, Telegram and Signal before encryption is applied.
Another program appears specifically designed to target mobile devices running Android 4.0 to 4.3, allowing a third party to intercept and redirect SMS messages.
Apple products are not immune to the CIA’s hacking tools either. In fact, Vault 7 revealed a specific division dedicated to the hacking of Apple devices .
A tool known as ‘NightSkies’ specifically targets Apple products including the iPhone and Macbook Air. It purportedly even allows the CIA to infiltrate factory-fresh iPhones and track and control them remotely, providing “full remote command and control.”
WiFi
WiFi can be easily exploited by the agency for spying, according to a number of leaks. One program called Cherry Blossom allegedly targets WiFi devices to monitor, control and manipulate the Internet traffic of connected users.
No physical access is needed to implant the firmware on a wireless device, as some devices allow their firmware to be upgraded over a wireless link.
Another malware called Elsa tracks WiFi-enabled devices running Microsoft Windows, allowing the CIA to gather location data on a target’s device and monitor their patterns and habits.
The malware allows the CIA to track the geo-location of wifi-enabled devices even when they are not connected to the internet.
Microsoft
Most of the malware referenced throughout the leaks is designed for use on the widely popular Microsoft Windows operating systems.
Many of these programs focus on uploading the malware via removable devices such as USB drives. Some, such as the ‘brutal kangaroo’ project, are designed to hide themselves from detection, and can even infect devices that have never been connected to the internet by air gap jumping.
'I'm Your Humble Friend': Positive Duterte Meeting With Tillerson Suggests U-Turn On Philippines Attitude To US & Duterte Is The Best President The Philippines Has Ever Had August 15 2017 | From: Sott / Sott / Various
In an unusually soft tone, Philippines President Rodrigo Duterte has called himself a "humble friend" of Washington while meeting with Secretary of State Rex Tillerson. It comes despite Duterte recently calling the US "lousy."
"I am happy to see you...and you have come at a time when the world is not so good, especially in the Korean peninsula, and of course, the ever-nagging problem of the South China Sea," Duterte told Tillerson at the presidential palace on Monday, as quoted by Reuters.
The Philippines leader went as far as to state his country and the US are "friends" and even "allies."
"I am your humble friend in Southeast Asia," Duterte said.
Tillerson arrived in the Philippines on Saturday to participate in the Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN) Regional Forum, as well as to hold diplomatic meetings with the bloc's members and its dialogue partners.
Duterte's softer tone represents a change of heart from the leader's usual rhetoric. In fact, he called the US "lousy" less than three weeks ago.
"There will never be a time that I will go to America during my term, or even thereafter," Duterte said in late July.
"I've seen America and it's lousy," he added.
The comments came after US senators accused Duterte's domestic anti-drug campaign of widespread abuses and casualties - a move which prompted the leader to bite back, accusing Washington of its own violations.
"It would be good for the US Congress to start with their own investigation of their own violations of the so many civilians killed in the prosecution of the wars in the Middle East," Duterte said.
"Otherwise I will be forced to investigate you also. I will start with your past sins."
Those were far from the first anti-US remarks to be muttered by Duterte, who announced his "separation" from Washington last year.
"In this venue, your honors, in this venue, I announce my separation from the United States," he told an audience of Chinese and Philippine business people in October 2016.
However, he appeared to backtrack just one day later, saying Manila would not be triggering a severance of ties.
Duterte has also taken aim at former US President Barack Obama on multiple occasions, including in May - four months after he had left the White House.
"It came to a point that repeatedly Obama said [this], the State Department said [this], and everybody there was an idiot," Duterte said, while recalling Obama's approach to negotiations with the Philippines.
"So we go, 'You can go to hell. You can eat your assistance; we do not need it; we will survive.' So I go, from now on, I will adapt an independent foreign policy and I will deal with any country that I like," he added.
The Philippines leader called Obama a "son of a b**ch/whore" in September 2016, prompting the former president to cancel a planned meeting with him. However, Duterte later backtracked and said the comment was directed at a reporter.
Meanwhile, Duterte also warned the US last year not to treat his country like a "dog on a leash," while adding that he didn't want to see American troops in the Philippines.
Two leaders who are both fighting the Cabal. Of course the Cabal owns the mainstream media and relentlessly assaults the public with 'fake news' propaganda and lies. And most of the stupid, sleeping masses buy it hook, line and sinker...
The leader seems to be more at ease with Donald Trump in the office than Barack Obama, and has previously spoken positively about the president, saying in April that Trump wouldn't have become a billionaire if he was "stupid."
"Trump is a deep man, he just pretends otherwise. Like me, I'm not really very bright."
Trump, for his part, has praised Duterte for doing an "unbelievable job on the drug problem," while the Philippine leader's so-called 'war on drugs' has led to the deaths of more than 8,000 people and been slammed by the European Union and United Nations, among other critics.
Comment: Most likely, Duterte distinguishes the Trump administration from Congress and Deep State.
Duterte Is The Best President The Philippines Has Ever Had
Duterte wants dignity, freedom and safety for his country. He is a uniquely patriotic and devoted individual who deserves support.
Recently thePhilippines celebrated 199 years of independence from Spain, but it was during that fateful year of 1898 that the country switched one colonial master for another.
The Spanish-American war saw Philippines along with Cuba, Guam and Puerto Rico come under US control. However, it was Philippines that gave the United States the most to worry about. It was during the Philippine-America war of 1899-1902 that was America's first experience in fighting a colonial insurgency.
It would be the first of many. Simultaneous to this, a separate rebellion broke out among Philippine Moros, the Muslim population of the country. This was something that both the US and later independent Philippine governments had to face.
Although Philippines became fully independent in 1946, it was a kind of independence that perversely relied on a deeply dependant relationship on America which by the end of the 1940s was a world-leading economic and military super-power.
Today, Philippines has a strongly independent President who has spoken openly and clearly of his desire not to be treated like a colony any longer. President Rodrigo Duterte has pursued a foreign policy independent of US edicts and one which disregards the neo-clonial attitude of US funded NGOs.
Duterte is now having to face down an ISIS insurgency on the southern island of Mindanao and the city of Marawi in particular. ISIS coalesced during Duterte's Presidency not because Duterte wanted war with Moros but because he wanted peace.
Duterte had promised a new federal structure for the country and barring that, promised autonomy for Mindanao, where Duterte himself was born and for years was mayor of the city of Davao.
ISIS also knew that if Duterte was successful in crushing the violent drugs trade in Philippines, they would be deprived of a major source of revenue, generated from the cultivation, sale and trafficking of drugs.
Duterte has pledged to fight all of these threats but many in Philippines are not giving him the support nor the credit he deserves.
Many opposition figures, particularly those in the Philippine Liberal Party have questioned his decision to declare martial law in Mindanao. Even more concerning is a recent statement by the Philippine Department of Tourism which stated that it is Duterte's declaration of martial law that has seen tourism to Mindanao decline.
Logic would dictate that the presence of ISIS is the reason tourism has declined, but there is increasingly little logic among Duterte's opponents who are keen to retain their position as post-colonial elites who care more for their own wealth and prestige than for the people of their country.
Now, Duterte is facing yet another problem, the very real threat of a soft military power struggle against his Presidency. After initial reports that the Philippine government requested US assistance in fighting ISIS, a request confirmed by the United States, President Duterte has stated that no such request originated from himself or his colleagues.
"...our soldiers are pro-American, that I cannot deny".
He further stated that he only found out that American forces had agreed to 'assist' Philippines from the same Reuters report cited in breaking reports from The Duran.
It is a deeply dangerous scenario if military commanders in Philippines are acting unilaterally, without the permission let alone consent of their President.
It is imperative that at this time of crisis, Philippine law makers and ordinary people alike support their President. The very independence celebrated on the 12th of June is better represented by Duterte than any previous Philippine leader in the modern age.
President Rodrigo Duterte wants for his people that which a subservient post-colonial/neo-colonial attitude could never possibly achieve: dignity.
Duterte is the last best hope for the Philippine people and the Philippine nation. He is, simply put, the best President that the country has ever had and may have for some time.
Duterte understands not only the modern realities of his country but the modern realities of a multi-polar world. It is not realistic in the 21st century for an East Asian country to continue to act as a post-colonial satellite of declining American power.
It is essential for Philippines to develop and cultivate new regional partnerships, especially with China, a super-power which is far closer to Philippines than the United States.
Rodrigo Duterte understands that while building new bridges, one must not burn the old. His apparently good relationship with Donald Trump is evidence of the fact that Duterte means what he says when he states he is still wiling to work with America on important issues, only from a position of mutual-respect rather than that of a slave to a master.
President Duterte is a man uniquely moved by a patriotic purpose and uniquely guided by the hand of destiny. If his plans are embraced, Philippines stands the real chance to enter into a new, more peaceful and more prosperous age. If Duterte is rejected, the Philippine people will have rejected their best chance at achieving true independence in every sense: political, military, economic and even spiritual.
On this day, one must celebrate not only achievements of the Philippine past but the prospects of a better Philippine future, a future which Duterte can guide the country towards better than any of his rivals.
Comment: Duterte has no problem with plainly voicing his opinions and goals.Very refreshing.
Google Whistleblowers: Search Engine Penalizing All Sites That Don’t Conform To Political Correctness & Everything You Need To Know About Net Neutrality August 14 2017 | From: NaturalNews / Digg
Tech and media behemoth Google is continuing to flex its considerable muscle by controlling more of what you are ‘allowed’ to see. And it’s being based entirely on political ideology.
As reported by Breitbart News, company whistleblowers are now coming out of the woodwork to spill the beans on the tech giant’s growing bias against conservative thought and opinion after Google fired engineer James Damore for daring to challenge the company’s predominant Left-wing bias in a 10-page memo, where he defended diversity of viewpoints and offered a fact-based defense of gender gaps for certain fields.
As Breitbart noted, more Google employees are speaking out in support of Damore’s manifesto, but they are having to do so anonymously because ‘diversity-seeking’ Google really doesn’t want diversity of thought or opinion, just authoritarian compliance with Alt-Left orthodoxy:
Damore’s ten-page manifesto, which was met by an immediate backlash, described a climate of fear, in which employees who challenge prevailing leftist narratives at the company are faced with immediate threats to their career. Damore’s own experience appears to confirm this.
In response, the site is publishing exclusive interviews under the series title “Rebels of Google,” featuring employees of the tech giant who have reached out to confirm much of what Damore wrote.
Google’s Worst Nightmare
The American people are preparing to fight back against the internet giant.
Jack Posobiec has launched the website marchongoogle.com in an attempt to raise awareness that Google is rigging algorithms to manipulate its search results in what they see as a favorable manner.
In the first interview of the series, one employee named “Hal” talked about how Google mid- and upper-level managers conduct “witch hunts” and practice ideological intolerance against conservatives.
In a follow-up, an ex-Google engineer using the alias “Emmett” - who worked at the company for several years - was asked about allegations that employees within the company’s Ad Sales department had “a great deal of sympathy” with Google’s Sleeping Giants campaign, which reportedly denies ad revenue to independent and alternative media like Breitbart News and The Rebel Media.
According to one anonymous source, some Google employees in Ad Sales are “openly encouraging Adwords customers to pull their ads from Breitbart and Rebel Media.”
"A number of friends have privately confirmed this to me,” said the whistleblower. “I know there are efforts to demote anything non-PC, anti-Communist, and anti-Islamic terror from search results. To what extent that has been successful, I don’t know.”
That said, Emmett told Breitbart he personally saw Leftists within the company program bias into YouTube’s algorithms so that anti-PC content would be pushed off the platform’s “related videos” recommendations.
"I have read internal mailing list email from SJWs [social justice warriors] absolutely incensed that there’d be, say, a Sargon of Akkad video appearing as a video related to one of their favorite SJW vloggers.
This is what happens when you have unbiased algorithms, which at the time, was true. I don’t have to tell you that, in that e-mail, the SJW was quite literally asking that the ‘related videos’ function be perverted so that such a thing would stop happening,” Emmett said.
Big Data: Shocking Evidence that Nobody's Talking About
What’s more, the former engineer said, ordinary users of Google and related servers won’t even notice that there is censorship taking place.
“The software could just astroturf your ‘Related Videos’ section, and you would be none the wiser,” he said.
“Sure, if you know what to look for, perhaps you’d notice. But the vast majority of the viewership would never know. That’s the whole point of such a disinformation program, right? If you can tell it’s disinformation, you would never ever believe it.”
He added it was “only a matter of time” before the company began to bias its search results against Trump supporters, Republicans and anyone who leans to the right, politically."
“I don’t have to tell you that there was an internal meltdown at Google when the election was over,” he said.
“The hysteria has only ever reached a higher level once. That was throughout this weekend, thanks to the #GoogleManifesto [Damore’s screed] scandal.”
He noted that it’s even unwise to speak out against Democratic politicians at the company, let alone agree with Damore.
There are search and media alternatives to this kind of blatant censorship and ideological blackmail, including GoodGopher.com and Censored.news. Bookmark and utilize both if you want your news and information unfiltered.
While the term “net neutrality” may elicit the same effect as as taking a Tylenol PM, recently it got some serious star power behind it. Silicon Valley celebs from over 40 tech companies like Facebook, Google, Reddit, Netflix, and Pornhub rallied to inform the masses of the dangers of net neutrality rules being removed.
The imminent threat to net neutrality has the potential to seriously affect each and every one of our daily lives, and we should all be informed of the consequences.
How and why, you ask? Let’s start from the very beginning:
What Exactly is Net Neutrality?
According to the Internet Association, “strong net neutrality rules give people the power to choose which websites and apps are best.” In other words, they essentially keep the internet free, as we know it.
A rollback of these rules will give Internet Service Providers (ISPs) the power to prioritize the sites and apps you visit every day: slowing them, speeding them, or blocking them altogether. Your ISP could even choose to slow down or censor websites that opt out of paying extra fees to be prioritized. Website you really, really love. Like Netflix. Or Hulu. Or Digg. Or, y'know, Pornhub.
On the other hand, ISPs could also choose to charge individuals like you and me extra fees to access sites that typically use more data. (Again, think streaming services and GoT.) Worse, they could potentially manipulate your internet access to push their own business agenda like proprietary cable services, news sites, email services, etc.
What the heck was “The Day of Action”?
Led by the aforementioned tech giants, The Day of Action was an effort to make pro net neutrality sentiments heard by the FCC. From posting on social media to posting homepage banners to requesting users reach out themselves, The Day of Action succeeded in drawing much needed attention to the issue.
How Can You Get Involved?
All signs point to FCC Chairman Ajit Pai initiating a rollback of net neutrality regulations later this summer, and a singular day of action may not be enough to stop it. If you like free internet, you can give the FCC a piece of your mind, by clicking here and then clicking “+ Express” to send a message.
If you really want to make things complicated for your ISP, you may choose to start using a VPN when you surf the web. Employing a VPN, like Disconnect, allows you to bypass the throttling and censorship efforts that could be put forth by your ISP. Disconnect routes your mobile and desktop internet traffic through a private server, encrypting your every move from the prying eyes of your ISP and cyber criminals alike.
Perhaps best of all, VPNs just make things incredibly inconvenient for your ISP (especially when it comes to selling your data to ad marketers). And who doesn’t love that?
The Internet Has Empowered The People After It Was Designed To Take Full Control
Technology is a double edged sword and the internet is being used to destroy the globalists.
Alex Jones talks with Dr. Steve Pieczenik about how the internet was created to take more control from the people but ended up having the opposite effect.
Fake News A United States [ Western ] Media Speciality August 13 2017 | From: PaulCraigRoberts / Various
The American media specializes in fake news. Indeed, since the Clinton regime the American media has produced nothing but fake news. Do you remember the illegal US bombing and destruction of Yugoslavia?
Do you remember “war criminal” Slobodan Milosevic, the Serbian president branded “the butcher of the Balkans,” who was compared to Hitler until Hillary passed the title on to the President of Russia?
Milosevic, not Bill Clinton, was arrested and placed on trial at the International Criminal Tribunal. He died in prison, some say murdered, before he was cleared of charges by the International Criminal Tribunal.
Do you remember the destruction of Iraq justified by the orchestrated propaganda, known by the criminal George W. Bush regime to be an outright lie, about Saddam Hussein’s “weapons of mass destruction,” weapons that the UN arms inspectors verified did not exist? Iraq was destroyed.
Millions of Iraqis were killed, orphaned, widowed, and displaced. Saddam Hussein was subjected to a show trial more transparent than Stalin’s trial of Bukharin and then murdered under the pretext of judicial execution.
YouTube Shadow Banning Anti-Establishment Users
Technocrats want to silence all opposing viewpoints.
Do you remember the destruction of Libya based entirely on Washington’s lies and the criminal misuse of the UN no-fly resolution by turning it into a NATO bombing of Libya’s military so that the CIA-armed jihadists could overthrow and murder Muammar Gaddafi? Do you remember the killer bitch Hillary gloating, “we came, we saw, he died!”
Do you remember the lies that the criminal Obama regime told about Assad of Syria and the planned US invasion of Syria that was blocked by the UK Parliament and the Russian government? Do you remember that Obama and the killer bitch sent ISIS to do the job that US troops were prevented from doing?
Do you remember General Flynn revealing on TV that it was a “willful decision” of the criminal Obama regime to send ISIS to Syria over his objection as Director of the Defense Intelligence Agency? This bit of told truth is why Gen. Flynn is hated by the Washington criminals who forced him out as Trump’s National Security Adviser.
Do you remember the US coup in Ukraine against the democratically elected government and its replacement with a neo-nazi regime? Do you remember that Washington’s crime against Ukrainian democracy was quickly hidden behind false charges of “Russian invasion”?
Can you think of any truthful report in the American [ Read: Western ] news in the past two decades?
All of the lies leading to the death of millions told by the criminal Clinton, George W. Bush, and Obama regimes were transparent. The US media could easily have exposed them and saved the lives of millions of peoples and saved seven countries from destruction in whole or part.
But the presstitutes cheered on the gratuitous and criminal destruction of countries and peoples. Every one of the presstitutes is a war criminal under the standards set by US Supreme Court Justice Robert Jackson at the Nuremberg trials.
We cannot even get a truthful jobs report. Recently (Aug. 4) the Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS) reported 205,000 new private sector jobs in July and a drop in the unemployment rate to 4.3%. This is fake news.
Tim Allen Exposes What's Going on in Hollywood
The Associated Press’s Christopher Rugaber rah-rahs the fake news, adding that many economists think “robust hiring could continue for many more months, or even years.” Let’s think about that for a moment. Generally speaking economists regard full employment to be a 5% rate of unemployment.
There can never be a zero rate of unemployment because of frictions in the job market.
For example, there are people between jobs who have lost or quit a job and are looking for a new one, and there are people who have dropped out of the work force, perhaps to spend more time parenting or to care for an aged and ill parent, and have reentered the work force. Economists also believe that employment cannot go too low without pushing up inflation.
Assuming economists have not suddenly changed their minds about what rate of unemployment is full employment, if the unemployment rate is currently 4.3%, it is already below the full employment rate. How can the rate continue to fall for years when the economy is already at full employment?
Apparently, this question did not occur to the AP reporter or to the “many economists.”
Of course, the 4.3% unemployment rate is fake news. It does not include millions of discouraged workers. When these workers who have not looked for jobs within the last four weeks are included, the unemployment rate jumps to 22-23%.
Now consider the alleged 205,000 July new jobs. Probably about half of these jobs are due to the add-ons from the birth-death model, and the other half from manipulations of seasonal adjustments. John Williams at shadowstats.com will tell us. However, let’s assume the jobs are really there. Where does the BLS tell us the jobs are?
Eighty-nine percent of the jobs are in services, essentially domestic non-tradable services.
Professional and business services account for 49,000 of the jobs, of which 30,000 are in administrative and waste services (garbage collection) and 14,700 are in temporary help services.
54,000 of the jobs are in education and health services, of which ambulatory health care services, home health care services and social assistance account for 46,900 of the jobs.
62,000 of the jobs are in leisure and hospitality, of which waitresses and bartenders account for 53,100 of the jobs and amusements, gambling, and recreation account for 5,900 jobs.
This picture of American employment has been holding for about two decades. It is a portrait of a third world labor force. The jobs are not in export industries.
The jobs are not in high productivity, high value-added occupations that produce a middle class income. The jobs are in lowly paid, often part-time domestic services.
The jobs do not produce incomes that provide discretionary spending to drive up business profits. So why did the stock market hit new highs?
The answer is that corporate executives are taking advantage of the Federal Reserve’s zero interest rates to borrow money with which to buy back their companies’ shares in order to drive up their bonuses, the main component of their pay.
But these undeniable facts about employment did not prevent Christopher Rugaber and the other financial presstitutes or newspaper headline writers or “many economists” from asking “How much better can it get?” (Atlanta Journal-Constitution front page, Aug. 5, 2017).
It is not only seven Muslim countries that Washington and its presstitutes have destroyed in whole or part with lies. Washington’s lies have also destroyed the American economy and the American work force.
The Next Move To Steal Your Money: A Plan To Rip-Off Your Wealth August 13 2017 | From: FinalWakeUpCall
A false flag climate agreement: The global financial elite launch new plan to steal your wealth without plainly telling you what they’re doing.
They use language that only they understand and a few people more that are trained to grasp the meaning. They usually are hiding their plans in plain sight..
Here is the next plan: The global elite signed the Paris Climate Agreement on April 22, 2016, empathically called “Earth Day."
Its stated purpose is to limit global warming to less than 2 degrees Celsius. In pursuance thereof, it demands a drastic reduction of carbon dioxide emissions. Some scientists argue it could require zero emissions sometime between 2030–2050.
This “climate agreement” is going under a false flag. It is less a climate agreement than an elite’s argument that they can use to advance agenda 2030. And no one will suspect it.
On April 25, 2016, it was announced: “How to Finance Global Reflation.”
Be assured that already long before the world’s central banksters clearly have brewed a medicine inadequate to its purpose. Money printing, quantitative easing, zero and negative interest rates – none of it’s revived the failing global economy. And now they’re panicking as officially ‘recession’ looms once again. The solution?
Massive global spending to combat “climate change” - a page straight from the Keynesian book of virtues. Global in other words “helicopter money”. And to the tune of many trillions. As is stated:
"Investment in global public goods – namely, the infrastructure needed to meet the needs of the developing world and to mitigate climate change – could spur global reflation.
An estimated $6 trillion in infrastructure investment will be needed annually over the next 15 years just to address global warming. Moreover, the G-20 has estimated that an additional $7.1 trillion in annual investment by the nine top economies, will be needed to sustain moderate global growth.
This time the Khazarian controlled IMF would run the show, through the issuance of special drawing rights (SDRs):
With the U.S., the issuer of the world’s pre-eminent reserve currency, unwilling or unable to provide the liquidity needed to close the infrastructure investment gap, a new supplementary reserve currency should be instituted.
Central banks, in order to generate resources, would expand their balance sheets by investing through the IMF in the form of increased SDRs…
They can be invested as such in the World Bank and other multilateral development banks, which can decide which global public goods deserve the resources…
In this way, global public goods can be not only funded; they can also propel global recovery."
It’s the biggest scam of all. Central banks invest in a new world money issued by the IMF called special drawing rights, or SDRs. Then the IMF, the World Bank and others take this money and invest in climate change, infrastructure and other projects they choose.
Soon this new money sloshing around causes inflation and wipes out the real value of existing government debt and in the process your savings.
The elites fund their pet projects, government debt melts away and you pay the bill. Best of all from the elite’s perspective, almost no one understands what’s happening, because the method is highly technical.
SDR Solution for Global Reserve Currency:
A nation with a reserve currency must run massive trade deficits to sustain global trade. The trouble is those massive deficits will ultimately bankrupt the issuing nation. So it must either choose to serve the world, or itself.
The IMF faces not such constraint, because it isn’t a country. Hence the SDR solution for global growth through unlimited spending and printing.
Now the U.S. owns the reserve currency and consequently has to run trade deficits, in order to supply thesedollars to financing world trade. That created their appetite for imports financed by printed dollars. So, problem solved the world got dollars and global trade flourished.
However, running deficits long enough, will end in bankruptcy. Any reserve system based on a local currency would eventually collapse because there would either be too many of them or not enough gold at ‘fixed’ prices to keep the game going. This paradox between deficits and confidence eventually is unsustainable.
The US dollar reserve system broke down in the 1970s. The solution applied was to abolish the dollar-gold peg in 1971, and demonetise gold in 1974.
In 1969 at the time forward looking, the IMF’s Special Drawing Right, SDR were invented. The SDR was a new kind of world money printed by the IMF.
The idea was that it could be used as a reserve currency side by side with the US dollar. This meant that if the U.S. cured its trade deficit, and supplied fewer dollars to the world, any shortfall in reserves could be made up by printing SDRs.
In fact, SDRs were printed and handed out repeatedly during the dollar crisis from 1969–1980. But in the 1970s the illegal petrodollar was invented with the help of Henry Kissinger, in collaboration with the king of Saudi Arabia and some private cabal banksters.
Under the petrodollar system, U.S. interest rates would be high enough to make it without gold an attractive reserve asset, this time actually with oil backing. Under the condition Saudi Arabia kept oil priced in dollars. This “petrodollar deal” meant that countries that wanted to buy oil, needed dollars to pay for it whether they liked the dollar or not.
So, US dollars were used to buy U.S. exports like aircraft, heavy equipment and agricultural produce. The game continued this time without gold. This new Age of King Dollar lasted from 1980–2010. Still, all was based on confidence in the dollar. The U.S. continued to run large trade deficits. World trade lived on dollar reserves with China leading the way.
But this game ended in 2010 with the start of the currency war in the aftermath of the Panic of 2008. Trading partners again were competing for position as they did in the early 1970s. A new systemic collapse is imminent.
Impossible Situation:
The weak dollar of 2011 was designed to stimulate U.S. growth and to keep the world from sinking into a new depression.
It worked for a short while, but the tables turned as most world debt was dominated in USD and had to be repaid in USD, causing the US dollar to strengthen again, while the euro and yen weakened. That gave Japan and Europe some relief, but it came at the expense of the U.S., where growth had slowed down again.
An alternative solution would have been a new gold standard to solve the currency war problem, but that would require a gold price of $10,000 per ounce in order to be non-deflationary.
No central bankster in the world wants that, because it limits their ability to print money and losing the ability to acting as world’s central economic planners.
Two Problems Solved at Once:
But in 1969 already an alternative was created, the SDR from the IMF another Khazarian entity. Now two problems were solved at once, as the reserve currency issuer has to run trade deficits, and ending up being broke. But SDRs are issued by the IMF.
The IMF is not a country and does not have a trade deficit. In theory, the IMF can print SDRs forever and never go broke. The SDRs just go round and round among the IMF members in a closed circuit.
Individuals won’t have SDRs. Only countries will have them in their reserves. These puppet countries have no desire to break the new SDR system, because they’re all in it together.
And as such the Khazarians have created a new lease on time to continue to plunder the wealth and money of citizens, who remain the losers as before, as their local currency is inflated for THEFT.
Once again that is why it is important to be protected by precious metals and other hard assets, but sadly most people will be caught unaware, like the Greeks who lined up at empty ATMs.
This SDR system is so little understood that people won’t know where the inflation is coming from. Elected officials will blame the IMF, but the IMF is unaccountable. That’s the beauty of SDRs, debt problems are inflated away and no one is accountable.
Someone Just Noticed That Trump Is Getting Stuff Done + By The Numbers: President Trump’s Historic First 200 Days - Promises Kept And Records Broken August 12 2017 | From: Investors / TheGatewayPundit
Achievements: After weeks and months of fixating on tweets and Russia, someone in the press decided to have a look at what the Trump administration has been up to since January. Lo and behold, they discovered that it's getting a lot done.
"Trump Has Quietly Accomplished More Than It Appears" reads the headline in the Atlantic.
"With the Trump administration's chaos sucking up all the attention," the article begins, "it's been able to move forward on a range of its priorities...
It is remaking the justice system, rewriting environmental rules, overhauling public-lands administration, and greenlighting major infrastructure projects.
It is appointing figures who will guarantee the triumph of its ideological vision for decades to come."
It goes on to detail these achievements, many of which we've highlighted on these pages.
Border crossings, for example, have plummeted, even though all Trump has done so far is promise to enforce existing laws.
The Supreme Court approved parts of Trump's travel ban, a success made possible by Trump's appointment of Neil Gorsuch to the bench.
Trump is busy filling lower court positions with conservative justices. Ron Klain, a White House aide to Bill Clinton and Barack Obama, said that Trump "is proving wildly successful in one respect: naming youthful conservative nominees to the federal bench in record-setting numbers."
What else? Well, Trump pulled out of the Paris climate change deal, which as we noted in this space is a yuuuge win for the economy.
The EPA, meanwhile, is dismantling Obama's coal-killing, growth-choking Clean Power Plan, and draining the heavy-handed Waters of the United States rule.
When a veteran EPA official resigned this week, she complained in a letter to her former colleagues that "the new EPA Administrator already has repeals of 30 rules under consideration," which the New York Times described as "a regulatory rollback larger in scope than any other over so short a time in the agency's 47-year history."
Trump promised to kill two regulations for every new one enacted, but in his first six months the ratio was 16-to-1.
Trump also approved the Keystone XL and other pipeline projects held up by Obama. He's also rolled back a ban on coal mining on public lands.
To be sure, Trump hasn't scored a major legislative achievement on signature issues like ObamaCare and tax reform.
The Atlantic writer describes the administration's achievements as something akin to a shadow government. But these actions aren't in the shadows. They're just being ignored by a media that is obsessed with digging up dirt on Trump.
House Judiciary Calls for Investigation Into Comey, Lynch, Clinton
By The Numbers: President Trump’s Historic First 200 Days - Promises Kept And Records Broken
In July President Trump promoted American made products from all 50 states in the White House including a Stetson cowboy hat from Texas. This was just one of his campaign promises – to buy American goods and to hire American employees.
President Trump started off as aggressive as any President ever in working for the American people as he promised.
In President Trump’s first six months since the election and since his inauguration the US Stock Markets are at record highs and millions of Americans are benefitting in their retirement savings accounts.
Stock Market
The DOW daily closing stock market average has risen 21% since the election on November 8th. (On November 9th the DOW closed at 18,332 - on August 7th the DOW closed at 22,118).
Since the Inauguration on January 20th the DOW is up 12%. (It was at 19,827 at January 20th.)
The DOW took just 66 days to climb from 19,000 to above 21,000, the fastest 2,000 point run ever. The DOW closed above 19,000 for the first time on November 22nd and closed above 21,000 on March 1st.
The DOW closed above 20,000 on January 25th and the March 1st rally matched the fastest-ever 1,000 point increase in the DOW at 24 days.
On Monday August 7th President Trump oversaw the 2nd stock market rally of his Presidency of 9 or more days in a row of all time closing highs. No President has ever overseen 2 such rallies!
The S&P 500 and the NASDAQ have both set new all-time highs during this period.
The S&P 500 also broke $20 Trillion for the first time in its history.
(Under President Obama the stock market tanked after his election by nearly 3,000 points or 33% but recovered back to its starting point by August 8th in his first 200 days. The market was still well under its all time high by more than 4,000 points.)
According to the Bureau of Labor Statistics President Trump added a projected 1,290,000 jobs in his first 200 days (January through July 2017.) President Obama on the other hand lost more than (4,154,000) million jobs in his first 200 days.
Unemployment
Also according to the Bureau of Labor Statistics President Trump decreased the unemployment rate since his inauguration from 4.8% to 4.3% (January through July 2017).
The unemployment rate in January 2017 was 4.8% and by July it was down to 4.3%. President Obama on the other hand moved in the opposite direction. In his first 200 days as President the US unemployment rate increased nearly each month from 7.8% in January 2009 to 9.5% by July of 2009.
Inflation
According to the US Bureau of Labor Statistics the US inflation rate decreased to an eight month low in June to 1.6%. This is in part due to President Trump’s energy policies that are helping average Americans in their pocket books with cheaper gas and electricity.
The rate has not yet been reported for July. (Under Obama the inflation rate sank to a scary -2.1% by July of 2009.)
Housing Sales
Housing sales are red-hot in the US right now. In 2011, houses for sale were on the market an average 84 days. This year, it’s just 45 days.
According to the US Census Bureau, there were nearly twice as many US housing sales in the past couple of months as there were under President Obama in 2009 during the same time period. (The annualized housing sales rate for June 2017 are reported at 610,000 where in 2009 this amount was only 393,000.)
Decrease in Regulations
One of the first things that President Trump did in office was to reduce the number or burdensome regulations put in place during the Obama era. In January President Trump signed his 2 for 1 executive order mandating that for every new regulation, two regulations needed to be revoked.
Even far left Politico notes that significant new federal regulations since Trump’s inauguration have slowed to an almost total halt.
Regulations cost Americans and American companies money to implement and maintain. Reducing or halting regulations allows companies to spend their money on more prudent money making areas.
President Trump is donating his paycheck. He gets nothing from us for all of this work
He killed the TPP
He pulled out of the Paris accord
He had a major victory on sugar exports from Mexico. Made Mexico drop the exports % and the amount of refined sugar. Will help our sugar industry and the US sugar mills that produce refined sugar from raw sugar
He notified Congress of NAFTA renegotiation on May 18th. Talks can start 90 days later on Aug 16th, 2017
He opened up selling beef to China and LNG gas as well as giving a way to get 1 billion Chinese credit scores so the USA can offer them credit. Trade deal was done in record time
Secretary Ross slapped more than $2 billion in fines on China and Canada for illegal trade practices
He repealed 14 Obama regulations via CRA saving $ billions in costs to the economy
North Dakota experiencing a boom since Dakota access pipeline finished (500,000 Barrels now flowing through pipeline per day)
Keystone pipeline construction ongoing
Mining, steel and oil/gas jobs booming
Mines reopening
He launched the United States-Canada Council for Advancement of Women Entrepreneurs and Business Leaders with Canadian PM Justin Trudeau
He cut $1.6 billion costs from Air Force one and F-35 airplanes
He put a regulatory freeze on all federal governmental agencies
Food Stamp spending is down almost $1 billion per month and $12 billion per year per USAD
6,000 MS-13 gang members arrested in first 5 months
66,000 mostly criminal illegals arrested by ICE in first 5 months
TRAVEL BAN upheld by SCOTUS by 9-0 ruling. Extreme vetting will now become law of the land
See many more positive actions at the link above
Congressional Actions
The one material action taken by Congress was to confirm Justice Gorsuch to SCOTUS!
39+ bills have been signed into law so far
Obamacare repeal and replace passed the House but remains stuck in the Senate
Tax cuts and tax reform are moving through Congress
Returned power to make decisions on “transgender bathrooms” to states
The Senate voted for VA accountability act – A major victory for Trump agenda signed into law on 06/23/17
The President also pointed out numerous times that the MSM (Main Stream Media) reports only on a made up Russia conspiracy story and ignores these accomplishments.
These actions are making the majority of Americans aware of the tremendous bias and falsehoods emanating from the media in the US and abroad. This too is another major Trump accomplishment.
In Summary
President Trump is doing all he can for the American people and as a result the economic results are incredible. In nearly every category the economy is improving under President Trump especially when compared to the same time period for President Obama.
In spite of Congress’s somewhat pathetic results to date President Trump is providing Americans positive and historic results and hope for the future.
Something Very Strange About The Media Black Out On Major PedoGate Arrests - Worldwide Crackdowns Happening Now & Largest Sex Trafficking Ring In Western US Busted - Children Openly Sold ‘In Plain Sight’ August 12 2017 | From: AllNewsPipeline / DCClothesline / Various
On July 20, 2017, the DOJ issued a statement on their website about the take down of two of the largest "Dark web" market places, AlphaBay and Hansa.
Both had been "used to sell deadly illegal drugs, stolen and fraudulent identification documents and access devices, counterfeit goods, malware and other computer hacking tools, firearms, and toxic chemicals throughout the world."
"According to publicly availableinformation on AlphaBay prior to its takedown, one AlphaBay staff member claimed that it serviced over 200,000 users and 40,000 vendors.
Around the time of takedown, there were over 250,000 listings for illegal drugs and toxic chemicals on AlphaBay, and over 100,000 listings for stolen and fraudulent identification documents and access devices, counterfeit goods, malware and other computer hacking tools, firearms and fraudulent services.
Comparatively, the Silk Road dark web marketplace, which was seized by law enforcement in November 2013, had reportedly approximately 14,000 listings for illicit goods and services at the time of seizure and was the largest dark web marketplace at the time.
“This is likely one of the most important criminal investigations of the year – taking down the largest dark net marketplace in history,” said Attorney General Jeff Sessions.
“Make no mistake, the forces of law and justice face a new challenge from the criminals and transnational criminal organizations who think they can commit their crimes with impunity using the dark net. The dark net is not a place to hide.
The Department will continue to find, arrest, prosecute, convict, and incarcerate criminals, drug traffickers and their enablers wherever they are.
We will use every tool we have to stop criminals from exploiting vulnerable people and sending so many Americans to an early grave. I believe that because of this operation, the American people are safer – safer from the threat of identity fraud and malware, and safer from deadly drugs.”
The operation against AlphaBay was led by the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI), the US Drug Enforcement Agency (DEA) and the Dutch National Police, with the support of Europol. The operation against Hansa was led by Dutch authorities.
What caught my interest regarding this latest massive operation against internet crime on the Dark Web was the claim found at a website called Conservative Base, which reported one of these Dark Net marketplaces were connected to the crowdsourcing campaign that ANP reported on in December 2016, for "Terminating both Donald Trump and Mike Pence," where Dark Web users were collecting funds to assassinated the then President Elect and the VP elect.
In attempting to verify the connection between the operation that took down these two Dark Web market places and the campaign against President Trump and VP Pence, I ran across what has to be the most under-reported (at least in the MSM) blockbusters from May 2017, where 900 suspected pedophiles were arrested after a two year investigation, with over 350 sexually abused children identified or rescued, and the child porn kingpin was sentenced to 30 years in prison.
Major Pedophilia Network Update Ignored by the Media
The Dark Web site was called "Playpen," and was taken down in 2015, but that take down spawned thousands of investigations, the results of which was announced on the FBI website on May 5, 2017.
"Arresting Playpen’s administrators, however, was only the beginning. In January 2015, the FBI, in partnership with the Department of Justice Child Exploitation and Obscenity Section, launched Operation Pacifier - an effort to go after Playpen’s thousands of members.
Using a court-approved network investigative technique, agents uncovered IP addresses and other information that helped locate and identify users. Investigators sent more than 1,000 leads to FBI field offices around the country and thousands more to overseas partners", Alfin said.
It is interesting how the FBI phrases that particular part of the narrative, as we note the methods they utilized as their investigative technique, was quite controversial at the time.
"The FBI has been criticized for what it called a “court-approved network investigative technique” used to unearth information about the suspects. It emerged that the agency, with court approval, seized and ran the pedophile website for 13 days in February 2015.
The FBI’s command of the Playpen site enabled the agency to infect over 8,000 users’ computers with malware and hack them. Notably, the site was said to be more efficient and even experienced a boost in audience numbers with the FBI in charge of its content.
The criticism leveled at the FBI by the Electronic Frontier Foundation, was "The warrant here did not identify any particular person to search or seize. Nor did it identify any specific user of the targeted website," but as Peter Adolf, an assistant federal defender in the Western District of North Carolina, writes in a motion trying to get the charges thrown out.
"The FBI distributed child pornography to viewers and downloaders worldwide for nearly two weeks, until at least March 4, 2015, even working to improve the performance of the website beyond its original capability."
According to that motion, "As a result, the number of visitors to Playpen while it was under Government control [increased] from an average of 11,000 weekly visitors to approximately 50,000 per week.
During those two weeks, the website's membership grew by over 30%, the number of unique weekly visitors to the site more than quadrupled, and approximately 200 videos, 9,000 images, and 13,000 links to child pornography were posted on the site."
While I am not going to feel sorry for members that visit child porn sites and the fact that the FBI infected their computers in order to track them down, I have a real problem with the fact that rather than just doing that, the FBI under the directorship of James Comey, actually provided hundreds of new videos, thousands of new child porn images to those sickos, and 13,000 new links to child pornography.
To top it off federal prosecutors in Seattle are dropping the charges against one of the men charged with accessing Playpen, because they do not want to reveal the source code for the "network investigative technique" (NIT) that the FBI used to get around the Tor anonymizing software shielding Playpen's visitors, according to Reason.
Reason.com concludes their article with the following:
"Lough, by the way, originally pleaded guilty to a single count of possessing child pornography, which under federal law is punishable by up to 10 years in prison but carries no mandatory minimum.
The FBI agents who ran Playpen for two weeks, by contrast, committed multiple counts of distributing child pornography, which is punishable by up to 20 years in prison and carries a five-year mandatory minimum."
While allowing the case to proceed one federal judge in Tacoma did say that the federal government "acted outrageously," in running the Playpen child porn website and providing new material for two weeks to pedophiles.
Now for the Strange Part
The MSM, busy screaming about Russia and opining about every aspect of the Trump administration, seems to be missing in action in regards to this story.
Nothing from CNN, New York Times, and limited local coverage regarding the FBI's May 2017 announcement that nearly 900 suspected pedophiles have been arrested, 350 of them in the U.S. or that nearly 350 children have been identified or rescued, 55 of them in the U.S., or that 25 U.S. producers of child pornography have been prosecuted or that 51 U.S. hands on abusers have been prosecuted.
Multiple searches, both web and specifying "news" and we find sites like Inquistr, RT, Daily Mail, Press TV, Breitbart, but nothing from the establishment media on one of the biggest storys regarding Pedogate seen to date, with only the Washington Post giving it one paragraph under another story, without even giving it its own headline. (Archive.is link to that Wapo story)
This is all they had to say about it:
"Creator of child-porn site sentenced: A Florida man who federal prosecutors said was the creator and lead administrator of what’s thought to be the world’s largest child-pornography website has been sentenced to 30 years in prison, the FBI announced Friday.
Steven W. Chase, 58, of Naples, Fla., was sentenced this week in a federal courtroom in North Carolina on multiple child-pornography and child-exploitation charges. Two codefendants who also were identified as administrators of the website - Michael Fluckiger, 46, of Indiana, and David Browning, 47, of Kentucky - each received 20-year prison terms earlier this year.
The website Playpen Chase, created in August 2014, had more than 150,000 users around the world", the FBI said.
Nothing about the 900 arrests, the identified or rescued children, nothing about the U.S. based abusers prosecuted, or the U.S. producers of child pornography being prosecuted.
Could it be because reporting on this doesn't further the corporate media's "crusade" to normalize pedophilia? Who can forget the liberal website Salon's attempt to normalize and garner sympathy for pedophiles, in an article that has since been removed, but can still be accessed with archive.is, titled "I’m a pedophile, but not a monster."
One of the major aspects of the arrests reported on above are their connection to the Dark Web and how it is used to connect a network of pedophiles with those publishing and producing the sickening videos, links and images of children being sexually abused.
But the media's apparent refusal to report on pedophilia networks and arrests appears to stem from the fact that it doesn't fit their campaign of normalizing this crime and behavior.
AlphaBay, The Largest Online ‘Dark Market,’ Shut Down
Largest Sex Trafficking Ring In Western US Busted - Children Openly Sold ‘In Plain Sight’
A report of a missing teenager in Tulare County, California, in late 2016 culminated into the uncovering of one of the largest sex trafficking rings in the Western United States, according to an announcement by the Los Angeles County Sheriff’s Department on Thursday.
Thirteen young women and girls, including the missing teen, were freed from captivity as a result of the extensive investigation.
The missing teenager’s disappearance, and subsequent discovery in a West Hollywood apartment in January, led investigators in the LA Sheriff’s Department to discover an extensive human sex trafficking network that extended from Nevada to California. During the course of the investigation, detectives discovered the ring used apartments in dozens of communities, including Burbank, West Hollywood, and Las Vegas, as brothels.
“Years ago, a human trafficking case of this magnitude was not likely,” Los Angeles County Sheriff Jim McDonnell said in a news conference in downtown. “We knew the more we looked, the more we would find.”
"The six-month investigation by the Tulare County Sheriff’s Department, Los Angeles Sheriff’s Department, Los Angeles Regional Human Trafficking Task Force, and the California Department of Justice, has led to two arrests so far. Quinton Brown, 30, of Highland, and Gerald Turner, 32, of Fresno, were arrested on suspicion of 54 charges relating to sex trafficking, pimping, pandering, grand theft and identity theft.
The complaint, filed Wednesday by the California Attorney General’s office, alleges that Brown lured victims from the Central Valley as far back as in October and trafficked them throughout the state. Investigators also said:
The 13 victims include eight minors who were sold for commercial sex.
A 2017 Maserati Ghibli, a 2017 Maserati Levante, and a 2016 Porsche Panamera, all confiscated by investigators, were used in the ring and obtained through fraudulent means.
Eight people were victims of identity theft.
16 sites across California and in Nevada were used as brothels as part of the ring."
Mia McNeil, 32, who police believe rented the apartments/brothels remains at large, according to McDonnell. Additionally, law enforcement believes she also leased high-end luxury vehicles to transport the ring’s sex slaves without raising suspicion.
elated: Reddit Bans ‘Pizzagate’ Investigation into D.C.-area Child Sex Ring - Labels it a ‘Witch Hunt’
McDonnell said that detectives uncovered that Brown and Turner “would traffic the victims in plain sight,” using the Internet to advertise the women they were attempting to sell.
“They are as young as 15 years old, bought and sold for commercial sex,” according to McDonnell.
Surprisingly, most of the victims of sex trafficking are born and raised in the U.S. At the news conference, California Attorney General Xavier Becerra said 72 percent of the victims found in California say they are American.
“Human trafficking, which includes sex and labor trafficking, is one of the fasting growing crimes in the world. Its reach is not limited to foreign countries,” Becerra said. “In California, human trafficking is reported here in our state more than in any other.”
Law enforcement said the investigation is ongoing, as they attempt to uncover and arrest the individuals who solicited the young women and teenage sex slaves.
"The predators online that are looking for an 11 year old … these people are not the traditional johns that most people think of,” McDonnell said. “These are predators. These are child molesters that are out there taking advantage of some of the most vulnerable in society.”
The Los Angeles Daily News reports that:
"Since the Los Angeles Regional Human Trafficking Task Force was established in 2015, there have been 697 arrests, and of those, about 30 percent were male buyers. In addition, there have been 185 victims rescued, a majority of them youths who were sex trafficked.
Tulare County Sheriff Mike Boudreaux said he has since met with one of the victims rescued, and she has received help and is back in school. But he implored parents to watch their children carefully, especially while they are on their mobile phones."
“To the parents, be vigilant,” Boudreaux said during the press conference. “Pay attention to what your children are doing online. Social networking is an environment for predators to prey on and exploit the innocence of our children.”
Of course, when even those tasked with protecting children - such as Raymond Liddy, 53, a California deputy attorney general - are arrested on charges of possessing child pornography; who is left to actually look out for the welfare and safety of the children?
In addition to being a California state prosecutor, Liddy is the son of a prominent Watergate figure - G. Gordon Liddy - who was an operative in President Richard Nixon‘s campaign attempt to burglarize the Democratic National Committee.
Raymond Liddy was arrested at his home and was charged in federal court with possessing images of minors engaged in sexually explicit conduct, according to federal court documents obtained by Heavy.
He was subsequently released from custody and placed on home detention with GPS monitoring after posting a $100,000 bond during his arraignment.
Even after taking down “one of the largest human trafficking rings on the West Coast,” there is a virtual certainty that this bust only barely scratches the surface.
When high-level officials, tasked with prosecuting those that break the law, are accused of being the ones preying upon the innocent and weakest in society it makes one seriously question who is actually looking out for the victims.
Please share this story in an effort to raise awareness about the extreme scope of this constant and pervasive societal problem of the sexual trafficking of children!
Harvard Study Proves Unvaccinated Children Pose No Risk & Protests Across Europe As Countries Plan Compulsory Vaccination August 11 2017 | From: NeonNettle / MetaCenterChicago / Various
Dear Legislator: My name is Tetyana Obukhanych. I hold a PhD in Immunology. I am writing this letter in the hope that it will correct several common misperceptions about vaccines in order to help you formulate a fair and balanced understanding that is supported by accepted vaccine theory and new scientific findings.
Do unvaccinated children pose a higher threat to the public than the vaccinated?
It is often stated that those who choose not to vaccinate their children for reasons of conscience endanger the rest of the public, and this is the rationale behind most of the legislation to end vaccine exemptions currently being considered by federal and state legislators country-wide.
You should be aware that the nature of protection afforded by many modern vaccines – and that includes most of the vaccines recommended by the CDC for children – is not consistent with such a statement.
I have outlined below the recommended vaccines that cannot prevent transmission of disease either because they are not designed to prevent the transmission of infection (rather, they are intended to prevent disease symptoms), or because they are for non-communicable diseases.
People who have not received the vaccines mentioned below pose no higher threat to the general public than those who have, implying that discrimination against non-immunized children in a public school setting may not be warranted.
IPV (inactivated poliovirus vaccine) cannot prevent transmission of poliovirus (see appendix for the scientific study, Item #1). Wild poliovirus has been non-existent in the USA for at least two decades.
Even if wild poliovirus were to be re-imported by travel, vaccinating for polio with IPV cannot affect the safety of public spaces.
Please note that wild poliovirus eradication is attributed to the use of a different vaccine, OPV or oral poliovirus vaccine.
Despite being capable of preventing wild poliovirus transmission, use of OPV was phased out long ago in the USA and replaced with IPV due to safety concerns.
Tetanus is not a contagious disease, but rather acquired from deep-puncture wounds contaminated with C. tetani spores.
Vaccinating for tetanus (via the DTaP combination vaccine) cannot alter the safety of public spaces; it is intended to render personal protection only. While intended to prevent the disease-causing effects of the diphtheria toxin, the diphtheria toxoid vaccine (also contained in the DTaP vaccine) is not designed to prevent colonization and transmission of C. diphtheriae.
Vaccinating for diphtheria cannot alter the safety of public spaces; it is likewise intended for personal protection only. The acellular pertussis (aP) vaccine (the final element of the DTaP combined vaccine), now in use in the USA, replaced the whole cell pertussis vaccine in the late 1990s, which was followed by an unprecedented resurgence of whooping cough.
An experiment with deliberate pertussis infection in primates revealed that the aP vaccine is not capable of preventing colonization and transmission of B. pertussis (see appendix for the scientific study, Item #2). The FDA has issued a warning regarding this crucial finding.
Furthermore, the 2013 meeting of the Board of Scientific Counselors at the CDC revealed additional alarming data that pertussis variants (PRN-negative strains) currently circulating in the USA acquired a selective advantage to infect those who are up-to-date for their DTaP boosters (see appendix for the CDC document, Item #3), meaning that people who are up-to-date are more likely to be infected, and thus contagious, than people who are not vaccinated.
Among numerous types of H. influenzae, the Hib vaccine covers only type b. Despite its sole intention to reduce symptomatic and asymptomatic (disease-less) Hib carriage, the introduction of the Hib vaccine has inadvertently shifted strain dominance towards other types of H. influenzae (types a through f).
These types have been causing invasive disease of high severity and increasing incidence in adults in the era of Hib vaccination of children (see appendix for the scientific study, Item #4). The general population is more vulnerable to the invasive disease now than it was prior to the start of the Hib vaccination campaign.
Discriminating against children who are not vaccinated for Hib does not make any scientific sense in the era of non-type b H. influenzae disease.
Hepatitis B is a blood-borne virus. It does not spread in a community setting, especially among children who are unlikely to engage in high-risk behaviors, such as needle sharing or sex.
Vaccinating children for hepatitis B cannot significantly alter the safety of public spaces. Further, school admission is not prohibited for children who are chronic hepatitis B carriers.
To prohibit school admission for those who are simply unvaccinated – and do not even carry hepatitis B – would constitute unreasonable and illogical discrimination.
In summary, a person who is not vaccinated with IPV, DTaP, HepB, and Hib vaccines due to reasons of conscience poses no extra danger to the public than a person who is. No discrimination is warranted.
How Often do Serious Vaccine Adverse Events Happen?
It is often stated that vaccination rarely leads to serious adverse events. Unfortunately, this statement is not supported by science.
A recent study done in Ontario, Canada, established that vaccination actually leads to an emergency room visit for 1 in 168 children following their 12-month vaccination appointment and for 1 in 730 children following their 18-month vaccination appointment (see appendix for a scientific study, Item #5).
When the risk of an adverse event requiring an ER visit after well-baby vaccinations is demonstrably so high, vaccination must remain a choice for parents, who may understandably be unwilling to assume this immediate risk in order to protect their children from diseases that are generally considered mild or that their children may never be exposed to.
Can Discrimination Against Families Who Oppose Vaccines for Reasons of Conscience Prevent Future Disease Outbreaks of Communicable Viral Diseases, Such as Measles?
Measles research scientists have for a long time been aware of the “measles paradox.” I quote from the article by Poland & Jacobson (1994)
"Failure to Reach the Goal of Measles Elimination: Apparent Paradox of Measles Infections in Immunized Persons.”
Arch Intern Med 154:1815-1820: “The apparent paradox is that as measles immunization rates rise to high levels in a population, measles becomes a disease of immunized persons.”
Click on the image above to view a larger version in a new window
Low-responders are those who respond poorly to the first dose of the measles vaccine. These individuals then mount a weak immune response to subsequent RE-vaccination and quickly return to the pool of “susceptibles’’ within 2-5 years, despite being fully vaccinated.
Re-vaccination cannot correct low-responsiveness: it appears to be an immunogenetic trait.
Dr. Tenpenny ‘We’re Heading Towards Full Scale Medical Tyranny’
The proportion of low-responders among children was estimated to be 4.7% in the USA. Studies of measles outbreaks in Quebec, Canada, and China attest that outbreaks of measles still happen, even when vaccination compliance is in the highest bracket (95-97% or even 99%, see appendix for scientific studies, Items #6&7).
This is because even in high vaccine responders, vaccine-induced antibodies wane over time. Vaccine immunity does not equal life-long immunity acquired after natural exposure.
It has been documented that vaccinated persons who develop breakthrough measles are contagious.
In fact, two major measles outbreaks in 2011 (in Quebec, Canada, and in New York, NY) were re-imported by previously vaccinated individuals.
Taken together, these data make it apparent that elimination of vaccine exemptions, currently only utilized by a small percentage of families anyway, will neither solve the problem of disease resurgence nor prevent re-importation and outbreaks of previously eliminated diseases.
Is Discrimination Against Conscientious Vaccine Objectors the Only Practical Solution?
The majority of measles cases in recent US outbreaks (including the recent Disneyland outbreak) are adults and very young babies, whereas, in the pre-vaccination era, measles occurred mainly between the ages 1 and 15.
Natural exposure to measles was followed by lifelong immunity from re-infection, whereas vaccine immunity wanes over time, leaving adults unprotected by their childhood shots.
Measles is more dangerous for infants and for adults than for school-aged children. Despite high chances of exposure in the pre-vaccination era, measles practically never happened in babies much younger than one year of age due to the robust maternal immunity transfer mechanism.
Dr. Leonard Coldwell - Vaccines are used to Sterilize and Cull the Population
Dr. Leonard Coldwell talks about how vaccines don't work and how they are designed to cause infertility and wreck havoc on the human physiology.
The vulnerability of very young babies to measles today is the direct outcome of the prolonged mass vaccination campaign of the past, during which their mothers, themselves vaccinated in their childhood, were not able to experience measles naturally at a safe school age and establish the lifelong immunity that would also be transferred to their babies and protect them from measles for the first year of life.
Luckily, a therapeutic backup exists to mimic now-eroded maternal immunity. Infants, as well as other vulnerable or immunocompromised individuals, are eligible to receive immunoglobulin, a potentially life-saving measure that supplies antibodies directed against the virus to prevent or ameliorate disease upon exposure (see appendix, Item #8).
In Summary
1. Due to the properties of modern vaccines, non-vaccinated individuals pose no greater risk of transmission of polio, diphtheria, pertussis, and numerous non-type b H. influenza strains than vaccinated individuals do, non-vaccinated individuals pose virtually no danger of transmission of hepatitis B in a school setting, and tetanus is not transmissible at all;
2. There is a significantly elevated risk of emergency room visits after childhood vaccination appointments attesting that vaccination is not risk-free;
3. Outbreaks of measles cannot be entirely prevented even if we had nearly perfect vaccination compliance; and
4. An effective method of preventing measles and other viral diseases in vaccine-ineligible infants and the immunocompromised, immunoglobulin, is available for those who may be exposed to these diseases.
Taken together, these four facts make it clear that discrimination in a public school setting against children who are not vaccinated for reasons of conscience is completely unwarranted as the vaccine status of conscientious objectors poses no undue public health risk.
Sincerely Yours,
Tetyana Obukhanych, PhD
Tetyana Obukhanych, PhD, is the author of the book Vaccine Illusion. She has studied immunology in some of the world’s most prestigious medical institutions.
She earned her PhD in Immunology at the Rockefeller University in New York and did postdoctoral training at Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA and Stanford University in California.
Dr Tetyana Obukhanych, Ph.D. - Natural Immunity and Vaccination
Dr Tetyana Obukhanych is the author of Vaccine Illusion: How Vaccination Compromises Our Natural Immunity and What We Can Do to Regain Our Health. In her book, she presents a view on vaccination that is radically different from mainstream theories.
Dr Tetyana Obukhanych, has studied immunology in some of the world's most prestigious medical institutions. She earned her PhD in Immunology at the Rockefeller University in New York and did postdoctoral training at Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA. and Stanford University in California.
Protests Across Europe As Countries Plan Compulsory Vaccination
Protests took place around Europe as some EU countries, including Austria, consider making vaccinations compulsory.
Austrians protested in Vienna on May 6th, and Poles did likewise on June 3rd, which last year the Czechs designated ‘Light a Candle’ day to commemorate the lives lost or damaged because of vaccination.
The Italians demonstrated against compulsory vaccination last March, and protests have also taken place in Croatia - where vaccines are already mandatory.
The European Forum for Vaccine Vigilance, which is helping to co-ordinate the protests, describes compulsory vaccination as a breach of fundamental human rights. It says that “a number of European countries” are considering making childhood vaccination mandatory.
Asset, a pro-vaccine group, does not believe that a compulsory programme is the way to go. The group says that vaccination levels are not necessarily higher in countries where it is compulsory; Latvia, for instance, doesn’t have a higher take-up rate than other Baltic states even though parents are legally obliged to have their children vaccinated.
Instead, some countries fine parents who don’t get their children vaccinated, while others make attendance at school more difficult. In France, two parents were jailed after refusing to have their child vaccinated. To find out more about the protests, go to: www.efvv.eu
Further Information:
Trust needs to be won back by the pharmaceuticals, the vaccine skeptics do not trust that industry, here’s a classic example of why, in a leaked pharma memo about a specific vaccine, the pharmaceutical essentially admits that bad batches of this vaccine cause SIDS and then recommends to split the batches up so as you don’t get a cluster of deaths in the same area which can easily be traced to the vaccine.
That is,
nstead of fixing the vaccine, he was happy to continue sending out the dangerous vaccine as long as they don’t be caught.
The so-called ‘anti-vaccine’ side gets misrepresented by the mainstream media, they are constantly setting up an ‘anti-vaccine’ strawman and then knocking it down with industry marketing and propaganda disguised as science.
I’ve been involved in this for many years, going deep into the research and the debate, the major problems are that vaccines aren’t being tested properly, nor is the schedule, unvaccinated people aren’t being studied, vaccines are being studied one at a time, not using real controls in safety studies, not looking long-term. In 2017 vaccines are a shot in the dark!
The only way to work out what’s going on is to do the research for yourself, as the system and media has been setup by Big Pharma. That means going to the independent experts, not Big Pharma vaccine patent holder (i.e. making millions from vaccines) ‘experts’ like Paul Offit who the mainstream media go to.
I’ve posted up presentations from the independent experts below, anyone who watches those all the way through will never vaccinate again.
The media cannot be trusted, they have been compromised, and unfortunately vaccine science has also been compromised, as the doctors below will confirm for you.
My friend lost his baby brother from vaccine induced SIDS. The parents took them to court and got a tiny bit of compensation. During the trial the head of the company admitted that he has not vaccinated his own children.
So why the fuck should we. Producing vaccines that are a cure all would conflict severely with their interests in manufacturing drugs to manage symptoms and make people better once they are sick.
The elite rarely vaccinate, even many Hollywood celebrities are avoiding vaccination, somehow they know too much, they know how the game works.
Vaccines are essentially a way of placing taxes on the herd, taxes which get paid to Big Pharma, the price of the vaccine is just the tip of the iceberg, the real money they make is in the lifelong diseases which vaccines regularly induce, highly profitable diseases which leave people as customers to Big Pharma for life.
Many doctors I’ve spoken too don’t vaccinate their own children, but they are forced by the system to continue pushing the madness on others.
Related Articles: Italy in the Crosshairs for Mandatory Vaccination Strategy in Europe
New Zealand Tops List Of Developed Countries With Most Homeless - Thanks National You Do Us Proud & More Local Muck August 10 2017 | From: EnviroWatchRangitikei / RadioNewZealand / Various
Well congratulations National Government / Corporation, you’ve now put us on another dubious ‘honour’ list. Most homeless?
Two homeless gentlemen recently dying in the winter cold even. Highest youth suicide. Highest child poverty. Well done John Key. Well done Bill English. You do us proud. What next are we going to excel in?
Who next can you simply kick to the curb with your boot that’s looking increasingly fascist these days? Twenty billion to weapons and war, and only one to housing?
Whilst you land bank our state homes, 42K people sleep in tents, garages and cars. Your monetary priorities say it all. You’ve ushered in neo-liberalism on steroids. You’ve trashed not only the people but the environment as well. And what use is any economy with neither of those?
NZ Tops List of Developed Countries with Most Homeless
Social Housing Minister Amy Adams is rejecting an American University survey that puts New Zealand at the top of a list of developed countries for homelessness.
It found about 40,000 people are either living on the street, in emergency housing, or shelter considered sub-standard.
The report does note that getting an accurate picture of homeless is challenging, because many countries define homelessness in different ways. Ms Adams said the findings should be treated with a high degree of caution, as the survey did not have consistent comparisons from country to country.
"They're not comparing apples with apples and to suggest that is our number of homeless is quite wrong."
She said government estimates were that the number was closer to 4,000.
Excerpt From: "As Cities Grow Worldwide, So Do the Numbers of Homeless" (Yale University)
"... Homelessness rates reported in most developed countries, including those in shelters and on the streets, are comparatively low. The proportions of homeless among OECD countries, for example, are below 1 percent.
The highest rate, nearly 1 percent, is in New Zealand, where more than 40,000 people live on the streets or in emergency housing or substandard shelters.
Ten countries, including Italy, Japan and Spain, report homeless rates of less than a 10th of 1 percent. While rates in wealthy developed nations are small, they represent large numbers of homeless persons, more than 500,000 in the United States and more than 100,000 in Australia and France.
Trends in homelessness among OECD countries with available data are mixed. In recent years rates of homelessness are reported to have increased in Denmark, England, France, Ireland, Italy, the Netherlands and New Zealand, while decreasing in Finland and the United States. ..."
But Labour's Phil Twyford said the survey was further evidence of the government's failure on housing. He was critical of the fact the government was now spending $140,000 a day on motels to house people.
"There are 30 times as many families needing emergency housing in motels than the government expected.
The cost has risen by two-thirds in just half a year", said Mr Twyford, "from $7.7 million in December to $12.6 million in June."
He said it showed how out of touch National was with the scale of New Zealand's housing shortage.
John Key, Clinton Foundation & Real Reasons NZ Has A Housing Crisis
"Families living in motels, cars, and garages; a record waiting list for state houses; Auckland City Mission forced to turn people away; homeless people dying in the street - these are the human costs of National's housing crisis."
But Ms Adams was making no apology for continuing to pay for motel rooms.
"While motels are not ideal, they are warm and dry, and preferable to families sleeping rough during the coldest months of the year.
Our priority is that those in urgent need have a place to stay while we secure them a social house."
She insisted the government was making progress housing New Zealand's most vulnerable, citing a report showing there is more social housing available than three months ago.
"Under the Carpet" New Zealand Hidden History Documentary August 10 2017 | From:
The 'powers that be' do all they can to hide real history using the New Zealand equivalent of the US Smithsonian.
All evidence contrary to 'established fact' is ignored, debunked, destroyed, or hidden away. This pattern is repeated all over the world. The Vatican hides her library of treasures. The Egyptians claim the Great Pyramids were built by slaves pulling ropes. Noah's Ark is 'just an old myth'.
The quest for the earliest inhabitants of New Zealand continues with Gabi Plumm’s search under the layers of lava, volcanic ash, sand and embargoes to discover the truth about discarded history, destroyed archaeological records and hidden data that show just howmuch information is being kept from New Zealand’s people.
And who is doing the hiding?
This fascinating documentary takes us back to our planet’s oldest people: their origins and their incredible voyages across oceans and seas, the natural catastrophes that have wiped out whole nations leaving barren earth barely fit for habitation, the dogged survival techniques of people forced to become warriors to protect their families, and the resulting archaeological discoveries that remain to tell the tale.
But this history is being hidden from New Zealanders, they are not taught about their ancient ancestry; decisions have been made to keep the truth hidden and write only what suits a political agenda.
But, Gabi has uncovered information that can no longer be suppressed, will she be allowed to share it with the world, or will it, too, be removed from the shelves and filed under ’fiction’?
There is a world beyond what the history books tell us, and Gabi is determined to find out what should have been written and what has been left out.
Mainstream Scientist Exposes The Dangerous Reality Of Chemtrails And Geoengineering August 9 2017 | From: WakingTimes / Various
Over the past few years, the issue of geoengineering has been popularized. Mainstream media, academia, and government almost unanimously support the idea of geoengineering as a perceived solution to climate change while suppressing the evidence that it has actually been in use for some time without our consent.
On the other hand, there is a growing number of people who are slowly beginning to understand the reality surrounding chemtrail geoengineering, and opposition is slowly growing.
Firstly, computer theorist and founding partner of tech company Applied Invention, Danny Hillis, came on stage and proposed a number of geoengineering concepts which could theoretically, “turn down the temperature of the earth.”
These included sending giant parasols into space, putting fizzy water into the ocean, and sending chalk into the atmosphere at a rate of 10 teragrams per year to reflect sunlight and in theory slow the effects of climate change.
Now enters Kate Marvel with the opening line, “Danny, you seem so nice, and I hope we can be friends, and you terrify me.”
"Geoengineering is like going to a doctor who says ‘You have a fever, I know exactly why you have a fever, and we’re not going to treat that. We’re going to give you ibuprofen, and also your nose is going to fall off.”
Marvel also noted that atmospheric spraying would not do anything to effect other environmental problems such as ocean acidification.
"Reducing the amount of sunlight we get is really problematic…it won’t do anything about [other climate effects like] ocean acidification”
- Kate Marvel
Evidence Mounts Exposing The Dangers Of Cloud Seeding
GeoEngineering refers to technologies which are used with the intention of interfering with the earth’s atmosphere in order to alter temperatures and climate.
Most of these technologies are still in theoretical stages, however a growing body of evidence suggests that some weather modification technologies such as aerosol spraying or “cloud seeding” have been in production for many decades.
Blatant And Inarguable Geoengineering Jet Spraying Captured On Film
Almost no studies have been done which assess the effect that cloud seeding has on environmental safety or human health, which shows that the government has been using untested technologies on the population without our consent.
In 2016, CIA Director John O. Brennan spoke at a Council on Foreign Relations conference about the benefits of geoengineering. However, any mention of potential negative impacts as a result of cloud seeding was conveniently left out.
"Another example is the array of technologies, often referred to collectively as GeoEngineering, that could potentially help reverse the warming effects of global climate change.
One that has gained my personal attention is Stratospheric Aerosol Injection, or “SAI;” a method of seeding the stratosphere with particles that can help reflect the sun’s heat.”
- John O. Brennan
Although we are all hearing from establishment figures like Brennan that climate engineering is a new technology which we all have the option to accept or decline before it is implemented, that is simply not the case.
Evidence going as far back as the early 1920’s shows a push to develop the technology needed to control the weather and has been implemented in some form since at least the 1970’s.
"The Federal Government has been involved for over 30 years in a number of aspects of weather modification, through activities of both the Congress and the executive branch.
Since 1947, weather modification bills pertaining to research support, operations, policy studies, regulations, liabilities, activity reporting, establishment of panels and committees, and international concerns have been introduced in the Congress.
There have been hearings on many of these proposed measures, and oversight hearings have also been conducted on pertinent ongoing programs.”
Climate Change Alarmism Opens The Door To Reactionary Solutions Such As SRM
The geoengineering debate can be summed up in three words: “Problem, Reaction, Solution.”
First, the dire problem of Climate Change is presented by figures like Al Gore, then a reaction is generated from the public in the form of “Climate Can’t Wait!” slogans and public unrest, then the solution of GeoEngineering is presented which gives more power to the powerful and hurts the people in the form of environmental degradation and potential health implications which the document from earlier lists as:
"1. Cloud seeding has been responsible for the great 5-year drought in the Northeast United States.
2. Isolated sections in the Northeast have experienced 18 years of drought due to cloud seeding.
3. Weather disturbances in the South Atlantic [sic] have been eliminated and has reduced [sic] the east coast’s rainfall by 30 percent – rain that is needed if agriculture is to be successful.
4. The average dairy farmer on the east coast, living in an area of cloud seeding, has averaged a net financial loss because of cloud seeding.
5. Crop production losses in Franklin County, Pa., alone have amounted to $50 Million.
6. When effects of seeding wear off, cloudbursts occur, causing floods, destroying crops, buildings, and drowning people as well as livestock.
7. Seeding has been responsible for the serious air pollution problems.
8. Mental retardation and insanity are traceable to cloud seeding chemicals.
9. Poisoning of all living matter is directly related to cloud seeding.
10. Emphysema is three times higher in areas of heavy cloud seeding.
11. Cancer is virulently out of proportion.
12. Financial losses to agriculture and related industries run into the billions.
13. Forest trees as well as cultivated orchards are dying from chemical reactions taking place in the air due to the addition of cloud seeding agents.”
There are real solutions to environmental problems which don’t end up harming us or the environment further. It is time for people to stand up for themselves and reject dangerous and untested technologies like these.
Every day, in meetings at all levels of government, representatives of Non-Governmental Organizations (NGOs), planning groups, and federal agents surround elected representatives and insist that their policies have nothing to do with international agendas.
They regularly publish reports and rail against anyone even mentioning the names Agenda 21 or the new Agenda 2030. “No, no, no,” they insist. “Those people are just crazy conspiracy theorists. Ours is just a local plan for our community.”
Elected Representatives are often confused. Issues and policies suddenly appear in front of them with sample, ready-made legislation. And then the unending pressure begins for them to pass it.
There is confusion, uncertainty and there is the herd mentality to pass legislation. And it’s passed without knowledge of its origins, its purpose, and especially a lack of understanding of its consequences. “Just do it,” goes the mantra.
What most of these legislators fail to understand is the direct relationship much of this legislation has with a much larger agenda. Most legislation interconnects with other pieces and parts contained in other legislation.
Like the children’s song goes…”the toe bone’s connected to the ankle bone…” And it’s done so well, wrapped in innocent-sounding, positive wrapping, so that most elected representatives will argue vigorously that they passed no such thing. And most of all, they will answer, Agenda 21, never heard of it. Just local. Just local. Just local.
Well, let me show you how it works and how the toe bone gets connected to the ankle bone ending up with the Frankenstein monster.
Here are six issues that are rarely connected to Agenda 21 and Sustainable Development (especially when we are assured that Agenda 21 has nothing to do with local, state or federal government policy).
However, these seemingly unrelated policies, once implemented, help enforce the stated Agenda 21 goal of “reorganizing human society.”
Issue 1: Global Warming / Climate Change
It has been so discredited in the true scientific community that proponents have become almost hysterical in their continued attempts to enforce Climate Change policy.
Most recently the USJustice Department is considering legal action against “deniers.”
Why don’t they stop, even to question if their science is sound? They instead use great energy to attack any scientist who does dare ask questions or finds data contrary to the “official” line.
Why is it so vitally important that they continue to promote something that clearly is, to say the least, questionable?
It’s because all of Agenda 21 policy is built on the premise that man is destroying the Earth. Climate Change is their “proof.” To eliminate that premise is to remove all credibility and purpose for their entire agenda.
They are willing to go to any length, even lies, to keep the climate change foot on our throats.
On the local level this translates into planning policy that controls energy use and the efforts to cut down on the use of cars, enforcement of the building of expensive light rail train systems and bike paths and installation of smart meters, etc.
But don’t take my word for it. I’ll let them speak for themselves:
“No matter if the science of global warming is all phony… climate change provides the greatest opportunity to bring about justice and equality in the world.”
-
Christine Stewart (Former Canadian Minister of the Environment)
“We’ve got to ride this global warming issue. Even if the theory of global warming is wrong, we will be doing the right thing in terms of economic and environmental policy.”
-
Timothy Wirth (President, UN Foundation)
“It doesn’t matter what is true. It only matters what people believe is true.”
-
Paul Watson (Co-Founder of Green Peace)
Issue 2: Fear of Over Population
This
is the central driving force behind nearly every Sustainable policy initiative. It’s the real force behind Stack and Pack Smart Growth cities.
The fact is, in developed nations populations are actually going down. The only real growth in the US population in recent years has been from immigration, legal or otherwise. Open border immigration policy is actually implementation of Agenda 21 as part of the drive to destroy national sovereignty and “nation states.”
Environmentalists insist that the borders must be open to allow as many to immigrate here as possible. They argue that the U.S. has a greater ability to control them and protect the environment than if we left them in third world countries. That’s because the Greens already have a stranglehold over our nation’s industry through massive environmental regulations.
In the face of their fear of overpopulation, however, studies have shown that there is no world wide over population crisis. In fact one study insists that we could put the entire population of the world in an area the size of Texas with a population density of Paris, France.
Over population, and its accompanying environmental degradation, is a problem primarily in countries where the poor are deprived by government to improve their conditions. Nations that refuse to legalize private property ownership for the masses, for example, are a primary reason for growing poverty.
Meanwhile, Sustainablists work to keep these nations from developing or increasing energy use, thereby keeping them poor. Green regulations stop the building of infrastructure. They panic at the idea of increased energy use in developing nations.
Instead of working to solve the real problems – the root of poverty- they exploit the excuse of over population and advocate enforcing polices to drastically reduce populations. China’s brutal one child policy of forced abortions and sterilization has become their model.
Do you think I’m joking? Then consider these quotes from the Sustainablists:
“Childbearing should be a punishable crime against society, unless the parents hold a government license. All potential parents should be required to use contraceptive chemicals, the government issuing antidotes to citizens chosen for childbearing.”
-
David Brower (Sierra Club)
“A reasonable estimate for an industrialized world society at the present North American material standard of living would be 1 billion. At a more frugal European standard of living, 2 to 3 billion would be possible.”
-
United Nations Global Biodiversity Assessment.
Issue 3: The Destruction of the Free Market System
We have heard statement after statement from the UN; from members of Congress; the news media; and from Hollywood, all deriding the free market system as evil, corrupt and a tool of the rich to hold down the poor.
So now, after deciding that the poor are expendable for the sake of stopping overpopulation, suddenly the planners are worried about them – if it leads to their ability to raid our bank accounts.
So are they really worried about protecting the environment – or are they actually honoring the tactics of Jesse James?
Redistribution of wealth is behind every policy that comes out of the UN, and the Obama Administration as well. The EPA is the attack dog to shut down entire industries like coal. It has become very difficult to operate a manufacturing business in the US, and nearly impossible to start a new one.
Environmental protection is always the excuse, even when Obama’s own State Department said the Keystone Pipeline was not an environmental threat.
A couple of years ago, radical greens, wielding torches, demonstrated outside the home of the head of the Keystone pipeline company. Visions of the terror of the Dark Agenda?
At the UN’s Rio + 20 Summit held in 2012, the idea of “Zero Economic Growth” was advocated – just to keep things fair.
It was stated that even the building of new roads upsets the status quo and disrupts a well ordered society. Such idiotic ideas are the driving force behind Sustainable Development. Again, images of the Dark Ages come to mind.
Yet, consider “local” planning programs that cut off access roads, and again, discourage cars. What about the EPA’s war on industry. Pretty hard to have economic growth without industry. The timber industry is killed and communities die.
Dams are torn down and farmers disappear. Zero Economic Growth in the making. Just local?
Again, not my words, let them tell you themselves:
“We must make this an insecure and inhospitable place for capitalists and their projects. We must reclaim the roads and plowed lands, halt dam construction, tear down existing dams, free shackled rivers and return to wilderness millions of acres of presently settled land.”
-
Dave Foreman, (Earth First)
“Global sustainability requires the deliberate quest of poverty, reduced resource consumption and set levels of mortality control”
-
Professor Maurice King (Population Control Advocate)
“We believe planning should be a tool for allocating resources…and eliminating the great inequalities of wealth and power in our society… because the free market has proven itself incapable of doing this.”
-
Plannersnetwork.org Statement of Principles. the American Planning Association is a member and supporter of these principles.
Issue 4: Cheap Energy is the Enemy of the Earth
To the average person the drive to stop any ability to obtain cheap energy makes no sense. People are hurting economically. Jobs are lost.
Energy costs are skyrocketing. Yet the government spends billions of dollars on “alternative energy” such as wind and solar, which provides less than 3% of our energy needs. Why? What is the motivation to put such shackles on the economic engine?
The excuse is that energy use drives up CO2 emissions and accelerates global warming – the excuse necessary to “harmonize” the US into the socialist, Sustainable global noose.
Many current state and local policies now are moving to increase taxes at the gas pump to keep energy costs high. In addition, Obama issued an Executive Order to ban any off shore drilling of oil.
So, just as the consumer started to get a break at the pump, higher taxes and Obama’s action forced prices back up. As the prices rise the “planners” will insist that the only solution is to enforce the building of expensive public transportation.
But, according to some anti-energy advocates, the fear of cheap energy goes beyond environmental protection – energy availability helps build wealth for individuals and removes them from the rolls of the dependent – the opposite goal of sustainable policy.
“Giving society cheap, abundant energy is the worst thing that could ever happen to the planet.”
-
Proffessor Paul Ehrlich (Professor of Population Studies, Stanford University)
“Complex technology of any sort is an assault on human dignity. It would be little short of disastrous for us to discover a source of clean, cheap, abundant energy, because of what we might do with it.”
-
Amory Lovins (Rocky Mountain Institute)
“The prospect of cheap fusion energy is the worst thing that could happen to the planet.”
-
Jeremy Rifkin (Greenhouse Crisis Foundation)
Issue 5: Common Core
Many people see the reorganization of the public school issue as separate from Agenda 21. It’s not.
Those who are promoting what they call the Agenda for the 21st Century understand that it is going to be a long drawn out process.
To “reform” a nation created on the ideals of limited government, free enterprise and individual liberty into one that unquestioningly accepts government top down control will take time and a determined effort.
There’s no room in a Sustainablist society for those who believe that we were born with our rights and that government’s job is to protect those rights. The sustainable system says government will grant us our rights.
To enforce such a radical turn around of our society requires that the children be indoctrinated to accept it. The effort started in earnest in the 1990s under the Clinton Administration through the massive growth of the Department of Education in such programs as Goals 2000, School To Work and Workforce Development Boards.
The original American education system effectively provided an overall academic education from which students could choose their own futures. No longer.
Today, the new curriculum has morphed into what is called Common Core. It’s a State run central curriculum that revamps schools into little more than job training and indoctrination centers [and it is now being spread worldwide by the UN.]
Because, you see, today’s public education system is also designed to strip the children of their attitudes, values and beliefs that parents may have instilled, and indoctrinate them into accepting global values – global citizenship and a global economy based on the sustainable agenda.
Little of American civics and history are taught in today’s classroom. But text books contain whole chapters on the Five Pillars of Islam, while ignoring the 10 Commandments of Christianity.
The children are fed an unending diet of the evils of capitalism; the selfishness of individualism, and the social justice of redistribution of wealth.
It punishes students for possessing individuality and is designed to eliminate such natural human tendencies. That is the “common” in Common Core. Common values, common goals, common future. Don’t rock the boat of a well ordered society.
Common Core is the nationally dictated curriculum necessary for the acceptance and implementation of Agenda 21. Of course, we still elect local school boards pretending they have some say over the curriculum. It makes us all feel safer for our children.
How, then do we explain the surge of Bernie Sanders and the Tsunami of Socialism? Well, today nearly every adult up to the age of 40 has gone thought this indoctrination, trained to accept a future chosen for them by someone else.
The education system was fully outlined in a very detailed letter to Hillary Clinton from Marc Tucker of the National Center on Education and the Economy in November, 1992, immediately after Bill. Clinton was elected President.
Said Tucker:
"First, a vision of the kind of national – not federal – human resources development system the nation could have. This is interwoven with a new approach to governing that should inform that vision.
What is essential is that we create a seamless web of opportunities to develop one’s skills that literally extends from cradle to grave and is the same system for everyone…” coordinated by “a system of labor market boards at the local, state, and federal levels” where curriculum and “job matching” will be handled by counselors “accessing the integrated computer-based program.”
Issue 6: Healthcare
How is healthcare connected to Agenda 21? Simply Google “Sustainable Medicine” and you will find more than 5,850,000 English language references to the subject. Read through the ideas expressed there and you will find nearly every provision of Obamacare.
An expert on Sustainable Medicine, the late Dr. Madeleine Cosman, put it this way: “Sustainable Medicine + Sustainable Development = Duty to Die.”
Sustainable medicine makes decisions through visioning councils that determine what shall be done or not done to each body in its group in its native habitat. Sustainable medicine experts do not refer to citizens in sovereign nations, but to “humans” in their “settlements.”
Sustainable medicine is the pivot around which all other Sustainable Development revolves. Principle #1 of the Rio Declaration that introduced Agenda 21 is that all humans must live in harmony with nature.
The translation means rationing healthcare, low technology for health care treatment and emphasis on medical care not cure. And that, of course, will lead to population reduction, as called for in Agenda 21.
These are the issues that are not usually discussed or connected to Agenda 21. Yet they are being implemented, step by step, by local planners in policies that are approved by befuddled elected representatives. It’s all driven through pressure from private NGO groups and funded by federal grants.
That’s how it’s done, constantly driven a little bit with each innocent sounding idea. Then, without warning, Frankenstein rises from behind the smokescreen, toe bones and anklebones fully operational.
People must understand and connect these dots to everyday issues so they can clearly see the root and long term goals of these policies that are affecting our personal lives.
Elected representatives at every level of government must come to understand that legislative actions have consequences far beyond their understanding.
Agenda 21 is the “common core” and it has already invaded every level of our society. Our battle cry must be to stop this monster or watch freedom perish.
Myth Busters: Introducing Agenda 2030
Agenda 2030 - Save the earth not you. Isn't it what is happening? Will you support it?
Agenda 21 escalated to 2030 with the Pope as the main protagonist.
Seventeen goals and targets that will stimulate action over the next fifteen years in areas of critical importance for humanity and the planet:
Goal 1: End Poverty in all its Forms Everywhere
Translation: Continually engineer boom/bust and other financial crisis; centralize all ‘private banks’ – IMF, World Bank, Fed/BOE etc to control all finances via a digital world currencies; a cashless society administered via personal RFID chips(in phones and banking cards).
Continue to encourage and Increase dependence on personal debt by continually raising inflation/prices above earnings; make interest rates negative and then ‘charge’ for keeping balances in the black; make it impossible to function in society without digital beast system i.e. no access to work, food, healthcare, buying and selling, transport etc
Goal 2: End Hunger, Achieve Food Security and Improved Nutrition and Promote Sustainable Agriculture
Translation: Codex Alimentarius (opens in this window); full corporate control over the supply and production of only poor quality GMO (Frankenstein) food – causing cancer and genetic abnormalities leading to population reduction.
Encourage and promote vegetarianism with high consumption of GMO crops; make meat eating increasingly unacceptable by continually pushing the environmental damage and cancer causing message
Goal 3: Ensure Healthy Lives and Promote Well-Being for all at All Ages
Translation: Full government control and rationing of poor quality health care; compulsory health destroying vaccinations; legalize and advocate euthanasia.
Sexualization of children and minors; legalize and enable taxation of all drugs plus promote their widespread use
Goal 4: Ensure Inclusive and Equitable Quality Education and Promote Lifelong Learning Opportunities for All
Translation: UN propaganda, constant and relentless brainwashing delivered through all forms of media and compulsory ‘education’ from cradle to grave.
Use famous celebrities, actors, musicians and role models (that the elite control) to directly influence public opinion; label anyone who questions the status quo and refuses to conform, as mentally ill and incarcerate them indefinitely for their ‘own safety’; utilize political correctness as a weapon against free and analytical thinking
Goal 5: Achieve Gender Equality and Empower all Women and Girls
Translation: Population control through forced “Family Planning”; promote ‘alternative lifestyles’; destroy family and societal cohesion; ‘normalize’ all sexual orientations; feminize, ridicule and diminish traditional male roles
Goal 6: Ensure Availability and Sustainable Management of Water and Sanitation for All
Add fluoride and cancer causing chemicals to supply; increase charges and encourage the separate purchase of ‘safe’ drinking water
Goal 7: Ensure Access to Affordable, Reliable, Sustainable and Modern Energy for All
Translation: Phase out ‘fossil fuels’ and replace with 100% electricity supply and control network.
Click on the image above to view a larger version in a new window
Smart grid with smart meters on everything; peak pricing; personal carbon rationing through RFID; draconian punishments for ‘excessive’ and ‘irresponsible’ usage
Goal 8: Promote Sustained, Inclusive and Sustainable Economic Growth, Full and Productive Employment and Decent Work for All
Translation: TPP; free trade zones that favor mega corporate interests; excessive taxation and red tape leading to eventual bankruptcy for all small/medium ‘non-corporate’ (elite owned) businesses.
Endless global and regional conflicts / terrorism / war leading to ‘job creation’ for the young by enforcing conscription into the security/armed services; vast labor factories, expansion of service sector and government assigned ‘non jobs’ with no upper age limit or retirement prospects for ‘workers’
Goal 9: Build Resilient Infrastructure, Promote Inclusive and Sustainable Industrialization and Foster Innovation
Translation: Promote and expand public transit; remove free/subsidized travel; apply environmental restrictions on personal travel; introduce a pay per mile/km auto tax and expand toll roads.
Build and maintain privately owned infrastructure using public funds by increasing levels of personal/carbon taxation
Goal 10: Reduce Inequality Within and Among Countries
Translation: Replace current systems of governance with one based on socialism and corporate control; introduce even more regional government bureaucracy and intrusion like a mutant octopus; open borders with unlimited and unchecked migration from Islamic countries causing widespread racial and religious wars/conflict/terrorism (thus population reduction on a grand scale).
Promote, normalize and enforce diversity with extensive and relentless media campaigns plus impose restrictive and punitive race/equality laws to silence any objection
Goal 11: Make Cities and Human Settlements Inclusive, Safe, Resilient and Sustainable
Translation: Big brother big data surveillance state with cameras watching everything 24/7; destroy rural communities; encourage city occupation.
Promote the affordability and environmental benefits of living in ‘sustainable’ compact micro units controlled and connected to the ‘smart grid’; restrict personal movement through RFID tracking/logging and no go zones
Goal 12: Ensure Sustainable Consumption and Production Patterns
Translation: Forced austerity; limit availability and ration purchases of essential goods with RFID based cashless society; wipe out the ‘useless eaters’ then maintain the worlds population at under 500,000,000
Goal 13: Take Urgent Action to Combat Climate Change and its Impacts
Translation: Cap and Trade; carbon taxes/credits; footprint taxes; direct RFID credit/cash deductions for personal carbon usage; aggressively promote climate change as the ‘new religion’ and sanction ‘deniers‘; set-up eco-courts to enforce global and local climate laws and to punish ‘eco-crime’
Goal 14: Conserve and Sustainably Use the Oceans, Seas and Marine Resources for Sustainable Development
Translation: Environmental restrictions; control all oceans including mineral rights from ocean floors.
Restrict public access to coastal areas and criminalize all unauthorized and unlawful infractions
Goal 15: Protect, Restore and Promote Sustainable Use of Terrestrial Ecosystems, Sustainably Manage Forests, Combat Decertification, and Halt and Reverse Land Degradation and Halt Biodiversity Loss
Translation: More environmental restrictions; more controlling of resources and mineral rights; restricted public access to vast areas of open space and woodlands etc with harsh penalties for all unauthorized and unlawful infractions
Goal 16: Promote Peaceful and Inclusive Societies for Sustainable Development, Provide Access to Justice for All and Build Effective, Accountable and Inclusive Institutions at all Levels
Translation: Use the NATO alliance and UN “peacekeeping” missions/proxy armies along with the International Court of (subjective) Justice, to force regime change on uncooperative nations and join desperate people together via fake refugee and other engineered crises; mediate with more “UN peacekeeping” and gain full control over regions and counties when tension breaks out.
Incrementally remove the 2nd Amendment in the USA using false flag events to sway public opinion in tandem with restrictive executive orders to bypass congress, provoke patriots into defending their rights and send all surviving dissenters to ‘re-education’ camps
Goal 17: Strengthen the Means of Implementation and Revitalize the Global Partnership for Sustainable Development
Translation: Promote and expand globalism and a bloated Orwellian bureaucratic state under the ‘authority” of the UN (by initiating world war if necessary) with direction from The (unelected) Council on Foreign Relations and The Trilateral Commission; implementation of a ‘one world government‘ with open borders and removal of national sovereignty worldwide; implement a fully biometric/RFID human control network
The last line of the agenda document (opens in this window) reads:
"We reaffirm our unwavering commitment to achieving this Agenda and utilizing it to the full to transform our world for the better by 2030."
Translation: We, as in the UN (the unelected de facto world government), are going to force this on the worlds population whether they like it or not, although we have absolutely no democratic mandate to do so.
UN Agenda 2030 = Total Enslavement For Anyone Left Standing! Of course the elite would not be affected by this.
Important Information About Every NZ PM Since Muldoon - Pre-Election Facts Mainstream Media Won’t Be Telling You + Jacinda Arden And Light Rail: A Fabian Slant On The New World Order Plan For New Zealand August 8 2017 | From: EnvirowatchRangetikei / Uncensored
Here outlined are some important facts you won’t see emphasized in mainstream media, which is why we need to support independent media.
Thanks to Ben Vidgen for his excellent research and to Vinny Eastwood for the video presentation.
We’ve covered some of the data in various posts over the past years, and particularly of interest is the agenda that’s going down, namely Agenda 21 (now 2030) and the push of that by the globalists.
Watch this compact fact-filled summary and consider as you weigh things up for this September. And please share the video.
NZ Elections: Does Your Vote Really Count?
A critical analysis of New Zealand’s leaders for the last 40 years.
If you believe your vote does count, ask yourself this, why has every Prime Minister since Robert Muldoon belonged to international organizations pushing for an end to national sovereignty and a UN centered world government?
And why then, has every single Prime Minister sold this country’s strategic assets to foreigners, gotten us into massive debt, made huge cutbacks in nearly every public service & weakened this country’s sovereignty time after time despite promising the exact opposite to the people of New Zealand?
"Transport has concluded that light rail offers the best benefit to cost ratio, compared to heavy rail and bus rapid transport, to improve transport in the suburbs of the isthmus. Its business case found that existing transport is already at capacity and light rail is needed as soon as possible.
Auckland Council had included the light rail line as part of its 2016-2026 10 year plan. The Government’s Auckland Transport Alignment Plan has pushed it back to after 2028 despite acknowledging that passenger demand requires it within the coming decade.
Labour is keen to begin work on the light rail line as soon as possible and will work with Auckland Council to make funding this project a priority within ten years.
Half of the cost of the light rail line will be met by central government. This is estimated at $680m and will be met from unallocated funds in future years of the National Land Transport Programme without the need for additional revenue. The other half of the cost will be met by Auckland Council.”
- Excerpt from Labour Fact Sheet document
This plan didn’t exactly make waves. Barely a ripple.
Now, counting down to the general elections, the labour party, flagging in popularity, makes a bold move. Replacing “old and boring” Andrew Little with fresh and vibrant Jacinda Arden, the Fabian “Wolf in sheep’s clothing” of choice, and very much in line with the youth-appeal agenda of UK’s Labour Party.
A brilliant political move: The media spotlight changes from Blue to Red as National has the rug pulled out from under their feet. The Nats might as well not exist as far as the TV news is concerned.
And Arden’s first big announcement? The Light Rail Plan! The media goes wild, like Arden just pulled this out of her hat at the last moment:
So what? Good idea, great way to ease congestion in gridlocked Auckland. But, this is of course all part of the UN 2030 Agenda global plan and I have little doubt Booz Allen Hamilton will come creeping out of the woodwork as part of this.
Even as I write this, the TV is blaring Arden’s “superstar reception” and commenting on “Jacindamania” amid her repeated use of the phrase “World Class Cities” as she makes the Light Rail announcement.
In the global scheme of things I see the last minute Labour Party bombshell and sudden focus on light rail as a sign of the rapid progression of the New World Order agenda to have all the pieces in place by the year 2030.
GCSB 'Had No Idea' Spy Gear Was Still Targeting Kim Dotcom August 8 2017 | From: NewZealandHerald
The GCSB lost control of its surveillance technology and wasn't aware its systems continued spying on Kim Dotcom, according to new documents from the spy bureau.
It claimed that it turned off all surveillance systems targeting Dotcom and others but found out more than a year later that surveillance continued without its knowledge.
The details in the documents have led Dotcom to state that there is now evidence the United States' National Security Agency was carrying out surveillance on him.
Dotcom, who should have been protected from GCSB surveillance as a New Zealand resident, said the GCSB did not know because its equipment was being used by the NSA, which was "directly involved".
"New Zealanders must know how much power a foreign state holds over their private information," he told the New Zealand Herald.
The admission from the Government Communications Security Bureau was made in High Court papers.
It aimed to explain why Dotcom and others charged in the FBI's Megaupload investigation were spied on for two months longer than previously admitted.
The surveillance against Dotcom led to the revelation the GCSB didn't understand its own law and had illegally spied on 88 people as a result.
If Dotcom were spied on by the NSA through GCSB systems, that number would likely be much higher because it was also following an inaccurate rendering of New Zealand law.
The GCSB has always said it stopped actively spying on Dotcom and his co-accused on January 20, 2012, but a recent High Court judgment revealed that the actual end of surveillance was March 22, 2012.
The former Dotcom Mansion, which was raided by police and FBI on January 20 2012 in a bid to arrest Kim Dotcom
New High Court papers submitted by the Government in defence to a claim for damages over unlawful spying on Dotcom show the GCSB confirmed its active involvement ended on January 20, 2012, with the raid on Dotcom's mansion.
That was the date of the "Operation Debut" police raid on Dotcom's mansion in Coatesville, north of Auckland, which was to assist the FBI's multi-country takedown of the internet entrepreneur's Megaupload website.
The GCSB's role was to support police by monitoring the communications of Dotcom and others, passing on intelligence about where the targets would be and if they knew they were about to be arrested.
The court papers stated the spy bureau said it "detasked some selectors" on January 20, 2012, after the Friday dawn raid on the mansion by elite anti-terror police.
"Selectors" is the term used among Five Eyes countries to describe the search terms put into its global spying apparatus. Documents have previously showed Dotcom and his co-accused had email addresses, phone numbers, addresses and websites submitted to the GCSB as "selectors".
Peter Gabriel - The Veil
Considered a hero by some, and a traitor by others, SNOWDEN is the epic story of whistle-blower Edward Snowden and looks at how and why he did what he did and who he left behind.
The Veil was written and produced by Peter Gabriel and mixed by Tchad Blake.
“As we become so visible in the digital world and leave an endless trail of data behind us, exactly who has our data and what they do with it becomes increasingly important.
Snowden’s revelations shocked the world and made it very clear why we need to have some way to look over those who look over us. With increasing terrorist attacks, security is critical, but not without any accountability or oversight.
I was very happy to learn Oliver Stone had decided to make a film about Edward Snowden and believe this is a powerful and inspiring film.
Oliver takes his music very seriously and I have always enjoyed collaborating with him and [music supervisor] Budd Carr.”
– Peter Gabriel
The GCSB also told the High Court the "majority of selectors" were removed on January 24, 2012, the Monday following the raid, and a further "small number of selectors" were removed on January 30, 2012.
"They say that all activity by GCSB staff relating to Operation Debut ceased by 30 January, 2012."
But it added: "Limited interception of some communications continued beyond the detasking date without the knowledge of GCSB staff."
The GCSB said it was unaware of continued access of Dotcom through its systems until legal action was filed over the unlawful spying.
The court case started in April 2013, after then-Cabinet Secretary Rebecca Kitteridge carried out a review into the GCSB which revealed 88 people had been unlawfully spied on.
Pipitea House, Wellington, which houses the NZSIS and GCSB
There is no explanation in the court papers of how New Zealand's surveillance technology was used without the knowledge of the GCSB, which has the responsibility of running it.
The GCSB documents do contain an admission of NSA involvement, although it was not made outright.
In response to the accusation the GCSB had accessed NSA networks, the bureau refused to answer on national security grounds and acknowledged that under High Court rules that doing so would be seen by the court as an admission it had.
The same type of admission was made to the accusation the GCSB - and possibly the NSA - had accessed emails, phone and Skype communication, internet browsing histories and used phone or computer microphones to eavesdrop.
Experts quizzed by the Herald suggested it was either access to GCSB's systems by a Five Eyes power or that the GCSB had no idea over the surveillance processes it own systems were running.
And although audits of the system would be expected to show detailed reports of access, Kitteridge's view found the process was poor. She found "there is no internal audit function at all for many of the intelligence functions", that training was patchy and some audits simply weren't done.
Dotcom said the details showed some other party was using GCSB systems and he believed it would be the NSA.
"The US government has requested my extradition. The NSA is clearly the most interested party."
He said the alternative theory that the GCSB didn't realise what its systems collected would mean the bureau had no idea what it had done around a high-profile case which was subject to high-level scrutiny.
Kim Dotcom's campaign against surveillance has seen him linked with NSA whistleblower Edward Snowden and journalist and author Glenn Greenwald
"The NSA has unrestricted access to GCSB surveillance systems. In fact most of the technology the GCSB uses was supplied by the NSA."
Dotcom said his legal team expected to take further action based on the revelation.
"If the GCSB was aiding and abetting the NSA to spy directly on New Zealanders then the seriousness of the situation has changed dramatically and a truly independent inquiry and a new criminal investigation will be unavoidable."
He said it raised questions about the spy laws which changed in 2013, giving the GCSB greater powers under clearer legislation.
There was a surge in public attention over the activities of the bureau including protest marches and community meetings before the law passed in Parliament with a single vote.
But it also raises questions about the legality. Five Eyes countries have some ability to access each other's systems but do so on the basis of a "signals intelligence directive" - a set of rules which spell out the law.
At the time of the unlawful surveillance on Dotcom, the New Zealand rules - called NZSID7 - were an inaccurate reflection of the law.
It would mean Dotcom would have been spied on unlawfully - as the GCSB has admitted has been the case - because he would have been protected if NZSID7 was accurate.
A spokeswoman for the GCSB said spying on Dotcom ended on February 16, 2012.
She said the March 22, 2012, date which emerged recently was in relation to "a plaintiff who has since settled with GCSB". Dotcom's co-accused, Finn Batato, Bram van der Kolk and Mathias Ortmann, along with family, were originally part of the claim for damages.
Further comment would not be made because the judgment was likely to be appealed, she said. Also, she said: "We do not comment on what may or may not be operational."
A spokeswoman for Prime Minister Bill English said he would not comment because the case was before the courts.
Kim Dotcom says new evidence shows the NSA used the GCSB's equipment to spy on him
"We also do not comment on operational matters relating to our security and intelligence agencies."
A similar "no comment" came from GCSB minister Chris Finlayson. The NSA has also yet to respond but pointed to public statements by its director that it respects the laws of partner countries.
Massey University's Dr Rhys Ball, a lecturer at the Centre for Defence and Security Studies, said he believed it more likely "selectors" believed to have been turned off had not actually been deactivated.
He said it seemed unlikely the NSA would have been able to carry out surveillance on GCSB systems without the GCSB knowing. "I wouldn't have thought you could do that."
Security expert Dr Paul Buchanan, who runs a consultancy called 36th Parallel Assessments, said if the remaining surveillance was "targeted" then it was carried out by the GCSB or one of the Five Eyes parties.
He questioned whether the GCSB had a side-operation providing support to NZ Security Intelligence Service inquiries into Dotcom.
Timeline - Spying on Dotcom
2011
December 14:
Police asked the GCSB for help spying on Kim Dotcom and others.
December 16: Spying operation starts.
2012
January 20: Dotcom arrested. Spying operation ends.
January 24: Most "selectors" taken out of GCSB spying apparatus.
January 30: All GCSB work on Dotcom surveillance finished.
February 17: Question raised about legality of spying on Dotcom and two others.
February 27: GCSB legal director says a legal check has confirmed it was lawful.
March 22: Actual end of surveillance using GCSB assets.
August 9: High Court hearing hears disclosure that some other government agency "that worked for the government" was involved in Dotcom case.
August 16: Bill English as acting Prime Minister signs a Ministerial Certificate burying existence of the spying.
September 13: Prime Minister John Key is told the GCSB spied illegally and that the GCSB Ministerial Certificate is worthless. Later that month he makes it public, announcing inquiries and a review into the GCSB.
September 17: A GCSB member makes a sworn statement to the High Court saying surveillance ended on January 20.
2013
March: Key's appointee Rebecca Kitteridge completes a review of the GCSB. When released, it is a scathing indictment on its processes.
April: Legal action is launched by Dotcom over the unlawful spying, making a financial claim for damages. The GCSB checks its records and discovers surveillance continued until March 22 2012.
2017
July 14: A High Court judgment reveals publicly for the first time that the unlawful surveillance against Dotcom and others went until March 22.
The Bankers’ Scam - The Power Of Money: Beat The Bankers Through Debt Termination + Commonwealth Bank Of Australia: One Of The Largest Banks In The World Just Accused Of Laundering Millions For Drug Cartels August 7 2017 | From: FinalWakeUpCall / TheFreeThoughtProject
Lack of Critical Thinking: Most people lack critical thinking, but now it is time for all of us to be armed with the truth, so read on and spread this knowledge.
This subject is outrageous because it affects all of us. The monetary system is created to be top down corrupt. Worst of all it is put up on fraudulent accounting practices; having the power of money creation, a bank never can go broke. They just create all the money, but don’t book that in their ledger. In other words, money that isn’t accounted for in their cash flow account. Having the power to create money out of thin air and lend it out against interest is usury.
But what widely not is known, is that the loan is not booked! So having no debt with the power of money creation, banks cannot go broke! Accordingly, loans that are not or partial repaid are never a loss to the bank. – Every tiny bit of the loan plus interest that has been repaid, is a one hundred percent profit for the bank!
When for example €100 is created and lent and not accounted in the ledger, when only €20 is returned, the bank still has a profit of €20, because the other €80 of phantom money laundered at its lending was never booked as a claim on debt, why it cannot be a loss!
That’s why the returned € 20 is pure profit for the bank. This exactly is the core of banking secret, deliberately centred on fraudulent accounting, giving the banking industry immense power in combination with the creation of phantom money.
The Real Secret of Money Creation Lays in the Not Accounting for it:
The real secret of money creation, is that it is not justified in the ledger. Consequently, a bank without debt claims on its balance sheet, and equipped with the power of money creation never can go bust, there always is sufficient money available to stop any gap, hence financial banking troubles don’t exist. The reality is that money is created out of thin air at no cost the moment it is lent, money that intentionally never is entered in the bank’s bookkeeping!
Banksters are scandalous sneaky about money creation. They fairly well know as everybody else does that once money is created it must be reported in their ledger to show up on their balance sheet!
When professional questions were asked about this procedure, they didn’t care to answer about. All is kept in silence; the world meanwhile knows about money creation out of thin air that didn’t come out of the bank’s vault. But none or probably very few know about this accounting hoax.
For example, when a mortgage is in arrears, not only the property is confiscated by the bank, but the repaid part of that loan plus the property are plain profit for the bank, while the ‘debtor’ remains liable for the unpaid part of the loan until the property is auctioned off, and if a loss remains the debtor still is liable for its repayment.
And this horrendous swindle provides the Khazarians the power to buy and manipulate everything and everyone on earth, including governments.
Banksters’ Scam:
Generally, it is not known that the bank’s accounting system is a scam; new money is not recorded in their cashflow, while they do record the expenses when default occurs, but not the creation of the asset, that makes the bank’s accounting system an intolerable scam.
Worse, they tell the public about their imminent bankruptcy, which never can happen, but that is to extract even more money from the public coffers, as was seen with the Too Big to Fail Banks in 2008 who were injected with trillions of taxpayer money!
Central Banks and commercial banks never can go bankrupt because of the money created that should have been recorded in their cash account.
Banks can maintain this practice because they are to no one responsible probably only to the Rothschilds. Like in every other business they must apply the GAAP accounting rules, but those deliberately aren’t utilised.
Even their external certified public auditors like the KPMG, Price Waterhouse, Lloyds, etc. do certify their accounts while knowing quite well that these GAAP rules are not met! Banks tell the public otherwise, asking for financial support from governments and that is the sign when accountholders can be plundered through the bailins legislation already widely accepted by law. By faking to be on the edge of failure that another blatant lie is.
People by now should understand that keeping money in the bank is very dangerous.
Phantom Money Rigs the Markets:
Now, it also is better understood how the market manipulation functions, especially in respect with gold and silver prices.
The banks bet with large amounts of phantom money to lower silver and gold prices, and when they lose thebets they only lose the fake money but no moneys out of the bank’s vaults. They don’t bet to gain money it’s to rig the market pricing. Equally they are buying stocks for the purpose to illustrate the excellent performance of the asset markets, to validate the strong performance of the economy.
Beat the Bankers - Eliminate Debt
This video will free people from debt and take down the fraudulent lending practices of the entire banking industry. Watch and download it while you can! Are you making payments on a loan or mortgage? Not for long. This is the final word on fraudulent lending practices, how you are victimized and what you can do about it.
Be assured that natural resources like oil, etc. are rigged in the same manner. The banks’ investment scope is manipulation, and promoting insider trading with their friends to profit from this knowledge. Banksters in the banking cartel are seldom fined and never send to jail, which of course is ridiculous. Knowing that the banking cartel control governments this isn’t a surprise.
If the GAAP accounting principles were applied, entailing the register of created money in their books, most of the world would be out of debt. Now you may understand why we the people are debt slaves, the power of money creation intentionally produces enslavement.
Money Creation Means Unlimited Power:
The bank accounting is far from reality; it doesn’t account for the money created. With the banking reserve system capability, no bank can loose money. But nevertheless they tell the public that the banks are in trouble.
This is criminally absurd. It has nothing to do with reality, but all with their agenda for enslavement of the people. It is the banking cartel families, the Rothschilds, Rockefellers, Morgans, Warburgs and a few more that are responsible and in control of almost every central bank, and TBTF banks in the world.
The whole banking system operates on the Rothschild money creation trick to ensnare and enslave the world by telling lies about their insolvency. – Marco Saba, the President of the Italian Institute of Superior Studies on Economic & Monetary Sovereignty, correctly asks:
“How can a bank that is allowed to create money out of thin air ever be insolvent?”
The secret of how money is created needs to be revealed to all people on earth. The power of money creation has made the Banksters more powerful than any nation, in fact the international Banksters which comprise the IMF, BIS and all central banks, like the Federal Reserve are the shadow governments that controls almost all nation states all over the globe.
The Power of Money:
This demonstrates the necessity that the power of money creation must be returned to the people and not staying with authorities or politicians.
Banksters now create money and buy people, everything and put the whole world at their command. The Fractional Reserve money system should be abolished, or at least correctly accounted and audited.
Now they can make huge gains without expenses. They lend unaccounted money, but book the expenses and losses in the event this phantom money is not repaid. Technically the debt was already paid at its inception that generates immense profits for banksters.
Beat the Bankers through Debt Termination:
This video will free people from debt and take down the fraudulent lending practices of the entire banking industry. Watch and download it while you can! Are you making payments on a loan or mortgage?
Not for long. This is the final word on fraudulent lending practices, how you are victimized and what you can do about it.
In short, this video explains through an imaginary court case where the prosecutor questions a banker about a loan of US$ 200.000 that was lent for the purchase of a house.
It turns out that the borrower the loan repaid the moment het lent the money. Showing clearly how the banker, because of the use of debt money, cheated the lender. Everyone with a mortgage or any loan can with the help of a knowledgeable lawyer be dismissed of his/her debt immediately.
The Crash Course: Understanding Asset Bubbles
Through the long sweep of history, the bursting of asset bubbles has nearly always been traumatic. Social, political and economic upheavals have a bad habit of following asset bubbles, while wealth destruction is a guaranteed feature.
Bubbles only used to happen once every generation or longer, because it took substantial time for the victims to forget the pain of the damage.
But that’s changed in the new millennium. Less than ten years after the bursting of the dot-com bubble we saw the rise & bursting of the housing bubble. This is simply astounding and thoroughly unprecedented.
More astonishingly, there are now concurrent equity and bond bubbles raging across the entire financial market structure of the world.
We are in our third bubble period in less than 15 years. This new era of serial bubble-blowing signifies that we are now in new turbulent territory with which we have little historical guidance to draw on.
The recent years of money printing by the world's central banks has NOT ushered in a “permanent plateau of prosperity”. And, as with all bubbles, symmetry indicates the downslope after the bursting will be steep, swift, and likely quite scary.
Commonwealth Bank Of Australia: One Of The Largest Banks In The World Just Accused Of Laundering Millions For Drug Cartels
Commonwealth Bank of Australia stands accused by the Australian Transaction Reports and Analysis Centre (AUSTRAC) of a stupefying 53,700 violations of money laundering and counter-terrorism-financing laws, in which the financial institution failed to notify in a timely fashion - and, sometimes, not at all - transactions topping a mountainous A$77 million.
As the case unfolds, it should be noted, each breach of the act carries a jaw-dropping potential penalty of A$18 million - meaning Commonwealth Bank could be slapped with an astonishing level of fines.
Alleging ‘serious and systemic non-compliance’ with the Anti-Money Laundering and Counter-Terrorism Financing Act 2006 (AML/CTF Act), the regulator commenced civil penalties proceedings against CommBank on Thursday, after the tentative conclusion of an investigation - the heft of which focused on the bank’s use of intelligent deposit machines (IDMs) - revealed rampant breaches of the act, according to acting CEO Peter Clark.
“The effect of CommBank’s conduct in this matter has exposed the Australian community to serious and ongoing financial crime,” asserted AUSTRAC in a statement.
“Non-reporting of and late reporting both delays and hinders law enforcement efforts. Delays in this case have resulted in lost intelligence and evidence (including CCTV footage), further money laundering and lost proceeds of crime.”
“Bloombergnotes of IDMs, “Commonwealth Bank’s automated cash deposit machines, which allow anonymous deposits to recipient accounts that can then be funneled offshore or to other domestic accounts, Austrac said in documents lodged with the Federal Court in Sydney on Thursday. The cash deposit machines were used by drug rings to move the proceeds of crime, the agency said […]
“The automated machines were introduced in May 2012, and the amount of cash flowing though them grew exponentially, the court documents say. In the six months to November 2012 about A$89.1 million was deposited. By May and June 2016 this had risen to more than A$1 billion per month. About A$8.9 billion in cash was put through the system before the bank conducted any assessment of the money laundering risk, Austrac said.”
In this post-9/11 world, Western governments take seriously the tracking of larger banking transactions, under the premise that watching the money by moved terrorists and other high-level criminals through such institutions could stem the spread of violence. But machines like those at the center of the controversy make apparent avenues for significant anonymous banking indeed still exist - if skirting the lines of legality - or, at least, did until recently.
Five money laundering syndicates opportuned CommBank’s IDMs, AUSTRAC claims, with just one drug case totaling A$21 million distributed across eleven separate accounts. Even an alert from the Australian Federal Police to the bank about multiple accounts used for illicit purposes failed to provoke a substantial response - with several tacitly permitted to continue operating afterward.
Suspect accounts attempted to divert suspicion by keeping deposits small and inconspicuous, as well as by moving funds into offshore accounts.
“CommBank permitted several of the accounts to remain open even after this time and further transactions occurred. Eight individuals have been charged with dealing in proceeds of crime, with 6 of these individuals already having been convicted,” the Guardianreports.
“In another case,”Bloombergcontinues, the agency “alleges A$20.6 million was deposited into 30 accounts, 29 of which were in fake names, which shortly after was transferred abroad. After the bank identified ‘repeated, suspicions and connected’ patterns of cash deposits, it permitted a further approximately A$9.1 million to be transferred from these accounts to Hong Kong, Austrac said.”
By statement, cited by the Sydney Morning Herald, CommBank contends, “On an annual basis, we report over 4 million transactions to Austrac in an effort to identify and combat any suspicious activity as quickly and efficiently as we can.”
Furthermore, Commonwealth Bank states:
“We have been in discussions with Austrac for an extended period and have cooperated fully with their requests. Over the same period we have worked to continuously improve our compliance and have kept Austrac abreast of those efforts, which will continue.”
In this nascent stage, the outcome of this court proceeding would be impossible to foretell - but it wouldn’t be the only time recently the Australian regulator swiftly penalized such breaches: Gaming behemoth Tabcorp settled with AUSTRAC for A$45 million over laundered funds in February.
While the sheer breadth, scope, and sum totals surrounding this case are arguably unprecedented, that a major bank faces likely legal and financial fallout over allegations having little to do with ordinary customers - indeed, that the institution may be penalized for acts related to illicit substances and untaxed monies, rather than untenable fees and other wrongs - perhaps strips a layer of gilding from the staggering announcement.
Precious few methods exist outside the black market wherein anonymous transactions aren’t a shady affair worthy of the State’s meticulous red flags - in fact, the proceedings against Commonwealth Bank make plain even Big Banks can’t escape the suffocating umbrella of Big Government.
Pulitzer Prize-Winning CNN Journalist Busted For Fabricating Fake News, Resigns From CNN + Google Gestapo Goes Full Nazi Against Independent Media - Hiding “Controversial Content” And “Redirecting” Searches August 6 2017 | From: NewsTarget / AllNewsPipeline
Following more than a years’ worth of binge-publishing fake news about the Trump campaign, CNN has announced the resignation of three of its top journalists, including Pulitzer Prize-winning reporter Eric Lichtblau.
Along with Thomas Frank and Lex Haris, Lichtblau was found guilty of publishing false information about Russia’s alleged meddling in the 2016 presidential election, a rumor that was apparently started by none other than failed presidential candidate Hillary Clinton.
The resignations came to a head after CNN carelessly published a story recently accusing entrepreneur Anthony Scaramucci, an ally of President Trump and a member of his transition team, of colluding with Russia to get Mr. Trump elected.
These allegations centered around a delusion by these CNN reporters that Scaramucci was somehow connected to a Russian investment fund that’s currently under congressional investigation, a rumor that has since proven to be completely false.
There was never any proof to support these allegations, other than a single “anonymous source” that CNN and many other mainstream news outlets grabbed onto as “evidence” that President Trump had worked with the Russians to cause Clinton to lose the election.
When it became undeniable that the whole thing was completely made up, CNN had no choice but to do something – anything – to try to salvage its reputation. That’s about the time when the story was retracted and the three journalists “resigned.”
“That story did not meet CNN’s editorial standards and has been retracted. Links to the story have been disabled. CNN apologizes to Mr. Scaramucci.”
CNN Got it Wrong About Comey’s Investigation of Trump, Too
That CNN would claim to have “editorial standards” is rather humorous considering this isn’t the first time the network has published fake news about President Trump based on little more than wishful thinking. Back in June, the dying network reported that former FBI Director James Comey was going to dispute the claim that President Trump was not under investigation by the agency.
The CNN article, which was titled “Comey expected to refute Trump,” was once again based on anonymous sources who apparently told the network that Comey’s conversations with the President were “much more nuanced,” and that Mr. Trump had gotten things wrong in claiming that he was not under investigation.
Four CNN journalists – Gloria Borger, Eric Lichtblau, Jake Tapper, and Brian Rokus – all compiled the story, with Borger, CNN’s chief political analyst, appearing on TV to state the following:
“Comey is going to dispute the president on this point if he’s asked about it by senators, and we have to assume that he will be. He will say he never assured Donald Trump that he was not under investigation, that that would have been improper for him to do so.”
But that never happened, and CNN was forced to put its foot in its mouth and admit that the whole thing was simply untrue.
CNN quickly changed the title of the article to “Comey unlikely to judge on obstruction,” issuing the following statement in a correction:
“CORRECTION AND UPDATE: This article was published before Comey released his prepared opening statement. The article and headline have been corrected to reflect that Comey does not directly dispute that Trump was told multiple times he was not under investigation in his prepared testimony released after this story was published.”
There are just too many “oops!” moments at CNN these days for anyone to take the network seriously anymore. Its days are clearly numbered as more and more Americans learn the truth – and that it can’t be found at CNN.
Google Gestapo Goes Full Nazi Against Independent Media - Hiding “Controversial Content” And “Redirecting” Searches
On August 1, 2017, the YouTube blog provided an update on their Orwellian censorship policies, where under the guise of updating users on their "commitment to fight terror content online."
They will be implementing full Nazi fascist tactics to hide content that is "controversial but do not violate our policies," by using "cutting-edge machine learning technology designed to help us identify and remove violent extremism and terrorism-related content in a scalable way."
"Tougher standards: We’ll soon be applying tougher treatment to videos that aren’t illegal but have been flagged by users as potential violations of our policies on hate speech and violent extremism. If we find that these videos don’t violate our policies but contain controversial religious or supremacist content, they will be placed in a limited state.
The videos will remain on YouTube behind an interstitial, won’t be recommended, won’t be monetized, and won’t have key features including comments, suggested videos, and likes.
We’ll begin to roll this new treatment out to videos on desktop versions of YouTube in the coming weeks, and will bring it to mobile experiences soon thereafter. These new approaches entail significant new internal tools and processes, and will take time to fully implement.
In other words ladies an gentlemen if political commentary, or religious commentary, is considered non-compliant with the ideology of the groups they are using to "train" their bots, which they described as "expert NGOs and institutions through our Trusted Flagger program, including the Anti-Defamation League, the No Hate Speech Movement, and the Institute for Strategic Dialogue," those videos will be hidden, there will be no ability to "share" them using the icons meant for that purpose, the creators won't be able to monetize them, people will not be able to "like" them, nor have the ability to comment on them.
If that isn't going full fascist Nazi on Independent media, what would be? They list three specific ways they claim they have seen "positive progress."
The first is listed as "Speed and efficiency," where it states the following:
"Our machine learning systems are faster and more effective than ever before. Over 75 percent of the videos we've removed for violent extremism over the past month were taken down before receiving a single human flag."
The second is listed as "Accuracy," where they claim "The accuracy of our systems has improved dramatically due to our machine learning technology. While these tools aren’t perfect, and aren’t right for every setting, in many cases our systems have proven more accurate than humans at flagging videos that need to be removed."
We will stop here for a minute to address that "accuracy" claim, which we highlighted in a previous article, with screen shots of how "inaccurate" their little AI flagging bots or human flaggers are, as after appeal, video after video on ANP's channel were remonetized after a human reviewed it.
One example shown below:
It Gets Worse
YouTube has also decided that if a user searches for something specific that they have flagged as "sensitive keywords" they will now redirect those search results "towards a playlist of curated YouTube videos that directly confront and debunk violent extremist messages."
This YouTube update has not gone over well from users or creators, as seen in some of the comments below their blog post on this topic, with one saying "These are the actions of people who fundamentally do not believe in human freedom. They are not content with allowing people to choose for themselves, they have to impose a narrative on them. Or at least try.
I suspect if I wanted to I could find lots of videos that were very offense to me, but I don't go looking for them. Everyone has that same ability. I don't look for Pro-ISIS, Pro-Islam content. I don't go looking for videos from Communists and Marxists. It doesn't interest me, but they should be allowed to make them. But the same is not offered to the other side."
Another user gets right to the heart of the issue when they state "In other words, if you are not a social justice warrior, your videos will be restricted. Censorship = making YouTube safer for all."
More reactions include "Whats worse is if you search for content you want but Google and the "Creators for Change" think your opinions are shit you'll get a wave of propaganda sponsored by governments in league with Google, corporate partners, advocacy groups, and Youtube's chosen bigots!"
Heddy McCrab: "This is the particularly egregious part, right here. Not only are users no longer capable of exercising their brains to choose what content they want to share and comment on, but if you happen to harbor an idea that Master Google Upon High deems 'problematic', they'll spam you with re-education center propaganda.
Then they'll put you on a list with all the other 'problematic' people and sell it off to the media and would-be fascists they've recruited to serve as 'experts' in detecting offensive content.
That's assuming, of course, that they don't just deactivate your account and e-mail address like they just got caught doing earlier. "
Gwen Patton: "Please don't go down this road. It's disturbing and will not end well. It's going to be abused and misused by people who want to forward their own agendas. All you're doing is creating a PC, extreme-left, propagandizing echo chamber.'
John Smith: "That sh*t is called censorship. that is suppression of opposition and destroys freedom of speech. but of course google only cares about these things when it favors them. calling the right fascist while using the fascists methods themselves. truely disgusting."
Readers can scroll down at the YouTube post to see the rest of the comments, each and every one against Google/YouTube's fascist tactics, but fair warning, some are very colorful with their language.
We would recommend readers politely weigh in for themselves, letting YouTube know what you think of their censorship practices.
What Youtube Are Allowing is Sickening
Two articles just sent to me by Stefan shows that while YouTube is busy censoring anything they consider "extremists," such as conservative political commentary and criticisms against the MSM, they are allowing channels like "Tween" which caters to Pedophiles, one of which was subscribed to by none other than Imran Awan, the man just arrested attempting to leave the country and who is under criminal investigations for his wrong-doings while he worked as IT for dozens of Democratic congress members in the House.
So, pervs, pedophiles and channels that indoctrinate and brainwash people into the liberal social justice warrior mindset, are A-OK, but political commentary that does not fit with Google/YouTube's ideology is now considered "extremist content," to be hidden from view.
Bottom Line
YouTube, which is owned by Google, is attempting to stifle any type of independent thinking and any conservative opinion and commentary by labeling it "extremist," while conflating it will legitimate terrorist content.
This is how they intend to destroy Independent Media that will not push the official propaganda.
YouTube creators are also speaking out against this fascism on the part of Google/YouTube, in less than a full day, dozens of creators are already hammering YouTube, just a few of which are shown below, but a search on YouTube for the last 24 hours, has many, many more.
Pretty soon that "search result" may not "show" those criticisms because they do not conform to Google-YouTube's preferred narrative.
YouTube to Censor "Controversial" Videos
Russia, Bribes & Sex: Nineteen Massive Democrat Scandals The Mainstream Media Is Covering Up August 5 2017 | From: DailyWire / Various
If these were Republican scandals, they would consume the news cycle.
Michael Sainato of The Observer has done a superb job of accumulating all the scandals currently roiling the Democrat Party. Well, not really roiling, because as we all know our objective, unbiased, and not-at-all-leftwing media is covering up every single one of these jaw-dropping scandals.
Smothering them to death. Burying them. In other words, thanks to our media, Democrats, the true Russian colluders (more on this below) are getting away with everything but murder.
So, with another word of thanks to The Observer for reminding us of these 17 scandals (I added the last two), here they broken down into a handy-dandy list.
1. Debbie Wasserman Schultz and the Shady IT Guy
While she was head of the Democrat National Committee (DNC), and until last week when he was detained by the FBI after attempting to flee the country, sitting Congresswoman Debbie Wasserman Schultz employed an IT aide named Imran Awan, who is under criminal investigation for all sorts of financial and intelligence crimes.
There are reports of him destroying hard drives sought by the FBI, and worse, there are reports he hid a laptop computer in a crevice somewhere in the congressional office building, which, until recently, Wasserman Schultz refused to give investigators access to.
Incredibly, Awan worked for a whole host of Democrats, but for some bizarre reason Wasserman Schultz did not fire him until last week when he attempted to flee justice.
Other than the usual reasons, the MSM is terrified of this story because Awan's access to all computer things Democrat might prove to be the source of the email hacks that the MSM is desperate to pin on Trump via Russia via WikiLeaks.
2. Democrat Mayors Charged with Pay-to-Play
In the great state of Pennsylvania, two former Democrat mayors were indicted on July 26 by the FBI for pay-to-play. This is the first you've heard of it because the national media is covering this story up.
Oh, and you also haven't heard of Philadelphia District Attorney Seth Williams, who is currently under investigation for $160,000 in gifts that went unreported.
3. Democrat Faces Bribery Charge
Sitting Congressman Robert Brady is currently under FBI investigation for allegedly paying a challenger $90,000 to drop out of the Democrat primary.
6. Corruption Scandal at the Democrat National Committee
As WikiLeaks proved, the DNC rigged the primary against Bernie Sanders in favor of Hillary Clinton. Due to a class action suit the media does not want you to know about, the scandal is not only ongoing, the discovery phase could be a goldmine - you know, for anyone interested in political corruption.
7. Democrat National Committee Sued for Unpaid Wages
Another class action lawsuit filed against the DNC involves campaign workers who claim they were screwed out of overtime pay even as millions in bonuses were handed out to bigwigs.
Congressman Steve King Calls For Wider Investigations of Obama, Clinton, Comey, Soros, Lynch, Abedin, and Weiner Scandals
Congressman Steve King released the following video of statements he made during Judiciary Committee debate of legislation requiring the Attorney General to provide copies of any document, record, audio recording, memo, correspondence, or other communication that refers or relates to a number of troubling aspects of James Comey’s tenure as FBI director.
In the course of his remarks, Congressman King recounted a litany of facts and events that reveal the corruption that surrounds many of the nation’s most prominent Democrats, as well as their disturbing pattern of using American taxpayer money to interfere in foreign elections. King’s entire remarks can be viewed by clicking on the embedded video.
King concluded his remarks by asserting the trail of Democratic election corruption leads to Barack Obama, and that the examples he cites should be investigated fully.
10. Sitting Democrat U.S. Senator Heads to Trial for Bribery
Just two months ago sitting United States Senator Bob Menendez exhausted his final appeal in the Supreme Court. In September, he will go to trial for bribery charges. This is a sitting U.S. Senator. Moreover, this is a sitting U.S. Senator from a major media zone - New Jersey.
But we all know is that Chris Christie went to the beach.
11. Democrat Mayoral Cover-Up In Chicago
Another high-profile Democrat in a major media zone is benefitting from a national media cover-up. Chicago Mayor Rahm Emanuel not only buried video of a police shooting in 2015, his biggest union supporter - a major Democrat player - was just indicted (two weeks ago) for extortion.
12. Democrat Faces Corruption Charges In New York
In another major media market, a former Assembly Speaker is being tried for corruption.
13. Aides to New York Governor Andrew Cuomo Charged with Corruption
Like Chris Christie, Andrew Cuomo is the governor of a major state who is considering a presidential run. Like Chris Christie and Bridgegate, a number of Cuomo's aides have been indicted for numerous charges of corruption.
Unlike Chris Christie and Bridgegate, which was a major national story for over a year, we are hearing almost zippo from the MSM about Cuomo's ethical troubles, and his ethical troubles do not end there.
14. New York Governor Cuomo Diverts Emergency Funds to 'Pet Projects'
15. Former Democrat Congressman Pleads Guilty To Underage Sexting
Just two months ago, Anthony Weiner, who is not only a former New York Democrat Congressman but is also married to Hillary Clinton's top aide, Huma Abedin, pleaded guilty to sexting with a 15 -year-old girl.
Former President Bill Clinton resided over the wedding of Anthony and Huma, and now Anthony will have to register as a sex offender for the rest of his sick life. Oh, and thousands of Hillary's government emails were found on Wiener's laptop.
Over 300 votes cast to elect a Democrat Party Chair were fraudulent, according to a review board. A lawsuit is probably on the way in an election decided by just 62 votes.
18. Obama Administration Wiretaps Trump Through MASSIVE Unmasking
In order to wiretap Trump and his campaign, the Obama Administration wiretapped foreign officials and then unmasked the names of the Trump officials they spoke with, something that is highly unethical and almost certainly illegal.
Using national security to a political end is simply beyond the beyond. Moreover, much of this highly classified information was then leaked to a willing media, also for partisan political purposes.
19. Infamous Trump Dossier Fabricated By Company That Does Business With Russian Government
Well, well, well…
While there is zero proof of any collusion between the Russian government and the Trump campaign, there is now no question that Fusion GPS, the firm behind the thoroughly-discredited "Trump Dossier," has done business with and for the Russian government.
There are now claims from numerous sources that the "Trump Dossier" was created on behalf of the Russian government, which, if true, means that those most responsible for making the Dossier public - Senator John McCain, CNN's Jake Tapper, BuzzFeed's Ben Smith - are either colluding with Russians, i.e., knowingly spreading lies to disrupt our government, or Russian stooges.
NOTE: Yes, the American media does pretty much cover everything. So, yes, if you look hard enough you might find something about these scandals at CNN or The Washington Post. But let's not hide behind hyper-literalism.
Just because the MSM can point to a particular write-up, this does not mean the story has gotten any of the traction or attention it deserves.
The MSM writes these placeholder pieces only as a means of defense when accused of a cover-up, when we all know that if these were Republican scandals, the MSM stories surrounding them would not be published, buried and ignored - rather, they would consume the news cycle.
DNC Is Surrounded By Corruption, Mystery And Murder
The Democrats have been overtaken by globalists: Roger Stone joins Alex Jones live via Skype to discuss the corruption behind the DNC and new revelations about Seth Rich’s murder, Imran Awan’s foreign ties and Debbie Wasserman Schultz.
Why Seth Rich’s Case Is Key To #TrumpRussia Investigation + Seth Rich Was Partying With Imran Awan On The Night Of His Murder August 4 2017 | From: Geopolitics / Infowars / Various
Democratic National Committee staffer Seth Rich’s murder continues to stir up public opinion in the US. Wall Street analyst Charles Ortel assumed that Rich’s death could have been part of a massive conspiracy aimed at appointing Democratic presidential candidate Hillary Clinton as successor to Barack Obama.
The unresolved murder of Democratic National Committee (DNC) staffer Seth Rich has again been brought into the spotlight.
About a year ago Rich, who reportedly worked as the voter expansion data director at the DNC, was shot in the back in the Bloomingdale neighborhood of Washington D.C.
The Metropolitan Police Department (MPD) surmises that the DNC staffer was a victim of a robbery. However, his wallet, credit cards and cellphone were found on his body, intact.
To add to the controversy, the police have not been releasing new information on the case for months, prompting American political consultant Jack Burkman to file a suit against the MPD on Wednesday seeking to force them to release video footage of the murder.
For his part, US conservative commentator Sean Hannity signaled Tuesday that he is “making progress” in investigating what was really behind Seth Rich’s murder.
Why does the former DNC staffer attract so much attention?
The crux of the matter is that he is believed to be an alleged whistleblower who leaked nearly 20,000 DNC emails to WikiLeaks, exposing Hillary Clinton’s conspiracy against her counterpart - former Democratic presidential candidate Bernie Sanders.
Back in August 2016, WikiLeaks founder Julian Assange dropped a hint that Rich could have been behind the leak. If that is true, the Democrats’ narrative that Russia had “meddled” in the US 2016 presidential election will fall apart like a house of cards.
Meanwhile, American investigative journalist and author Jerome R. Corsi has published a series of articles, which “explores the evidence that Seth Rich… leaked to WikiLeaks thousands of John Podesta’s emails.”
Sputnik asked Wall Street analyst and investigative journalist Charles Ortel to share his views on the issue.
If it is proven that Rich was behind the DNC leak, will it deal a lethal blow to the “Russians did it” story? At the same time, will it help answer the question who could have been behind Rich’s murder?
“Jerry Corsi’s excellent work deserves close attention as does the independent work of George Webb and others who are trying to discover why so many people close to the last election have died along the way,” Ortel told Sputnik.
Indeed, the death of attorney Shawn Lucas, who served the DNC with a lawsuit in early July 2016 accusing then-DNC Chairwoman Debbie Wasserman Schultz of “rigging primaries” for Hillary Clinton, raised a lot of questions.
Likewise, the passing of Joe Montano, who served as chairman of the Democratic National Committee before Debbie Wasserman Schultz, in July 2016, and the death of Victor Thorn, who authored four books on the Clintons, in August 2016, are still shrouded in mystery.
The US alternative media are circulating the so-called “Clinton death list” claiming that it contains the names of people who died after crossing the Clintons’ path.
“Assuming the FBI was given the appropriate attitude and necessary resources, I imagine they would wish to investigate what seems to be a massive criminal conspiracy to appoint Hillary Clinton as successor to Barack Obama,” Ortel noted.
“Here, I would suggest going all the way back to the 2007 and 2008 election cycle to understand better exactly what accommodations may have been reached between the Obamas and the Clintons concerning the operation of the Clinton Foundation and its affiliates while Hillary Clinton served as US Secretary of State, forward to the present,” the Wall Street analyst suggested.
“What I see in the public record alone is a pattern where political donors and Clinton Foundation donors appear to have been richly rewarded numerous ways. In addition, particularly from 2009 forward the Clinton and Obama families, somehow, seem to have become much wealthier.
Can publishing houses credibly defend the enormous advances given for various books? Can payments for ‘speeches’ and for part-time positions be defended, when compared to incomes earned in the private sector for a full year of honest work?” Ortel asked.
Meanwhile, there is yet another burning issue related to the DNC leak.
The question is why the DNC still denies the FBI access to their hacked server. Or maybe it is the FBI that is insisting on not examining the server while relying on a private firm’s findings on the alleged hack?
“If I were a Democrat, and if I were a Bernie Sanders supporter, I would be furious with the leadership of the Democratic Party - its behavior during 2016 strongly suggests to me that party officials have much to hide, a conclusion that is consistent with their apparent refusal to let the FBI do its work, rigorously,” the Wall Street analyst emphasized.
“In solving mysteries, one of the oldest questions normally asked is ‘who benefits’?” he highlighted.
“I believe that the Clinton campaign acted as if their candidate had earned the absolute right not simply to win the presidency but to rule the American people with unchecked power. Having lost so badly in 2008, Hillary Clinton and her supporters were determined to win in 2016 at all costs.
So, damaging information was suppressed, and the primaries seem to have been rigged from what we know, so far, in the public domain,” Ortel elaborated, adding that “Americans deserve to know what really happened during election season.”
“Moreover, those who have been attacked, the Russian government for example, and others who have been charged in the media and even by politicians as having, potentially, meddled in the recent election cycle need either to be proven guilty or cleared,” he added.
The Wall Street analyst believes that “America needs to get its game back.”
“To do so, we need to root out the endemic corruption especially in Washington, D.C. among both political parties, drain the swamp and make examples of the swamp monsters who still believe, even now, that they are above the law,” Ortel concluded.
Seth Rich Was Partying With Imran Awan On The Night Of His Murder
Trump confidante claims link between DNC staffer’s death and disgraced Wasserman Schultz aide.
According to Trump confidante Roger Stone, disgraced Debbie Wasserman Schultz aide Imran Awan was with former DNC staffer Seth Rich on the night of his murder.
Rich was murdered in an upscale area of Washington DC on July 10 last year but the killer or killers did not steal anything from the victim, rendering the police’s explanation that the incident was a robbery gone wrong doubtful.
Infowars reported on the questions surrounding Seth Rich’s murder multiple times back in August last year, including how there was around an hour and a half of “unaccounted for” time between Rich leaving a bar and being killed.
Brad Bauman, a crisis communications manager for the Democratic Party, was hired by Rich’s family to act as their spokesman. Bauman’s first action was to insist that people stop questioning the unsolved circumstances behind Rich’s murder.
Now Trump confidante Roger Stone claims that Imran Awan, Florida Democrat Rep. Debbie Wasserman Schultz’s information technology (IT) administrator, was with Seth Rich before he was murdered.
“FACT - Wasserman-Schulz “IT consultant” Awan was partying with Seth Rich the night of his murder ! Eat it @TheAtlantic !” Stone tweeted.
Awan reportedly possessed the password to DNC Chair Debbie Wasserman Schultz’s iPad when the DNC emails were leaked to Wikileaks.
Despite the mainstream media continually insisting – with no evidence – that Russia was responsible for the DNC leak – Julian Assange appeared to indicate that the source was Seth Rich during an appearance on Dutch television.
Hard drives recovered from Awan’s home were found to be smashed up with a hammer. Wasserman Schultz later threatened the chief of the U.S. Capitol Police with “consequences” for holding equipment related to the investigation into Awan.
Awan, who got paid 3 times the average Congressional I.T. employee salary, was arrested at Dulles airport after wiring $300,000 to Pakistan and attempting to flee the country.
According to Lt. Col. Anthony Shaffer, Awan was working with and wiring money to the Muslim Brotherhood, a Sunni Islamist organization that is allied with terrorist groups and advocates Shariah law.
Meanwhile in a related development, a lawsuit filed against Fox News by Rod Wheeler claims that, “The Fox News Channel and a wealthy supporter of President Trump worked in concert under the watchful eye of the White House to concoct a story” about the murder of Seth Rich.
UK Court Decides That Children Belong To The State, Not Their Parents August 3 2017 | From: TheFederalistPapers
By now, everyone around the world has probably heard of the tragic story of Charlie Gard.
It’s a case where a family in the U.K. was told their son was terminally ill and there was nothing that could be done to save his life; that was, until doctors in the U.S. thought they could save him with experimental treatment.
Charlie’s parents wanted to do everything to save their baby so they raised the money to be able to bring him to the U.S. for that treatment.
And that’s when things got ugly. The government told Charlie’s parents that they couldn’t take their own child from the U.K. to seek experimental treatment elsewhere.
The case was brought to court and the courts refused to order the child be released into his parents’ custody, thus preventing him from receiving any of the care which was offered.
Just this week, Charlie Gard’s parents removed their petition to take Charlie abroad when they realized the “window of opportunity” to treat him had already closed.
What’s most disturbing about this case is that the State believes they know better than parents on what’s best for their own child. What’s even more disturbing is those on the left believe the same thing. As discussed at NewsBusters:
…As a society, we must choose how to decide such heartbreaking cases. Of course each child is different, but do we accept that there should be principles and rules, whatever the circumstances, that guide us as we try to work out what’s best?
These are the steps. The first is to recognise that children do not belong to their parents. Second, when a claim is made that parents have rights over their children, it is important to step back and examine the language used.
We need to remind ourselves that parents do not have rights regarding their children, they only have duties, the principal duty being to act in their children’s best interests.
This has been part of the fabric of our law and our society for a long time. Third, if we are concerned with the language of rights, it is, of course, children who have rights; any rights that parents have exist only to protect their children’s rights."
In other words, parents have no actual rights to make decisions for their children if the State doesn’t agree with those decisions.
Parents are simply guardians of their own children and the State knows better.
This is the society we live in today. The left believes parents aren’t the best “deciders” for their children; rather, the “experts” and the all-knowing bureaucrats know exactly what children really need. And this line of thinking isn’t just in Europe.
Many on the left do everything possible to interfere with parental rights. You see that in public education on a regular basis when parents have to fight to make decisions they believe are best for their own children, against the ideas of the State.
Until more parents fight back against this outrageous belief, the left will keep pushing this demented view until it becomes more prevalent.
IDF Chief Says Israel Is Becoming Like Nazi Germany, Refuses To Back Down August 3 2017 | From: GlobalResearch / Various
The outgoing IDF chief has doubled down on his highly controversial comments he made comparing modern-day Israel with that of 1930's Nazi Germany.
Last year, a top Israeli general’s comments during the country’s annual Holocaust Remembrance Day address sparked controversy when he likened the atmosphere in modern day Israel to 1930’s Nazi Germany.
“If there is anything that frightens me in the remembrance of the Holocaust, it is discerning nauseating processes that took place in Europe in general, and in Germany specifically back then, 70, 80 and 90 years ago, and seeing evidence of them here among us in the year 2016,”Maj. Gen. Yair Golan, the Israeli army’s deputy chief of staff said.
Now, the outgoing IDF Deputy Chief has doubled down on his remarks and in an interview this week, defended his controversial speech.
As the Times of Israel reports, Golan, speaking in a new video interview produced by the military, said he “didn’t realize it would go to the very political place that it went,” but added that he “doesn’t take back the remarks.”
Golan went on to note that Israel - “as a light unto the nations” - has a responsibility to maintain “moral superiority.”
“Morality is you compared to you. You compared to your standards, not to those around you. Around [Israel], there are murderous people who don’t hesitate to kill one another in fear-inducing quantities. That should give us no repose,” he said.
“On this issue, we shouldn’t cut ourselves any slack,” Golan added.
The reaction from Israeli hardliners to Golan’s comments highlighted the deep divisions within Israeli society on what is one of the country’s most solemnly revered days.
Nationalist Jewish home party leader and Israeli Education Minister Naftali Bennett called on Golan to revise his comments or be seen as comparing Israeli soldiers to Nazis. However, he refused and stood strong for over a year - in spite of the backlash.
Sadly, Bennett fails to understand that’s precisely what Maj. Gen. Golan was implying in 2016, as he implored those in power “to fundamentally rethink how we, here and now, behave towards the other.”
“The Holocaust, in my view, must lead us to deep soul-searching about the nature of man,” Golan said.
“It must bring us to conduct some soul-searching as to the responsibility of leadership and the quality of our society. It must lead us to fundamentally rethink how we, here and now, behave towards the other.”
“There is nothing easier and simpler than fear-mongering and threatening. There is nothing easier and simpler than in behaving like beasts, becoming morally corrupt, and sanctimoniousness.”
“On Holocaust Remembrance Day, it is worthwhile to ponder our capacity to uproot the first signs of intolerance, violence, and self-destruction that arise on the path to moral degradation,” Golan said
The soldier in question, Sgt. Elor Azaria, was arrested and brought up on manslaughter charges by a military tribunal for the killing - a move that has been met with ferocious opposition by Zionists who claim that the brazen execution was somehow justified.
Hard-liners accused the military of abandoning the soldier by indicting him for manslaughter, and polls showed most Jewish Israelis shared the sentiment. Many Israeli Jews also now openly oppose the equal rights of the one-fifth of the country’s 8 million citizens who are Arabs - who, in turn, are growing increasingly alienated from the Jewish state, according to the AP.
Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu called his defense minister, Moshe Yaalon, after Golan’s speech to express displeasure, according to The Haaretz daily.
The Israeli military then issued a clarification, claiming Golan did not intend to compare Israel and its army to “the horrors” of Nazi Germany.
“This is an absurd and baseless comparison that he never would have made and it was never his intention to criticize the Israeli government,”the Israeli military said.
Regardless of how the Israeli government spun Golan’s words or pressured him to rebuke his comments, they clearly reveal a grave concern about the increasingly callous manner in which Palestinians are being treated and the path that these actions will ultimately lead Israeli society down.
Having such rationale and logic, Golan said he was surprised that the political leaders and large chunk of the population reacted the way they did.
“I thought I was saying things that were clear, that every reasonable person would say, ‘Hey, he said what had to be said.’ I didn’t think I was saying something that was blatantly controversial,” he said
As the Times of Israel reports, eloquent in both Hebrew and English, Golan holds a master’s degree from Harvard University. He was wounded but continued to command during a shootout with Hezbollah fighters in 1997 and is a well-regarded officer in the IDF, holding a number of top positions in his 37-year career.
From ISIS to America, the state is able to convince their enforcers to commit horrid acts in their name - all the while their subjects cheering it on as patriotism. In spite of Golan’s dedication to the IDF, he is still able to see the potential for such destruction and his words should be considered by all countries.
Throughout history, very small groups of humans have been able to convince very large groups of humans to carry out evil and immoral acts of murder and abuse. It’s time to stop this.
While the citizens bash each other over silly issues of right vs. left or Islam vs. Christianity, those at the top get richer, more powerful and more tyrannical.
Race has disconnected us, religion has separated us, politics has divided us, and wealth has classified us. It is time we shatter this paradigm and see each other as humans - not flags, crosses, or classes.
If we don’t, humanity’s short time on this planet will inevitably be brought to a violent end.
July 20, 1977: CIA Mind Control Project MK Ultra Documents Released For The First Time August 2 2017 | From: Sputnik / Various
"Project MK Ultra" was the name given to an illegal program of human experimentation conducted by the US Central Intelligence Agency, which investigated mind control. The 1975 Church Committee hearings exposed the operation - and on July 20, 1977 a Freedom of Information Act request uncovered a cache of 20,000 documents relating to it.
The origins of MK Ultra lie in 1945, and Operation Paperclip - the secret transfer of top Nazi scientists to the US. Armed with extensive documentation on unethical Nazi human experimentation, including research into mind control, a clutch of military programs related to mental manipulation and behavioral modification were launched - including Projects CHATTER, BLUEBIRD and ARTICHOKE.
Headed by former chemist Dr. Sidney Gottlieb, MKUltra began in April 1953 on the orders of then-CIA Director Allen Welsh Dulles.
Officially - albeit behind closed doors - the CIA claimed the program was pursued in response to perceived instances of mind control techniques employed by Chinese, North Korean and Soviet forces on Allied prisoners of war in the Korean War.
In truth, the agency - including the control of foreign leaders, and assassination.
For the next 20 years, the CIA - in conjunction with the Special Operations Division of the US Army Chemical Corps - engaged in a panoply of illegal activities.
Most controversially, unwitting test subjects were subject to a number of techniques to manipulate their mental state and brain functions, including the administration of drugs such as LSD, hypnosis, sensory deprivation, isolation, verbal and sexual abuse, as well as a variety of torture techniques.
A 1955 document describing the substances used in the experiments gives some indication of the sheer scope of the project.
This includes drugs that will; "promote illogical thinking and impulsiveness to the point where the recipient would be discredited in public"; cause victims to age faster; recreate the effects of alcohol; emulate the symptoms of recognized diseases; induce temporary / permanent brain damage and loss of memory; produce amnesia of particular events; provoke shock and confusion over extended periods of time; create physical disablement (such as paralysis); alter personality structure; cause mental confusion; promote weakness or distortion of eyesight and hearing.
MK ULTRA Documentary CIA Mind Control Research Human Experiments in the United States
However, LSD came to dominate the program. Typically administered without informed consent to mental patients - a violation of the Nuremberg Code - prisoners, drug addicts and prostitutes ("people who could not fight back" one CIA officer said) in order to study their reactions.
LSD was also administered to CIA employees, military personnel, doctors and other government agents.
LSD Experiment - "Schizophrenia Psychosis Induced by LSD25" 1955 CIA Funded
In one case, the hallucinogenic drug was administered to a mental patient in Kentucky for 174 straight days.
In another, the CIA set up several brothels in San Francisco, California, dosed customers, and watched and filmed proceedings via one-way mirrors. Brothels were chosen as a surefire means of ensuring victims would not discuss their experience with others.
Most commonly however, test subjects were interrogated under bright lights while doctors took notes. It has been said being spiked with LSD became an "occupational hazard" for CIA agents during this time.
Several deaths reportedly resulted from these actions - most infamously, army scientist Dr. Frank Olson went into deep depression after being unwittingly dosed, later falling to his death from the thirteenth story window of New York City's Hotel Pennsylvania.
While officially ruled a suicide, a 1994 autopsy concluded the circumstances of his death and state prior to the plunge were "rankly and starkly" suggestive of homicide.
Despite such travesties, Dr. Gottlieb continued on with LSD experiments, convinced its volatile nature in fact made it ideal for use in covert operations. As its effects were temporary, he theorized it could be given to high-ranking officials to affect the course of important meetings, speeches and the like.
LSD was eventually jettisoned by MK Ultra's research team for being too unpredictable - an alleged turning point was the secret dosing of an agent that sent the individual running across Washington, seeing monsters in every car he passed.
In any event, by 1962 the CIA and the army had developed a series of superhallucinogens, such as BZ - said to be 100 times more powerful than LSD.
Psychoactive Agents Research Chemical Warfare Edgewood Maryland 1950's US Army
Beginning in the mid-1950s, the U.S. Army conducted research involving thousands of human subjects on various chemical agents, including LSD, BZ and marijuana derivatives, to assess their utility for chemical warfare applications.
Army doctors gave soldier volunteers synthetic marijuana, LSD, BZ and other psychoactive drugs during experiments aimed at developing chemical weapons that could incapacitate enemy soldiers.
The program, which ran at the Army's Edgewood, Md., arsenal from 1955 until about 1972, concluded that counterculture staples such as acid and pot were either too unpredictable or too mellow to be useful as weapons. One of the leading participants in that enterprise, Dr. James S. Ketchum, has published a memoir entitled "Chemical Warfare: Secrets Almost Forgotten."
(www.forgottensecrets.net), a detailed autobiographical reconstruction of the Edgewood Arsenal program of evaluating possible incapacitating agents in human volunteers (enlisted men) during the 1960s.
This clip is from the 1950s episode, the Unseen Weapon, from the The Big Picture documentary television program which ran on the American Broadcasting Company from 1953 to 1959. The program consisted of documentary films produced by the United States Army Signal Corps Army Pictorial Service.
The operation continued on until 1973, when CIA Director Richard Helms abruptly ordered all experiments halted, and all relevant files destroyed.
He was motivated by the Watergate scandal - fearing subsequent scrutiny of the US secret state's activities, he wished to ensure any subsequent investigation of such clandestine CIA operations would be impossible.
Helms subsequently admitted to the existence of the program during the 1975 Church Committee investigation - although due to the bonfire of relevant documentation, the Committee could only base their investigation on the sworn testimony of participants.
Nonetheless, a 1977 a Freedom of Information Act requ est unearthed a cache of 20,000 documents relating to the project, which had been mistakenly filed in a financial records building. These documents were fully investigated in Senate Hearings later that year.
While the remaining documents largely recorded the program's catastrophic failure, Miles Copeland - former CIA agent and father of Police drummer Stewart Copeland - subsequently suggested the tranche was but a "smokescreen" that offered "the barest glimpse" of the scope of the project.
Moreover, he suspected the project wasn't genuinely terminated in 1973. It may well persist, in even more covert forms, to this very day.
Two Key Things That Got Overlooked About Project MK Ultra
Not only is the MK Ultra program still operational, albeit under a different name, but a key branch of this mind control program that is being imposed upon the world is the CIA's research into the electromagnetic field and how to control the mind through radar microwave.
Are There Patents To Manipulate The Human Nervous System Using Electromagnetic Frequencies? August 2 2017 | From: ActivistPost
With all the “fake news,” propaganda and scares to taint impressionable minds with, one has to wonder is there any real news fit to print, to know or to do something with or about?
Well, I just happen to have been “gifted” with a website link “Justia Patents,” which details some of the patents and patents pending for inventions by Hendricus G. Loos that deal with manipulating the human nervous system by the use of electromagnetic fields!
Who is Hendricus G. Loos? According to the website “Quora,” Loos may be a fictitious name that does not belong to a person! Since 1978, Dr. Henry Loos, or Dr. Hank Loos, has been awarded 11 U.S. patents for devices that aim to manipulate the human nervous system. Some of the patents include:
USP# 3009080- Apparatus and method for generating and containing plasma having ultra high temperatures.
USP# 4245909- An optical instrument for measurement of particle size distribution.
USP# 6238333- Remote magnetic manipulation of nervous systems.
USP# 6091994- Pulsative manipulation f nervous systems.
USP# 5782874- Method and apparatus for manipulating nervous system.
USP# 6017302- Subliminal acoustic manipulation of nervous system.
USP# 6506148-Nervous system manipulation by electromagnetic fields from monitor.
All devices are used for Mind Control projects run by CIA or other intelligence agencies. A group of researchers (under the name Dr H Loos) were actually a group of hired professionals for researching and inventing such devices which could be developed and used for mass mind control, PSYOPS, behaviour modification later by CIA. [1] [CJF emphasis]
Another website, “Patent Buddy,” talks about Loos having the address 3019 Cresta Way, Laguna Beach, California 92651, while yet another website claims Loos to be a “Master of Mind Control.”
So, what’s this all about: fake news or real science? Who knows what the facts really are when vested interests probably want to keep confusion rank.
However, I revert back to the Justia website with its extensive listing of patents and patents pending, which indicate someone has patents for something that borders upon non-thermal radiation at low levels that can and does effectuate the human nervous system upon application of certain techniques granted under U.S. patents.
Here are some of the patents and information relating to Hendricus G. Loos as published at Justica:
In reading the above information, one has to question whether some of the patents are being used in various microwave technologies, smart gadgets and appliances, and possibly even with weather geoengineering.
Those patents confirm scientific information and applications, I think, which ought to be brought to the attention of all fifty state public utility commissions regarding electromagnetic frequencies; how their applications at various low hertz levels function; and their effects on the human organism especially since utility companies are exposing customers to electromagnetic frequencies from smart meters, which are making people sick, disoriented and electromagnetically hypersensitive at frequencies thousands times faster than the frequencies in the patents granted above.
If those patent low frequencies can cause various human biological reactions, what’s going on from EMFs in the gigahertz ranges, which AMI Smart Meters operate at?
One Hertz (Hz) equals one cycle per second. One kilohertz (KHz) is equivalent to one thousand cycles per second. One megahertz (MHz) equals one million cycles per second. A Gigahertz (GHz) is a frequency equal to one billion hertz or cycles per second. See what I mean?
One has to keep in mind the human body’s electromagnetic frequency range is 7.83 Hz!
Where’s the science proving AMI Smart Meters are safe for human exposure 24/7/365?
Significant Ongoing Decline In Sperm Counts Of Western Men & The Astounding Drop In Global Fertility Rates Between 1970 And 2014 August 1 2017 | From: ScienceDaily / BrilliantMaps / Various
A rigorous and comprehensive meta-analysis of data collected between 1973 and 2011 finds that among men from Western countries, sperm concentration declined by more than 50 percent, with no evidence of a 'leveling off' in recent years.
These findings strongly suggest a significant decline in male reproductive health that has serious implications beyond fertility and reproduction, given recent evidence linking poor semen quality with higher risk of hospitalization and death.
A rigorous and comprehensive meta-analysis of data collected between 1973 and 2011 finds that among men from Western countries, sperm concentration declined by more than 50%, with no evidence of a 'leveling off' in recent years.
These findings strongly suggest a significant decline in male reproductive health that has serious implications beyond fertility and reproduction, given recent evidence linking poor semen quality with higher risk of hospitalization and death.
In the first systematic review and meta-analysis of trends in sperm count, researchers from the Hebrew University-Hadassah Braun School of Public Health and Community Medicine and the Icahn School of Medicine at Mount Sinai report a significant decline in sperm concentration and total sperm count among men from Western countries.
The study is published today in Human Reproduction Update, a leading journal in the fields of Reproductive Biology and Obstetrics & Gynecology.
By screening 7,500 studies and conducting a meta-regression analysis on 185 studies between 1973 and 2011, the researchers found a 52.4 percent decline in sperm concentration, and a 59.3 percent decline in total sperm count, among men from North America, Europe, Australia and New Zealand who were not selected based on their fertility status. In contrast, no significant decline was seen in South America, Asia and Africa, where far fewer studies have been conducted.
The study also indicates the rate of decline among Western men is not decreasing: the slope was steep and significant even when analysis was restricted to studies with sample collection between 1996 and 2011.
Sperm & Males Dying In Western Countries
The elite are trying to destroy the fertility of western men.
We’ve been told that it was choice, careers and societal reasons behind the falling birth rates in Western Countries. The UN justified massive immigration 17 years ago in their plan to replace the people, the culture, the laws of Western Civilization with the third world.
Today, a massive study shows that in Western countries (alone) sperm rates have plunged — and men are also sicker and dying sooner.
The research was led by Dr. Hagai Levine, Head of the Environmental Health Track at the Hebrew University-Hadassah Braun School of Public Health and Community Medicine, Jerusalem, with Dr. Shanna H Swan, Professor in the Department of Environmental Medicine and Public Health at the Icahn School of Medicine at Mount Sinai, New York, and an international team of researchers from Brazil, Denmark, Israel, Spain and the United States.
While declines in sperm count have been reported since 1992, the question has remained controversial because of limitations in past studies. However, the current study uses a broader scope and rigorous meta-regression methods, conservatively addresses the reliability of study estimates, and controls for factors that might help explain the decline such as age, abstinence time, and selection of the study population.
"Given the importance of sperm counts for male fertility and human health, this study is an urgent wake-up call for researchers and health authorities around the world to investigate the causes of the sharp ongoing drop in sperm count, with the goal of prevention," said Dr. Hagai Levine, the lead author and Head of the Environmental Health Track at the Hebrew University-Hadassah Braun School of Public Health and Community Medicine, in the Hebrew University of Jerusalem's Faculty of Medicine.
The findings have important public health implications. First, these data demonstrate that the proportion of men with sperm counts below the threshold for subfertility or infertility is increasing. Moreover, given the findings from recent studies that reduced sperm count is related to increased morbidity and mortality, the ongoing decline points to serious risks to male fertility and health.
"Decreasing sperm count has been of great concern since it was first reported twenty-five years ago. This definitive study shows, for the first time, that this decline is strong and continuing.
The fact that the decline is seen in Western countries strongly suggests that chemicals in commerce are playing a causal role in this trend," Dr. Shanna H Swan, a professor in the Department of Environmental Medicine and Public Health at the Icahn School of Medicine at Mount Sinai, New York.
While the current study did not examine causes of the observed declines, sperm count has previously been plausibly associated with environmental and lifestyle influences, including prenatal chemical exposure, adult pesticide exposure, smoking, stress and obesity.
Therefore, sperm count may sensitively reflect the impact of the modern environment on male health across the lifespan and serve as a "canary in the coal mine" signaling broader risks to male health.
Have Sperm Counts Declined? Definitely Yes, Says First-Ever Meta-Analysis on Trends in Sperm Count
In the first systematic review and meta-analysis of trends in sperm count, researchers from the Hebrew University of Jerusalem's Faculty of Medicine and the Icahn School of Medicine at Mount Sinai report a significant decline in sperm concentration and total sperm count among men from Western countries.
A rigorous and comprehensive meta-analysis of data collected between 1973 and 2011 finds that among men from Western countries who were not selected on the basis of their fertility status, sperm concentration declined by more than 50%, with no evidence of a “leveling off” in recent years.
These findings strongly suggest a significant decline in male reproductive health that has serious implications beyond fertility and reproduction, given recent evidence linking poor semen quality with higher risk of hospitalization and death. Research on causes of this ongoing decline and their prevention is urgently needed.
The Astounding Drop In Global Fertility Rates Between 1970 And 2014
The map below shows one of history’s most astounding global shifts; the drop in fertility rate between 1970 and 2014. The total fertility rate (TFR) is the average number of children born to each woman in a country. It’s important because, it’s an easy way to tell if a country is growing or not, excluding immigration/emigration.
A country’s population is stable when TFR is equal to replacement rates. These vary by country but globally work out to around 2.1 children per woman. The reason the replacement rate is slightly higher than 2 is not only do women need to replace themselves and the father but also to factor in children who die before reaching adulthood and women who die before the end of their child bearing years.
With that in mind, you can see that many countries in the world (all in dark blue) are now below replacement level including 3 of the 4 BRIC countries (China, Russia and Brazil), all of Europe (except France, Ireland and Turkey) along with Japan, Canada and Australia, among others.
This means that without immigration all these countries will see long term population decreases.
Globally the TFR has dropped from 4.45 in 1970 to around 2.5 in 2014. If the rate keeps falling, the world population will eventually stop growing and may actually start shrinking towards the end of the 21st century.
Here are several other interesting facts:
The Democratic Republic of the Congo, Central African Republic, Niger, Chad and South Sudan all experienced TFR increases between 1970 and 2014.
In 1970, only Finland and Sweden had TFR rates below 2.0 (Czech Republic and Croatia did as well, but were part of Czechoslovakia and Yugoslavia respectively). By 2014 that number had risen to at least 72 countries.
The lowest TFR rate in 1970 was Finland at 1.8, but by 2014 Singapore had the lowest rate at just 0.8!
The highest rate in 1970 was Rwanda which had a TFR of 8.2. In 2014, Niger had the highest rate with 6.89 (Rwanda’s has fallen to 4.62).
In terms of absolute decreases the biggest drops have happened in Libya, Maldives, Kuwait, Qatar and Bangladesh.
In terms of relative decreases the biggest drops have occurred in St. Lucia, South Korea, United Arab Emirates, Brunei and Iran.
Finally the world’s two most populous countries have both seen their TFR drop significantly between 1970 and 2014. India’s dropped from 5.5 to 2.4 a 56% decrease, while China’s dropped from 5.5 to 1.6 a 71% decrease and well below replacement.
Fourteen Ways To Protect Yourself From The New World Order (NWO) Agenda August 1 2017 | From: WakeUpWorld
Desperate measures are indeed needed for desperate times. Big black totalitarian clouds loom on the horizon.
The price of ignorance towards the New World Order (NWO) agenda could be very costly. The psychopathic ruling elite own the banks, weapons, gold, drugs and oil, while having the politicians, police, military and mass media etc. in their pockets, and are further tightening that unrelenting grip on the control of our money, health, food, water, air, and all the related science and technology, for complete domination over the human populace.
Fall for any of its carefully cultivated illusions and you could end up broke, losing property, seriously ill, or even end up dead.
In response, this is my heartfelt advice on how to prepare for your survival in the unpredictable, not too distant (potential) future. Here are 14 ways to protect you, your family and friends from the escalating NWO agenda.
14 Ways to Protect Youself from the NWO Agenda
1. Stop Giving Attention to Corporate Sponsored News
Yes, there are a growing number of people who know this, but many still don’t fully understand: Any advantages of selecting one party over the other because of say, a policy in your favour or advantage, such as a tax cut, will only be a short-term payoff.
In the end, if you vote for one of the major parties then you’ll only have to suffer the far greater long-term cost of having chosen a party or so-called representative with connections to the ruling elite’s agenda.
Use filters such as those using reverse osmosis to filter the water. Drink adequate amounts and keep your body well hydrated.
5. Eat Organic Food
Eat plenty of organic fruit and vegetables, seeds and nuts. Don’t begrudge the extra cost. In the long run it’s worth it, because you will be ingesting nutrient-dense food without the toxins.
Avoid junk food with its high sugar, salt and cheap/nasty trans-fats and chemical flavor enhancers which will not only not protect you from disease states — it will add to them, even causing depression!
Also, don’t cook food using high temperatures for too long. Extreme temperatures cause the nutritional value (vitamins and enzymes in particular) to denature and greatly reduces the food value. Keep the heat down!
7. Use Natural or Organic Home and Personal Care Products
Mercury amalgam fillings have been known to cause brain damage, lower IQ, contribute to depression and harbour disease-causing bacteria. See a biologic or holistic dentist to get them removed and replaced by safe alternatives such as Zirconium Implants (don’t use metal based or plastic BPA resins). Don’t support dentists who use mercury amalgam or fluoride.
Dental decay can be prevented with good nutrition, like for example using coconut oil as a mouthwash since it contains the antibacterial lauric acid.
12. Maintain Well-Stocked Supplies of Food and Water
In case of a crisis stock up with a few weeks’ supply of food and water in the hope that, by then, things would have died down with normal supply somewhat resumed.
Such a crisis could be a financial one, like a currency collapse, or a fake war, a staged attack (fake alien invasion perhaps, you never know?) or a HAARP (High Frequency Auroral Research Project) secret weather modification… etc used for inducing chaos by the ruling elite and their associates as an excuse to declare martial war on citizens.
In most cases, within three days of a ‘lock down’ (likely less if panic and rioting sets in) all purchasable food supplies will be gone.
Have sufficient physical cash on standby in case of emergency: You may want to consider converting some of your hard earned cash into gold or silver coins as a good investment.
Try looking at non-power grid alternative energy supplies to power up your home. How about solar panels or batteries or supplemental wind generators… etc? Electric vehicles would also not be a bad idea.
"Those who have the privilege to know, have the duty to act.”
- Albert Einstein
Wake up! Use this and other similar articles to spread the word to your family and friends. Get active. If you do nothing, you’ll be unprepared and risk suffering the awful consequences of the escalating NWO agenda.
Chemotherapy May Spread Cancer And Trigger More Aggressive Tumors, Says New Research / Chemotherapy Found To Spread Cancer Throughout The Body, Warn Scientists July 31 2017 | From: WakingTimes / NaturalNews
The world spent over $100 billion a year on cancer drugs in 2015, a year in which the world’s highest paid CEO made his killing from cancer patients. Much of this is spent on chemotherapy, which is well-known to weaken patients, sacrifice their immune systems and make them susceptible to co-infections, diseases and other complications.
In addition to these side-effects, it has now been discovered that while chemotherapy does kill cancer cells, it can also trigger cancer cells to disperse throughout the body triggering more aggressive tumors to develop in the lungs and other vital bodily systems.
"Many are given chemotherapy before surgery, but the new research suggests that, although it shrinks tumours in the short term, it could trigger the spread of cancer cells around the body.
It is thought the toxic medication switches on a repair mechanism in the body which ultimately allows tumours to grow back stronger. It also increases the number of ‘doorways’ on blood vessels which allow cancer to spread throughout the body."
In short, chemotherapy is now shown to in some cases increase the likelihood that cancer will spread throughout the patient’s body. The cancer cells are reacting to chemotherapy by dispersing throughout the body to look for new hosts.
"By studying the process of intravasation or entry of cells into the vasculature, Karagiannis et al. discovered that, in addition to killing tumor cells, chemotherapy treatment can also increase intravasation.
Groups of cells collectively known as tumor microenvironment of metastasis (TMEM) can serve as gateways for tumor cells entering the vasculature, and the authors discovered that several types of chemotherapy can increase the amounts of TMEM complexes and circulating tumor cells in the bloodstream."
Karagiannis discovered that mice exposed to chemotherapy saw an increase the number of cancer cells circulating throughout the body and lungs. This research finally offers a scientific explanation of why so many patients see their cancer spread into other parts of their bodies once chemo/radiation treatment begins.
Having isolated this effect in breast cancer cases only, the research opens the door to examine the possibility of this happening in patients with other types of cancer who choose chemotherapy.
"In this study we only investigated chemotherapy-induced cancer cell dissemination in breast cancer. We are currently working on other types of cancer to see if similar effects are elicited."
- Dr. George Karagiannis
Final Thoughts
There are many approaches to treating cancer, and shockingly many of the natural approaches which require few if any drugs are actually illegal in our society.
The preferred mainstream cancer treatment has become a means of capitalizing on human suffering, and while it has long been suspected that chemo can do more harm than good, we now have research indicating that this is indeed the case.
Dr. Karagiannis’ study adds a very significant piece of the puzzle of why the contemporary model of cancer care should be abandoned in favor of natural treatments.
Chemotherapy Found To Spread Cancer Throughout The Body, Warn Scientists
Though conventional medicine claims to be winning the war against cancer, along with the holistic health community, we at Natural News have consistently been trying to expose one of the biggest frauds known in human history: CHEMOTHERAPY.
Brainwashed by doctors, oncologists, and the mainstream media, most cancer patients think their only hope for survival is chemotherapy. In America, treating cancer is BIG business. Since the cancer industry makes billions of dollars each year, a cure is not what they are after.
Did you know that the number one side effect of chemotherapy is cancer? Conventional cancer treatments not only fail miserably, they are also designed to make cancer patients sicker. Though chemotherapy may shrink the initial tumor(s), what is happening in the background is far more important. It is the one dark and criminal truth nobody seems to knows about.
A new study published in the journal Science Translational Medicine earlier this month proved what we have been saying for decades; conventional cancer treatments cause more cancer. A team of scientists at New York’s Albert Einstein College of Medicine has found compelling evidence that chemotherapy is only a short-term solution.
Eventually, the drugs will make you sick again, pushing patients towards a second round of expensive treatments. Clever money generating trick: Instead of helping patients to get rid of the disease, they temporarily put it on hold so they can take the dollars twice.
Chemotherapy Kills More Patients than Cancer Itself
In 2017, an estimated 1,688,780 new cancer cases are expected to be diagnosed and about 600,920 people will die from the disease in the United States, according to the annual report by the American Cancer Society.
The New York scientists explained that while shrinking the tumors, chemotherapy simultaneously opens new doorways for tumors to spread into the blood system, triggering more aggressive tumors which often result in death.
The researchers believe toxic chemo drugs switch on repair mechanisms in the body that allow tumors to grow back faster.
Furthermore, Dr. George Karagiannis, lead author of the study, and his team found that two common chemo drugs increased the number of “doorways” on blood vessels which allowed cancer cells to spread to other parts of the body.
The team also discovered that chemotherapy increased the number of cancer cells circulating the body and lungs of mice.
Though this study only investigated the effects of chemotherapy on breast cancer, the researchers are currently experimenting with other types of cancer to see if similar effects occur, reported The Telegraph.
Dr. Karagiannis noted that women receiving preoperative chemotherapy to treat breast cancer should be monitored to check if the cancer isn’t circulating or creating more possibilities to spread. He recommends taking a small amount of tumor tissue after a few doses of preoperative chemotherapy. If the markers are increased, the therapy should be terminated immediately.
This study is not the first to demonstrate the ways in which chemotherapy can trigger secondary or metastatic cancers. In 2010, researchers at the University of Alabama at Birmingham (UAB) Comprehensive Cancer Center and UAB Department of Chemistry were awarded a $805,000 grant from the U.S. Department of Defense Breast Cancer Research Program to investigate the question whether chemo encourages cancer to spread throughout the body.
Many studies later, we can no longer ignore the answer to that question. YES, patients are dying from chemotherapy, not cancer itself. It has been shown to not only cause secondary cancers but also accelerates tumor growth and causes cancer cells to become resistant to treatment.
Seventy Five Percent of Physicians and Scientists Would Refuse Chemotherapy for Themselves or Their Family
What does this number say about the effectiveness and risks of therapy? Do these people know more? And what is the mainstream media hiding from us?
Due to the devastating effects on the entire body and the immune system, and an extremely low success rate, three of every four doctors and scientists would refuse chemotherapy, according to polls taken by the McGill Cancer Center.
It Was No Accident That Western Medicine Has Been Twisted Into A Tool Of The Mega Corporations
The American medical system is purposely used to keep the people sick and in debt.
Think about it. When your body is fighting cancer, the last thing it needs is more cancer-inducing, immune suppressing chemicals, right?
Though all scientists and doctors know that chemotherapy is pure poison and can make things worse, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) outlaws doctors from choosing non-chemical routes, such as vitamins, supplements, herbs, superfoods, and other natural cancer solutions, for their patients.
Over the past few years, one study after another has been coming out, linking chemotherapy to cancer. Yet authorities fail to make the healthy call. How much more proof do they need before they start to acknowledge that there are far better, less expensive real cures out there?
Priebus Out, General Kelly In: Swamp Draining May Start Soon & Is The US Congress Engaged In A Controlled Demolition Of The US? July 31 2017 | From: Geopolitics / Geopolitics
You’re fired! The Donald just said this to Apprentice Reince Priebus, who was suspected of leaking White House secrets to the Deep State media and Congress.
The latter’s replacement is Homeland Security Chief John Kelly, who is expected to start draining the swamp in earnest.
What this means is that, Trump is officially severing ties with the Republicans who rejected his Obama Repeal bill, rammed the anti-Russian sanctions on his desk, and keep him from fulfilling his campaign and inauguration commitments.
Add to this is both the Bannon and Kushner camps like Gen. Kelly.
Is The US Congress Engaged In A Controlled Demolition Of The US?
When you have nothing else to offer, offer nothing by playing the sanction card – this seems to be the formula that is persistently used by the Deep State-controlled US Congress.
The problem is: the rest of the world can survive without depending on the US economy. If that’s the case, then why are the US legislators behaving in such a way, if not to destroy America itself?
So the American bully wants to slap more sanctions on Russia over alleged misdeeds. This is blatant temper tantrums by a frustrated US trying to get “its way or no way."
It’s so absurd. The biggest rogue nation on Earth, illegally bombing and killing civilians in several countries simultaneously, covertly arming terrorist proxies in the Middle East, and a rampant subversive interferer in foreign elections around the world, has the audacity to lecture others about probity, resorting to financial arm twisting that makes a mockery of international laws and trade rules.
Well, after all, the Americans do always declare themselves to be “exceptional”. Never a truer word was spoken, albeit inadvertently.
This week, the US House of Representatives voted overwhelming to approve tougher new sanctions on Russia. The Senate is expected to rubber-stamp the bill and then President Trump will most probably sign into law. He is becoming a lame duck president due to the rampant Russophobia in the US.
Russia’s deputy foreign minister Sergey Ryabkov deplored the latest move to tighten punitive measures on the country’s energy, banking and defense sectors, among others. He said it was a calculated step to destroy any prospect of normalizing ties between the US and Russia.
"It is beyond common sense,” said Ryabkov, adding that American legislators “know no restraint in their anti-Russia zeal” and that they are “out of control”. In short, collectively insane.
Few sane people – apart from US politicians and media pundits – would welcome a further deterioration in relations between the world’s two nuclear superpowers. And truth be told, Moscow has up to now shown great patience and amenability to try to improve bilateral ties.
But the US political class has shown no interest whatsoever in pursuing any reconciliation. It’s like it has a death-wish.
American lawmakers endorsing the latest sanctions were almost foaming at the mouth, labelling Russia an enemy and citing unhinged accusations against Moscow for meddling in last year’s presidential elections, also for destabilizing Ukraine and, wait for it, “propping up the Assad regime in Syria” – the country where the American CIA has been propping up head-chopping jihadist terrorists for the past six years.
However, let’s step back a moment. Another way of looking at this geopolitical impasse fomented by the US is that it is actually a good thing. US politicians and large sections of the media are so deranged with anti-Russia hysteria and irrational views on international matters, there is simply no chance of engaging them with normal dialogue.
Better to let the American political class consume itself with its own toxic paranoia and delusions about the world, and toward Russia in particular. Let them destroy themselves politically in their isolated paranoid state and endless duplicity.
A sign of the impending American political self-destruction is the furious reaction from Europe over the latest sanctions. The Europeans are at last waking up to the fact – long overdue – that Washington is acting brazenly for its own selfish interests and is prepared to inflict pain on Europe, if needs be.
The European Commission, which oversees EU trade policy, as well as Germany and Austria have expressed outrage over Washington’s “hidden agenda” which is disguised in the self-righteous and disingenuous rhetoric of sanctioning Russia.
Germany’s foreign ministry sharply criticized America of undermining European energy security and using sanctions as “a tool to advance US industrial interests”.
It’s not Russia being sanctioned so much as America sanctioning its own allies.
Of course, this is what the whole American brouhaha over sanctions on Russia is all about. It’s got nothing to do with “disciplining” Russia over alleged misdeeds. How could such pious rhetoric be taken seriously from the planet’s biggest rogue state?
No, it’s all about foisting American energy gas supplies on to a new European market by displacing Russian exports. When Donald Trump was visiting Poland last month, he made an unvarnished sales pitch to the Poles and other Central European countries to buy American gas. Even though the US supply would be much more expensive than Russia’s.
That’s why Trump will likely sign off on the new anti-Russia sanctions. While the president has at times expressed an interest in normalizing ties with Russian leader Vladimir Putin, Trump’s top priority is to promote American trade interests. He wants to reduce the yawning US trade deficit with Europe by forcing the latter to buy American gas, instead of Russian.
So much for American capitalism obeying the rules of “supply and demand”. And so much for the Americans declaring to be an “ally” of Europe acting always “to protect” it from “Russian aggression”.
The delusional, paranoid Americans would be happy to see Europe freeze to death, being cut off from affordable Russian gas. Washington in its short-sighted stupidity would plunge Europe into economic recession, industrial failure and rising unemployment just to sell the continent more of its own expensive gas.
America’s sanctions policy against Russia is a thermometer of grave political ill-health among its politicians and media. If the Americans want to conduct their government business and foreign policy based on delusional hysteria, then let it be. Sooner or later, a nation driven by such crazed thinking will destroy itself and its supposed allies.
The outbreak of anger among European nations toward American self-entitlement to damage European interests is also a temperature reading indicating fever pitch out of control. It is an astounding display of arrogance when Washington is, in effect, attempting to overhaul European energy and trade policy for the naked benefit of US interests.
American sanctions against Russia are more a cry of desperation by the US political class whose economy is tanking and whose standing in the world is sliding to unprecedented low levels. Scrabbling to offset the historical demise, the idiotic American “leaders” are lashing out with anti-Russia hysteria and damaging blows to even their own supposed allies in Europe.
The much-vaunted “transatlantic bond” between the US and Europe was always an over-rated cover for the Americans to lord it over what they considered to be their European vassals.
Russia, unfortunately, has been vilified to provide an excuse for this hegemony.
But so arrogant, so desperate are the American rulers today that the charade of US-European “partnership” is in danger of unraveling. If such sanctions help cast a light on the decay of America’s once formidable global empire then bring them on.
There’s a big multi-polar world out there. Russia, Iran, China and the Europeans, if the latter get their act together, must learn to walk away from the American sulking bully and let it fester in its own decadence.
The bankrupt US – morally, politically, economically – has nothing worthwhile to offer the world. Its so-called leadership is a lost cause. Attempting to engage with this parasitic wreckage is only a drain on resources.
The US has just approved the bill 98-2, the two being Rand Paul of Kentucky and Bernie Sanders of Vermont.
This means that Donald Trump can sign, or veto, the bill. Let’s see if the incumbent president of the US has the backbone to take on the Deep State directly.
Geoengineering And Weather Modification Exposed June 30 2017 | From: ClimateViewer / Various
The most extensive research on Geoengineering and Weather Modification experiments worldwide, with articles, maps, and timelines to fully expose the hidden world of Weather Control.
This page is a table of contents for Jim Lee’s research on Geoengineering. All of the information on this page is backed up by references, feared by trolls and geoengineering lobbyists alike, and is the most accurate literature on who’s controlling your weather, why they are doing it, and where.
For the uninitiated, prepare yourself to be shocked. For you veterans of the Climate Engineering activism world, our articles, maps, and timelines will answer many of your burning questions and help you connect the dots.
As the media distributes pro-geoengineering propaganda in a political climate ruled by fear, the Lord’s of Weather (geoengineering lobbyist’s) are suggesting coating our skies with sulfur, aluminum, titanium, and diamond dust to block the sun and cool our planet.
While acknowledging that Geoengineering Solar Radiation Management will alter rainfall patterns worldwide and likely kill people, the Lord’s of Weather ignore the cold hard facts: after 60 years of cloud-seeding, nobody has ever produced any proof of its efficacy.
Billions of dollars are spent worldwide altering clouds with silver iodide and other chemical nano-particles despite the fact that cloud seeding likely does not work. Even worse, all of the separate cloud seeding programs worldwide could be altering our weather in dangerous ways where the butterfly effects of aggravated clouds destroy property and end lives, even the CIA is worried about weather warfare.
Despite numerous lawsuits over weather modification activities, most losses are blamed on “nature” as there is little transparency or accountability. With a cloud-seeding’s terrible track record, how could anyone support geoengineering SRM’s uncontrolled global weather manipulations. To make matters worse, Bill Gate’s geoengineering money is also funding Hurricane Hacking efforts blurring the lines between Geoengineering and Weather Modification.
Geoengineering the sky has been a worldwide phenomenon since the start of commercial aviation. Ships and jet aircraft are covering our skies in man-made clouds.
Despite 60 years of jet planes making clouds, aviation-induced cloudiness, persistent contrails, contrail cirrus, and aerosol-cloud interaction are barely understood with today’s best supercomputers and are not properly accounted for in IPCC models.
This active experiment goes on everyday, over your heads, with over 100,000 flights a day worldwide and zero accountability.
Space Weather Modification is also gaining more publicity. When upper atmospheric nuclear explosions were banned back in the 1950’s, the U.S. military still hell bent on replacing our fickle ionosphere with something more reliable decided to dump millions of needles in space to create their own.
Despite these dire warnings, the practice of heating chemical releases in space is just “a conspiracy theory.”
This page is an effort to raise awareness of atmospheric experimentation and to lobby for transparency in the geoengineering and weather modification industries, and hopefully to see an end to weather control efforts, both intentional and unintentional, in hopes that one day my child will see natural weather.
Let one thing in nature stay natural, hand’s off our sky.
Tell people about this page and share with your friends!
Spread the word about our solution, “The Clarity Clause” and help us make this law a reality!
Please watch and download the PowerPoint of my explosive presentation given at the Freedom Force International’s 3rd Congress in Phoenix, Arizona. December 3, 2016:
Geoengineering, Weather Modification, and Weaponizing Nature
Geoengineer Ken Caldeira Gets Caught Lying *Loses Temper*
After lying about weaponizing the weather, has audio played back to him to prove it, then lies again. After being confronted yet again about this fact, he completely loses it and tells the interviewer to shut the f*** up!
"Shrinkflation" - How Food Companies Implement Massive Price Hikes Without You Ever Noticing June 30 2017 | From: ZeroHedge
Do you ever get the sense that your favorite steak at that Quick Service Restaurant of your choice keeps getting thinner and thinner all while your check size at the end of the night continues getting larger and larger. Well, it is.
How else are publicly traded chains going to continue to deliver margin growth to wall street in the midst of rising labor costs, rising commodity costs and shrinking customer traffic?
As a new study in the U.K. just revealed, shrinking portion sizes among food manufacturers is actually way more common than you might think and you probably never even noticed it. In fact, according to data from the Office for National Statistics, over 2,500 consumer products in the U.K. shrunk in size over the past five years despite being sold for the same price.
But it's not just food manufacturers that are shrinking portions while maintaining price as many consumers goods items from chocolate to coffee to toilet paper are all experiencing the same trends.
Known in grocery circles as 'liar packs', shrinking portion sizes became an attractive alternative to simply raising prices back during the great recession when consumers became particularly sensitive to price.
Of course, the net effect is exactly the same but it's much more difficult to notice that fine print on the bottom corner of the packaging than it is the price tag at check out. Per The Telegraph:
"Mark Jones, a food and drink solicitor at Gordons law firm, said: “Shrinkflation was borne out of the recession and has gathered staggering pace since 2009. The ONS’s report confirms this. Against the back drop of a weak economy, commodity prices have been rising over the last five years.
The recession made people very price sensitive and you can see the evidence of that by looking at the impressive growth of discount retailers in the last five years, no retail sector has grown faster.
Suppliers and retailers do not want to raise the ‘on the shelf’ price, but both have had to adapt to increasing commodity prices.
Shrinking the size of the products being sold, whether that is toilet paper, chocolate or cleaning products, is just another way of pushing through a price increase, but in a more subtle way.
How many of us noticed Andrex reduce the number of sheets on a toilet roll from 240 to 221?”
And here is the breakdown by month over the past 5 years:
But it's not just British consumers getting duped by "shrinkflation" as all the same games are played in the U.S. markets as well.
For example, who is actually going to notice that 10 sheets of paper are missing from the Bounty rolls on the right versus those on the left? Yet, assuming that both packages are sold at the same price this small reduction in size equates to a substantial 9% price hike on a per sheet basis.
Meanwhile, these containers are completely identical aside from some tiny print in the bottom right hand corner.
Conclusion: Caveat emptor (buyer beware] - there is a whole army of Harvard MBAs working in consumer goods companies all around the world whose sole mission in life is to get you to pay more for less without ever noticing.
NASA Confirms: Sea Levels Have Been Falling Across The Planet For Two Years - Media Silent & Dr. Tim Ball Crushes Climate Change: The Biggest Deception in History July 29 2017 | From: NaturalNews / Technocracy / Infowars
As the global warming narrative unravels under revelations of scientific fraud, data alteration and faked “hockey stick” data models, the fake news media remains suspiciously silent over the fact that NASA now confirms ocean levels have been falling for nearly two years.
On a NASA page intended to spread climate alarmism (climate.nasa.gov), NASA’s own data reveal that world-wide ocean levels have been falling for nearly two years, dropping from a variation of roughly 87.5mm to below 85mm.
These data, of course, clearly contradict the false narrative of rapid, never-ending rising ocean levels that flood continents and drown cities - a key element of the climate change “boogeyman” fiction that’s used to scare gullible youth into making Al Gore rich.
Check out the sea level chart for yourself, showing the downward trend across 2016 – 2017:
Even in the Worst Case, Sea Levels Will Only Rise About a Foot in a Century
Global warming alarmists might say this is only a “pause” in the rising ocean levels, and that the long-term trend is clearly in the direction of rising oceans. However, these people wildly exaggerate the degree of ocean level increases to the point of absurdity.
If you zoom out on the NASA chart, you’ll see a long-term trend of sea levels rising 3.4mm per year on average, according to NASA’s own analysis. This means that over an entire century, the oceans would rise 340mm, or 13.4 inches … a little over a foot.
Not long before that, Al Gore claimed God told him to fight global warming, so he’s now apparently getting rich off the climate change scam because he was ordered to do so by God himself.
Now, Al Gore says he needs just $15 trillion (yes, trillion) to fight global warming and save humanity from rising ocean levels. Yet NASA tells us that oceans are only rising at 3.4mm per year, or about a foot per century.
This means that a hundred years from now, the beaches in Florida will have about one foot deeper water on them.
That’s hardly a global crisis that threatens human civilization. Cities won’t drown. Billions of humans won’t be displaced. The entire narrative is a total fraud (and NASA’s own data confirm that).
Why do Climate Change Alarmists Hate Rainforests? A Wetter, Warmer World is More Lush and “Green”
Finally, there very idea that melting ice is somehow bad for the planet is total hokum and bunk. By what lunacy do climate alarmists arrive at the conclusion that a frozen, dry planet is somehow better than a wet, warm, lush planet with more rainforests and food production?
Planet Earth would actually be far more green with higher CO2 levels and warmer temperatures that promote more continental rainfall. Deserts would be restored to plains or forests. Sparse areas, now devoid of plant life, could become food production areas.
As I explain in these science education videos, “greening” the planet requires higher CO2, warmer temperatures and less ice.
That’s not a crisis, it’s a blessing for all plant life and ecosystems across the planet. It makes me wonder: Why do climate change alarmists hate rainforests so much that they want to freeze the planet and turn warm water back into frozen ice?
The answer is because they are all mindless cultists who don’t understand anything at all about climatology, science or botany.
They are nothing more than Programmable Life Forms (PLFs) who have been brainwashed by a wholly dishonest, globalist-run media that uses the climate change baloney to enslave and indoctrinate the masses.
The entire climate change hoax demonstrates just how incredibly stupid and gullible most humans really are, revealing that if they could turn Earth into a lifeless, cold, icy wasteland, they would consider that the ultimate success of the “green” movement.
Stupid beyond belief.
Dr. Tim Ball Crushes Climate Change: The Biggest Deception in History
President Trump was correct to withdraw from the Paris Climate Agreement. He could have explained that the science was premeditated and deliberately orchestrated to demonize CO2 for a political agenda.
Wisely, he simply explained that it was a bad deal for the United States because it gave a competitive economic edge to other nations, especially China. A majority of Americans think he was wrong, but more would disagree if he got lost in the complexities of the science.
I speak from experience having taught a Science credit course for 25 years for the student population that mirrors society with 80 percent of them being Arts students.
Promoters of what is called anthropogenic global warming (AGW) knew most people do not understand the science and exploited it.
With a 50-year academic career focusing on Historical Climatology, Dr. Tim Ball is uniquely qualified to address man-made climate change, and he demonstrates that it is a flat-out hoax. Thinking people everywhere should get multiple copies of this book and hand them out to everyone they know.
The plants need more atmospheric CO2 not less. Current levels of 400 parts per million (ppm) are close to the lowest levels in 600 million years. This contradicts what the world was told by people using the claim that human production of CO2 was causing global warming.
They don’t know the UN agency, the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC), established to examine human-caused global warming, were limited to only studying human causes by the definition they were given by Article 1 of the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC).
It is impossible to identify the human cause without understanding and including natural causes. Few know that CO2 is only 4 percent of the total greenhouse gases. They assume that a CO2 increase causes a temperature increase. It doesn’t, in every record the temperature increases before CO2.
The only place where a CO2 increase causes a temperature increase is in the computer models of the IPCC.
This partly explains why every single temperature forecast (they call them projections) the IPCC made since 1990 was wrong. If your forecast is wrong, your science is wrong.
I studied weather as aircrew with the Canadian Air Force, including five years of search and rescue in Arctic Canada. After the Air Force, I went to university to study weather and climate, culminating in a Ph.D., in Historical Climatology from the University of London, England.
When I began in the late 1960s global cooling was the consensus. I was as opposed to the prediction that it would continue cooling to a mini-Ice Age, as I later was to the runaway AGW claim. I knew from creating and studying long-term records that climate changes all the time and are larger and more frequent than most know.
I also knew changes in CO2 were not the cause.
The Club of Rome (COR), formed in 1968, decided that the world was overpopulated and expanded the Malthusian idea that the population would outgrow the food supply to all resources, especially the developed nations.
COR member Maurice Strong told Elaine Dewar in her book Cloak of Green that the problem for the planet were the industrialized nations and it was everybody’s duty to shut them down. Dewar asked Strong if he planned to seek political office. He effectively said you cannot do anything as a politician, so he was going to the UN because:
He could raise his own money from whomever he liked, appoint anyone he wanted, control the agenda.
Strong was using the U.N. as a platform to sell a global environment crisis and the Global Governance Agenda.
He created the crisis that the by-product of industry was causing global warming. Even Obama claimed that 97 percent of scientists agree. If he checked the source of the information, he would find the research was completely concocted.
It is more likely that 97 percent of scientists never read the IPCC Reports. Those who do express their concern in very blunt terms. Consider German meteorologist and physicist Klaus-Eckart Puls experience.
“Ten years ago, I simply parroted what the IPCC told us. One day I started checking the facts and data – first I started with a sense of doubt but then I became outraged when I discovered that much of what the IPCC and the media were telling us was sheer nonsense and was not even supported by any scientific facts and measurements.
To this day, I still feel shame that as a scientist I made presentations of their science without first checking it.”
He discovered what I exposed publicly for years. My challenge to the government version of global warming became increasingly problematic.
They couldn’t say I wasn’t qualified. Attacks include death threats, false information about my qualifications posted on the Internet, and three lawsuits from IPCC members. Most people can’t believe that such things occur about opinions in a democratic society.
Test the idea by telling people that you don’t accept the human-caused global warming idea. The reaction from most, who know nothing about the science, will invariably be dismissive at best.
I documented what went on in a detailed, fully referenced, book titled The Deliberate Corruption of Climate Science. A lawyer commented that it lays out and effectively supports the case, however, it was “a tough slog.”
I recently published a brief ‘non-slog’ handbook (100 pages) for the majority of people, not to insult their intelligence, but to help them understand the science and its misuse for a political agenda.
It provides the motive and method for the corruption of science to substantiate and bolster Trump’s decision.
Google Exposé Reveals Scam Behind Climate Change
Professors get funding to push "global warming."
Google’s scheme of paying professors to influence public opinion is also how the “global warming” scam works.
“Google operates a little-known program to harness the brain power of university researchers to help sway opinion and public policy, cultivating financial relationships with professors at campuses from Harvard University to the University of California, Berkeley,” the WSJ reported.
In a similar fashion, politicians, foundations and corporate magnates also fund professors to perform “research” into “man-made climate change” which almost always reaches the existing consensus that it’s a threat only global government can handle.
The arguments claiming “the science is settled” and “97% of scientists believe in global warming” are appealing to authority fallacies that are easily debunked given the Google revelations.
And those were nearly the same arguments tobacco companies were making decades ago when they were funding scientists to downplay health risks associated with smoking.
“Research and other professional activities are professionally rewarded only if they are channeled in certain directions approved by a politicized academic establishment - funding, ease of getting your papers published, getting hired in prestigious positions, appointments to prestigious committees and boards, professional recognition, etc.,”revealed climatologist Dr. Judith Curry, who once held a tenured position at Georgia Tech before resigning in disgust.
Simply put, academia is not independent but is rather just one tentacle of a vast network of politicians and conformists in finance, media and entertainment who all work in unison to push agendas that originated from the private meetings of the world’s power players.
They’re motivated by the feelings of prestige that comes with joining the upper echelons of society that, unknown to them, only leads to decline of civilization thanks to the heavy burden this predatory class places on productive people who are the real sources of human innovation.
It’s an inherent maxim of social climbers to abandon independent thought out of fear of public disapproval, and that’s why the elites use them to push “global warming” and other propaganda meant to empower the state despite leading to an empty shell of civilization.
Why The Rust Belt Just Gave Donald Trump A Hero’s Welcome + Jared Kushner Denies Russian Collusion: Trump Won Because He ‘Had A Better Message And Ran A Smarter Campaign’ July 28 2017 | From: NewYorkPost / Breitbart / Various
Youngstown, Ohio - This town was on fire. By 1 in the afternoon on Tuesday, every main thoroughfare downtown was filled with happy people heading toward the Covelli Centre.
Folks dressed in red, white and blue crisscrossed the main grids as vendors sold “Make America Great Again” ball caps, American flags and bottles of water.
Thousands had filled the gravel parking lot to wait until the doors opened at 4, license plates revealing they had traveled from as far as Indiana, Michigan, Pennsylvania and West Virginia to see the president speak directly to them in this Rust Belt city.
Music played on almost every corner as Donald Skowron, a retired Youngstown police officer, drove his green pickup truck up and down Champion Street - in the back, a 6-by-8-foot homemade wooden Trump-Pence sign straddling the bed of the truck, with two large Trump flags flowing from the top.
“I am very happy with the president’s performance so far,” said Skowron. “He has set the exact tone I was looking for, although I’ll be honest, I wish he didn’t tweet all of the time, but that is hardly anything to complain.”
John Lawrence wears a shirt celebrating Trump's inauguration earlier this year while dancing and waiting for the president to arrive in Youngstown, Ohio, on Tuesday night
Skowron said he is encouraged by reading about Trump’s constant meetings with industry leaders as well as union and trade members in trying to understand how to create jobs:
“We have a president invested in trying to navigate between the people who create jobs and the men and women doing the jobs and how repealing regulations help both.”
Six months after Donald J. Trump was inaugurated as the 45th president of the United States, he received a hero’s welcome in this town. The festive scene made a counter-visual to the daily nonstop press reports about investigations into members of his inner circle, Russian interference in last year’s election and the debate over ObamaCare.
On Monday, police said the advance ticket request of over 20,000 had exceeded the 6,000-seat capacity of the center, prompting the event coordinators to put a large screen outside the center for the overflow crowd.
Dave Torrance, from Hermitage, Pa., had left early in the morning with three of his friends to see Trump. Torrance, 71, wore a blue ball cap with “American Patriot” embroidered across the top and a navy T-shirt with an American flag across the front.
Torrance, who is black, says he gets his fair share of criticism from folks when they find out whom he supports. He got more when he told them he was driving to see him in person at the rally.
“They don’t understand why I think he is doing OK,” he said. “They don’t think because I am black that I should support him. I am polite about it, but I tell them that politics isn’t about color, it is about accomplishments, and I think Trump is doing the right things.”
Torrance finds Trump’s approach to governing “refreshing.” He is disappointed in people’s reaction to Trump’s presidency.
“I don’t care for the hatred directed towards him or the people who supported him. There have been plenty of presidents I did not vote for, but I always want them to be successful so that our country is successful,” he said.
Exactly six months in, Torrance is happy with the choice of Neil Gorsuch for the Supreme Court, the repeal of regulations that hurt industry and the overall feeling of “being part of something bigger than myself,” he said.
“Yes, of course we need to look into things, but I am tired of the information being delivered in a way that says to me the only reason you voted for Donald Trump was because the Russians interfered,” she said. “That is so far from true. I had made my mind up on my own, not by any misleading internet ads.”
Jewell says she too would like to see people give him and his ideas a chance and get past his tough veneer.
“He is exactly who we wanted, someone fresh, different, not a politician. He says things that people don’t want to hear, and that, I think, has been the biggest adjustment for the people who didn’t vote for him,” she said.
Youngstown is a good representation of the towns that have felt left behind in America for the past few decades. Trump has punctuated that in the three previous visits he has made in Mahoning County since announcing his bid for the Republican nomination.
Internet Goes Wild For Trump’s Relationship To Tesla
Does Trump know secrets of hidden technology? Owen Shroyer takes calls about everyone attacking trump over the silliest things on the net.
Each time he comes here, he has drawn supporters from nearby Ohio cities, as well as West Virginia and Pennsylvania - all areas filled with struggling former manufacturing towns down on their knees but not down for the count.
“Trump has shown that he is interested in these people, they represent the people of the Youngstowns across the country that he connected with during the campaign and still connects with today now that he is president,” said Paul Sracic, a political science professor at Youngstown State University, who was standing in the crowd watching the festivities.
“This is like a tailgate before a Steelers game,” he said.
“Coming here is not just about Youngstown. This is a small city, but Youngstown symbolizes sort of that blue-collar working-class community that has seen better days. When Trump comes here, he’s not only talking to voters here. He’s talking to similarly situated voters across the country,” Sracic added.
A very similar approach to the one Bruce Springsteen took with his blue-collar ballad “Youngstown” or Billy Joel with “Allentown” - out-of-work steelworkers, their family members and their communities across the country saw themselves in those ballads.
“The struggles of those voters and the theme, the division between the wealthy and Washington and the working class, are universal to those experiencing the impact,” said Sracic.
The big story in Youngstown goes beyond the loss of jobs. It is the loss of the next generation to remain here and continue the American dream that their parents and grandparents started.
One MAGA-fan of the president's decked out his SUV in American flags and every Trump-themed sticker or sign he could find ahead of Tuesday's rally
“What really bothers people is the connection between jobs and community,” Sracic added. “
The Youngstown community has been falling apart because there aren’t enough jobs here to keep the kids here. In Trump, they finally got somebody who seems to get the fact that this is a problem.”
Sracic said for Trump, there is no downside to taking time out to give a speech in eastern Ohio.
“This makes complete sense from all aspects of politics; this is the kind of place that Trump needs to be,” he said. “This is his base of support and these are the voters that he stole from the Democrats in November of 2016.”
Trump did not win Mahoning County last November, but he made it shockingly close; Hillary Clinton received 49.3 percent of the vote to Trump’s 46.4 percent. He didn’t make the country red, but he took a solid blue county and turned it purple.
Barack Obama won here big in both 2008 and 2012; he beat Republican nominee John McCain by 30 percentage points in 2008 and Mitt Romney by 28 points four years later.
“or Trump to come under two points of beating her is an incredible swing away from the Democratic Party in a county that hasn’t gone for a Republican since Richard Nixon was re-elected in 1972,” said Sracic.
Sandy Gall was spending her 60th birthday at the Trump rally. The Pittsburgher, who lives in an upper-middle-class suburb with her husband, Michael, a financial planner, was huddled with friends inside the Covelli Centre hours before the event started.
A supporter holds up a sign as President Donald Trump speaks at the Covelli Centre
“I was so excited, I have been up since 6 a.m. and ready to get here,” she said.
The Galls find their support for Trump has only grown. “I can’t believe that I would like him more, but I do,” she said.
Michael Gall concurred.
“I don’t think that people who did not support him understand that. They still haven’t accepted he won, then they watch the news and they think, ‘Oh, well, we have come to our senses,’ ” he said.
“The truth is, we see him through a different filter than them. We are still hopeful, optimistic and thrilled with his leadership.”
As the last stragglers made their way toward the center, a handful of protesters with loudspeakers shouted in their ears as they passed by. There were no confrontations; in fact, most of the attendees smiled at them.
One of the last people in line before the event began was Annie Rose, 16, with her mother, Mary.
“We traveled all the way from Defiance, Ohio,” she said of the four-hour trip across the state.
“My daughter wanted to see the president,” Mary said. “She is so excited about him and politics, I thought it was important.”
They both slipped quickly into the event, the daughter’s jeans hand-decorated neatly with Ohio, America and Trump decals, two broad smiles on their faces.
Jared Kushner Denies Russian Collusion: Trump Won Because He ‘Had A Better Message And Ran A Smarter Campaign’
White House senior adviser Jared Kushner denied colluding with Russia Monday afternoon, saying in a rare public statement that his father-in-law Donald Trump won the 2016 presidential election because he “had a better message and ran a smarter campaign.”
Kushner spoke outside the White House after testifying for about two hours at a closed Senate Intelligence Committee hearing, after earlier having denied accusations of Russian conclusions in a statement Monday morning ahead of his testimony.
Jared Kushner Speaks After Senate Intelligence Meeting
Responding to reports of his alleged dealing with Russian ambassador Sergey Kislyak, Kushner had said he was “highly skeptical” such calls with Kislyak took place. In the 11-page statement, he firmly denied any collusion with Russia and made similar remarks in his statement at the White House.
“Let me be clear, I did not collude with Russia, nor do I know of anyone in the campaign who did so,” Kushner said.
“I had no improper contacts, I have not relied on Russian funds for my businesses, and I have been fully transparent in providing all requested information.”
In the short statement, he said that serving President Trump and the American people “has been the privilege of a lifetime.”
He also took a swipe at Democrats, including Hillary Clinton, who have suggested that Trump won in part due to Russian interference in the election.
“Donald Trump had a better message and ran a smarter campaign, and that is why he won. Suggesting otherwise ridicules those who voted for him,” he said.
Kushner will appear Tuesday to testify at a House Intelligence Committee hearing on the same topic.
Kushner has been in the spotlight partly over his participation in a meeting in June 2016 that also featured Donald Trump Jr. and a Russian lawyer allegedly linked to the Kremlin. Trump Jr. says he took the meeting in the belief that it would provide opposition research about Hillary Clinton - although this turned out not to be the case.
Some media outlets also focused on the fact that Kushner’s filings for security clearance required updating to include the number of contacts he had with officials of foreign governments.
In his statement early Monday, he said that his assistant accidentally filed the questionnaire while it was still being prepared. He eventually disclosed more than 100 contacts with officials from over 20 countries.
The Outside And The Inside July 28 2017 | From: WakingTimes
We’re all outsiders and insiders in various respects. Social circles, generally speaking, are just one aspect but they often affect us to drastic degrees.
Acceptance by others and needing a sense of “belonging” are strong driving forces in most people’s lives. Sometimes these coincide with our need for a sense of purpose, but often what ultimately drives our heart can alienate us from previous surroundings as we progress through life.
I know for myself my close acquaintances that I still resonate with have narrowed down drastically, but then again I’ve had several drastic shifts. But this has always been the case in my life, with each new paradigm dissolution or correction, as many have experienced.
Going through what appears to be loneliness in taking a new direction and leaving the old life behind is a precious opportunity. In most cases we don’t see that as the case when we’re younger and learning about this earthly place and getting knocked around by this mechanistic matrix, but we get the hang of it as life progresses.
Social conditioning and group consciousness are weird things to integrate and fully grasp, and often even individual changes are part of a larger shift and new “collectives” form outside the old ones with new awarenesses arising.
These then gain their own group characteristics which in turn are broken out of in various ways, sometimes shifting the “group” think and status, and sometimes birthing another potential tectonic shift in awareness.
Control Systems
What’s evident in most collectives is the formation of new sets of stated or unstated control mechanisms, mores, and regulations for a host of reasons. Religions are a great example, how a system with the stated intention to liberate and empower actually becomes a highly controlled diversion from real truth, giving the illusion of freedom.
How we allow these encrusted, paralytic structures to do what they do is a massive subject, but we essentially draw these upon ourselves as a personal extension of our own lack of awareness of ourselves. We can be free, and are, at any and all given times, yet we succumb to external control for a wide variety of reasons.
These are fundamentally driven by fear – a literal fear of freedom, of what we consider to be the “unknown”, because it directly implies taking responsibility. This can be largely driven by fear of scarcity – being without our basic needs for food, shelter and community.
As long as that’s the driving force, humanity is a sitting duck for anyone seeking to manipulate the controls in any way possible.
The amazing and wondrous truth underlying any social system is that any and all control mechanisms can be easily thrown off in a heartbeat by not falling for the illusion of fear.
Fear is another huge subject as it permeates so many of our mental and emotional mechanisms and eludes recognition for what it is, being so deeply woven into the lower vibrational human fabric and our fascination for it which can lure us in without our realizing it.
Are You a True Outcast?
If so, treasure it. In fact cherish it. There’s freedom there. You don’t want to be “accepted” or on the inside of any confinement system in this low dimension. In fact, just about everything we experience in this realm of limitation is a potential trap, no matter how innocuous anything may seem.
Anything that limits or even hints at conditions and restrictions, watch out. If it encloses, encircles, is conditional and draws unnecessary boundaries, it’s not your friend and it’s time to make tracks outta there.
It’s just another control system within the overarching control matrix, no matter how cleverly disguised. We draw these conditions upon our unawakened selves. Layers upon layers of them. But we’re getting there as we work our way out of the cocoon we were born into and our wings of truly awakened flight develop.
Once we bend to conformity we’ve lost our edge. Living truly consciously is an open agreement to be freewheeling together, which is a whole different “story”.
That’s when what’s essential connects us and remains the focus. Otherwise any and every new normalcy bias will take control, pick up on social as well as negative spiritual rules and “norms”, and quash true freedom of expression individually and collectively.
Just look how imagination is treated like a fanciful flight into fantasy, when it’s actually our highest expression of creativity.
Being your true individual heart-led self might seem to be “lonely” at first but just give it time. A whole new world will open up to you. The seeming loss of old, restricting and conditional acquaintances and surroundings is a small price to pay to explore the boundless nature of existence.
Why?
So why do such an “uncomfortable” thing as to be your true sovereign self? It depends on where your head and heart are at and what your priorities are. What’s more important to you? Truth, or comfort just surviving in someone else’s construct, group or otherwise?
We live in our own shadows or that of others when we could be basking in the light, if we’re willing to step out. Aren’t you tired of the same old stories, including your own? It’s not that hard, it just takes a little honesty with yourself and you’re off and running. But don’t stop. There’s always new enclosures seeking to trip you off into another new construct.
It’s fear that keeps us confined. Fear of many things, most of which are intensely reinforced by this group agreement called society. And fear is all based on lies, complete lies.
It’s more obvious by the day that the world doesn’t need to be the way it is, yet the personal implications of our own responsibility regarding this group projection continue to escape most.
The wonderfully empowering reality is that as we honestly pursue truth these energizing and liberating dynamics take hold no matter what.
Truth is not popular, especially when it touches on cherished beliefs or sensitive personal issues. It’s very painful at first, even though it liberates the true essence of who we truly are.
No worries, it only means constant change. And wow, the worlds that open up are beyond comprehension!
Stay on the outside. The infinite knows no boundaries.
“Being an outsider to some extent, someone who does not “fit in” with others or is rejected by them for whatever reason, makes life difficult, but it also places you at an advantage as far as enlightenment is concerned. It takes you out of unconsciousness almost by force.”
- Eckhart Tolle
Elon Musk Unveils Apocalyptic Vision For The World + Bill Gates’ New Population Control Microchip Due For Launch In 2018 July 27 2017 | From: ZeroHedge / TheSleuthJournal / Various
Elon Musk is no stranger to futurecasting a foreboding dystopia ahead for mankind, as we noted recently.
But during a speech he gave today at the National Governors Association Summer Meeting in Rhode Island, Musk turned up the future-fearmongery amplifier to '11'.
10 Secrets About America that Will Make You Wonder Where All the Freedom Went
http://www.wakingtimes.com/2017/07/13/10-secrets-america-will-make-wonder-freedom-went/
As a reminder, in the past, when he was asked about whether humans are living inside a computer simulation, Musk made headlines last year by saying he thinks the chances are one in billions that we aren’t.
“The strongest argument for us probably being in a simulation I think is the following: 40 years ago we had Pong - two rectangles and a dot,” Musk stated.
“That’s where we were. Now 40 years later we have photorealistic, 3D simulations with millions of people playing simultaneously and it’s getting better every year. And soon we’ll have virtual reality, we’ll have augmented reality.
If you assume any rate of improvement at all, then the games will become indistinguishable from reality, just indistinguishable.”
Here Musk is referring to the exponential growth of technology, the lynchpin of the Singularity theory.
Vancouver Police Are Using Prediction Technology For Pre Crime Arrests
Remember the film Minority Report? well the Vancouver Police Department has just made that fictional concept a reality for Canadians as they have just become the first police force in all of Canada to implement new crime prediction technology.
In this video Dan Dicks of Press For Truth outlines the lies and contradictions displayed by the VPD as well as the obvious and not so obvious potential areas for abuse with this new technology.
If in 40 years we’ve gone from the two-dimensional pong to the cusp of augmented and virtual reality, imagine where we’ll be in another forty, or a hundred, or 400. And that is where he began today...
But today, Musk discussed a broad range of topics from energy sources in the future...
"It's inevitable," Musk said, speaking of shift to sustainable energy. "But it matters if it happens sooner or later."
As for those pushing some other type of fusion, Musk notes that the sun is a giant fusion reactor in the sky.
"It's really reliable," he said. "It comes up every day. if it doesn't we've got (other) problems)."
To Tesla's share price:
Musk said he has been on record several times as saying its stock price:
"Is higher than we have any right to deserve" especially based on current and past performance.
"The stock price obviously reflects a lot of optimism on where we will be in the future," he said. "Those expectations sometimes get out of control. I hate disappointing people, I am trying really hard to meet those expectations."
Musk added that he won't be selling any stock "unless I have to for taxes," and said"I'm going down with the ship... I'll be the last [to sell]."
Musk addressed government regulation and incentives:
“It sure is important to get the rules right," Musk said. "Regulations are immortal. They never die unless somebody actually goes and kills them. A lot of times regulations can be put in place for all the right reasons but nobody goes back and kills them because they no longer make sense."
Musk also focused on the importance of incentives, saying whatever societies incentivize tends to be what happens. "It's economics 101,"he said.
And what drives him:
"I want to be able to think about the future and feel good about that, to dream what we can to have the future be as good as possible. To be inspired by what is likely to happen and to look forward to the next day. How do we make sure things are great? That's the underlying principle behind Tesla and SpaceX."
Within 20 years, he said driving a car will be like having a horse (i.e. rare and totally optional). "There will not be a steering wheel."
“There will be people that will have non-autonomous cars, like people have horses,”he said.
“It just would be unusual to use that as a mode of transport.”
But what started off as the latest sales pitch for electric cars quickly devolved into a bizarre rant that among other things, touched on Elon Musk's gloomy, apocalyptic vision of how the world could end... (via ReCode)
Musk called on the government to proactively regulate artificial intelligence before things advance too far.
“Until people see robots going down the street killing people, they don’t know how to react because it seems so ethereal,” he said.
“AI is a rare case where I think we need to be proactive in regulation instead of reactive. Because I think by the time we are reactive in AI regulation, it’s too late.”
“Normally the way regulations are set up is a while bunch of bad things happen, there’s a public outcry, and after many years a regulatory agency is set up to regulate that industry,” he continued.
“It takes forever. That, in the past, has been bad but not something which represented a fundamental risk to the existence of civilization. AI is a fundamental risk to the existence of human civilization.”
Musk has been concerned about AI for years, and he’s working on technology that would connect the human brain to the computer software meant to mimic it.
Full interview below (Musk begins talking around 42 minutes in)...
Introducing the New Chair's Initiative "Ahead of the Curve"
Bill Gates’ New Population Control Microchip Due For Launch In 2018
Multi-billionaire Bill Gates has developed a new microchip, along with researchers at MIT, that will allow for adjustments to be made to a person’s hormone levels via remote control, in a bid to reduce the planet’s population.
The Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation has been working in conjunction with a small Massachusetts startup to develop the “digital pill” that will enable women’s fertility to be switched on or off, remotely, with the touch of a button.
The new “digital version of the contraceptive” pill will be tested in Africa this year where the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation has spent years developing vaccination and family planning programs.
Following testing, the microchips are due to be rolled out globally in 2018 with “every woman in America” replacing their regular contraceptive pill with the new remote-controlled chips, according to Gates.
According to the Guardian, the chip is implanted under the skin and releases small doses of the contraceptive hormone levonorgestrel on a daily basis, with enough capacity to last 16 years.
Gates And Zuckerberg Push For Breakaway Technocratic Civilization
Top globalists want to enslave humanity using suppressed technology.
Alex Jones breaks down the globalists’ goal of a breakaway civilization after they have successfully gotten rid of the what they consider excess humanity.
About the same size as a Scrabble tile, it houses a series of micro-reservoirs covered by an ultra-thin titanium and platinum seal.The hormone is released by passing a small electric current from an internal battery through the seal, which melts it temporarily, allowing a 30 microgram dose of levonorgestrel to seep out each day.
And it can be simply switched off by a wireless remote, avoiding the clinical procedures needed to deactivate other contraceptive implants.
“The ability to turn the device on and off provides a certain convenience factor for those who are planning their family,” says MIT’s Dr. Robert Farra, adding that “the idea of using a thin membrane like an electric fuse was the most challenging and the most creative problem we had to solve.”
But just as hackers can spoof wifi remotes to operate neighbors’ garage doors and flip their TV channels, could a remote-controlled contraceptive open the floodgates for a new form of ovarian hacking?
“Someone across the room cannot reprogramme your implant,”says Farra.
“Communication with the implant has to occur at skin contact-level distance. Then we have secure encryption. That prevents someone from trying to interpret or intervene between the communications.”
The idea for micro-dispensing chips was first developed in the 1990s by Professor Robert Langer at MIT, the founder of innumerable biotech companies and holder of more than 800 patents, known in the industry as “the most cited engineer in history”.
His lab caught the attention of Bill Gates in 2012, during his search for a revolution in birth control (which has already spawned plans for a graphene condom), and Langer subsequently leased the technology to Microchips, a company already working on a micro-dosing implant for osteoporosis.
Langer says that the implant will be available by 2018, once the coming trials are complete, and that the device will be “competitively priced” in a bid to ensure it replaces conventional contraception.
Bill Gates Admits Vaccines Are Used for Human Depopulation
Bill Gates: "The world today has 6.8 billion people...now if we do a really great job on new vaccines, healthcare, reproductive health services, we could lower that (number) by perhaps 10 or 15%." "Vaccines are something I love".
The New World Order
Bill Gates recently caused controversy after he spoke out about the immigration crisis in Europe saying that the continent will be "devastated by African refugees" unless severe and immediate action is taken to reduce the population in Africa.
This has left many questioning Gates' motives behind his vaccination programs after the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation had previously been accused of secretly sterilizing millions of women in Africa by doctors in Kenya after abortion drugs were discovered in Tetanus vaccines.
The program, which is funded by Bill Gates, has been accused of conducting a mass depopulation experiment on the people of Kenya without their consent.
Gun Control Is Not About Safety - It Is About The Deep State Fascists Controlling The Dumbed-Down Public July 27 2017 | From: PhiBetaIota
Alert reader points out that gun control death percentage is off by a 4 zeros. It should be 0.009%
There are 30,000 gun related deaths per year by firearms, and this number is not disputed. U.S. population 324,059,091 as of Wednesday, June 22, 2016.
Do the math: 0.000000925% of the population dies from gun related actions each year. Statistically speaking, this is insignificant!
What is never told, however, is a breakdown of those 30,000 deaths, to put them in perspective as compared to other causes of death:
65% of those deaths are by suicide which would never be prevented by gun laws
15% are by law enforcement in the line of duty and justified
17% are through criminal activity, gang and drug related or mentally ill persons – gun violence
3% are accidental discharge deaths
So technically, “gun violence” is not 30,000 annually, but drops to 5,100. Still too many?
Well, first, how are those deaths spanned across the nation?
480 homicides (9.4%) were in Chicago
344 homicides (6.7%) were in Baltimore
333 homicides (6.5%) were in Detroit
119 homicides (2.3%) were in Washington D.C. (a 54% increase over prior years)
So basically, 25% of all gun crime happens in just 4 cities. All 4 of those cities have strict gun laws, so it is not the lack of law that is the root cause.
This basically leaves 3,825 for the entire rest of the nation, or about 75 deaths per state. That is an average because some States have much higher rates than others. For example, California had 1,169 and Alabama had 1.
Now, who has the strictest gun laws by far? California, of course, but understand, so it is not guns causing this. It is a crime rate spawned by the number of criminal persons residing in those cities and states.
So if all cities and states are not created equally, then there must be something other than the tool causing the gun deaths.
Are 5,100 deaths per year horrific? How about in comparison to other deaths? All death is sad and especially so when it is in the commission of a crime but that is the nature of crime. Robbery, death, rape, assault all is done by criminals and thinking that criminal wills obey laws is ludicrous. That’s why they are criminals.
But what about other deaths each year?
40,000+ die from a drug overdose - THERE IS NO EXCUSE FOR THAT!
36,000 people die per year from the flu, far exceeding the criminal gun deaths
34,000 people die per year in traffic fatalities (exceeding gun deaths even if you include suicide)
Now it gets good:
200,000+ people die each year (and growing) from preventable medical errors. You are safer in Chicago than when you are in a hospital!
710,000 people die per year from heart disease. It’s time to stop the double cheeseburgers! So what is the point? If Obama and the anti-gun movement focused their attention on heart disease, even a 10% decrease in cardiac deaths would save twice the number of lives annually of all gun-related deaths (including suicide, law enforcement, etc.).
A 10% reduction in medical errors would be 66% of the total gun deaths or 4 times the number of criminal homicides. Simple, easily preventable 10% reductions!
So you have to ask yourself, in the grand scheme of things, why the focus on guns? It’s pretty simple.:
The taking away of guns gives control to governments
The founders of this nation knew that regardless of the form of government, those in power may become corrupt and seek to rule as the British did by trying to disarm the populace of the colonies.
It is not difficult to understand that a disarmed populace is a controlled populace.
Thus, the second amendment was proudly and boldly included in the U.S. Constitution. It must be preserved at all costs.
So the next time someone tries to tell you that gun control is about saving lives, look at these facts and remember these words from Noah Webster:
“Before a standing army can rule, the people must be disarmed, as they are in almost every kingdom in Europe.
The supreme power in America cannot enforce unjust laws by the sword, because the whole body of the people are armed and constitute a force superior to any band of regular troops that can be, on any pretense, raised in the United States.
A military force at the command of a Congress can execute no laws, but such as the people perceive to be just and constitutional; for they will possess the power.”
Remember, when it comes to “gun control,” the important word is “control,” not “gun.”
Former Mainstream Media Journalist Blows Whistle On 9/11 And Fukushima July 26 2017 | From: TheMindUnleashed
Few have put their lives on the line as journalist Benjamin Fulford has done.
Going from the peak of his journalistic career, a massive salary and access to almost any door he wanted open, the former Asia-Pacific Bureau Chief of Forbes Magazine stepped away in disagreement of massive censoring and has since started reporting on geopolitical events that certain “elites” wish he would not.
Blowing the whistle on a wide variety of topics, including 9/11 and Fukushima, Fulford has drawn the attention of many around the world and has even survived 5 assassination attempts.
The Mind Unleashed was fortunate to be able to interview Mr. Fulford.
1. What is your education and journalistic background Benjamin?
My educational background is varied. I went to grade school in Mexico and Canada and studied in Spanish and English.
My high school was in French. When I was 17 I went to the Amazon and studied under a Shipibo shaman on the banks of the Ucuyali river in Northern Peru. My university education was Sophia University in Tokyo and the University of British Columbia in Vancouver, Canada.
My degree is in Asian studies with a China area specialty. However, since I took about 10 years worth of undergraduate courses I think of myself as a generalist.
2. You also speak multiple languages, yes?
Yes. Native or near native in English, Japanese, French and Spanish. Conversational ability in Mandarin and the various romance languages.
3. Being with such a well known media company (Forbes), what caused you to leave your job?
There were many reasons but mainly it had to do with censorship.
When Citibank was kicked out of Japan because they were caught money laundering for crime gangs, Forbes would not run the story even though my sources were Finance Ministry officials speaking on the record.
The final straw was when they asked me to do a story about a computer virus software company.
I went to the Philippines to visit their laboratories and while there I went to visit the creator of the “I love you” virus that caused billions of dollars worth of damage.
He claimed the anti-virus company paid him to make the virus.
I thought I had a big scoop but my editors refused to run the story because they thought I was becoming “unreliable.”
Then Mr. Nakagawa, the business manager in Japan told me the real reason the story was cancelled was because the head of the anti-virus company paid Steve Forbes $500,000 to kill my story. That was the last straw for me.
However, it was a very scary thing to give up that regular fat monthly paycheck and the prestigious name card that opened so many doors. I can understand why many corporate journalists put up with censorship and control just so they can keep up their lifestyles.
4. You’ve stated that the Japanese royal family showed you evidence that 9/11 was an inside job and that this was sort of your big “wake up call.” Can you elaborate on that?
I was planning to publish a book exposing the corruption in Japan. The day after I sent the first two chapters to my agent I got a call from Kaoru Nakamaru, a cousin of Emperor Hirohito who told me “I know a lot about the dark side of Japan but I understand nothing about the dark side of the West.”
We met and she asked me not to publish the book because that is not what I really wanted to do in my heart. Then she gave me a 911 video.
My thought at the time was “this is one of those anti-semitic conspiracy videos I read about in the New York Times.” I was thus reluctant to even look at it. However, when I did, it really opened my eyes and set me on a path of intensive research into the historical truth of false flags over the ages.
6. You’ve also been very vocal about Fukishima being an intentional crime against humanity . Can you please elaborate on that?
First of all the Japanese authorities were warned in advance of March 11, 2011 by an Australian government agent going by the code name Richard Sorge (now Alexander Romanov) that a 500 kiloton nuclear weapon stolen from the Russian submarine Kursk in 2000 had been smuggled into Japan for the purpose of nuclear terror against that country. Sorge also told me and I wrote about it.
Sorge was a drug smuggler into Japan for over 20 years and went to the authorities when a nuclear weapon was sent together with his usual drug shipment.
The bomb was first taken to former Prime Minister Yasuhiro Nakasone’s property in Hinodecho in Western Tokyo. It was then taken to the North Korean citizen’s association building. Later, according to Takamasa Kawase of Japanese military intelligence, the bomb was taken aboard the deep sea drilling ship Chikyu.
Local news reports confirm the Chikyu was drilling deep into the seabed at the exact epicenters of the Fukushima earthquake prior to March 11, 2011 (or 311 as they call it in Japan).
After the Tsunami and nuclear attack on Japan, a Christian Pastor by the name of Paolo Izumi was approached by a member of the Japanese self defense forces who said he was part of a 15 member crew that dismantled the bomb into 5 smaller nuclear devices and that these were drilled into the seabed by the Chikyu prior to 311.
He thought at the time he was paricipating in earthquake research.
After the terrorist attack, his colleagues were all murdered so he sought shelter from his Pastor. The person is now being protected under the witness protection program and is willing to testify in public about what happened.
There is a lot more to this so please do a news search to see my previous articles on the subject. [Editor’s note: Benjamin asked that this book be read and shared by viewers of this interview.]
7. So this is some sort of global elite that have helped to orchestrate 9/11 and Fukushima?
The forensic trail of evidence led to Peter Hanz Kolvenbach, the former head of the Jesuits and the P2 Freemason lodge in Italy.
Black Popes: Adolpho Nicholas and Peter-Hans Kolvenbach
These people are aiming for a fascist world government under their control.
8. You were the first journalist (to my knowledge) to publicly write about what is known as the global collateral accounts. Can you explain what these accounts are and some of their history, well as their intended purpose?
Again that would require a book on its own.
The short version is that since Roman times the West sent gold and silver to Asia in exchange for silk, ceramics and spices. This meant that about 85% of the world’s precious metals ended up in Asia, mostly under the control of various Asian royal dynasties.
This gold was used to back up the Bretton Woods system. However, when the West broke its promises to have a Marshal plan for the whole world and only applied it to the G7 countries under their control, the gold was cut off.
The US thus ran out of gold in the early 1970’s which led to the Nixon shock when the US dollar was taken off the gold standard and put on the oil standard.
The petrodollar standard is now being replaced once again with a gold standard but the process is not complete and there is a continuing stand off between the West, who have the Euro, US Dollar and Yen printing presses and the Asians, who have the gold.
9. In August of 2011, you wrote about a meeting that took place off the coast of Monaco between a man named Neil Keenan and 57 financial representatives from various countries around the world. What was that meeting about and why was it so important?
Basically an alliance was formed with backing from US military white hats to try to take control of the global financial system away from the elite Western bloodline families I refer to as the Khazarian mafia.
10. So essentially, there is a large international alliance that is opposing a one world order?
They are not opposed to a world united by friendship and the rule of law. They are opposed to a world fascist dictatorship controlled by Satan worshiping elite bloodlines.
The anti-Russian hysteria on the part of the Khazarians is due to the fact they were kicked out of Russia and Russia is now undergoing a big Christian revival.
11. What are some sources that you receive your intelligence from?
My sources are many and varied but include people in the P2 Freemason lodge, the FSB, the NSA, the Gnostic Illuminati, the CIA, US military Intelligence, the various Japanese crime gangs, Asian secret societies, Japanese military intelligence, the North Koreans, etc.
I have been a reporter here for 30 years which means I have developed a comprehensive set of contacts.
12. So there are many people within the intelligence community around the world who are working quietly and are also part of this international alliance seeking to end the corruptive power systems of our world?
Yes indeed there is.
13. You’ve stated that you’ve had 5 attempts at your life. Clearly, “they” don’t like that you’re putting out such revealing information on a weekly basis.
The five murder attempts include:
Being poisoned in Italy by Vincenzo Mazzara, a cavalier of the teutonic knights and a senior member of the P2 freemason lodge.
Grandmaster of Italy's notorious P2 masonic lodge who was implicated in some of Italy's biggest post-war political and financial scandals
An attempt to shoot me by Japanese gangsters in Sakhalin, Russia.
Multiple attempts to murder me in Osaka by Japanese gangsters paid to do so by Rothschild Agent Michael Greenberg
An attempted attack with a heart attack inducing electronic device on a subway in Tokyo.
Being stabbed with a poison needle by Mutsuaki Okubo, a North Korean agent.
14. Some people say that you’re disinformation because certain things have not come to pass that you’ve written about. However, many things have. Can you talk about some of those big events that have?
When people accuse me of being a disinformation agent they are basically calling me a liar which is slander.
What has happened is that my sources have told me certain things are going to happen and they do not always happen as my sources told me they would. In such cases, I was quoting my sources and they were wrong. For example, senior CIA sources kept insisting to me that Joe Biden would be President but it turned out to be Donald Trump.
However, some of my sources accurately predicted events like the Lehman Shock, the overthrow of the Muslim Brotherhood government in Egypt, the Fukushima nuclear terror attack on Japan, etc.
15. So essentially, good things are happening despite a lack of media attention on it?
Good things are definitely happening and that is obvious for all to see.
Only 6% of Americans trust the mainstream media which means they have killed themselves with their constant lies and cover ups.
16. Any other messages you’d like to share with the world or anyone in particular?
Yes, the process of creating and distributing money is the process of deciding what humanity does in the future.
This process should be a transparently run public utility not a private monopoly in the hands of gangsters. We are fighting to free humanity from a horrific regime of babylonian debt slavery and we are winning.
Mars Slave Labour Controversy Builds With More Whistleblower Testimony July 26 2017 | From: Dr. MichaelSalla / Various
Robert David Steele, a former official for both the CIA and US Marine Corps Intelligence, made global headlines when he was interviewed by Alex Jones on June 29, and said that according to his confidential sources, there are slave colonies on Mars using individuals who had been kidnapped from Earth as children.
Steele pointed out that the children were taken to Mars via “a 20 year ride”, the purpose of which was to ensure they were adults who could be put to work upon arrival.
The idea of slave colonies on Mars was first discussed in Alternative 3, a “fiction based on fact” book authored by a former British journalist, Leslie Watkins, which was published in 1978.
He had investigated the extraordinary claims that had been first presented in Alternative 3, an episode of a British television documentary series called Science Report, which aired on June 20, 1977.
Alternative 3 1977
The Alternative 3 television show described how the deterioration of global environmental conditions had led to the major powers, US and USSR, secretly collaborating behind the scenes to ensure survival of the human species. To this end, the US and USSR had secretly established colonies on Mars in the early 1970’s and were populating it by whatever means possible.
The show was declared to be a hoax intended for release on April Fool’s day, but many viewers thought otherwise. This included Watkins whose investigation uncovered more information that led him to writing the book, Alternative 3.
Watkins says that he met with a deep throat source called “Trojan” who supplied alleged documents revealing that the existence of Mars colonies was very real, and people were being secretly taken there, some by force and kidnapping.
For obvious reasons, we cannot reveal the identity of Trojan. Nor can we give any hint about his function or status in the operation. We are completely satisfied, however, that his credentials are authentic and that, in breaking his oath of silence, he is prompted by the most honourable of motives.
He stands in relation to the Alternative 3 conspiracy in much the same position as the anonymous informant ‘Deep Throat’ occupied in the Watergate affair. [Kindle Locations 269-272].
Watkins described two categories of people being taken to Mars according to Trojan:
These professionals, we have now established, have been classifying people selected for the Alternative 3 operation into two categories: those who are picked as individuals and those who merely form part of a ‘batch consignment.’
There have been several ‘batch consignments’ and it is the treatment meted out to most of these men and women which provides the greatest cause for outrage. [Kindle Locations 300-303].
Watkins describes how people taken as part of a “batch consignment” to Mars become a pool of slave labor. He gave as an example a small group of 20 individuals who were forcibly taken there:
Most of the missing 20 were described as being ‘hippy types’ although there were some older people among them.
People of this calibre, we have now discovered, have been what is known as ‘scientifically adjusted’ to fit them for a new role as a slave species. Watkins, Leslie (2015-12-14T22:58:59). ALTERNATIVE 3: The 1978 Cult Sci-Fi Classic Republished with New Material (Kindle Locations 352-354].
In the foreword to the 2015 republished version of his book, Watkins’ son, Graham, provided statistics to help substantiate Watkins’ claim of kidnapped children being taken to Mars in large numbers:
In 2010, 692,941 people were reported missing in the USA alone – 531, 928 under the age of 18 and it must be realised that, if any were destined for Mars, ‘catching ‘em young’ would make sense. The extra working years they had ahead of them more than justified the costs of getting them in the right condition. [Kindle Locations 49-52].
The next researcher to discuss a base on Mars that may have involved slave labor was William Cooper who had served on the intelligence briefing team of the Commander in Chief of the Pacific Fleet from 1970 to 1973. He was given an honorable discharge in 1975, after a 14 year military career with both the US Air Force and Navy.
Cooper said that he had access to U.S. Navy intelligence files and based on what he had seen was able to confirm in a 1989 paper that Alternative 3 was very real, and that a joint US-USSR space program had been set up to ensure continuity of Government.
Cooper said that May 22, 1962 was the date of the first US/USSR landing on Mars, but said he was unable to confirm or deny that batch assignments of human slaves were occurring!
Milton William Cooper about Alternative 3
Also in 1989, an electrics contractor, Al Bielek, came forward to allege that he and another individual (Duncan Cameron) were taken to Mars through a jump room or teleportation device located at Montauk, Long Island, New York. In interviews, Bielek confirmed the accuracy of the Alternative 3 scenario involving the establishment of bases on the surface of Mars for a continuity of species program involving the US and possibly the USSR.
Bielek said he and Cameron were sent by teleportation technology into ancient bases in the interior of Mars on multiple occasions. He described these bases as approximately 20,000 years, built by human looking extraterrestrials and long ago deserted.
Bielek discusses how missing children were used in the Montauk experiments as test subjects. Some of the children were given away as slaves to some extraterrestrial groups. This suggested slave labor was in widespread usage in secret space programs, just as the Alternative 3 book claimed.
The next significant researcher to discuss slave labor being used on Mars was a Bulgarian engineer, Vladimir Terziski, who had gained access to many intelligence documents released during the collapse of communism in Eastern Europe.
During this time, many former Warsaw Pact intelligence officials sold classified documents to make ends meet during a difficult transition period from communism to capitalist societies.
In the early 1990’s, Terziski began giving lectures in the US in which he shared the contents of Nazi SS files that referred to Germany’s secret space program in occupied Europe and Antarctica.
Terziski described how in 1942 the most advanced aerospace technologies were relocated to Antarctica, leaving behind the less developed turbo-jet flying saucer prototypes that had failed to be weaponized for the war effort.
Terziski shared what he learned about Nazi Germany’s secret missions to the Moon and Mars, including the large Haunebu III spacecraft that made the first trip to Mars in April 1945, and was followed by other missions that eventually established German colonies on Mars.
Alleged Nazi SS Document showing Haunebu III Specifications
Terziski refers to slave labor eventually being taken to Mars, just as the Germans had earlier taken thousands of slave laborers to their Antarctica redoubt. Indeed, it was out of Antarctica that the German secret space program reached its fullest potential and the Fourth Reich became a powerful covert force in global affairs.
The scenario described by Terziski is very different to that described in Alternative 3. Those responsible for slave labor on Mars were a German breakaway group operating out of Antarctica, rather than the US/USSR kidnapping people in a feverish attempt to establish a Mars colony out of fear of imminent planetary devastation on Earth.
If Terziski’s account is accurate, then Alternative 3 was designed to reveal part of the truth about slave labor on Mars, but hide the existence of a German breakaway civilization using flying saucer technologies with bases on the Moon, Mars and elsewhere in our solar system.
It’s also possible that the situations described in the Alternative 3 book and Terziski were occurring simultaneously. This would mean that a highly advanced German space program was the first to establish a foothold on Mars in the 1940’s, and was followed two decades later by a joint US/USSR program. Both of these space programs used slave labor, but the German program was presumably the older and more advanced program.
Bielek was followed over a decade later by others making similar claims of being teleported to Mars in secret space program run by US entities. The list includes Michael Relfe (2000), Arthur Neumann (2006), Andy Basiago (2010) and William “Brett” Stillings (2011).
None of these individuals say they witnessed or were exploited as slave labor on Mars. All reported working at or seeing bases on Mars, but none witnessed a German presence.
It was another whistleblower, Corey Goode, in early 2015 who started describing slave labor on Mars that he had directly witnessed during a “20 and back” program from 1987 to 2007 on several occasions when he visited Martian facilities to conduct repairs.
Corey Goode with David Wilcock
Goode says that he took part in an inspection tour of Mars on June 20, 2015 where he saw evidence of abusive treatment of workers who were treated as slave labor.
This coincided with meetings conducted by the British Interplanetary Society discussing such a situation, and the passage of legislation by the US Congress which effectively gave legal protection to companies and officials involved in off-planet slave labor until 2022.
According to Goode, the slave labor practices used on Martian bases was a carry-over from the earlier German colonies.
He says that as a result of secret agreements between the Eisenhower administration and the Germans in Antarctica, the German Mars facilities were transformed into a joint venture led by leading German companies associated with the Fourth Reich, that worked closely with US corporations who provided personnel and resources.
These transnational corporate off-planet projects would in time evolve into what Goode describes as the “Interplanetary Corporate Conglomerate“. The U.S. military would covertly supply personnel to the corporate conglomerate on Mars and elsewhere, similar to how Special Forces personnel are contracted out the CIA for clandestine operations.
The possibility that corporations are deeply involved in secret space programs that use millions of people as slave labor was boosted by the testimony of William Pawelec, a computer operations and programming expert who gave permission for a video interview only to be released after his death – it was posthumously published on December 14, 2010.
Pawelec was involved in the development of RFID tracking chips that could be used to protect children from kidnapping as he described in his video interview:
“At the time in the security industry, a lot of us had a lot of concerns about tracking and locating people that had been kidnapped. Particularly what was going on in Europe at the time where we were having NATO officers, even the Prime Minister of Italy, kidnapped …
These people were drained [of information] or they were brutalized or both… One of the goals of the industry was to develop technology that would allow us to track these people or locate them quickly."
Pawelec described how the Siemens Corporation, a company that used slave labor in Nazi Germany for its weapons programs, produced billions of RFID tracking chips in the early 1980’s.
Siemens set up a Silicon Valley front-company to produce these tracking chips in a manner designed to hide their true purpose – tracking slave labor used in secret space programs by the Interplanetary Corporate Conglomerate, of which Siemens is a very prominent member.
Siemens secret hoard of Human Microchips - USAF contractor William Pawelec
This finally brings us back to Steele’s statement about slave labor on Mars where three confidential sources revealed to him that this really exists, and that children are kidnapped with the intent of eventually being taken to Mars as slave labor. Steele’s information helps corroborate the growing body of research and testimonies which suggests that a flourishing off-planet slave trade exists.
Steele is currently exposing global pedophilia rings that exploit children in schemes used to entrap high level officials so they can be easily controlled by the “Deep State”, or what others describe as the Cabal or Illuminati. It should therefore not come as a great surprise that such exploitation also extends out into deep space and is run by an “Interplanetary Corporate Conglomerate”, as Goode contends.
Secret bases on Mars and elsewhere exploit millions of children and adults as forced labor. Exposing such programs, and corporations such as Siemens involved in them, is a major step in stopping such injustices, bringing the perpetrators to justice, and beginning the process of compensating the many victims of these crimes in space.
Americans Protest ‘Very Fake News’ CNN Outside Of Atlanta Headquarters & “Dying CIA Agent Confesses To Demolition Of WTC-7” Is Actual Fake News July 25 2017 | From: Breitbart / VeteransToday / Various
More than 150 protesters charged the CNN headquarters in Atlanta, Georgia to share their disgust with the network’s peddling of “fake news” against President Trump’s administration.
With signs reading “FNN #FakeNewsNetwork” and others targeting the networks’ advertisers such as AT&T and Microsoft, protesters chanted “CNN fake news!” directly in front of the CNN Centers’ signature logo.
Protesters told Breitbart News that the rally against CNN was an effort to call out the media corporation for its unbalanced coverage of the Trump administration and its targeting of Americans, most specifically the creator of the anti-CNN wrestling match meme that the President tweeted out.
“We are standing up and fighting back against the real damage that CNN is doing to this country today,” Brian Maloney with the Media Equalizer told Breitbart News.
“There are real victims of their smear campaigns … they have an entire team of smear merchants employed for the express purpose of deny this current President any appointees or nominees whatsoever.”
“[Americans’] lives are being destroyed when they are unfairly smeared and targeted, falsely accused of plagiarism, and everything else that has been going on,” Maloney said.
Breitbart News with Brian Maloney of Media Equalizer Outside CNN
Brian Crabtree, a local talk radio show host in Atlanta, told Breitbart News that not only does CNN target the Trump administration unfairly, but he said the network is “destroying” American culture.
“They’re destroying our culture,” Crabtree said. “They’re taking people who consume five to ten minutes of news a day, the average American citizen, they’re filling them full of fake news, fake innuendos, bad information, leading them to a conclusion that this President is something that he’s not.”
“They don’t report that illegal border crossings are down 70 to 80 percent,” Crabtree told Breitbart News of CNN.
“They don’t report that there’s $65 to $80 billion regulations that have evaporated…”
Brietbart News with ATL Radio Host Brian Crabtree outside CNN
The protest against CNN came after the media corporation was slammed for a multitude of scandals. Most recently, three CNN employees were forced to resign, as Breitbart News reported, after releasing a Trump-Russia collusion story that ended up being unfounded.
CNN hosts and reporters were also caught claiming that during the recent G20 Summit in Hamburg, Germany, Trump and Russian President Vladimir Putin held a “secret dinner,”Breitbart News reported. That narrative was repeated by CNN’s Brooke Baldwin, among others, despite not being true.
“Dying CIA Agent Confesses To Demolition Of WTC-7” Is Actual Fake News
If you can’t tell that this is a made-up story from the way it’s written, you need to take your BS detector in for a tune-up. That’s right, Jim Fetzer, this means you!
When Jim was my co-host at FFWN, he occasionally got taken in by hoaxes like this. The “Dying CIA agent confesses to WTC-7” story is just a rewrite of a previous article by the same hoaxer, Jay Greenberg.
Fake News Triples Down On Photoshopped Trump Picture
GOP Republican used a fake image to show he’s friendly with Trump.
In what is one of the strangest developments you will ever see in a Senate race, Republican candidates are sparring over a photoshopped picture, an argument that can only be disastrous for the creator of the fake photo and anyone who endorsed it as real.
These fake news stories catapult the “surely someone would have confessed” anti-truth propaganda meme. Any suckers who might actually believe that the world’s most successful criminals will surely confess to their crimes, for no particular reason except a bad conscience (as if the high-IQ psychopaths hired for these crimes had consciences) will be left holding the bag.
Top globalist corporation looks to shut down Infowars.
Google targets Infowars yet again, this time they’re attempting to shut down The Alex Jones Channel on YouTube.
Bombshell Conspiracy Theories Confirmed As Former Presidential Candidate Warns President Trump: 'They Are Coming For You' & Brennan, Rice, Power - Lock Them Up July 25 2017 | From: AllNewsPipeliine / LewRockwell / Various
While most Americans likely completely missed it, several bombshell 'conspiracy theories' have been confirmed as true over the last few days that should help to clarify where America has been and where we're going despite the intentionally 'muckied waters'.
The hugely overlooked story from Glenn Greenwald over at The Intercept on July 17th reported"one of the most under-discussed yet consequential changes in the American political landscape is the reunion between the Democratic Party and the country’s most extreme and discredited neocons." Long argued by independent news writers and readers that there was very little difference between the two, we read they're now 'getting back together' in the 'age of President Trump'.
“While the rise of Donald Trump, whom neocons loathe, has accelerated this realignment, it began long before the ascension of Trump and is driven by far more common beliefs than contempt for the current president.
A newly formed and, by all appearances, well-funded national security advocacy group, devoted to more hawkish U.S. policies toward Russia and other adversaries, provides the most vivid evidence yet of this alliance.
Calling itself the Alliance for Securing Democracy, the group describes itself as “a bipartisan, transatlantic initiative” that “will develop comprehensive strategies to defend against, deter, and raise the costs on Russian and other state actors’ efforts to undermine democracy and democratic institutions,” and also “will work to publicly document and expose Vladimir Putin’s ongoing efforts to subvert democracy in the United States and Europe.”
While the msm continues to destroy itself by claiming every Russian 'nothing burger' is 'the end of the world' for President Trump, we also see what many have long called 'fake news' being confirmed before our eyes with President Trump's decision to end the US's support of Syrian rebels as reported by the Washington Examiner.
While it had long been confirmed that Obama was arming the so-called 'moderate' rebels in Syria, it was lost on many that in so doing, he was also putting weapons and money into the hands of ISIS and the same terrorists who've declared their intentions to slaughter Americans.
Spy Master: Trump’s Foreign Policy is Being Run by True Masters
An insider’s take on the deep state and Trump.
Dr. Steve Pieczenik and Alex Jones break down why the globalists really hate president Trump and how they will try to control him from within.
As we'd argued time and again, if Obama would simply stop arming them, so much death and destruction could be avoided in Syria and across the world. Many argued the program didn't even exist. Fake news some called it. We hear more about Trump's decision to stop arming the so-called 'moderate' rebels in the 2nd video below.
While fake news the Washington Post reports 'this is a momentous decision, Putin won in Syria', we say the world won and common sense won as its not our place to determine what happens in Syria. The mess that Syria became was clearly a 'new world order' decision, an Obama decision, a Hillary Clinton decision and a 'neocon' decision.
What President Trump did yesterday was make a decision that helps to restore sanity to a world long in need of it.
And yes, to the many who truly believed that the US would never arm the very rebels who are slaughtering people around the world and who long called such a statement 'fake news', Trump's move to end support to the rebels in Syria, to end what was once a 'covert program' that everybody knew about might come as a major shock.
No more tinfoil hats needed, a 'conspiracy theory' confirmed.
With it now quite obvious to those paying attention that for many, many years, there has been no real differences between most of the Democrats and Republicans who were clearly on the 'same team' but wearing 'different uniforms', the fact that Trump has almost single-handedly taken down both sides during the election, causing them to 'regroup' as Greenwald reports, while now shutting down an Obama-era program that armed our enemies shows 'winship' all around.
And we shouldn't be surprised that the msm will label this a 'win for Russia' as they've long pushed the Russia narrative until they've left readers running for the hills.
As we hear in this 1st video, while President Trump isn't perfect, he's proven to us that he's a fighter for America and judging by the enemies he's made, it's clear his fight is real.
Former Congressman and ex-Presidential Candidate Dr.Ron Paul
Paul warns us and President Trump that the neocons and globalists are struggling desperately to hold on to their power over the world and the American people and as we read in Johnson's story, there's long been a plan to take down America and if they can't collapse us internally, they'll attack us externally.
We can see Congressman Paul's and Johnson's warnings coming true before our very eyes:
“From within and from without. Before our very eyes, we are seeing actions taking place both within the U.S. domestically and outside of it. The scripted plans were set into motion decades ago, and are seeing fruition now, with increases in activities leading toward the planned downfall of the U.S.
The architects follow a very “Orwellian” pattern: it isn’t important who takes the reins of power, if that power is used to promulgate the continually leftward-moving paradigm shift and the continuance of power. These oligarchs are globalists who wish to remove the national boundaries except to use the governments in an administrative fashion to control the masses.
First the U.S. Any country that has a Constitution such as ours that recognizes the rights of its citizens to be armed…. oh, that country has to go.
They’re collapsing the economy, and shaping it to be more interdependent with Europe and the rest of the world.
The President is under attack from every angle, as the Marxists force him up against the ropes, never able to come forth with an attack of his own.
They are checkmating him at every angle. In the meantime, the policies of Obama are still in place outside of the country.
We are still bolstering ISIS and trying to oust Assad in Syria (Written before Trump's recent announcement). The New Cold War is forming, and we have flashpoints in Syria, Ukraine, and North Korea that could lead to a war with the drop of a hat. If they can’t collapse it internally, they’ll attack the U.S. externally.
Civil unrest, economic collapse, and an attack on the current administration are the vehicles used to promote the fall of the U.S. domestically. Warfare (initiated by a foreign nation or by the U.S.) is used outside of the country.
Both use different approaches to work toward the goal of the United States coming to an end. Read history, especially Solzhenitsyn to see how this occurs. Before a nation comes to an end, its citizens are in denial that it truly has reached that point.
The United States is in its final days, now. It will come to an end. Whether it remains that way and is absorbed by the NWO, or has a new beginning will be up to us."
And while President Trump takes on left and right and globalists for America, we owe it to him to let him know that Americans will have his back in time of need.
Ron Paul Warns Trump: The Neocons Are Coming For You
Former Congressman Ron Paul joins Alex Jones to discuss President Donald Trump's battle against the neo-cons and globalists who still struggle to maintain their grip on the American people.
Brennan, Rice, Power - Lock Them Up
We frequently hear people say they have nothing to hide - so surrendering privacy and constitutional rights to the Surveillance State may not be such a big deal if it helps catch a terrorist or two. But with each passing day in the RussiaGate drama we are learning that this superficial exoneration is dangerously beside the point.
We are referring here to the unrelenting witch hunt that has been unleashed by Imperial Washington against the legitimately elected President of the United States, Donald J. Trump. This campaign of lies, leaks and Russophobia is the handiwork of Obama’s top national security advisors, who blatantly misused Washington’s surveillance apparatus to discredit Trump and to effectively nullify America’s democratic process.
That is, constitutional protections and liberties were systematically breached, but not simply to intimidate, hush or lock up citizens one by one as per the standard totalitarian modus operandi. Instead, what has happened is that the entire public debate has been hijacked by the shadowy forces of the Deep State and their partisan and media collaborators.
The enabling culprits are Obama’s last CIA director, John Brennan, his national security advisor Susan Rice and UN Ambassador Samantha Power.
There is now mounting evidence that it was they who illegally “unmasked” NSA intercepts from Trump Tower; they who confected the Russian meddling narrative from behind the protective moat of classified intelligence; and they who orchestrated a systematic campaign of leaks and phony intelligence reports during the presidential transition - all designed to delegitimize Trump before he even took the oath of office.
So all three of them should be lockedup - that’s for sure. But the more urgent solution would be to unlock and make public all the innuendo, surmises, assessments, half-truths and boilerplate intelligence chatter on which the entire false narrative about Russian meddling and collusion is based.
Stated differently, without the nation’s massive intelligence apparatus and absurd system of secrecy and classified information to hide behind, the RussiaGate witch hunt would have never gotten off the ground.
In truth, as we will essay below, there is no there, there. So what this new chapter in McCarthyite hysteria actually demonstrates is that the Imperial City’s far-flung, 17-agency, $75 billion Intelligence Behemoth is a plenary threat not just to individual liberty, but to the very constitutional democracy on which the latter depends.
To appreciate the severity of the threat, it is necessary to recognize that the post-9/11 Deep State has lowered a double whammy on our system.
That is, it unconstitutionally collects the entirety of all internet based communications of America’s 325 million citizen, while at the same time it has effectively disenfranchised 98% of the 535 members of the House and Senate who have been elected to represent them.
Accordingly, behind the Surveillance State’s vast wall of secrecy and so-called “classified” information, there operates a Dark Government that is unaccountable to the public and largely unconstrained by normal constitutional limits, which the Patriot Act and secret FISA courts have more or less suspended.
In the realm of this Dark Government, the heart of American democracy - the US Congress - has been completely usurped. Almost everything behind the secrecy wall is off limits to the rank and file. Only a handful of intelligence committee members and the House and Senate leadership gets sworn into the classified intelligence.
Yet just consider the hideous asymmetry of this arrangement. The so-called “Gang of Eight,” comprising the heads of the intelligence oversight committees and their respective party leadership, gets orally briefed in a secure “vault”, where they can’t take notes or carry-out any documents.
Moreover, this select handful of legislators consists of the incessantly mobilized and frazzled potentates of Capitol Hill who are always knee-deep in a thousand other distractions - including a heavy quotient of politicking, fund-raising, and campaign trail excursions.
On the inside of the Surveillance State wall, by contrast, there are 600,000 employees or contractors with “top secret” security clearances alone; and more than 4 million total operatives who spend night and days feasting on the $75 billion Intelligence Community (IC) budget and carrying out projects and missions designed to justify their existence and keep the budgetary gravy train flowing.
For example, in the National Security Agency (NSA) there is a subsidiary entity called TAO (Targeted Access Operations) with a budget of several billions and more than 1,000 employees.
The latter predominately consist of high-powered civilian and military hackers, computer geeks, intelligence analysts, targeting specialists, computer hardware and software designers and electrical engineers - whose job it is to do exactly what Russia is being accused of.
Namely, to hack and electronically infiltrate the communications and operations of nearly every government on the planet, and most especially those of IC designated enemies and adversaries such as Russia and Iran.Indeed, TAOs motto says it all:
“Your data is our data, your equipment is our equipment anytime, any place, by any legal means.”
In any given 24-hour day, the TAO hacks and deposits more disinformation and malware into its targeted foreign networks than all the low level Russian probes that were intercepted by NSA during the entire Presidential campaign.
In other words, Washington is the mother of all hackers and cyber-warfare operations, and what Russia and other nations do is only a small potatoes version of the same. Yet the overwhelming share of these digital cloak and dagger operation by all sides is a huge waste of national resources; and most especially it is of no value at all to the safety of the American people.
That because Russia, China and Iran - the principal targets of the IC’s massive surveillance and cyber warfare activities - are no threats whatsoever to America’s security.
Iran has zero military capacity to attack the American homeland, and the claim that it is the leading sponsor of terrorism is pure bunkum. That hoary claim has been concocted by the Washington neocons and the Netanyahu political machine - both of which need demonized enemies in order to nurture the public fears on which their power is based.
Likewise, Russia has one 40-year old smoke-belching aircraft carry and a fleet of rowboats - neither of which are capable of launching an assault on the New Jersey shores. True, it does have about 1,00o nuclear warheads; but where is the evidence that cool-hand Vlad is contemplating national suicide by using them against the US or Europe?
The purported Chinese threat is even more ludicrous. Notwithstanding the fertile imaginations of the Deep State fear-mongers who believe the South China Sea is actually an American Lake, the Red Suzerains of Beijing know fully well that without the continuous custom of Wal-Mart and Amazon warehouses, the Red Ponzi would collapse in a heartbeat.
And that they would be hung by angry mobs from the CCTV (China Central Television) Tower shortly thereafter.
In fact, we don’t need the $75 billion Surveillance State to deal with the Taliban, the jihadist warlords of Somalia or any of the warring Sunni vs. Shiite (Houthis) parties of Yemen, either. They do not threaten America’s security in the slightest.
Nor did the government of Khadafy in Libya after he turned in his nukes. Likewise, the Assad regime has never, ever threatened to harm America - despite the non-stop vilification from Washington.
At most, Washington needs modest local and theatre level capacity to monitor the fading remnants of the Islamic State - a temporary scourge in the mostly the impoverished Sunni villages of the Upper Euphrates, which would not even exist in the first place had it not been fostered and armed with the weapons the US Army left behind in the fiasco of Iraq.
So consider the contrafactual. In the absence of a vast Warfare State apparatus and associated Surveillance State wall of secrecy what would RussiaGate amount to?
The answer is straight-forward: It was nothing more than a politically motivated plot orchestrated by former CIA director Brennan to undermine the Presidential campaign of a rambunctious outsider.
That is, the Donald was unschooled in the groupthink of the Imperial City and had enough common sense to realize that Putin is not our enemy, that NATO is obsolete, that regime change has been a fiasco and that foreign policy should be based on homeland security first, not the perpetuation of an American Empire abroad
Those inchoate impulses were the Donald’s original sin, and it was unverified and self-serving “intelligence” from the Latvian security service - of all things - that provided the pretext for Brennan to launch the Deep State’s own version of jihad against Trump.
What this dubious intelligence did was to finger Vlad Putin himself and that was crucial. It permitted Brennan to puff-up the evidence of run-of-the-mill cyber intrusions by the Russian security services - or even unconnected Russian hackers and profiteers - into a sweeping but phony narrative about an attack on American democracy with Putin at the very center.
As Scott Ritter - the weapons expert who blew the whistle on the IC’s trumped up claims about Saddam’s WMDs - succinctly explained in a recent article, Brennan proceeded to turn a dubious molehill into a vertiable mountain:
“According to reporting from the Washington Post, sometime during this period, CIA Director John Brennan gained access to a sensitive intelligence report from a foreign intelligence service.
This service claimed to have technically penetrated the inner circle of Russian leadership to the extent that it could give voice to the words of Russian President Vladimir Putin as he articulated Russia’s objectives regarding the 2016 U.S. Presidential election - to defeat Hillary Clinton and help elect Donald Trump, her Republican opponent.
This intelligence was briefed to President Barack Obama and a handful of his closest advisors in early August, with strict instructions that it not be further disseminated.
The explosive nature of this intelligence report, both in terms of its sourcing and content, served to drive the investigation of Russian meddling in the American electoral process by the U.S. intelligence community.
The problem, however, was that it wasn’t the U.S. intelligence community, per se, undertaking this investigation, but rather (according to the Washington Post) a task force composed of “several dozen analysts from the CIA, NSA and FBI,” handpicked by the CIA director and set up at the CIA Headquarters who “functioned as a sealed compartment, its work hidden from the rest of the intelligence community.”
The result was a closedcircle of analysts who operated in complete isolation from the rest of the U.S. intelligence community.
The premise of their work - that Vladimir Putin personally directed Russian meddling in the U.S. Presidential election to tip the balance in favor of Donald Trump - was never questioned in any meaningful fashion, despite its sourcing to a single intelligence report from a foreign service.
President Obama ordered the U.S. intelligence community to undertake a comprehensive review of Russian electoral meddling.
As a result, intelligence analysts began to reexamine old intelligence reports based upon the premise of Putin’s direct involvement, allowing a deeply disturbing picture to be created of a comprehensive Russian campaign to undermine the American electoral process."
Here’s the thing. Vlad didn’t do it. The only interference in the electoral process that he has been associated with is with respect to what Imperial Washington did next door while he was basking in glory at the Sochi Olympics in February 2014.
The violent coup on the streets of Kiev was organized by agents and organs of the US government; overthrew a constitutionally elected President who had decided to make an economic and security deal with Russia rather than Europe and NATO in keeping with Ukraine’s economic propinquity to the former and its 700- years of history as an integral part of Greater Russia; and which imposed a new government, hand-picked by the Obama State Department, which was dominated by Ukrainian nationalists and neo-Nazis who were demonstrably hostile to the Russian speaking populations of Crimea and the Donbas region of eastern Ukraine.
Stated differently, Imperial Washington is the world champion meddler in other peoples’ politics and elections. Since the CIA sponsored coup against the Mosaddegh government in Iran in 1953, it has sponsored more than eighty incidents ranging from election bag money to military coups.
By contrast, the putative Russian attack on American democracy consists of three specific accusations - all of which are readily refutable.
President Trump's Six Months of America First
In the first place, Podesta’s password was “password” and could have been hacked by any fat guy, or not, on any computer plugged into the worldwide web anywhere.
Moreover, Julian Assange of Wikileaks, who makes a living disclosing the truth, not propagating lies as does the IC, says it did not come from Russian state agents; and that it was in fact leaked, not hacked, by disgruntled Democrat insiders.
In any event, if it had actually been hacked by either Russian agents or the proverbial fat guy, there would be a digital imprint stored in NSA’s vast server farms.
The fact that it hasn’t leaked amidst all the rest of the anti-Russian innuendo and intelligence hearsay proves beyond much doubt that no such record exists and no such Russian intrusion ever happened.
As for the DNC emails, the smoking gun there still smolders in plain sight. The FBI apparently never even took custody of the DNC computer - farming out the job to an outfit named Crowdstrike. A
las, the latter is a DNC contractor and wannabe silicon valley IPO run by some fanatical Russian ex-pats looking for fame and fortune.
It’s no wonder they didn’t want the FBI second guessing their conclusions.
Finally, there is the Latvian “intelligence” morsel about Putin’s personal direction of the election meddling campaign.
But never mind. It surely doesn’t exist anyway - or it too would have leaked long ago.
And that’s all she wrote. The rest is pure spin leaked by Trump’s enemies in the Deep State and canonized by its collaborators in the main stream media.
"Linkin Park's Chester Bennington Was Murdered" - And Soundgarden's Chris Cornell Was Also Likely To Have Been 'Suicided' In Illuminati Ritual Killings July 24 2017 | From: YourNewsWire / Various
The website YourNewsWire claims that 'Police have reportedly launched a murder investigation into Chester Bennington’s death with insiders believing it is “extremely likely” the Linkin Park frontman was killed in eerily similar circumstances to his close friend Chris Cornell'- And on his own birthday.
Comment: While no sources can be confirmed, even if this story as they claim it may not be provable, this very much reeks of another ritual celebrity killing to those who understand how the 'illuminati' operate. With the cabal now being more desperate than ever to appease their dark lord with sacrifices in offerings towards their agenda as it faces inevitable exposure and downfall...
"Detectives are looking into whether Chester Bennington was murdered, with the death scene later arranged to resemble a suicide. They have put a team of investigators in place and are refusing to rule out a criminal homicide charge."
The Los Angeles County Medical Examiner’s office confirmed the 41-year-old nu-metal icon was found dead, but refused to provide details, with the agency’s chief of operations, Brian Elias, remaining tight-lipped about whether media reports of suicide are accurate.
Bennington, who sang at Chris Cornell’s recent funeral after becoming close to the Soundgarden frontman in recent years, was reportedly working with Cornell’s foundation to prevent the sexual exploitation of vulnerable children.
The Linkin Park frontman, who was the father of six children, and was also the godfather to Chris Cornell’s son, was on record talking about the long-term emotional fallout of being sexually abused by an older male as a child.
“Murders are sometimes made to look like suicides. We think he was murdered, we just have to find out who was behind it,” said a police source.
Now investigators believe that the deaths of Cornell and Bennington – who died on Cornell’s birthday – may be linked.
The parallels between the two deaths are astonishing. The close friends, who were working on exposing notorious entertainment industry pedophiles, died in the same way – with Bennington’s death taking place on what would have been Cornell’s 53rd birthday.
"Police believe that the murders of Chris Cornell and Chester Bennington may be linked"
Close friends of Cornell say that he was shown a “black book” that included the name of one of his professional associates. After setting up his foundation and investigating further, Cornell was close to exposing a network of pedophiles working within the entertainment industry – a dangerous job that he considered his “duty.”
Cornell and his wife Vicky, started the foundation in 2012 in an effort to raise funds and partner with charitable organizations that support children facing problems such as homelessness, poverty, abuse, and neglect. The foundation appears to have disappeared
The official investigation into Chris Cornell’s death is closed, but his widow and many of his fans are unsatisfied with the ruling by police and medical examiners that the Soundgarden frontman committed suicide.
Detroit police wrapped up their investigations quickly and the Wayne County Medical Examiner’s Office ruled the death a suicide, but investigators are claiming that unexplained gaps in the official timeline of Cornell’s final moments and suspicious inconsistencies in the records suggest that Cornell’s death was not suicide at all, but a premeditated homicide and cover up.
Investigator Randy Cody is among those questioning the suicide ruling. He points to perceived timeline gaps, forensic questions and what he says are two signs that Cornell had a head wound that was not mentioned in autopsy reports.
Speaking to Detroit Free Press, he referenced Detroit police scanner audio in which a medic is heard saying: “patient did have an exercise rubber band around his neck, suggestions of possible strangulation, trauma to the back of the head, history of depression. Patient is cool to the touch in all areas at this time.”
Cody also questions whether medics really broke so many of Cornell’s ribs in efforts to resuscitate him.
“You mean these medics did nine rib fractures (during CPR)?I’m not buying it,” said Cody, who also believes Cornell was killed because he was about to expose a child sex ring.
“As of today, my life’s purpose is one of love and understanding. The world needs to change and that change comes from within. Hate, pride, vengeance and fear are the plague of the earth. Love, kindness, compassion, empathy and service to others are the cure.”
He added a challenge to his followers on Twitter:
“Let’s all choose to be a part of the cure. If we look outside ourselves to find love and peace we will ultimately fail. It has to come from within. Lead by example.”
Chester Bennington was a mature, well-adjusted man who had exorcised his demons and had dedicated the rest of his life to fighting for others – including his six children and his godson, Christopher Cornell – and exposing the pedophile ring in entertainment industry.
However evil forces seem determined to shut these kind of people down. As details of his death emerge, it is worth keeping an eye on who pushes hardest with the suicide angle and attempts to shut down anyone who raises questions. They may be involved in the cover-up.
Declassified Documents Reveal Pentagon’s 1950's Planned Nuclear Holocaust: “Systemic Destruction” And Annihilation Of Prague, Warsaw, Budapest, Moscow, Beijing - More Than 1000 Cities July 24 2017 | From: GlobalResearch
Atomic bombs eight times the destructive force of that dropped by the US on Hiroshima.
Publicly available military documents confirm that pre-emptive nuclear war is still on the drawing board of the Pentagon.
Compared to the 1950s, the nuclear weapons are more advanced. The delivery system is more precise. In addition to China and Russia, Iran, Syria and North Korea are targets for pre-emptive nuclear war.
Let us be under no illusions, the Pentagon’s plan to blow up the planet using advanced nuclear weapons is still on the books.
Should we be concerned? Blowing up the planet through the use of nuclear weapons is fully endorsed by presidential candidate Hillary Clinton, who believes that nuclear weapons are instruments of peace-making. Her campaign is financed by the corporations which produce WMDs.
Scientists on contract to the Pentagon have endorsed the use of tactical nuclear weapons: they are “harmless to civilians because the explosion is underground.”
The people at the highest levels of government who make the decision regarding the use of nuclear weapons haven’t the foggiest idea as to the implications of their actions.
Recently-declassified nuclear targeting documents from 1959 describe how Washington planned to obliterate the capital cities of what are now America’s NATO allies in Eastern and Central Europe.
The revelation casts doubt on Washington’s Cold War commitment to the protection of what it referred to as «captive nations» in Europe. The documents are contained in a report titled, «SAC (Strategic Air Command) Atomic Weapons Requirements Study for 1959».
The US Air Force study called for the «systematic destruction» of such major population centers as Warsaw, East Berlin, Prague, Bucharest, Tallinn, and others, as well as Peiping (Beijing), Leningrad (St. Petersburg), and Moscow.
Excerpt of list of 1200 cities targeted for nuclear attack in alphabetical order
Atomic bombs eight times to destructive force of that dropped by the United States on Hiroshima were trained on a number of targets in Moscow and St. Petersburg. There were 179 «designated ground zeros» for atomic bombs in Moscow and 145 in St. Petersburg.
US atomic weapons would have laid waste to Wittstock, just upwind of German Chancellor Angela Merkel’s hometown of Templin in Brandenburg in the former East Germany.
It is most certain that had the US launched an atomic attack on Europe, Merkel, her parents Horst and Herlind Kasner, and brother Marcus would have been vaporized in the massive pre-targeted strike on East Berlin and the regions surrounding it.
Budapest would have been completely destroyed after the US hit the Tokol military airfield on the banks of the Danube River with one of its «city-busting» nuclear weapons.
The blast would have rendered the Danube a radioactive drainage ditch and anyone exposed to the poisonous Danube waters downriver would have succumbed to an agonizing death from radiation sickness.
Adding to the misery of anyone living alongside the Danube was the fact that Bratislava, also on the banks of the Danube, was also targeted for nuclear annihilation.
The first major urban center casualties outside of Hungary and then-Czechoslovakia from the radioactive Danube would have been in Belgrade, the capital of neutral Yugoslavia.
The nuclear targeting of Vyborg on the Finnish border would have brought death and destruction to the border region of neutral Finland. Four atomic bombs were targeted on the former Finnish city: Koyvisto, Uras, Rempeti airfield, and Vyborg East.
Nuclear weapons, as the United States knew in 1959 and very well knows today, are not «precision-guided munitions
For all of its propaganda beamed to Eastern Europe on Radio Free Europe and Radio Liberty, the United States was willing to sacrifice the very peoples it proclaimed to want to «free» from the Soviet bloc.
America’s «mutually assured destruction» policy was based on increasing the «mega-death» count around the world by having the ability to hit the enemy with more nuclear «throw weight».
Increasing the mega-death count was why the United States targeted such large population centers as Peiping (Beijing), Shanghai, Mukden (Shenyang), and Tientsin in China. The pummeling of metro Moscow with atomic bombs was also designed to increase body count.
The formerly Top Secret nuclear targeting document lists the following areas of Moscow for nuclear bombardment: Bykovo airport, central Moscow, Chertanovo, Fili, Izmaylovo, Khimki, Kuchino, Lyubertsy, Myachkovo airport, Orlovo, Salarevo, Shchelkovo, and Vnukovo airport.
Eighteen nuclear targets were programmed for Leningrad: Central Leningrad (including the historic Hermitage), Alexandrovskaya, Beloostrov, Gorelovo, Gorskaya, Kamenka North, Kasimovo, Kolomyagi, Kolpino, Krasnaya Polyana, Kudrovo, Lesnoy, Levashovo, Mishutkino, Myachkovo, Petrodvorets, Pushkin, Sablino, Sestroretsk, Tomilino, Uglovo, and Yanino.
Bucharest, Romania, was the target for three city busters aimed at Baneasa, Otopeni airport, and Pipera. Ulan Bator, the capital of the present America-idolizing Mongolia, would not have been spared. The Pentagon nuclear target list does not even list Mongolia as a separate country. The entry for the nuclear strike reads: «Ulaan Baatar, China».
Two uncomforting facts stand out from the disclosure of the targeting list. First, the United States remains as the only country in history that used nuclear weapons in warfare – hitting the Japanese cities of Hiroshima and Nagasaki in 1945.
Second, some Pentagon officials, notably Air Force Chief of Staff Curtis LeMay and Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff Lyman Lemnitzer, called for a nuclear first strike on the Soviet Union and its Warsaw Pact allies.
In fact, while the USSR, China, and France rejected the first use of nuclear weapons, NATO and the United States, on the other hand, chiseled in stone the first use of tactical nuclear weapons in the event of a Soviet invasion of Western Europe.
But, as seen with the wishes of LeMay, Lemnitzer, and others, a massive pre-emptive nuclear strike on the Soviet Union and its allies, including China, was on the wish list of the Pentagon’s top brass.
Because the Soviet Union had virtually no intercontinental ballistic missiles (ICBMs) in 1959 and hinged its nuclear warfare capabilities on strategic bombers, the Pentagon brass wanted to hit the Soviet Union in a pre-emptive strike before they reached missile parity with the United States.
At the heart of the crazed Pentagon reasoning was what the nuclear warfare champions called the «missile gap».
There is not much of a leap from the «black comedy» nuclear Armageddon film Dr Strangelove to actual Cold War era meetings on pre-emptive nuclear strikes held in the White House and Pentagon.
Attorney General Robert Kennedy walked out of one such meeting in disgust while Secretary of State Dean Rusk later wrote: Under no circumstances would I have participated in an order to launch a first strike.
In 1961, President John F Kennedy questioned the motives of his generals and admirals after one such nuclear war pep talk from the Pentagon brass by stating, And we call ourselves the human race.
Kennedy and his brother Robert had every reason to be fearful that the Pentagon would circumvent civilian authority and launch a nuclear strike either against Cuba, the Soviet Union, or both during the 1962 Cuban Missile Crisis.
According to Nikita Khrushchev’s memoirs, Robert Kennedy told Soviet ambassador to Washington Anatoly Dobrynin during the height of the crisis that «the President is not sure that the military will not overthrow him and seize power. The American military could get out of control».
Today, the peoples of Central and Eastern Europe continue having their love affair with NATO and the Americans. Yet, it was the same NATO and the forefathers of the present gung ho military interventionists in Washington who once wanted to rain nuclear fire upon the cities of Warsaw (six ground zeroes: Ozarow, Piastow, Pruszkow, Boernerowo, Modlin, and Okecie), Prague (14 designated ground zeroes at Beroun, Kladno, Kralupy nad Vltavou, Kraluv Dvor, Neratovice, Psary, Radotin, Roztoky, Slaky, Stechovice, Velvary, Kbely, Ryzyne, and Vodochody), Budapest, Bucharest, Sofia (three ground zeroes: Bozhurishte, Kumaritsa, and Vrazhdebna), Bratislava, Kiev (three nuclear targets: Bortnichi, Post-Volynskiy airport, and Svyatoshino airport), Leipzig (where seven atomic bombs were targeted on Altenhain, Boehlen, Delitzsche, Grimma, Pegau, Wurzen, and Brandis), Weimar, and Wittenberg.
Also not to be spared nuclear annihilation were Potsdam, Vilnius (five nuclear ground zeroes: Novo Vilnya, Novaya Vileyka, Vilnyus (Center), Vilnyus East, and Vilnyus Southwest), Lepaya (Latvia), Leninakan (Gyumri) in Armenia, Alma Ata (Kazakhstan), Poznan, Lvov (three ground zeroes: Gorodok, Lvov Northwest, and Sknilov), Brno, Plovdiv in Bulgaria, Riga (four ground zeroes: Salaspils, Skirotava, Spilve, and Riga West), Ventspils in Latvia (two targets: Ventspils South and Targale), Tallinn (two ground zeroes: Lasnamae and Ulemiste), Tartu, Tirana, Vlone (Albania), Berat/Kucove (Albania), Kherson (Ukraine), Baku/Zabrat, Birobidzhan in the Jewish Autonomous Republic, Syktyvkar in the Komi Autonomous Republic, Nakhichevan Autonomous Republic on the Iranian border, Osh in Kyrgyzstan, Stalinabad (Dushanbe) in Tajikistan, Tashkent in Uzbekistan, and Tbilisi (seven ground zeroes at: Tbilisi central, Agtaglya, Orkhevi, Sandar, Sartichala, Soganlug, and Vaziani).
NATO and neo-conservative propagandists continue to paint Russia as an enemy of the peoples of central and eastern Europe. However, it was not Russia that had nuclear weapons once trained on the cities of the Eurasian land mass but the United States.
Had the Pentagon generals and admirals had their way, today the eastern front of a rapidly expanding NATO would have been nothing more than a smoldering and radioactive nuclear wasteland, all courtesy of Uncle Sam’s nuclear arsenal.
Prime Minister Bill English Is Trying To Steamroll The Supreme Court + Land-Swap Law Change Would Be A 'Constitutional Outrage' July 23 2017 | From: Newshub / RadioNewZealand / ForestAndBird
Prime Minister Bill English has indicated he will ride roughshod over a Supreme Court decision in order to push through the Ruataniwha Dam project. He wants to change the law because he's not happy with a call made by the highest court in the land.
DoC attempted to swap 22 hectares of Ruahina Forest Park conservation land with 170ha of private farm land, so it could be flooded to make way for a dam
This country is run by three branches of Government - the legislature, the executive and the judiciary. They are meant to operate independently from each other in what is called the "separation of powers", designed to prevent abuses of power.
This raises the question: What is the point of an independent judiciary if the Prime Minister steps in as soon as a court ruling doesn't go the way he wants?
Labour says it is arrogant, and the Greens say they will fiercely oppose the "cynical and destructive law change". Here's the background. DoC wanted to swap 22ha of high-value conservation land for 170ha of private farm land so it could be flooded to make way for New Zealand's largest irrigation project.
Mr English has said it is:
“Eminently sensible to increase the net conservation value by trading away lower value for higher value conservation land".
Here is a fact: That's the precise opposite of what DoC was proposing to do.
As is noted by the Supreme Court ruling, the 22ha chunk has towering podocarps, rare oxbow wetlands, braided river and a plethora of native species like fern birds, kārearea and long-tailed bats.
Based on that description, labelling this piece of land as having low conservation value is technically a lie.
Constitutional expert and former prime minister Sir Geoffrey Palmer says the 80-page decision makes it clear that the 170ha chunk isn't nearly as valuable as the land that was going to be swapped and flooded.
Mr English also said:
“Everyone thought the legislation meant that you could trade a lower conservation piece of land in return for higher conservation piece of land."
Here is another fact: No one thought that.
DoC has always been able to swap out land that never had conservation value or lost it somehow in a slip or fire. In order for conservation value to be revoked, there must be proof that the values that afford it that protection are gone.
What DoC tried to do in this case was swap specially protected land that still had its values intact. That's why the Supreme Court said no.
So the lesson is that the Government should be careful when trying to change the classification of high value conservation land.
But it seems the Ruataniwha Dam may be more important than the law or the separation of powers. Parliament is sovereign - and it seems Bill English may use that to get what National wants - a dam.
Land-Swap Law Change Would Be A 'Constitutional Outrage'
Recently, the Supreme Court ruled that protected conservation land cannot be flooded for the $900 million Ruataniwha irrigation and water storage project.
The scheme would see 22ha of protected land swapped for 170ha of nearby farmland.
Now the government has said it is considering legislating to ensure such land swaps could go ahead.
Any attempt to retrospectively reverse the court's decision in the dam case would be deeply offensive to the rule of law and a constitutional outrage. It would deprive the litigants of the fruits of their forensic victory.
Why would the government appear and defend itself in court and then use legislation to overrule the decision when it loses?
Is that compatible with our democratic framework involving the separation of powers between the executive and the independent judiciary?
Sir Geoffrey Palmer
It is fine for the law to be changed prospectively if a judicial decision finds the law to be faulty in the view of Parliament.
But to change the situation retrospectively is wrong in these circumstances. It would be yet another example of excessive executive power in New Zealand.
Such an action would be reminiscent of the decision to overturn the Clyde Dam legal decision by special legislation in 1982.
In many countries such an unconstitutional step would be impossible. The court's decision makes it plain the government's land swap was driven by the dam proposal.
The Minister of Conservation Maggie Barry is disingenuous to say that the department was promoting conservation when the Director-General gave it the go ahead. If not for the dam proposal, no such swap would have been contemplated.
Conservation Minister Maggie Barry
It also appears that, from a conservation point of view, the land the Crown would have received in the swap was not as important as that given up. It is government policy to subsidise irrigation developments. It is also government policy to increase agricultural exports by the intensification of agriculture.
The government seems to be less interested in protecting the environment. It is no use hiding behind the developer here.
Any such legislation would bring to mind the discredited National Development Act 1981 now repealed.
Think Big was a failure.
If such legislation is the intention of the government they should tell the public and let them make a judgment about it in the general election.
Clarifying The Facts: Supreme Court Land Swap Ruling
The Minister of Conservation and the Government are presenting ‘alternative facts’ in their response to the Supreme Court ruling on whether specially protected conservation land can be swapped.
In fact, the land has been assessed, and the Department of Conservation has accepted that it has high conservation values. The land is home to long tailed bats, NZ falcon, fern birds, and rare wetlands and plants.
The Supreme Court itself said:
[18] … there is no suggestion that the values identified on the 22 hectares were not significant and did not in themselves warrant continued protection in the absence of the exchange.
and
[120] … nationally significant values would be lost in the inundation …
The only previous instances where DOC has downgraded specially protected land to swap it have been cases where the land clearly did not deserve its specially protected status.
In one case, it was a paddock and had been for many years. In another case, it was a formed road, accidentally built on conservation land.
Those instances are very different to the Ruataniwha case, where high value land was to be downgraded just so it could be swapped and destroyed by inundation.
Alternative Fact 3: The law needs to be changed to allow these swaps to go ahead.
In fact, land swaps are already allowed for areas that have lost or have no conservation values, or are not yet specially protected (stewardship land).
The Minister says she agrees high value land should not be available for land swaps – this is exactly what Forest & Bird have said all along, and what the Supreme Court agreed was the case.
To allow the Ruahine land swap to proceed, a law change would need to allow areas with high conservation values to be disposed of, and this would put at risk all the high value conservation land in New Zealand’s specially protected areas, including forest parks, conservation parks and ecological areas.
Comment: Readers should take the time to read the real story behind the Pike river 'disaster' - which appears rather more to have been corporate and government sanctioned murder to sleight underground mining as unsafe - in order to justify the open cast mining of our national parks - something the Ruataniwha situation appears also to have been a stepping stone towards.
If the Government changes the law to allow the disposal of specially protected areas (see a list of forest and conservation parks here) regardless of its conservation values, NZ would stand to lose any area of specially protected conservation land, if the government wanted to facilitate business opportunities there.
Alternative Fact 4: Land swaps allow a conservation gain.
The Nature Heritage Fund enables the Government to add privately owned areas of important conservation value to public conservation land without requiring the destruction of other conservation land.
In a land swap of two areas with conservation values, you start with two pieces of land and then facilitate the destruction of one. For example, in the Ruahine situation, the Government could have purchased the Smedley block land proposed for the land swap without destroying 22 hectares of Ruahine Forest Park.
The Supreme Court has just delivered its verdict and we’ve protected Ruahine Forest Park from New Zealand’s largest irrigation dam.
CURRENT AFFAIRS
Sabbatai Zevi (1626-1676)
Illuminati Hollywood Tom and Jerry
Termination of national sovereignty
1. Toppling Governments Around the World
The German radio station Sender Gleiwitz [details below]
The 
Which is the opposite of the truth. The individual invents everything.
Do you remember the destruction of Iraq justified by the orchestrated propaganda, known by the criminal George W. Bush regime to be an outright lie, about Saddam Hussein’s “weapons of mass destruction,” weapons that the UN arms inspectors verified did not exist? Iraq was destroyed. 
December 14:
